PIM TBM 940 With MOD70 0649 00A 1

TBM 940
PILOT'S INFORMATION
n
MANUAL io
r at
pe
P/N DMKPIPYEE0 - Edition 0 - Revision 3

ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
fo
This information manual is a non-official copy of the pilot's operating

handbook and may be used for general information purposes only.
ed
It is not kept current and therefore cannot be used as a substitute for

airworthiness authorities approved manual which is the only one
iz
intended for operation of the airplane.

or
▲
th
au
The content of this document is the property of DAHER AEROSPACE. It is

supplied in confidence and commercial security of its contents must be
ot
maintained.
-N
It must not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is
supplied, nor may information contained in it be disclosed to
unauthorized persons. It must not be reproduced nor transmitted in any
M
form in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of

PI
the Copyright.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2019, 2020 - DAHER AEROSPACE

All rights reserved
DAHER AEROSPACE
Customer care
65921 TARBES CEDEX 9
FRANCE Printed in FRANCE
Section 0
Pilot's Operating Handbook
Table of contents
n
io
Section
r at
General 1
pe
ro
Limitations 2
fo
Emergency procedures 3
ed
Normal procedures 4
iz
Performance 5
or
Weight and balance 6

th
au
Description 7
Airplane handling, servicing and maintenance 8

ot
-N
Supplements 9
M
PI
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 0.7

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
Section 1
General
Table of contents
n
1.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1
io
at
1.2 - Three view drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.1
r
pe
1.3 - Descriptive data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1
ro
Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.2
fo
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3

Maximum certificated weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3
ed
Standard airplane weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3

Cabin and entry dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.4
iz
Specific loadings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.4

or
1.4 - Abbreviations and terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.1

th
Meteorological terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.1

General airspeed terminology and symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.1
au
Power terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.2

Airplane performance and flight planning terminology . . . . . . 1.4.3
ot
Weight and balance terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.3

-N
General abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.4

Radio-navigation abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.8
M
1.5 - Conversion factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5.1

PI
1.6 - Pressure and standard atmosphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6.1

Standard atmosphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6.1
Pressure conversion table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6.2
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 1.0.1

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
Intentionally left blank

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
1.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
1.1 - General
This POH contains 9 sections and includes the material required by FAR Part 23 to be
furnished to the pilot for operation of the TBM airplane. It also contains supplemental
data supplied by the manufacturer, in accordance with GAMA standard.
Section 1 provides basic data and information of general interest. It also contains
definitions or explanations of abbreviations and terminology commonly used.
n
Whenever this POH refers to the GARMIN integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide, it
states the one described in section 2.1.
io
at
Whenever this POH refers to the MD302 Pilot's Guide, it states the one described in
r
section 2.1.
pe
The general information for complex optional systems are given in section 9,
ro
Supplements of the POH.

The installed ADS-B OUT system has been shown to meet the equipment
fo
requirements of 14 CFR 91.227.

ed
The installed transponder system is able to respond to interrogations in Modes A, C

and S and is fully compliant with the requirements of CS ACNS.D.ELS/EHS (Mode S
iz
Elementary/Enhanced Surveillance).
or
The installed ADS-B OUT system is fully compliant with the requirements of CS
ACNS.D.ADSB (1090 MHz Extended Squitter ADS-B OUT).
th
Part 135 operations

au
For 14 CFR 135 operations, TBM airplane alternative source of electric power is able
ot
to supply 150 percent of the electrical loads of all required instruments and equipment
for safe emergency operation of the aircraft for at least 1 hour.
-N
Electrical load shedding procedure provided in section 3 of this POH must be followed
in order to meet the requirements of that paragraph under 14 CFR 135.163(f)(2).
M
PI
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 1.1.1

Rev. 2
Section 1
General
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 1.1.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
1.2 - Three view drawing
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
* Airplane on level field with fully extended FWD shock-absorber
Figure 1.2.1 (1/2) - Three view drawing

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 1.2.1 (2/2) - Three view drawing

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
1.3 - Descriptive data

Engine
Number of engines : 1
Engine manufacturer : PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA
Engine model number : PT6A - 66D
n
Engine type : Free turbine, reverse flow and 2 turbine sections
Compressor type : 4 axial stages, 1 centrifugal stage io
at
Combustion chamber type : annular
r
pe
Turbine type : 1 gas generator turbine stage, 2 power turbines stages

Horsepower rating and propeller speed : 850 SHP at 2000 RPM
ro
Propeller
fo
Number of propellers : 1
ed
Propeller manufacturer : HARTZELL

iz
Propeller model number : HC-E5N-3C / NC8834K

or
Number of blades : 5
th
Propeller diameter :
au
Minimum : 90 in (2.286 m)
Maximum : 91 in (2.311 m)
ot
Propeller type : Adjustable constant speed, with feathering and hydraulic control
reverse
-N
Propeller blade setting at station 30 in :

Low pitch : 19.5°
M
Feathering : 85°
PI
Maximum reverse : - 9°
Propeller governor : 8210.007 WOODWARD

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
Fuel
Total capacity : 301 USG (1140 litres)
Total capacity each tank : 150.5 USG (570 litres)
Total usable : 292 USG (1106 litres)
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
The fuel used must contain an anti-ice additive, in accordance with
io
specification MIL-I-27686 or MIL-I-85470. Additive concentrations
(EGME or DIEGME) shall be comprised between a minimum of 0.06 %
at
and a maximum of 0.15 % by volume. Refer to section 8 Handling,
r
pe
servicing and maintenance for additional information.

▲
ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
The use of aviation gasoline (AVGAS) must be restricted to emergency
fo
purposes only. AVGAS shall not be used for more than 150 cumulative
ed
hours during any period between engine overhaul periods.

▲
iz
● NOTE ●
or
Use of AVGAS to be recorded in engine module logbook.

th
●
au
US specification French specification English specification

NATO code
(US) (FR) (UK)
ot
ASTM-D1655 JET A
F35 without
ASTM-D1655 JET A1 AIR 3405C Grade F35 DERD 2494 Issue 9
-N
additive
ASTM-D1655 JET B
MIL-DTL-5624 DERD 2454 Issue 4 F40 with
M
AIR 3407B
Grade JP-4 Amdt 1 additive
PI
F44 with
MIL-DTL-5624 DERD 2452 Issue 2
AIR 3404C Grade F44 additive when
Grade JP-5 Amdt 1
utilization
AIR 3405C Grade F34
Grade JP-8 Amdt 1 additive S748
F43 without
AIR 3404C Grade F43 DERD 2498 Issue 7
additive
Figure 1.3.1 - Recommended fuel types

Reference : Service Bulletin P & W C. No. 14004

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
Engine oil
System total capacity : 12.7 Quarts (12 litres) (oil cooler included)
Usable capacity : 6 Quarts (5.7 litres)
Maximum oil consumption in 10 hour period : 0.14 qt/hr (0.13 l/hr)
[0.3 lb/hr (0.136 cc/hr)]
Specification
n
Nominal
Specification
io
NATO code
at
viscosity
r
O-156 (STD)
pe
5cSt MIL-PRF-23699G
O-154 (HTS)
ro
Figure 1.3.2 - Recommended engine oil types

fo
Reference : Service Bulletin P & W C. No. 14001 at the latest revision
Maximum certificated weights

ed
Ramp : 7430 lbs (3370 kg)

iz
Takeoff : 7394 lbs (3354 kg)

or
Landing : 7024 lbs (3186 kg)

th
Baggage weight
au
- refer to section 2, paragraph 2.5 for weight and C.G. limits

ot
- refer to section 6 for cargo loading instructions

-N
Standard airplane weights

Standard empty weight : 4583 lbs (2079 kg)
M
Maximum useful load : 2811 lbs (1275 kg)

PI

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
Cabin and entry dimensions

Maximum cabin width : 3 ft 11.64 in (1.21 m)
Maximum cabin length : 13 ft 3.45 in (4.05 m)
Maximum cabin height : 4 ft (1.22 m)
Number of cabin entries : 1 (standard) + 1 pilot door (if installed)
n
Entry width (standard) : 3 ft 6.52 in (1.08 m)
Entry height (standard) : 3 ft 10.85 in (1.19 m) io
at
Pilot entry mean width : 2 ft 3.6 in (0.70 m)
r
pe
Pilot entry mean height : 3 ft 2.16 in (0.97 m)

ro
Specific loadings
Wing loading : 38.16 lbs / sq.ft (186.3 kg / m2)
fo
Power loading : 8.7 lbs / SHP (3.95 kg / SHP)

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
1.4 - Abbreviations and terminology

Meteorological terminology
ISA : International standard atmosphere
OAT : Outside air temperature
SAT : Static air temperature
n
QFE : Atmospheric pressure at the airport reference point.
QNH : io
Atmospheric pressure at sea level, at airplane position.
at
● NOTE ●
r
pe
On the ground, the altimeter will indicate zero if it is set to QFE. It will indicate
airport altitude if it is set to QNH.
ro
●
Standard Temperature :
fo
Is 15°C (59°F) at sea level pressure altitude and decreases by

2°C (3.6°F) for each 1000 ft of altitude.
ed
Pressure altitude :
iz
Is the altitude read from an altimeter when the altimeter's barometric

or
scale has been set to 29.92 inches of mercury (1013.2 hPa).

th
General airspeed terminology and symbols

au
KCAS : Knots Calibrated Airspeed is the indicated airspeed expressed in

knots corrected for position and instrument error. Knots calibrated
airspeed is equal to KTAS in standard atmosphere at sea level.
ot
KIAS : Knots Indicated Airspeed is the speed shown on the airspeed

-N
indicator and expressed in knots.

KTAS : Knots True Airspeed is the airspeed expressed in knots relative to
M
undisturbed air which is KCAS corrected for altitude and

PI
temperature.
VA : Maneuvering Speed is the maximum speed at which full or abrupt
control movements may be used.
VFE : Maximum Flap Extended Speed is the highest speed permissible
with wing flaps in a prescribed extended position.
VLE : Maximum Landing Gear Extended Speed is the maximum speed at
which an airplane can be safely flown with the landing gear
extended.

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
VLO : Maximum Landing Gear Operating Speed is the maximum speed at

which the landing gear can be safely extended or retracted.
VMO : Maximum Operating Speed is the speed limit that may not be
deliberately exceeded in normal flight operations.
VR : Rotation Speed is the speed at which rotation is initiated during
takeoff to achieve takeoff safety speed at screen height.
n
VSO : Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed at which the
io
airplane is controllable in the landing configuration.
at
VS1 : Stalling Speed or the minimum steady flight speed obtained in a
specific configuration.
r
pe
Vx : Best Angle of Climb Speed is the airspeed which delivers the

greatest gain of altitude in the shortest possible horizontal distance.
ro
VY : Best Rate of Climb Speed is the airspeed which delivers the

fo
greatest gain in altitude in the shortest possible time.
Power terminology
ed
Recovery altitude :
iz
Maximum altitude at which it is possible, in standard temperature, to

or
maintain a specified power.

th
Overheated start :
Engine start or attempt to start which causes the interturbine
au
temperature to be higher than the maximum value permissible

during start.
ot
Flame out : Involuntary loss of the combustion chamber flame during operation.
-N
GPU : Ground power unit.

Feathering : Action which reduces the drag of a propeller by positioning blades at
M
the pitch angle allowing minimal drag.

PI
Maximum Cruise Power :

Power developed corresponding to outside flight level and
temperature conditions - refer to chapter 5 Performance.
Ng : Gas generator RPM.
Np : Propeller rotation speed.
Reverse : Drag produced when the propeller blade setting is negative.
RPM : Revolutions per minute.

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
SHP : Shaft Horsepower.

TRQ : Torque.
Airplane performance and flight planning terminology

Climb gradient :
Is the ratio of the change in height during a portion of climb, to the
horizontal distance traversed in the same time interval.
n
Demonstrated crosswind velocity :
io
Is the velocity of the crosswind component for which adequate
at
control of the airplane during takeoff and landing was actually
r
demonstrated during certification tests. The value shown is not
pe
considered to be limiting.
ro
g : Is acceleration due to gravity.

Usable fuel : Total fuel which can be effectively consumed by the engine.
fo
Weight and balance terminology

ed
Reference datum :
Datum perpendicular to the longitudinal airplane centerline from
iz
which all distances are measured for balance purpose.

or
Arm : Is the distance from the reference datum to the center of gravity
th
(C.G.) of an item.
au
Moment : Is the product of the weight of an item multiplied by its arm.

Center of gravity (C.G.) :
ot
Airplane balance point. Its distance from the reference datum is

-N
found by dividing the total moment by the total weight of the airplane.
C.G. limits : Center of Gravity Limits are the extreme center of gravity locations
within which the airplane must be operated at a given weight.
M
Standard empty weight :

PI
Weight of a standard airplane including unusable fuel and full

operating fluids (oil and hydraulic fluids).
Basic empty weight :
Standard empty weight plus optional equipment.
Useful load : Is the difference between maximum ramp weight and the basic
empty weight.

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
Maximum ramp weight :

Is the maximum weight approved for ground maneuver. It includes
the weight of start, taxi and run up fuel.
Maximum takeoff weight :
Is the maximum weight approved at the beginning of the takeoff run.
Maximum landing weight :
Is the maximum weight approved for landing touchdown.
n
General abbreviations
io
at
A : Ampere or Amber
r
pe
ABN : Abnormal
ADC : Air Data Computer
ro
AGL : Above ground level

fo
AIL TRIM : Aileron TRIM

ed
ALT. SEL. : Altitude selector

ALTI : Altimeter
iz
AMP : Ampere
or
AoA : Angle of Attack

th
AP : Autopilot
au
AT : Autothrottle
ot
ATIS : Automatic Terminal Information Service

-N
AUTO SEL : Automatic selector

AUX BP : Auxiliary boost pump
M
BAT : Battery
PI
BRT : Brightness
CAS : Crew Alerting System
°C : Celsius degree
CONT. : Control
DIEGME : Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether
DISC : Disconnect
DN : Down
Rev. 3
Section 1
General
EDM : Emergency Descent Mode

EGME : Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether
EIS : Engine Indication System
EMER : Emergency
ESHP : Estimated shaft horsepower
n
ESP : Electronic Stability Protection
ESS. BUS TIE : Essential BUS tie io
at
EXT. LIGHTS : Exterior lightings
r
pe
°F : Fahrenheit degree
FCU : Fuel control unit
ro
FD : Flight director
fo
FL : Flight level
ed
FOB : Fuel On Board

FPL : Flight Plan
iz
or
ft : Feet
th
ft/min : Feet per minute

au
G : Green
GIFD : Garmin Integrated Flight Deck
ot
GTC : Garmin Touchscreen Controller

-N
HI : High
HP : High pressure
M
hPa : Hectopascal
PI
hr : Hour
HS : HomeSafe
HTR : Heater
HTRS : Heaters
IGNIT : Ignition
in : Inch / inches

Rev. 3
Section 1
General
INERT SEP : Inertial separator

INDIC : Indicator
in.Hg : Inch of mercury
INT. LIGHTS : Interior lightings
INSTR. : Instrument
n
ITT : Interturbine temperature
kg : Kilogram io
at
kt : Knot (1 nautical mile/hr - 1852 m/hr)
r
pe
kW : Kilowatt
l : Litre
ro
L or L.H. : Left
fo
l/h : Litre / hour

ed
lb or lbs : Pound(s)
L/D : Lift-to-drag
iz
or
LDG : Landing
th
LDG GR : Landing gear

au
LDR : Lightweight Data Recorder

LFE : Landing Field Elevation
ot
LRCR : Long Range Cruise

-N
LO : Low
LP : Low pressure
M
LRN : Long range navigation

PI
LTS TEST : Lightings test

m : Metre
m.a.c. or MAC : Mean aerodynamic chord
MAIN GEN : Main generation
MAN : Manual
MAN OVRD : Manual override

Rev. 3
Section 1
General
MAX RPM : Maximum revolutions per minute

MDA : Minimum Descent Altitude
MFD : Multi-function Display
MIN : Minimum
min : Minute
n
mm : Millimetre
MLW : Maximum Landing Weight io
at
MRW : Maximum Ramp Weight
r
pe
msg : Message
MTOW : Maximum Takeoff Weight
ro
MXCR : Maximum Cruise

fo
MZFW : Maximum Zero Fuel Weight

ed
NM : Nautical mile
NOCR : Normal cruise (recommended)
iz
or
NORM : Normal
th
PFD : Primary Flight Display

au
PHF : Plan Horizontal Fixe (Horizontal stabilizer)

PRESS : Pressure
ot
PROP : Propeller
-N
psi : Pounds per square inch

PSIG : Pounds per Square Inch Gage
M
qt : Quart (¼ USG)
PI
QTY : Quantity
R or R.H. : Right
RCR : Recommended cruise
RUD : Rudder
s or sec : Second
SEL : Selector

Rev. 3
Section 1
General
SIG : Signalization
SL : Sea level
S/N : Serial number
SPD : Speed
SPKR : Speaker
n
ST - BY : Stand-by
STALL HTR : Stall heater io
at
Std : Standard
r
pe
T° : Temperature
TEMP : Temperature
ro
TO : Takeoff
fo
TURN COORD : Turn coordinator

ed
USG : Gallon U.S

USP : Under Speed Protection
iz
or
V : Volt or Voltage
th
WARN : Warning
au
W/S : Windshield
YD : Yaw damper
ot
Radio-navigation abbreviations
-N
ADF : Automatic Direction Finder System

ADI : Attitude Director Indicator
M
ADS-B : Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast

PI
AFCS : Automated Flight Control System

AHRS : Attitude and Heading Reference System
AIRAC : Aeronautical Information Regulation And Control
ATC : Air Traffic Control
Baro VNAV : Barometric Vertical NAVigation
B RNAV : Basic aRea NAVigation

Rev. 3
Section 1
General
CDI : Course Deviation Indicator

COM : Communications Transceivers
DME : Distance Measuring Equipment
ELT : Emergency Locator Transmitter
FDE : Fault Detection and Exclusion
n
FMS : Flight Management System
GNSS : Global Navigation Satellite System io
at
GPS : Global Positioning System
r
pe
HF : High Frequency
IFR : Instrument Flight Rules
ro
ILS : Instrument Landing System

fo
IMC : Instrument Meteorological Conditions

ed
L NAV : Lateral NAVigation

LPV : Localizer Precision Vertical
iz
or
MKR : Marker Radio Beacon

th
NAV : Navigation Indicators or Receivers

au
P RNAV : Precision aRea NAVigation

RAIM : Receiver Autonomous Integrity and Monitoring
ot
RF Leg : Radius to Fix Leg

-N
R NAV : Area NAVigation

RNP : Required Navigation Performance
M
SAM : Standby Attitude Module

PI
SBAS : Satellite Based Augmentation System

STAR : Standard Terminal Arrival Route
TAS : Traffic Advisory System
TAWS : Terrain Awareness Warning System
VFR : Visual Flight Rules
VHF : Very High Frequency

Rev. 3
Section 1
General
VMC : Visual Meteorological Conditions

V NAV : Vertical NAVigation
VOR : VHF Omnidirectional Range
VOR / LOC : VHF Omnidirectional Range LOCalizer
WAAS : Wide Area Augmentation System
n
WFDE : WAAS Fault Detection and Exclusion
WGS : World Geodetic System io
at
WXR : Weather surveillance radar
r
pe
XPDR : Transponder
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 1
General
1.5 - Conversion factors
Imperial and U.S units to metric units Metric units to Imperial and U.S units
Multiply By To obtain Multiply By To obtain
feet 0.3048 metre metre 3.2808 feet
n
inch 25.4 mm mm 0.03937 Inch
Imp.Gal 4.546 litre litre 0.220 io Imp.Gal

r at
USG 3.785 litre litre 0.264 USG
pe
lb 0.45359 kg kg 2.2046 lb
ro
Figure 1.5.1 - Imperial and U.S units to metric units

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
feet
31000
30000
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
20000
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
10000
-N
M
PI
metres
0
2500 5000 7500 10000
Figure 1.5.2 - Feet versus metres

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
in
n
40
io
r at
pe
ro
30
fo
ed
20
iz
or
th
au
10
ot
-N
mm
0
M
250 500 750 1000

PI
Figure 1.5.3 - Inches versus millimetres

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
n
lb
io
r at
8000
pe
ro
fo
6000
ed
iz
or
4000
th
au
ot
2000
-N
M
PI
0 kg
1000 2000 3000 4000
Figure 1.5.4 - Pounds versus kilograms

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
1.6 - Pressure and standard atmosphere

Standard atmosphere
Pressure
Pressure
altitude °C °F
(hPa)
(ft)
n
0 1013.2 + 15.0 + 59.0
io
at
2000 942.1 + 11.0 + 51.8
r
4000 875.0 + 7.0 + 44.6
pe
6000 811.9 + 3.1 + 37.6

ro
8000 752.6 - 0.8 + 30.5

fo
10000 696.8 - 4.8 + 23.4

ed
12000 644.3 - 8.7 + 16.2

iz
14000 595.2 - 12.7 + 9.2

or
16000 549.1 - 16.6 + 2.2

th
18000 505.9 - 20.6 - 5.0

au
20000 465.6 - 24.6 - 12.4

ot
22000 427.8 - 28.5 - 19.3

-N
24000 392.6 - 32.5 - 26.5
26000 359.8 - 36.5 - 33.6

M
PI
28000 329.3 - 40.4 - 40.7
30000 300.8 - 44.4 - 47.8
31000 287.4 - 46.4 - 51.6
Figure 1.6.1 - Standard atmosphere

Rev. 0
Section 1
General
Pressure conversion table

● NOTE ●
The standard pressure of 1013.2 hPa is equal to 29.92 inches of mercury.
●
950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959
n
28.05 28.08 28.11 28.14 28.17 28.20 28.23 28.26 28.29 28.32
960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 io

968 969
at
28.35 28.38 28.41 28.44 28.47 28.50 28.53 28.56 28.58 28.61
r
pe
970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979
28.64 28.67 28.70 28.73 28.76 28.79 28.82 28.85 28.88 28.91
ro
980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989
fo
28.94 28.97 29.00 29.03 29.06 29.09 29.12 29.15 29.18 29.20
ed
990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999
29.23 29.26 29.29 29.32 29.35 29.38 29.41 29.44 29.47 29.50
iz
1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009
or
29.53 29.56 29.59 29.62 29.65 29.68 29.71 29.74 29.77 29.80
th
1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019
au
29.83 29.85 29.88 29.91 29.94 29.97 30.00 30.03 30.06 30.09
ot
1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029
30.12 30.15 30.18 30.21 30.24 30.27 30.30 30.33 30.36 30.39
-N
1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039
30.42 30.45 30.47 30.50 30.53 30.56 30.59 30.62 30.65 30.68
M
PI
1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049
30.71 30.74 30.77 30.80 30.83 30.86 30.89 30.92 30.95 30.98
Figure 1.6.2 - Pressure conversion table

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Pilot's Operating Handbook EASA Approved
Section 2
Limitations
Table of contents
n
2.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.1
io
at
2.2 - Airspeed limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.1
r
pe
2.3 - Powerplant limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.1

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.1
ro
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.2
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.3
fo
Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.4
ed
2.4 - Starter operation limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.1

iz
2.5 - Weight and C.G. limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.1

or
Weight limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.1

C.G. limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.2
th
au
2.6 - Operation limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1

Maneuver limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1
Temperature limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1
ot
Flight load factor limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1

-N
Generator limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2

GFC 700 autopilot limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2
Autothrottle limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2
M
HomeSafe emergency function (Post-MOD70-0650-34A) . . . 2.6.3

GNSS (GPS/SBAS) navigation equipment approvals . . . . . . . 2.6.3
PI
GNSS (GPS/SBAS) navigation system limitations . . . . . . . . . 2.6.7

Icing conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.10
Severe icing conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.10
Flap operating envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.11
Reverse utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.11
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.12
Equipment required depending on type of operation . . . . . . . 2.6.12
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 2.0.1

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
EASA Approved Pilot's Operating Handbook
Altitude operating limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.17

In-flight breaker use limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.17
Enhanced mode S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.18
Chartview system operating limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.19
2.7 - Miscellaneous limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.1

Seating limits C.G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.1
Baggage limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.1
n
Minimum crew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.1
io
Maximum occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.1
at
Use of doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.1
Cargo net installation limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.1
r
pe
Weather radar limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7.2

ro
2.8 - Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8.1

Airspeed Indicator on PFD(s) and on Standby airspeed
fo
indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8.1
Pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8.1
ed
Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8.2

iz
2.9 - Placards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9.1

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
2.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
2.1 - General
TBM 940 is the trade name of the TBM 700 N version airplane (TBM 700 type), which
is certified in the normal category.
This airplane must be flown in compliance with the limits specified by placards or
markings and with those given in this section and throughout the POH.
The GARMIN G3000 Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide, No. 190-02577-00, or any
n
later version as applicable, must be readily available to the pilot and permanently kept
in the airplane with the POH.
io
at
The Pilot's Guide for MD302 Standby Attitude Module P/N 9017846 Rev G or any
r
later version as applicable, must be permanently kept in the airplane with the POH.
pe
Departure into IMC is not authorized if the MD302 battery fails its initial capacity check
ro
with associated message :

fo
”WARNING
INTERNAL BATTERY MAY PROVIDE LESS THAN 60 MINUTES OF
OPERATIONS”
ed
or if there is a red “X” over the battery symbol at MD302 initialization.

iz
This section of the airplane POH presents the various operating limitations, the
or
significance of such limitations, instrument markings, color coding, and basic

placards necessary for the safe operation of the airplane, its powerplant and installed
th
equipment.
au
The limitations included in this section have been approved by the Federal Aviation
Administration in accordance with 14 CFR section 21.29.
ot
The limitations for some optional systems are given in section 9, Supplements of the
-N
POH.
TBM 700 airplane is certified under EASA.A.010 and FAA N° A60EU Type
Certificates.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.2 - Airspeed limitations

Airspeed limitations and their operational significance are shown in figure 2.2.1.
Speed KCAS KIAS Remarks
VMO Maximum operating speed 271 266 Do not intentionally exceed
n
this speed in normal flight
category io
r at
VA Maneuvering speed 160 158 Do not make abrupt or full
pe
control movements above

this speed
ro
VFE Maximum flaps extended

fo
speed :
landing configuration 120 122 Do not exceed these speeds
ed
depending on flaps position

takeoff configuration 180 178
iz
or
VLO Maximum landing gear

operating speed :
th
extension 180 178 Do not extend or retract

au
landing gear above this

retraction 151 150
speed
emergency extension 151 150
ot
-N
VLE Maximum landing gear 180 178 Do not exceed this speed
extended speed with landing gear extended
M
PI
Figure 2.2.1 - Airspeed limitations

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.3 - Powerplant limitations

Engine
Number of engines : 1
Engine manufacturer : PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA
Engine model number : PT6A - 66D
n
Maximum power :
100 % at Np = 2000 RPM io
at
Ng limitation :
r
pe
104.1 %
ro
Np limitation :
2000 RPM ± 40 RPM
fo
ITT limitations :
ed
- Takeoff : 850°C
iz
- Maximum climb/cruise : 840°C

or
- During start : < 840°C, no duration limitation

th
< 870°C for 20 seconds max.

< 1000°C for 5 seconds max.
au
▲ CAUTION ▲
When normally operating, refer to chapter 5.8 Engine operation tables.
ot
▲
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Oil
▲ CAUTION ▲
Do not mix different viscosities or specifications of oil as their different
chemical structure can make them incompatible.
▲
Maximum oil temperature : 104°C
n
Oil pressure :
io
at
- Minimum : 60 psi
r
- Maximum : 135 psi, a transient oil pressure up to 170 psi is acceptable for
pe
maximum 20 seconds
ro
Normal oil pressure is 105 to 135 psi. Oil pressures under 105 psi are undesirable.
Under emergency conditions, to complete a flight, a lower oil pressure of 60 psi is
permitted at reduced power level not exceeding 80% torque. Oil pressures below 60
fo
psi are unsafe and require that either the engine be shut down or a landing be made as
ed
soon as possible using the minimum power required to sustain flight.

Oil capacity :
iz
- System total capacity : 12.7 Quarts (12 litres), oil cooler included
or
- Usable capacity : 6 Quarts (5.7 litres)

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Fuel
Fuel limitations :
- 2 tanks : 150.5 USG (570 litres) each
- Total fuel : 301 USG (1140 litres)
- Usable fuel : 292 USG (1106 litres)
n
- Unusable fuel : 9 USG (34 litres)
- Maximum fuel imbalance : 15 USG (57 litres) io
at
● NOTE ●
r
pe
Usable fuel can be safely used during all normal airplane maneuvers.
●
ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
The fuel used must contain an anti-ice additive, in accordance with
fo
specification MIL-I-27686 or MIL-I-85470. Additive concentrations

(EGME or DIEGME) shall be comprised between a minimum of 0.06 %
ed
and a maximum of 0.15 % by volume. Refer to section 8 Handling,

iz
servicing and maintenance for additional information.

or
▲
th
▲ CAUTION ▲
The use of aviation gasoline (AVGAS) must be restricted to emergency
au
purposes only. AVGAS shall not be used for more than 150 cumulative
hours during any period between engine overhaul periods.
ot
▲
-N
● NOTE ●
Use of AVGAS to be recorded in engine module logbook.
●
M
▲ CAUTION ▲
PI
Maximum time for sideslip condition is 30 seconds.

▲

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
US specification French specification English specification

NATO code
(US) (FR) (UK)
ASTM-D1655 JET A
F35 without
additive
ASTM-D1655 JET B
AIR 3407B
n
MIL-DTL-5624 DERD 2452 Issue 2 io F44 with

at
Grade JP-5 Amdt 1
utilization
r
pe

AIR 3405C Grade F34
ro
F43 without
additive
fo

ed

iz
Propeller
or
Number of propellers : 1
th
Propeller manufacturer : HARTZELL

au
Propeller model number : HC-E5N-3C / NC8834K

Propeller diameter :
ot
- Minimum : 90 in (2.286 m)
-N
- Maximum : 91 in (2.311 m)
Propeller blade setting at station 30 in :
M
- Low pitch : 19.5°

PI
- Feathering : 85°
- Maximum reverse : - 9°

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.4 - Starter operation limits

Starter operation sequence is limited as follows :
if Ng < 30 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 seconds
if Ng > 30 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 seconds
Should several sequences be necessary, respect following spacing :
n
1st sequence
wait io
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 minute
at
2nd sequence
r
pe
wait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 minutes
ro
3rd sequence
wait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 minutes
fo
4th sequence
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.5 - Weight and C.G. limits

Weight limits
Maximum ramp weight (MRW) : 7430 lbs (3370 kg)
Maximum takeoff weight (MTOW) : 7394 lbs (3354 kg)
Maximum landing weight (MLW) : 7024 lbs (3186 kg)
n
Maximum zero fuel weight (MZFW) : 6032 lbs (2736 kg)
Maximum baggage weight : io
at
- in FWD compartment (non pressurized) : 110 lbs (50 kg)
r
pe
>> With 6-seat accommodation

ro
- in rear part of pressurized cabin : 220 lbs (100 kg)

fo
- in rear part of pressurized cabin : 396 lbs (180 kg), with small or large net, see
ed
sketch below
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 2.5.1 - Baggage limits

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
C.G. limits
Center of gravity range with landing gear down and flaps up, attitude 0° :
Forward limits :
181.3 in (4.604 m) aft of datum at 4409 lbs (2000 kg) or less (14 % of m.a.c)
183.6 in (4.664 m) aft of datum at 6250 lbs (2835 kg) (18 % of m.a.c)
185.3 in (4.707 m) aft of datum at 6579 lbs (2984 kg) (20.85 % of m.a.c)
n
187 in (4.752 m) aft of datum at all weights above 7024 lbs (3186 kg) (23.8 % of m.a.c)
Aft limits : io
at
193.65 in (4.921 m) aft of datum at 7394 lbs (3354 kg) (35 % of m.a.c.)
r
pe
194 in (4.928 m) aft of datum at 6986 lbs (3169 kg) (35.5 % of m.a.c.)
Reference datum : 118.1 in (3 m) in front of the firewall front face.
ro
Straight line variation between points.

fo
Leveling point : Cabin floor rails.

ed
● NOTE ●
It is the responsibility of the pilot to insure that the airplane is properly loaded.
iz
See section 6 Weight and balance for proper loading instructions.

●
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 2.5.2 - C.G. limits

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.6 - Operation limits

Maneuver limits
This airplane is certified in the normal category.
The normal category is applicable to airplanes intended for non-aerobatic operations.
Non-aerobatic operations include any maneuvers incidental to normal flying, stalls
n
(except whip stalls), lazy eights, chandelles, and steep turns in which the angle of
bank is no more than 60°.
io
at
▲ WARNING ▲
r
Aerobatic maneuvers, including spins, are not approved.
pe
▲
ro
Temperature limits
fo
Minimum temperature at start and takeoff : - 40°C (- 40°F)

Maximum temperature at start and takeoff :
ed
ISA + 37°C (+ 67°F) from 0 to 8000 ft pressure altitude

iz
Maximum temperature in flight :

or
ISA + 37°C (+ 67°F) from 0 to 8000 ft pressure altitude

th
ISA + 30°C (+ 54°F) above 8000 ft pressure altitude

au
Flight load factor limits

ot
Flaps up
-N
Weight below 6579 lbs (2984 kg) : - 1.5 < n < + 3.8 g
Weight above 6579 lbs (2984 kg) : - 1.5 < n < + 3.5 g
M
Flaps down
PI
- 0 < n < + 2.0 g

▲ CAUTION ▲
Intentional negative load factors prohibited.
▲

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Generator limits
Generator load must be below 200 A when the airplane is on the ground.
GFC 700 autopilot limits

- During autopilot operation, a pilot with seat belt fastened must be seated at the
left or right position.
n
- The autopilot and yaw damper must be OFF during takeoff and landing.
- io
Do not engage autopilot below 1000 ft (300 m) AGL in cruise or climb.
at
- Do not use autopilot in approach below 200 ft (60 m) AGL.
r
pe
● NOTE ●
Do not use the autopilot in descent below 2000 ft (600 m) AGL with a vertical
ro
speed in excess of 2000 ft/min.

●
fo
Autothrottle (AT) limits

ed
- Do not engage autothrottle for taxi.

iz
- Do not engage autothrottle below 1000 ft (300 m) AGL in case of takeoff without
autothrottle.
or
- Do not engage autothrottle during takeoff with OAT > ISA + 30°C.
th
- Do not engage autothrottle during landing and touch and go.

au
- Disengage autothrottle if speed is not controlled within ± 5 KIAS range.

ot
- Do not engage autothrottle when autopilot is coupled with the flight director on
PFD2 (XFR right).
-N
- For approaches, the SPD source switch must be in MAN mode or the
autothrottle must be disengaged. The autothrottle must be disengaged before
M
200 ft (60 m) AGL.

PI

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
HomeSafe emergency function (Post-MOD70-0650-34A)

HomeSafe must be activated only when the pilot is incapacitated.
▲ WARNING ▲
HomeSafe deactivation must be performed by a pilot :
- fully capable of flying the airplane,
- fully aware of all the actions the pilot will have to perform to
n
reconfigure the airplane (the initial flight plan in the FMS is lost,
the landing gear and flaps positions may not agree with io
at
LANDING GEAR and FLAPS levers positions).
r
▲
pe
If the pilot is no longer incapacitated and is able to fly the airplane, he/she must
ro
deactivate HomeSafe before taking control of the airplane.

The airplane must be inspected by maintenance personnel before further flight if
fo
HomeSafe completes a landing.

ed
GNSS (GPS/SBAS) navigation equipment approvals

The GARMIN GNSS navigation system installed in this airplane :
iz
or
- is a GPS system with a Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS)

comprised of :
th
- two TSO--C145d Class 3 approved GARMIN GIAs,

au
- TSO--C146d Class 3 approved GARMIN GDUs Display Units,

ot
- GARMIN GA36 and GA37 antennas,

-N
- GPS software version 7.0 or later approved version.

- is installed in this airplane in accordance with AC 20-138A.
M
- is, as installed in this airplane, approved for navigation using GPS and
GPS/SBAS (within the coverage of a SBAS complying with ICAO Annex 10) for
PI
IFR enroute, terminal area, and RNP APCH operations (to LNAV, LNAV/VNAV
and LPV minima).

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
- is, as installed in this airplane, complying with the equipment, performance,

and functional requirements to conduct RNAV and RNP operations in
accordance with the applicable requirements of the reference documents
listed in the following table.
● NOTE ●
Depending on the area of navigation, an operational approval may be required
to use the navigation performance that are detailed in the table hereafter. The
n
pilot is responsible to ensure compliance with current operational requirements.
●
io
at
This table is accurate at the time it was published.
r
pe
ICAO Flight
Approved Plan Code
Reference
Phase of flight PBN Operational limitations Item Item Notes
ro
Documents
Capability 10a 18
Code PBN/
fo
En-route, RNAV 10 GNSS FDE availability FAA R A1 Additional com-

Oceanic must be verified prior to AC 90-105A munication and
RNP 10
ed
and flight. Maximum predicted surveillance

Remote continental FDE unavailability is equipment may
(Class II Navigation) 34 minutes. 1 be required to
iz
obtain ope-
Two GNSS systems requi- rational approval
or
red to be operational. 2 to utilize RNP 10 /

RNAV 10 perfor-
th
mance.
au
En-route continental, RNAV 5 One GNSS system requi- JAA R B2

Arrival (formerly red to be operational. AMJ 20X2
desig-
ot
nated as
B-RNAV)
-N
En-route, RNP 4 GNSS FDE availability FAA R L1 Additional com-

Oceanic must be verified prior to AC 90-105A munication and
and flight. Maximum predicted surveillance
Remote continental FDE unavailability is equipment may
M
(Class II Navigation) 25 minutes. 1 be required to

PI
obtain ope-
Two GNSS systems requi- rational approval
red to be operational. 2 to utilize RNP 4
performance.
Departure RNAV 2 / One GNSS system requi- JAA R C2 /

En-route continental, RNAV 1 red to be operational, TGL-10 D2
Arrival
FAA
AC 90-105A

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
ICAO Flight
Approved Plan Code
Reference
Documents
Capability 10a 18
Code PBN/
Domestic, RNP 2 GNSS FDE availability FAA R - Additional com-
Offshore, must be verified prior to AC 90-105A munication and
Oceanic oceanic or remote surveillance
and continental flight. Maxi- equipment may
n
Remote continental mum predicted FDE una- be required to
vailability is 5 minutes.
io obtain ope-
rational approval
at
Two GNSS systems requi- to utilize RNP 2
red to be operational. 2 performance.
r
pe
Only one operational

GNSS system required for
domestic and offshore
ro
operations areas.
Departure, RNP 1 At a minimum, the flight FAA R O2 Includes RNP
fo
Arrival, (with and director must be displayed AC 90-105A terminal

without and utilized when departure and
RF legs) conducting procedures arrival pro-
ed
containing RF legs. cedures. This

includes pro-
iz
cedures with
Radius-to- Fix
or
legs (RF legs).

Approach RNP At a minimum, the flight EASA R S1 Includes non-
th
APCH director must be displayed AMC 20-27 precision

au
LNAV and utilized when approaches

minima conducting procedures FAA based on
(with and containing RF legs. AC 90-105A conventional
without navigation aids
ot
RF legs) with “or GPS” in

the title and area
-N
navigation
approaches titled
“GPS”, “RNAV
M
(GPS)”, and
“RNAV (GNSS)”.
PI
This includes
procedures with
RF legs.
RF legs may be
used in the initial
and intermediate
legs of the
approach pro-
cedure or the
final leg of the
missed approach
procedure only.

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
ICAO Flight
Approved Plan Code
Reference
Documents
Capability 10a 18
Code PBN/
Approach RNP At a minimum, the flight EASA R S2 Includes area
APCH director must be displayed AMC 20-27 navigation
LNAV/ and utilized when approaches titled
VNAV conducting procedures FAA “RNAV (GPS)”
n
minima containing RF legs. AC 90-105A and “RNAV
(with and
without QNH shall be available at io (GNSS)”
includes
This
pro-
at
RF legs) the destination airport cedures with RF
when conducting a Baro- legs.
r
VNAV approach. Use of
pe
remote altimeter setting Vertical guidance

source is not allowed to is based on GPS/
ro
conduct a Baro-VNAV SBAS and/or

approach. Baro-VNAV.
fo
The two primary altimeters RF legs may be

must be operational when used in the initial
flying a RNP APCH LNAV/ and intermediate
ed
VNAV with Baro-VNAV legs of the

guidance approach pro-
iz
cedure or the
final leg of the
or
missed approach
procedure only.
th
Approach RNP At a minimum, the flight EASA B RF legs may be

APCH director must be displayed AMC 20-28 used in the initial
au
LPV and utilized when and intermediate

minima conducting procedures legs of the
(with and containing RF legs. approach pro-
ot
without cedure or the

RF legs) final leg of the
-N
missed approach
procedure only.
1 and 2, see Note 1 and Note 2 hereafter
M
Table 2.6.1 - GNSS operational requirements

PI
Note 1 FDE/RAIM availability worldwide can be determined using the WFDE Prediction
program, part number 006-A0154--01 or later approved version with GARMIN GA36
and GA37 antennas selected, or :
- Within the United States, using the FAA's en--route and terminal RAIM prediction
website : www.raimprediction.net, or by contacting a Flight Service Station.
- Within Europe, using Europe's AUGUR GPS RAIM Prediction Tool at
http://augur.ecacnav.com/augur/app/home.

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Note 2 A BOTH ON GPS1 or BOTH ON GPS2 system annunciation does not

necessarily mean that one GPS has failed. Refer to the MFD – GPS STATUS page
to determine the state of the unused GPS.
General considerations
The route planning and WFDE prediction program may be downloaded from the
GARMIN website on the internet. For information on using the WFDE Prediction
n
Program, refer to GARMIN WAAS FDE Prediction Program, part
number 190--00643--01, `WFDE Prediction Program Instructions'.
io
at
Garmin International holds an FAA Type 2 Letter of Acceptance (LOA) in accordance
r
with RTCA/DO-200A and AC 20-153B for database integrity, quality, and database
pe
management processes for many of its aviation databases. LOA status and
RTCA/DO-200A List of Applicable Avionics (190-01999-00) can be viewed at
ro
FlyGarmin.com.
Navigation information is referenced to WGS-84 reference system, and should only
fo
be used where the Aeronautical Information Publication (including electronic data and
aeronautical charts) conform to WGS-84 or equivalent.
ed
GNSS (GPS/SBAS) navigation system limitations

iz
Navigation database limitations

or
The pilot must confirm at system initialization that the Navigation database is current.
th
If the AIRAC cycle will change during flight, the pilot must ensure the accuracy of
au
navigation data, including suitability of navigation facilities used to define the routes
and procedures for flight. If an amended chart affecting navigation data is published
ot
for the procedure, the database must not be used to conduct the procedure.
-N
GPS/SBAS based IFR enroute, oceanic, and terminal navigation is prohibited unless
the pilot verifies and uses a valid, compatible, and current Navigation database or
verifies each waypoint for accuracy by reference to current approved data.
M
Discrepancies that invalidate a procedure must be reported to Garmin International.

PI
The affected procedure is prohibited from being flown using data from the Navigation
database until a new Navigation database is installed in the airplane and verified that
the discrepancy has been corrected.
Contact information to report Navigation database discrepancies can be found at
www.Garmin.com>Support>Contact Garmin Support>Aviation. Pilots and operators
can view navigation data base alerts at www.Garmin.com>In the Air>NavData Alerts.

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
RNP APCH including “GPS”, “or GPS”, “RNAV (GPS)” and “RNAV (GNSS)”
instrument approaches using the Garmin integrated flight deck are prohibited unless
the pilot verifies and uses the current Navigation database. GPS based instrument
approaches must be flown in accordance with an approved instrument approach
procedure that is loaded from the Navigation database into the flight plan by its name.
Not all published Instrument Approach Procedures (IAP) are in the Navigation
database.
n
Manual entry of waypoints using latitude/longitude or place/bearing is prohibited for
published RNP and RNAV routes. io
at
Whenever possible, RNP and RNAV routes including Standard Instrument
r
Departures (SIDs) and Obstacle Departure Procedures (ODPs), Standard Terminal
pe
Arrival (STAR), and enroute RNAV Q and RNAV T routes should be loaded into the
flight plan from the database in their entirety, rather than loading route waypoints from
ro
the database into the flight plan individually. Selecting and inserting individual named
fixes from the database is permitted, provided all fixes along the published route to be
fo
flown are inserted.

ed
GNSS integrity limitations

For flight planning purposes, in areas where SBAS coverage is not available, the pilot
iz
must check RAIM availability. The availability of GPS integrity RAIM shall be
or
confirmed for the intended route of flight.

th
In the event of a predicted continuous loss of RAIM of more than five minutes for any
au
part of the intended route of flight, the flight should be delayed, cancelled, or re-routed
on a track where RAIM requirements can be met.
ot
For flight planning purposes, in Remote Continental and Oceanic areas, the pilot must
check FDE availability. Refer to the Table 2.6.1 - GNSS operational requirements, to
-N
check maximum authorized FDE unavailability and WFDE Prediction program

references.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Approach operations limitations

LNAV+V feature is a standard LNAV approach with advisory vertical guidance
provided for assistance in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS
glideslope on approach. This guidance is displayed on the PFD in the same location
as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases where LNAV+V is
indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima shall be used.
Use of the GARMIN GPS/SBAS receivers to provide navigation guidance during the
n
final approach segment of an ILS, LOC, LOC--BC, LDA, SDF, MLS or any other type of
approach not approved for “or GPS” navigation is prohibited. io
at
When using the VOR/LOC/GS receivers to fly the final approach segment,
r
VOR/LOC/GS navigation data must be selected and presented on the CDI of the pilot
pe
flying.
ro
Use of Baro-VNAV to a DA is not authorized with a remote altimeter setting. A current

altimeter setting for the landing airport is required. When using remote altimeter
fo
minima, the baro VNAV function may be used to the published LNAV MDA.
Procedures with RF legs (Radius to Fix legs)
ed
At a minimum, the flight director must be displayed and utilized when conducting
iz
procedures containing RF legs.

or
Advisory visual approaches

th
▲ WARNING ▲
au
All advisory visual approaches shall be conducted in VMC.

Advisory visual approaches are intended to be used as an aid to
ot
situational awareness and do not guarantee terrain or obstruction

-N
clearance along the approach path. Use of advisory visual

approaches in IMC is prohibited.
▲
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Icing conditions
Except for certain phases of flight where the POH specifies that deicing boots should
not be used (e.g. take-off, final approach, and landing), compliance with the following
is required.
Wing and Tail Leading Edge Pneumatic Deicing Boot System must be activated:
- At the first sign of ice formation anywhere on the aircraft, and
n
- The system must either be continued to be operated in the automatic cycling
io
mode, if available; or the system must be manually cycled as needed to
at
minimize the ice accretions on the airframe.
r
pe
The wing and tail leading edge pneumatic deicing boot system may be deactivated
only after leaving icing conditions and after the airplane is determined to be clear of
ro
ice.
The Ice Detection System is only an advisory system. The pilot must activate
fo
manually the ice protection systems as a preventive prior to entering icing conditions
or when icing conditions are identified.
ed
In any case of icing conditions, first refer to Particular procedures described in

iz
chapter 4.5 and in case of unforeseen icing conditions, refer in addition to the
Emergency procedure described in chapter 3.12.
or
Severe icing conditions

th
au
▲ WARNING ▲
Severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of
ot
those for which the airplane is certificated. Flight in freezing rain,

freezing drizzle, or mixed icing conditions (supercooled liquid
-N
water and ice crystals) may result in ice build-up on protected

surfaces exceeding the capability of the ice protection system, or
M
may result in ice forming aft of the protected surfaces. This ice
may not be shed using the ice protection systems, and may
PI
seriously degrade the performance and controllability of the

airplane.
▲

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
During flight, severe icing conditions that exceed those for which the airplane is
certificated shall be determined by the following visual cues. If one or more of these
visual cues exists, immediately request priority handling from air traffic control to
facilitate a route or an altitude change to exit the icing conditions.
- Unusually extensive ice accumulation on the airframe and windshield in areas
not normally observed to collect ice.
- Accumulation of ice on the upper surface of the wing aft of the protected area.
n
io
Since the autopilot, when operating, may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse
changes in handling characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when any of the
at
visual cues specified above exist, or when unusual lateral trim requirements or
r
autopilot trim warnings are encountered while the airplane is in icing conditions.
pe
All wing icing inspection lights must be operative prior to flight into icing conditions at
ro
night.
● NOTE ●
fo
This supersedes any relief provided by the Master Minimum Equipment List
(MMEL).
ed
●
iz
Refer to the list of equipment required depending on type of operation in this same
or
chapter.
th
Refer to Particular procedures described in chapter 4.5 and in case of unforeseen

icing conditions, refer in addition to the Emergency procedure described in
au
chapter 3.12.
Flap operating envelope

ot
The use of flaps is not authorized above 15 000 ft.

-N
Reverse utilization
M
The use of control reverse BETA (β) range is prohibited :

PI
- during flight,
- on ground, if the engine is not running.

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Weather radar
On ground, the radar radiation is inhibited when the landing gear shock absorbers are
compressed. However, it is important to obey the following restrictions :
- Do not operate the radar during refueling operations or in the vicinity of trucks or
containers containing flammables or explosives.
- Do not allow personnel within 12 feet of area being scanned by antenna when
n
system is transmitting.
Equipment required depending on type of operation io

at
The airplane is approved for day & night VFR and day & night IFR operations when
r
pe
appropriate equipment is installed and operating correctly.

The type certification for each use requires the following equipment. The equipment
ro
must be installed and operate perfectly according to the indicated type of use.
fo
▲ CAUTION ▲
It is the pilot's responsibility to check that the following equipment lists
ed
are in accordance with the specific national operation rules of the

airplane registration country depending on the type of operation.
iz
▲
or
▲ CAUTION ▲
th
Systems and equipment mentioned hereafter do not include specific

au
flight and radio-navigation instruments required by decree concerning

operation conditions for civil airplanes in general aviation or other
ot
foreign regulations (for example FAR PART 91 and 135).

▲
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 2
Limitations
Day VFR
1. Pilot instruments
- Airspeed indicator
- Sensitive and adjustable altimeter
- Stand-by heading reference instrument
2. CAS warning and caution messages
n
- Oil pressure
io
at
- Low fuel pressure
- Fuel selector OFF
r
pe
- Fuel auxiliary pump ON

ro
- L.H. and R.H fuel tank low level

- Non functioning of fuel timer
fo
- Battery stop
- Main generator OFF
ed
- Low voltage
iz
- Ground power unit connected

or
- Inertial separator
th
- Starter
au
- Ignition
- Flaps
ot
- Landing gears and doors

-N
3. Aural warning
- VMO warning
M
- Landing gear warning

- Stall warning
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
4. Engine instruments
- Torquemeter
- Propeller tachometer
- Interturbine temperature indicator (ITT)
- Gas generator tachometer (Ng)
- Oil pressure indicator
n
- Oil temperature indicator
5. Various indicators io
at
- Fuel gauge indicators (2)
r
pe
- Voltmeter
- Ammeter
ro
- Outside air temperature

fo
6. Installations
- Fuel mechanical pump (main)
ed
- Fuel electrical pump (auxiliary)

iz
- Fuel shut-off valve

or
- Fuel timer
th
- Starter generator
au
- Inertial separator
- Stall warning
ot
- Electrical aileron trim

-N
- Electrical rudder trim

- Manual elevator pitch trim
- Engine ignition
M
- Landing gear electro-hydraulic unit

PI
- Landing gear emergency hydraulic pump (manual)

- Flaps
- Overspeed regulator
- Electrical feathering
- Battery

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
7. Miscellaneous
- Seats (each occupant)
- Belts (each occupant)
- Straps (each occupant)
- Pilot's operating handbook
Night VFR
n
1. All equipment required for day VFR
io
at
2. Attitude display indicator
r
3. Instrument lighting
pe
4. Instrument panel lighting

ro
5. Emergency lighting
fo
6. Vertical speed indicator

7. Navigation lights (4)
ed
8. Anticollision lights (2)

iz
9. Landing light
or
IFR
th
1. All equipment required for day VFR

au
2. All equipment required for night VFR, if flight is performed during night
3. Taxi light, if flight is performed during night
ot
4. Clock
-N
5. 2nd altimeter
M
6. Emergency static source

PI
7. Pitot static tube deicing

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Pressurized flight
1. Cabin altimeter
2. Cabin vertical speed indication
3. Cabin differential pressure indication
4. Pressurization control valve
n
5. Safety valve
6. Pressurization control io
at
7. Maximum cabin altitude and pressure warning light
r
pe
Flight into icing conditions

1. All equipment required for IFR flight
ro
2. Propeller deicing
fo
3. L.H. windshield deicing

ed
4. Airframe, stabilizer and elevator horn deicing

5. Wing leading edge inspection light, if night flight
iz
or
6. Stall warning deicing

th
7. Inertial separator
au
8. Garmin annunciation “Airspeed”

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Altitude operating limits

Maximum altitude : 31000 ft (9449 m)
Maximum differential pressure : 6.2 psi
Operation in RVSM area
This airplane is approved for operations in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
(RVSM) airspace when required equipment is maintained in accordance with the
n
airplane maintenance manual - refer to section List of equipment, paragraph List of
critical RVSM equipment. io
at
This does not constitute operational approval. Individual airplane and operational
r
pe
approval must be obtained in accordance with applicable operating rules.

Each operator must ensure compliance with required crew training and operating
ro
practices and procedures.

fo
Moreover, the following equipment must be installed and operating normally upon
entering RVSM airspace :
ed
- Pilot and R.H. station primary altimeters

iz
- Autopilot
or
- Altitude alerter
th
- ATC transponder
au
● NOTE ●
Any changes to the pitot / static, air data computer, autopilot, altitude alerting
and / or transponder systems, or other changes that affect operation of these
ot
systems must be evaluated for impact on the RVSM approval.

-N
The standby altimeter is not approved for RVSM operations.

●
M
In-flight breaker use limits

PI
A tripped breaker should not be reset in flight unless deemed necessary for continued
safe flight and landing. Only one reset should be attempted.

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Enhanced mode S
The installed mode S system satisfies the data requirements of ICAO Doc 7030/4,
regional supplementary procedures for SSR mode S enhanced surveillance in
designated european airspace. The capability to transmit data parameters is shown in
column 2 :
n
Parameter Available (A) / Not available (NA)
Magnetic heading A io
r at
Indicated airspeed A
pe
Mach No A
ro
Vertical rate A
fo
Roll angle A
ed
True airspeed A
iz
or
True track angle A

th
Groundspeed A
au
Selected altitude A
ot
Barometric pressure setting A

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Chartview system operating limitations

The geographic-referenced airplane symbol on some charts must not be used for
navigation.
● NOTE ●
The airplane symbol displayed on some charts provides supplemental airplane
situational awareness information. It is not intended as a means for navigation
or flight guidance. The airplane symbol is not to be used for conducting
n
instrument approaches or departures, and it should not be relied upon during
io
low visibility taxi operations. Position accuracy, orientation, and related
at
guidance must be assured by other means of required navigation.
r
●
pe
Operators must have back-up charts available to the flight crew.

ro
Database currency must be verified prior to use via database effectivity page.
fo
The flight crew is responsible for verifying availability of charts for the planned flight.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.7 - Miscellaneous limits

Seating limits C.G.
- 2 front seats at 178.5 in (4.534 m)
>> With 4-seat accommodation or 6-seat accommodation
- 2 intermediate seats at 224.8 in (5.710 m)
n
- Rear bench (2 seats) at 267.1 in (6.785 m) io
at
Baggage limits
r
pe
- Baggage in pressurized cabin at 303 in (7.695 m)

ro
- Baggage in non pressurized forward section at 128 in (3.250 m)

fo
Minimum crew
- One pilot at L.H. front seat
ed
Maximum occupancy
iz
The number of persons on board is limited by approved seating configuration installed

or
but must not exceed six, including the pilot.

th
The number of persons must be less than or equal to the number of seats.
au
Use of doors
ot
Flight with door open or ajar is prohibited.

-N
Cargo net installation limits

Small cargo net : maximum loading height = 28 in (710 mm)
M
Large cargo net : maximum loading height = 22 in (565 mm) in cabin, out of baggage
compartment.
PI
▲ CAUTION ▲
No item may extend forward of the cargo net system to protect door
from obstruction.
▲

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Weather radar limitation

Weather radar can be displayed on :
- PFD 1,
- PFD 2,
- MFD, with different indications of mode.
n
Example :
- PFD 1 : ”SBY” MODE io
at
- MFD : ”SBY” MODE
r
pe
- PFD 2 : ”ACTIVE” MODE

ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
The radar is OFF only when all displays indicate OFF.
fo
▲
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.8 - Markings
Airspeed indicator on PFD(s) and on Standby airspeed indicator
Markings and their color code significance are shown in fgure 2.8.1.
KIAS
Marking Significance
(Value or range)
n
Red strip Below 65 /
io
at
White strip 65 - 122 Full flap operating range
Lower limit is maximum weight
r
pe
VSO in landing configuration.
Green strip 122 - 266 Normal operating airspeed range

ro
Red/white barber Above 266 266 = VMO

fo
pole strip
ed
Figure 2.8.1 - Airspeed indicator markings
Pressurization
iz
or
Marking Value Significance

th
au
Red line 6.2 psi Cabin ΔP limit

ot
Figure 2.8.2 - Pressurization marking

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
Engine instruments
Engine instrument markings and their color code significance are shown in
figure 2.8.3.
Red Yellow Green
line or arc line or arc line or arc Red line
Indication -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Minimum Caution Normal Maximum
n
limit range operating limit
- 40 to 0°C io
at
Oil - 40°C (- 40 to 32°F) 0 to 104°C 110°C
r
temperature (- 40°F) 104 to 110°C (32 to 219.2°F) (230°F)
pe
( 219.2 to 230°F)
ro
135 psi
Oil pressure 60 psi 60 to 105 psi 105 to 135 psi (red line)
normal limit
fo
Generator RPM
--- 103 to 104 % 51 to 103 % 104 %
ed
(Ng)
Propeller RPM 1950 to 2050

iz
--- --- 2050 RPM

(Np) RPM
or
ITT --- 840 to 1090°C 400 to 840°C 840°C (1544°F)

th
Engine start (1544 to 1994°F) (752 to 1544°F) normal limit

or ---------------
au
off
870°C (1598°F)
---------------
ot
1000°C (1838°F)
-N
(red line)
---------------
1090°C (1994°F)
M
absolute limit
PI
Engine running 820 to 840°C 400 to 820°C 840°C (1544°F)

(1507 to 1544°F) (752 to 1544°F) normal limit
100 %
(red line)
Torque (TRQ) --- 100 to 110 % 0 to 100 % ---------------
110 %
Figure 2.8.3 - Engine instrument markings

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
2.9 - Placards
(1) Under L.H. front side window
n
io
r at
pe
ro
(2) On pressurized baggage compartment partition wall

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
(2)a For the small cargo net, on the right lower upholstery panel
n
io
r at
pe
ro
(2)b For the large cargo net, on R.H. side upholstery panel, in the rear baggage
fo
compartment
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
(2)c On FWD baggage compartment door frame (non pressurized)

PI

Rev. 2
Section 2
Limitations
(3) On pedestal console
n
io
atr
pe
ro
(4) On fuel selector

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
(5) Near fuel tank caps

-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
(6) On internal face of L.H. engine cowling
Oil system
capacity
12 l
n
12.7 qt
io
r at
pe
(7) On landing gear emergency control access door

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
(8) Under window, at L.H. Intermediate seat

au
ot
-N
M
PI
(9) Above passenger's table

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
(10) Under R.H. control wheel
n
io
at
r
pe
(11) On nose gear door

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
(12) On nose gear leg

M
PI
NOSE LANDING GEAR

TIRE PRESSURE : 6,5 bar
94 psi

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
(13) On main gear leg
MAIN LANDING GEAR

TIRE PRESSURE : 8,96 bar
130 psi
n
io
at
(14) On engine cowling, in front of compartment door
r
pe
EXTERNAL POWER
ro
28 VOLTS D.C. NOMINAL

800 AMP
fo
STARTING CAPACITY MIN

ed
DO NOT EXCEED 1000 AMP

iz
or
(15) On pilot door - External side, if installed

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
(16) On access door - External side
n
io
at
r
pe
ro
(17) On outer fuselage skin aft of access door

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
(18) In the cabin forward of access door

M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
(19) On access door - Internal side
n
io
at
(20) On pilot door - Internal side, if installed
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
(21) On emergency exit handle

or
Marking on cover Marking on handle

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
(22) Above emergency exit door
n
(23) On last step of stairs
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
(24) On rear passengers masks containers

iz
or
th
au
ot
(25) On internal face of the oxygen cylinder service door

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 2
Limitations
(26) On the oxygen service door
n
io
at
(27) On emergency locator transmitter inspection door
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
>> Airplane equipped with coat hanger (Post-MOD70-0641-25A)

iz
(28) On the L.H. rear cargo compartment panel upper edge

or
th
au
ot
-N
>> Airplane equipped with coat and headset hanger (Post-MOD70-0683-25F)

M
(29) On the L.H. rear cargo compartment panel upper edge

PI

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
>> With HomeSafe emergency function (Post-MOD70-0650-34B)

(30) Above AFCS control unit
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 2
Limitations
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
Emergency procedures
Section 3
CAS messages
Table of contents
● NOTE ●
n
CAS MESSAGES are in alphabetical order by either Chapter, Section,
Paragraph or Supplement io
at
●
r
ABORT APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.24
pe
AC CONF MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.16

ro
AIRFRAME DEICE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.1

AP ON YD OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.20
fo
APR DWNGRADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.25

ed
AURAL WRN 1 CHNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.9

AURAL WRN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.8
iz
AUTO SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.5

or
AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.3

th
BAT AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.1

au
BAT OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.1

CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.6
ot
CABIN DIFF PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.8

-N
CARGO DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.17

CHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.13
M
DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.11
PI
EDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.7
EDM OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advisory
ELEC FEATH FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.7
ESP DEGRADED - AOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.12
ESP DEGRADED - IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.11
ESP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.10
ESP OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advisory
FIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If installed - Supplement 18
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 3.A.1

Rev. 3
Section 3
FLAPS ASYM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.3

FUEL IMBALANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.6
FUEL LOW L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.4
FUEL LOW R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.4
FUEL OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.1
FUEL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.1
n
GAS DEGRADED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.4
io
GAS EVENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.3
at
GEAR UNSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.5
r
pe
GPU DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.18

GWX FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.35
ro
HOMESAFE REQUEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.38

HS ABN BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.17
fo
HS CONFIG MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.40

ed
HS FUEL SHUTOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.8

ICE DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.8
iz
ICE DETECTION FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.9

or
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.19
th
INERT SEP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.3

au
INERT SEP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advisory

ITT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.12
ot
ITT HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.10
-N
LOW LVL FAIL L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.7

LOW LVL FAIL R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.7
M
LOW VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.3

PI
MAIN GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.2

MAIN GEN and LOW VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.4
MAX DIFF MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advisory
NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.16
NG HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.14
NO ICE DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advisory
OIL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.4
OIL TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.17
Page 3.A.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 3
Section 3
O2 CYL CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.10

PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.9
PITOT HT ON L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.6
PITOT HT ON R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.6
PITOT NO HT L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.6
PITOT NO HT R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.6
n
PRESSU BACKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.5
io
PRESSU OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.1
at
PROP DEICE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.2
r
pe
PROP DEICE ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.4

STALL HEAT ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.6
ro
STALL NO HEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.7

STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Advisory
fo
TCAS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.36

ed
TRAFFIC FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.37

USP ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.7
iz
VACUUM LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.12

or
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.34

th
XPDR1 FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.33

au
XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.34

XPDR2 FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.33
ot
-N
M
PI
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 3.A.3

Rev. 3
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 3.A.4 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
Section 3
Section 3
Table of contents
n
3.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.1
io
Procedure format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.3
at
3.2 - Rejected takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1
r
pe
Engine failure at takeoff before rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1

Rejected takeoff for any other reason . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.2
ro
3.3 - Engine failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1

fo
Engine failure before rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1

Engine failure after rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1
ed
Engine failure in flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.3

OIL PRESS or OIL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.4
iz
Engine regulation discrepancy, power loss,

or
throttle control loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.5

th
Governor control not operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.8

Excessive propeller rotation speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.8
au
Engine does not stop on ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.9

ITT HI during takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.10
ot
ITT HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.11
-N
ITT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.12
CHIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.13
M
NG HI during takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.14

PI
NG HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.15
NG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.16
OIL TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.17
3.4 - Air start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.1

Air start envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.1
Air start procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4.2
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 3.0.1

Rev. 1
Section 3
3.5 - Fire and smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1

Engine fire on ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1
Cabin fire on ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.2
Engine fire in flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3
Cabin electrical fire or smoke during flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.4
Smoke elimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.5
3.6 - Emergency descents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.1
n
Emergency descents profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.1
io
Maximum rate descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.2
at
Maximum range descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.3
r
pe
3.7 - Emergency landings, flaps, gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.1

Forced landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.1
ro
Tire blowout during landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.2

FLAPS ASYM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.3
fo
Flaps malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.4

Landing with flaps malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.4
ed
Landing gear retraction discrepancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.5

Landing gear extension discrepancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.6
iz
Emergency gear extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.7

or
Landing with unlocked main landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.10

th
Landing with defective nose landing gear

(down unlocked or not down) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.12
au
Landing with gear up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.13

Ditching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.14
ot
Landing without elevator control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.15

AC CONF MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.16
-N
HS ABN BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.17

M
3.8 - Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.1

PI
FUEL PRESS ........................................ 3.8.1

AUX BOOST PMP ON ................................. 3.8.3
FUEL LOW L-R ....................................... 3.8.4
AUTO SEL ........................................... 3.8.5
FUEL IMBALANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.6
LOW LVL FAIL L-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.7
HS FUEL SHUTOFF ................................... 3.8.8
3.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 3
Section 3
3.9 - Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.1

BAT AMP ............................................ 3.9.1
BAT OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.1
MAIN GEN ........................................... 3.9.2
LOW VOLTAGE ...................................... 3.9.3
n
MAIN GEN and LOW VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.4
ELEC FEATH FAULT .................................. io 3.9.7
at
Bus bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.8
r
Total loss of electrical power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9.11
pe
3.10 - Pressurization and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.1

ro
PRESSU OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.1

fo
GAS EVENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.3

ed
GAS DEGRADED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.4
PRESSU BACKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.5

iz
or
CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.6

th
EDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.7
au
CABIN DIFF PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.8

Cabin not depressurized after landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.9
ot
O2 CYL CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.10

-N
DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.11
VACUUM LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.12

M
Defog malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10.13

PI
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 3.0.3

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.11 - Deicing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.1

AIRFRAME DEICE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.1
PROP DEICE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.2
INERT SEP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.3

Windshield deicing failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.4
Windshield misting or internal icing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.5
n
PITOT NO HT L-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.6
io
at
STALL NO HEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.7
r
ICE DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.8
pe
ICE DETECTION FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11.9

ro
3.12 - Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.1

fo
Unsuccessful AT disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.1

Trim runaway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.2
ed
Crack in cockpit window or window panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.3

Emergency exit use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.4
iz
Emergency beacon (ELT) use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.5

or
Inadvertent spins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.6

AP off, stall warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.7
th
USP ACTIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.7

au
AURAL WRN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.8

ot
AURAL WRN 1 CHNL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.9

-N
ESP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.10
ESP DEGRADED - IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.11

M
ESP DEGRADED - AOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.12

PI
Oxygen use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.13

Airspeed indicating system failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.15
Flight into severe icing conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.16
CARGO DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.17
GPU DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.18
IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.19
AP ON YD OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.20
3.0.4 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 2
Section 3
Autopilot or electric pitch trim malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.21

Dual GPS/SBAS failure ( DR or LOI annunciation on HSI) . . 3.12.22
ABORT APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.24
APR DWNGRADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.25
PIT in AP vertical mode during FD approach with vertical
n
guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.26
VDI or VDI
io
on Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.27
at
Left PFD failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.28
AHRS failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.29
r
pe
ADC failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.31

MFD failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.32
ro
XPDR1 FAIL or XPDR2 FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.33

fo
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL or XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.34
GWX FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.35

ed
TCAS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.36

iz
TRAFFIC FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.37

or
HOMESAFE REQUEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.38

th
HomeSafe deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.39

au
HS CONFIG MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.40

ot
-N
M
PI
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 3.0.5

Rev. 3
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
3.0.6 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.1 - General
The recommended procedures for different failures or emergency situations are
provided in this section.
Emergency procedures associated with optional or particular equipment that require
pilot's operating handbook supplements are provided in section 9 Supplements.
The pilot must know procedures given in this section and be prepared to take
n
appropriate action should an emergency arise.
io
Some emergency procedures are a part of pilot basic training. Although these
at
emergencies are discussed here, this information is not intended to replace such
r
training, but only to provide a source of reference and review.
pe
It is important for the pilot to be familiar with standard emergency procedures.

ro
Alarm system recall

fo
Main failure or state modification of the different systems are provided by warning or
caution messages appearing on CAS display.
ed
The color code philosophy for CAS messages is the following :

iz
- the red warning messages indicate a failure or a condition that requires an

or
immediate action from the pilot,

th
- the amber caution messages indicate a failure or a condition that requires

au
an action from the pilot as soon as practical and,
- the white advisory messages indicate a state of a system that does not
ot
require an action from the pilot.

-N
The color code philosophy of the single engine indicator is the following :
M
- a red warning indication (e.g NG - 104.5 % ) requires immediate engine

PI
power reduction to resume operation in the normal operating range,
- an amber cautionary indication (e.g. ITT - 830°C ) requires engine power

reduction, as soon as practical, to resume operation in the normal operating
range.

Rev. 1
Section 3
Red or amber failure warnings are coupled with the lighting of
- a flashing red indicator/button
or
n
- a fixed amber indicator/button io
r at
pe
Both indicators/buttons are located on the upper part of the L.H. instrument panel.
When either one lights up, press it once to reactivate. It will go out and is ready to
ro
signal in the event of another failure. On the CAS display, the corresponding failure
message remains ON as long as the failed condition exists.
fo
The actions associated to the red warning or amber caution messages are
ed
described in this Section of the POH.

iz
or
The information associated to the white advisory messages are described in the
GARMIN Pilot's Guide.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Procedure format
PROCEDURE TITLES
Name of the procedure 1/X

Procedure introduction or description of symptoms associated with the failure are
presented like this at the beginning of the procedure.
n
1/X is written if the procedure extends over 2 pages or more.
io
at
MEMORY ITEMS
r
The memory items are indicated with a grey border box as shown hereafter :
pe
ro
The memory items are written like this.
Memory items are critical steps that must be executed quickly from memory without
fo
referring to POH or checklist.

ed
CONDITIONAL STEPS
iz
Conditions are presented like this :

or
1- With related actions to perform indented inside.

th
au
VALIDITY / EFFECTIVITY
>> Pre/Post-MOD70-xxxx-xx
ot
Before procedure title, represents a specific validity / effectivity for the entire
-N
procedure below. If nothing is specified, the procedure applies to all airplanes.

>> Validity inside a procedure is presented like this
M
1- With actions related to this validity listed under.

PI
CONTINUATION AND ENDING

The end of the entire procedure is indicated by :
End of procedure.
Procedure completion within the body of the procedure as a result of a condition is
indicated by :
End of procedure ■

Rev. 0
Section 3
Continuation of a procedure on several pages is indicated by :

► Continuing
Continue ►
LANDING DIRECTIVES
► Land as soon as possible ◄ means land on the nearest suitable runway.
n
io
► Land as soon as practical ◄ means land on the nearest suitable runway with
convenient facilities.
r at
pe
CAS MESSAGES
Indicated as displayed in the MFD CAS window :
ro
- FUEL PRESS means FUEL PRESS warning CAS message,

fo
- MAIN GEN means MAIN GEN caution CAS message.

ed
- MAX DIFF MODE means MAX DIFF MODE advisory CAS message.
iz
or
ANNUNCIATIONS ON PFDs or MFD

th
Indicated as displayed in the PFD or MFD with specifying “annunciation” next to the
message :
au
- BOTH ON AHRS1 annunciation,

ot
- HDG annunciation.
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.2 - Rejected takeoff
Engine failure at takeoff before rotation
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE

2- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
If the airplane cannot be stopped on the runway :
io
at
3- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
r
pe
4- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

5- Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down
ro
If necessary :
fo
6- Evacuate after the airplane has come to a stop.

ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Rejected takeoff for any other reason

2- Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
3- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
If the airplane cannot be stopped on the runway :
io
at
4- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
r
pe

ro
If necessary :
fo
7- Evacuate after the airplane has come to a stop.

End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.3 - Engine failures
Engine failure before rotation

Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine failure at takeoff before rotation
Refer to chapter 3.2
End of procedure.
n
Engine failure after rotation io 1/2
r at
► Fly the airplane ◄
pe
1- MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full forward

ro
If power recovery successful :

fo
► Fly the airplane using the MAN OVRD control for power ◄
ed
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE

iz
► Land as soon as possible ◄

or
th
If power recovery unsuccessful :

au
3- MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full backward

ot
If height does not allow to choose a suitable landing surface :

-N
► Land straight ahead without changing LANDING GEAR position ◄

M
4- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
PI
5- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain above 100 KIAS

6- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3
Engine failure after rotation 2/2

► Continuing
7- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Before touch down :
n
8- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
9- io
Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down
at
10 - Evacuate airplane after coming to complete stop.
r
Do not unfasten seat belts before complete stop.
pe
ro
If height allows to reach a suitable landing surface :

fo
11 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN

ed
12 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

iz
Maintain airspeeds
or
th
Flaps UP 105 < KIAS < 178

au
Flaps TO 100 < KIAS < 178

ot
Flaps LDG 85 < KIAS < 122

-N
13 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

M
14 - FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

PI
Before touch down :

15 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down
16 - Evacuate airplane after coming to complete stop.
Do not unfasten seat belts before complete stop.
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
Engine failure in flight

Symptoms : Loss of power.
1- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch tanks
n
2- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
3- io
AT / AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
r at
If power recovery successful :
pe
4- Remaining fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

ro

fo
If power recovery unsuccessful :
ed
iz
5- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

or
6- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use

th
7- Air start envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

au

End of procedure.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
OIL PRESS or OIL PRESS
Indicates that oil pressure is below 105 psi.

n
1- Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor
2- io
TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum necessary
r at
▲ CAUTION ▲
pe
Due to the oil pressure drop, the propeller blade angle may go towards
ro
high pitch and therefore lead to a Np propeller rotation speed decrease.

▲
fo
If engine power decreases :

ed
3- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency descent
iz

or
5- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced landing

th

au
End of procedure.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3

throttle control loss 1/3
Symptoms :
- power fluctuations, or
- uncommanded power loss, or
n
- bad response to THROTTLE movements,
- bad autothrottle behaviour if engaged. io
at
r
pe
If AT is engaged :
ro
1- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
If power recovery is successful :
fo
2- Continue the flight without using autothottle.

ed
iz
If AT is not engaged and discrepancy still occurant :

or
If circumstances and obtained minimum power allow :

th
▲ CAUTION ▲
au
In manual override mode, engine is neither protected against slam

accelerations, nor against maximum speed overshooting. Avoid rapid
control movements and manage engine parameters.
ot
Use of MAN OVRD lever disengages autothrottle.

-N
▲
M
3- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE

PI
4- Confirm engine still running.

5- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch tanks
6- Check that no engine indication exceeds allowed value.
7- MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate
Progressively to minimum necessary
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3

► Continuing
8- Continue the flight.
n
If the available power is weak :
9- io
LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
at
Only on a final approach glide path
r
pe
10 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG

Only in short final
ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
When MAN OVRD control is used, the available power may not be
fo
sufficient to ensure a go-around in landing configuration, particularly if

ed
the weight is near the maximum weight.

▲
iz
► Do not perform a go around ◄

or
► Do not use the reverse ◄

th
11 - Land normally.
au
12 - Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ot
-N
If minimum power obtained is excessive :
13 - Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce below 178 KIAS

M
By setting nose-up attitude

PI
14 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
If ITT > 840°C :

15 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
16 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
17 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3

► Continuing
18 - Long final or ILS approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Establish
At IAS < 178 KIAS
n
When runway is assured :
19 - io
THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
at
20 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG as required
r
At IAS < 122 KIAS
pe
21 - Land normally.
ro
22 - Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Governor control not operating


If Np < 1960 RPM :
n
► Do not use the reverse ◄ io
r at
In that case, the go-around performance and the reverse efficiency might be lower
pe
than expected.
ro
Repair before further flight.

End of procedure.
fo
ed
Excessive propeller rotation speed

iz

or
th
1- Reduce power and airplane speed to avoid propeller rotation speeds higher
au
than 2050 RPM.

ot

-N
In that case, the go-around may damage the gear reduction box and the reverse
efficiency might be lower than expected.
M
Repair before further flight.

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
Engine does not stop on ground

If the engine does not stop when the THROTTLE is set to CUT OFF :
1- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
2- Wait for engine stop due to lack of fuel in the pipes.
n
3-
io
GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
at
4- SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
pe
Inform maintenance department.

ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
ITT HI during takeoff
1- Continue takeoff normally.

When takeoff procedure is completed :
If AT is engaged :
2- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
n
3-
io
THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
at
To get ITT < 820°C
r
● NOTE ●
pe
Above 400 ft AGL, autothrottle engine protection system will reduce power to
get ITT below 820°C. The resulting engine power is sufficient to maintain
ro
minimum climb gradients.

●
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 3
ITT HI
Indicates that ITT is between 820°C and 839°C.

▲ CAUTION ▲
Autothrottle engine protection system does not relieve the pilot's
responsibility to monitor and control the engine parameters within the
n
limitations.
▲ io
at
● NOTE ●
r
Single engine indicator may switch to ITT or NG parameter depending on
pe
engine conditions.
●
ro
1- Check that AT reacts to reduce ITT.

fo
2- ITT decreasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

Below 820°C
ed
● NOTE ●
iz
Single engine indicator may stay with ITT display for ITT > 818°C.
●
or
If ITT does not reduce :

th
3- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
au
4- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
To get ITT below 820°C
ot
-N
If AT is failed or if ESP is OFF :

M
5- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
To get ITT below 820°C
PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 2
Section 3
ITT
Indicates that ITT is more than 840°C.

▲ CAUTION ▲
n
limitations.
▲ io
at
During engine start :
r
pe
1- Starting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abort

Refer to procedure Engine start, chapter 4.4
ro
2- Cancel the flight.

fo

ed
iz
After engine start :

or
On ground :
th
3- Cancel the flight.

au

ot
In flight :
-N

M
4- AT disengaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
PI
5- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
To get ITT < 840°C

End of procedure.

Rev. 2
Section 3
CHIP
Indicates that metallic chips have been detected in the engine oil.
In flight :
► Land as soon as practical ◄
n
io
at
r
pe
On ground :
► Do not take off ◄
ro
Airplane is grounded.
fo

ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 3
NG HI during takeoff
1- Continue takeoff normally.

When takeoff procedure is completed :
If AT is engaged :
2- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
n
3-
io
THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
at
To get Ng < 103 %
r
● NOTE ●
pe
Above 400 ft AGL, autothrottle engine protection system will reduce power to
get Ng below 103 %. The resulting engine power is sufficient to maintain
ro
minimum climb gradients.

●
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 3
NG HI
Indicates that Ng speed is between 103 and 104 %.

▲ CAUTION ▲
n
limitations.
▲ io
at
● NOTE ●
r
Single engine indicator has switched to NG parameter.
pe
●
ro
1- Check that AT reacts to reduce Ng.

2- Ng decreasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
fo
Below 103 %
ed
● NOTE ●
Single engine indicator may stay with NG display for Ng > 102.8 %.
iz
●
or
If Ng does not reduce :

th
3- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
au
4- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
To get Ng below 103 %
ot
-N
If AT is failed or if ESP is OFF :

5- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
M

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 2
Section 3
NG
Indicates that Ng speed is more than 104 %.

▲ CAUTION ▲
n
limitations.
▲ io
at
1- AT disengaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
pe
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
ro

fo

ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
OIL TEMP
Indicates that oil temperature is below 0°C or above 104°C (possibly with
OIL PRESS ).
1- Oil temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
If the indicated temperature is in the green sector :
► Land as soon as possible ◄ io
at
r
pe
2- Oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor

ro
If the indicated temperature is not in the green sector :

fo
Failure is confirmed, you can expect an oil pressure failure shortly.

ed
▲ CAUTION ▲
Due to the oil pressure drop, the propeller blade angle may go towards
iz
high pitch and therefore lead to a Np propeller rotation speed decrease.

or
▲
th
▲ CAUTION ▲
Prepare for an engine stop shortly.
au
▲
ot
3- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum necessary

-N

If engine power decreases :
M
4- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

PI
5- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced landing

End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 3
3.4 - Air start
Air start envelope
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
● NOTE ●
Air start may be attempted outside of the envelope. However, above 20000 ft or
at lower speeds, ITT tends to increase during start and prudence is
recommended.
●
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
Air start procedures 1/2
1- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
▲ CAUTION ▲
The starter cannot operate if the GENERATOR selector is on ST-BY.
▲
n
2-
io
GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
at
▲ CAUTION ▲
r
BLEED switch set to AUTO may cause overtemperature or abnormal
pe
acceleration.
▲
ro
3- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

fo
4- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ed
5- Electric consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce

iz
6- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L or R

or
7- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
● NOTE ●
th
Maintain AUX BP switch in ON position for the remainder of the flight.

au
●
8- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO or ON
ot
9- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

-N
10 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON, start timer

If there is no start after 5 seconds :
M
11 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT

PI
When Ng around 13 % :
12 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE
13 - ITT and Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor
● NOTE ●
Autothrottle engine protection system is disabled during engine start, thus there
is no protection against ITT exceedances.
●
Continue ►
Rev. 3
Section 3
Air start procedures 2/2

► Continuing
When Ng > 50 % :
14 - Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF automatically
If starter has not turned off automatically :
n
15 -
io
STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT
at
16 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE
r
pe
17 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
18 - BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ro
19 - Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

fo
If necessary :
20 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency descent
ed

iz
If air start is not successful :

or
21 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced landing

th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.5 - Fire and smoke
Engine fire on ground
Symptoms : ITT increasing, ITT , smoke, ...
n
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
2- io
BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
at
3- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
pe
4- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ro
5- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

If necessary :
fo
6- Warn ground assistance.

ed
7- Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down

► Evacuate as soon as possible ◄
iz
or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Cabin fire on ground
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
If necessary :
n
3- Warn ground assistance.
io
at
r
5- Cabin extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
pe

ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Engine fire in flight
Symptoms : ITT increasing, ITT , smoke, ...
▲ WARNING ▲
No air start attempt after an engine fire.
n
▲
► Fly the airplane ◄ io
r at
1- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
pe
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

ro
3- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

fo
4- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
5- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ed
6- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

iz
If necessary :
or

th

au
8- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced landing

ot
End of procedure.
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Cabin electrical fire or smoke during flight

1- Oxygen masks and goggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
If the origin is known :
n
2-
io
Defective equipment breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
at
3- Cabin extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
r
If the origin is unknown :
pe
4- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
5- All unnecessary equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

fo
6- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency descent

ed
If necessary :
iz
7- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smoke elimination

Refer to procedure hereafter
or

th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Smoke elimination
1- Oxygen masks and goggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
2- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

3- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
4-
io
DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate
at
5- Wait until the differential pressure drops.
r
6- EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
pe
If smoke decreases :
ro

fo
If smoke increases :
ed
7- EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push

iz

or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.6 - Emergency descents
Emergency descents profiles
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Maximum rate descent

2- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
3- Pitch attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . – 10° to – 20°
n
If smooth air :
io
at
4- FLAPS and LANDING GEAR levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
r
5- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VMO = 266 KIAS
pe
If rough air or in case of structure problem :

ro
6- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Below 178 KIAS

fo
7- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
8- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Maximum range descent 1/2
1- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

3- FLAPS and LANDING GEAR levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
n
4-
io
Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 KIAS
at
5- DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate
r
6- EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
pe
If VMC and non icing conditions are possible :

ro
7- ESS BUS TIE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER

fo
8- Prepare for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced landing

ed
iz
If VMC and non icing conditions are not possible :

or
Breakers :
th
9- PFD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
au
10 - ADC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
11 - XPDR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
ot
Switches :
-N
12 - DE ICE SYSTEM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

All deicing systems turn on
M
13 - DE ICE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF

PI
14 - Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF

15 - BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
16 - A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
17 - AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
18 - FUEL SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3
Maximum range descent 2/2

► Continuing
19 - AP / TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
20 - DIMMER / CABIN / ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
If icing conditions :
n
21 - PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch
io
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
at
22 - WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
r
pe
23 - Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Above 135 KIAS

Configuration flaps UP
ro
If time permits :
fo
24 - PLUGS breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull

25 - AIR COND breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
ed
26 - Prepare for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced landing

iz

or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.7 - Emergency landings, flaps, gear
Forced landing
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

2- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
3- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
io
at
4- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
5- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
pe

ro
7- Gliding airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain 120 KIAS

Until favorable ground approach
fo
8- ESS BUS TIE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

ed
To have GEAR and FLAPS available

iz
If landing surface is suitable :

or

th
If landing surface is not suitable :

au
10 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keep UP

If night conditions :
ot
11 - OFF/TAXI/LDG switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG

-N
When chosen landing surface is assured :

12 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
M
13 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down

PI
14 - Airspeed on final approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 KIAS

15 - Land flaring out.
16 - Evacuate after stop.
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
Tire blowout during landing

1- Control direction with brakes and nose wheel steering.
2- Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
3- Stop airplane to minimize damages.
4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown
n
io
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
FLAPS ASYM
Indicates a dissymmetry of flap deflection. This immediately stops the flap motor and
prevents further operation of the flaps.
n
1- FLAPS breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
2- io
FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
at
r
pe
3- Maintain airspeeds :
ro
- IAS < 178 KIAS for deflections between UP and TO positions,

- IAS < 122 KIAS for deflections greater than TO position.
fo
4- For landing, refer to procedure . . . . . . . . . . . Landing with flaps malfunction

ed
Refer to procedure on following page

End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Flaps malfunction
In case of blockage of flaps or inoperative flaps control lever between UP and LDG
positions, without FLAPS ASYM :
1- FLAPS breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
n
2- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
io
at
r
3- Maintain airspeeds
pe
- IAS < 178 KIAS for deflections between UP and TO positions,

ro
- IAS < 122 KIAS for deflections greater than TO position.

fo
4- For landing, refer to procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . Landing with flaps malfunction

ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
Landing with flaps malfunction

th
au
For flaps deflections between UP and TO :

Proceed as for a normal landing with 105 KIAS of approach airspeed.
ot
Provide for a landing distance increased by 60 %.

-N
For flaps deflections greater than TO :

Proceed as for a normal landing with 100 KIAS of approach airspeed.
M
Provide for a landing distance increased by 50 %.

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
Landing gear retraction discrepancy

● NOTE ●
Symptoms have to be considered at the end of the sequence.
●
Symptoms :
n
- GEAR UNSAFE CAS msg and GEAR UNSAFE red warning light are ON, or
- amber light flashing and 3 green lights are OFF. io
at
1- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain below 150 KIAS
r
pe
2- LDG GEAR breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull

ro
If GEAR UNSAFE CAS msg and GEAR UNSAFE red warning light are OFF :
fo
3- The flight may be continued without any restriction.

For landing gear extension :
ed
4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency gear extension

iz
Refer to following procedures

or
th
If not :
au
5- LDG GEAR breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push

6- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency gear extension
ot

-N
End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Landing gear extension discrepancy

● NOTE ●
Symptoms have to be considered at the end of the sequence.
●
Symptoms :
n
- GEAR UNSAFE CAS msg and GEAR UNSAFE red warning light are ON, or
- amber light flashing and 0 to 3 green lights are OFF. io
at
r
pe
2- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency gear extension

ro
Refer to procedure on following page

End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Emergency gear extension 1/3

● NOTE ●
Follow this procedure in case of any doubt about the gear extension.
●
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
Do not enter icing conditions. This could adversely increase drag and
weight due to ice accumulation, and lock wheels and struts.
io
at
Climb performance will be degraded by 50 %.
r
pe
Cruise IAS speed will be reduced compared to a clean airplane,

ro
because of the drag.

This should be taken into account when calculating the airplane range.
fo
▲
ed

iz
2- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN

or
3- LDG GEAR breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull

th
4- Floor hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open

au
5- By-pass selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully pull / Locked

ot
▲ CAUTION ▲
The entire extension of the landing gear may take up to 110 cycles. It is
-N
mandatory to have a clear hardening of the manual control at the end of

the maneuver.
M
▲
PI
6- Landing gear emergency pump handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate

With maximum amplitude until pump hardening
7- MASTER WARNING push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
To reset the GEAR UNSAFE
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3

► Continuing
If :
- GEAR UNSAFE red warning light is OFF and
- GEAR UNSAFE is OFF and
n
- 3 green lights are ON :
io
at
8- Exit and / or remain outside icing conditions.
r
Continue flight at airspeed < 178 KIAS.
pe

ro
fo
If :
- GEAR UNSAFE red warning light is ON and
ed
- GEAR UNSAFE is ON and

iz
- 0 to 3 green lights are ON :

or
9- LDG GEAR breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push

th
10 - CHECK DOWN push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

au
If :
ot
- hardening of the pump is marked and

-N
- 3 green lights are ON or

- 3 green lights are ON and flickering while pressing the CHECK DOWN
push-button :
M
11 - Land
PI
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3

► Continuing
If :
- emergency pump remains soft or
- one (or more) green light(s) is(are) not ON and / or flickering while pressing
n
the CHECK DOWN push-button :
io
at
A gear unlock condition is confirmed.
r
Recycle the landing gear as follows :
pe
12 - By-pass selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unlock / Push

ro
13 - Wait one minute.

fo
14 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP

At airspeed < 150 KIAS
ed
15 - Perform landing gear extension attempts in the normal mode

while applying positive load factors during the maneuver as well
iz
as skidding.
or
In case of failure :
th
16 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . Landing with unlocked

au
main landing gear

or Landing with defective nose landing gear
ot
▲ CAUTION ▲
-N
If one main landing gear is not down, it is recommended to land with

landing gear up - refer to procedure Landing with gear up in the
M
following procedures.
PI
▲
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
Landing with unlocked main landing gear 1/2

▲ CAUTION ▲
If one main landing gear is not down, it is recommended to land with
landing gear up - refer to procedure Landing with gear up in the
following procedures.
▲
n
1- Ask ATC or another airplane to visually check landing gear position. io
at
If defective gear is down but unlocked :
r
pe
2- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

3- DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate
ro
4- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . Maintain on defective LDG gear side

fo
To lighten corresponding wing (maximum fuel imbalance 15 USG)

5- Choose a runway with headwind or crosswind blowing from defective
ed
gear side.
iz
6- Align the airplane to land on the runway edge opposite to the defective
landing gear.
or
7- Perform a normal approach.

th
8- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG

au
At airspeed = 90 KIAS
9- AT / AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
ot
Before 200 ft
-N
10 - Land and set nose gear immediately on ground to assure lateral control.
11 - Use full aileron during roll-out to lift the wing with the defective landing
M
gear.
PI
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3
Landing with unlocked main landing gear 2/2

► Continuing
If landing gear drags during landing :
12 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
13 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down
n
14 -
io
FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
at
15 - Evacuate after airplane comes to a stop.
r
pe
If landing gear does not drag during landing :

ro
16 - Preferably do not use reverse.

fo
17 - Complete taxiing with a slight turn towards defective landing gear.

ed
18 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

19 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown
iz

or
20 - Evacuate.
th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Landing with defective nose landing gear

(down unlocked or not down)
1- Ask ATC or another airplane to visually check landing gear position.
If necessary :
1- Transfer passengers to the rear.
n
2- Perform a normal approach.
3- io
FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
at
4- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain 90 KIAS
r
pe
5- AT / AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
Before 200 ft
ro
6- Land with nose-up attitude. Keep nose high.

fo
7- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

ed
8- Touch down slowly with nose wheel and keep elevator at nose-up stop.
9- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Apply moderately
iz
10 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down

or
11 - FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

th

au
End of procedure.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Landing with gear up

1- Do a standard final approach.
2- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
3- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain 85 KIAS
4- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
5-
io
DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate
at
6- AT / AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
r
Before 200 ft
pe
When runway is assured :

ro
7- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

fo

9- Flare out.
ed
After touch-down :
iz
10 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull down

or

th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Ditching
▲ CAUTION ▲
In heavy swell with light wind, land parallel to the swell (rollers).
In heavy wind, land facing wind.
▲
n
1- AT / AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
io Before 200 ft
at
2- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
r
3- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
pe
4- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain above 85 KIAS

ro
5- Maintain a descent rate as low as possible when approaching the water.

fo
6- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ed

iz
9- Maintain attitude without flaring out until touch-down.

or
10 - Evacuate through EMERGENCY EXIT.

th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Landing without elevator control

1- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
2- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
3- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain 95 KIAS
4- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
To maintain airspeed according to an easy approach slope ≈ 300 ft/min
io
at
5- Adjust elevator by using manual pitch trim wheel.
r
When ground approaches :
pe
6- Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decrease progressively

ro
7- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce progressively

fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
>> With HomeSafe emergency function (Post-MOD70-0650-34A)
AC CONF MISMATCH
With or without GEAR UNSAFE .

Indicates that the flaps and/or landing gear positions do not agree with the FLAPS and
LANDING GEAR levers positions.
n
1-
io
Flaps and landing gear configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
2- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to agree with flaps position
r
3- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to agree with landing gear position
pe
Maximum airspeeds
ro
Flaps TO 178 KIAS

fo
Flaps LDG 122 KIAS

ed
Landing gear down 178 KIAS

Landing gear extension 178 KIAS
iz
or
Landing gear retraction 150 KIAS

th
If GEAR UNSAFE is ON :
au
4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . Landing gear extension discrepancy

ot

-N
End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
HS ABN BRAKES
Indicates that the HomeSafe auto-brake servo is operating.

When possible, and at the latest before 200 ft on final :
1- AP/TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press twice
n
AT and AP also disengage
io
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
3.8 - Fuel system
FUEL PRESS 1/2
Indicates a fuel pressure drop at HP engine pump inlet.

n
1- Remaining fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
io
at
2- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch tanks
r
3- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
pe
If FUEL PRESS remains ON :

ro
fo
4- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ed
5- AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

iz
If pressure is normal again and FUEL PRESS is OFF :

or
Mechanical pump has failed.

th
6- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain ON

au

ot
-N
7- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch tanks

M
If FUEL PRESS is OFF :

PI
A supply problem may have occured from the tank selected first
(air vent, fuel icing, etc…).
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3
FUEL PRESS 2/2
► Continuing
8- Fullest tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select
n
9- Avoid high power and rapid movements of the THROTTLE.
10 - io
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Below 18000 ft
at
r
pe

ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
AUX BOOST PMP ON
Indicates the auxiliary booster pump is running.

If AUX BP switch is in ON position :
Indication is normal.
n
io
at
If AUX BP switch is in AUTO position :
r
pe
1- Reset AUX BP switch to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

2- Then, AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
ro
If AUX BOOST PMP ON goes OFF :

fo
3- Continue the flight normally.

ed
iz
If AUX BOOST PMP ON remains ON :

or
Mechanical booster pump has failed.

th
4- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
au

ot
End of procedure.
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
FUEL LOW L-R
Indicates a level drop in the corresponding tank.
1- Corresponding gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

2- Check the other tank has been automatically selected.
n
If other tank not automatically selected :
io
at
3- FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
r
pe
4- Select tank manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

ro

5- Minimum fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
fo
6- Take decision.
ed
If necessary :
iz

or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
AUTO SEL
Indicates that there is no more automatic control mode running.

1- FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check AUTO
If FUEL SEL switch already on AUTO :
n
Failure is confirmed.
io
at
2- FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
r
pe
3- Select tanks manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

▲ CAUTION ▲
ro
Maximum fuel imbalance is 15 USG

▲
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
FUEL IMBALANCE
Indicates that fuel tanks are imbalanced by more than 15 USG for more than
30 seconds.
If FUEL SEL switch is on AUTO :
1- Fullest tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select
n
By pressing the SHIFT push-button
If FUEL SEL switch is on MAN : io
at
2- Fullest tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select
r
pe
By shifting FUEL TANK SELECTOR manually

ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
fo
Maximum fuel imbalance is 15 USG.

▲
ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
LOW LVL FAIL L-R
Indicates a failure of fuel low level sensor.

1- Remaining fuel in tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- Take decision.
If any doubt :
n
io
at
r
pe
On the ground :
ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
HS FUEL SHUTOFF
Indicates that the HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve is closed.
▲ WARNING ▲
This may quickly lead to an engine stop if the right fuel tank is
n
selected.
▲ io
at
1- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
r
pe
2- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ro
● NOTE ●
Maintain AUX BP switch in ON position for the remainder of the flight.
fo
●
ed
If HS FUEL SHUTOFF remains ON :

iz
or
A mechanical failure of the HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve may have occurred.
th
3- FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

au
4- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check L

▲ CAUTION ▲
ot
Land as soon as possible to limit fuel imbalance.

-N
▲
End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
3.9 - Electrical system
BAT AMP
Indicates that battery current is over 50 A while on ground.

After starting the engine with airplane power, a battery charge over 50 amperes is
normal.
n
▲ CAUTION ▲
Do not take off if battery charge is over 50 A.
io
at
▲
r
pe
If this indication remains steady at a high value :

ro
It may be due to a battery or generation system failure.

End of procedure.
fo
ed
BAT OFF
iz
or
Indicates that :
th
- the SOURCE selector has been positioned on OFF or

au
- the battery plug is disconnected.

ot
1- SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

-N
2- SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATT

M
If warning persists :
PI
3- Airplane mains voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor

End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
MAIN GEN
Indicates that GENERATOR selector has been positioned to OFF or ST-BY, or main
generator is cut off.
1- GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check / Correct

If necessary
n
If warning persists :
io
at
Main generator switching is confirmed.
r
2- MAIN GENERATOR RESET push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
pe
In case of failure :
ro

fo
3- Keep the following systems connected :

ed
- Autopilot system
- Deicing systems
iz
or
- STROBE and NAV lights

- Cockpit emergency lights
th
- VHF 1
au
- NAV/GPS 1
ot
- BLEED
-N
- LDG LIGHTS on short final

This will allow to keep electrical consumption
M
below maximum standby capacity.

PI
All other not necessary equipment can be disconnected.

4- GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST- BY
If necessary :
5- ST-BY GENERATOR RESET push-button . . . . . . Press
6- Maintain ST-BY loads below 100 A.
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
LOW VOLTAGE
Normal functioning with GENERATOR selector on MAIN.

1- Voltmeter voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
If voltages are < 26 V :
2- Monitor a possible voltage drop or any indication of battery discharge.
n
io
at
3- Keep the following systems connected :
r
pe
- Autopilot system
- Deicing systems
ro
- STROBE and NAV lights

fo
- Cockpit emergency lights

ed
- VHF 1
- NAV/GPS 1
iz
- BLEED
or
- LDG LIGHTS on short final

th
This will allow to keep electrical consumption

au
below maximum standby capacity.

All other not necessary equipment can be disconnected.
ot
4- GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST- BY

-N
If necessary :
5- ST-BY GENERATOR RESET push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
M
6- Maintain ST-BY loads below 100 A.

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
MAIN GEN and LOW VOLTAGE 1/3

an
With GENERATOR selector on ST-BY (after MAIN generator failure), functioning on
ST-BY generator.
1- GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
2- MAIN GENERATOR RESET push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
n
io
at
If MAIN GENERATOR successfully connected :
r
3- Disconnect non-essential systems.
pe
4- Voltmeter and ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor

ro

fo
If MAIN GENERATOR not successfully connected :

ed
5- GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST-BY

iz
6- ST-BY GENERATOR RESET push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

or
If ST-BY GENERATOR successfully connected :

th
7- Disconnect non-essential systems.

au
8- Voltmeter and ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor

ot
-N
If ST-BY GENERATOR not successfully connected :

M
Both generators failure is confirmed.

PI
Return to VMC conditions, if possible.

Continue ►

Rev. 2
Section 3

an
► Continuing
9- GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
If altitude > 10000 ft :
10 - OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
n
If VMC and non-icing conditions are possible :
io
at
11 - ESS BUS TIE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER
r
In this configuration, only both ESS BUS bars and
pe
BATT BUS bar are directly supplied by the battery.

ro
If use of other systems is required :

fo
12 - ESS BUS TIE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

ed
iz
If VMC and non-icing conditions are not possible :

or
13 - Manually disconnect systems as follows :

th
Breakers :
au
- PFD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
- ADC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
ot
- TAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
-N
- DATA LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull

- XPDR 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
M
Switches :
PI
- DE ICE SYSTEM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

- ICE LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
- AIRFRAME DE ICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- PROP DE ICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Continue ►
Rev. 2
Section 3

an
► Continuing
- WINDSHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- OFF/LDG/TAXI light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- PULSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
-
io
STROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
at
- BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
pe
- A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ro
- FUEL SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

fo
- AP / TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ed
- DIMMER / CABIN / ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

If icing conditions :
iz
14 - PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

or
15 - WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
th
16 - Maintain minimum recommended airspeeds into known

au
icing conditions.
ot
Flaps UP > 135 KIAS

-N
Flaps TO > 115 KIAS

M
Flaps LDG > 95 KIAS

PI
If time permits :
17 - PLUGS breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
18 - AIR COND breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
ELEC FEATH FAULT
Indicates a propeller feathering system malfunction.

1- FEATHER breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
n
io
at
● NOTE ●
Auto ignition may turn on during engine shutdown.
r
pe
●
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Bus bar 1/3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 3.9.1 (1/3) - Electrical distribution of bus bars

Rev. 3
Section 3
Bus bar 2/3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
Bus bar 3/3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
Total loss of electrical power
1- Maintain airplane control.

2- Use the MD 302 for
- attitude,
n
- airspeed,
- altitude and/or io
at
- heading.
r
pe

ro

fo
● NOTE ●
Airplane power is provided to the MD302 display for normal operation.
ed
Operation of the basic system is automatic. The system is powered ON while

airplane power is ON.
iz
If airplane power is lost, the internal battery will provide power to the MD302.
or
●
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.10 - Pressurization and air conditioning
PRESSU OFF 1/2
Possibly due to :
- system malfunction,
n
- BLEED switch on OFF position.
If in flight : io
r at
1- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
pe
2- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check / Correct

ro
If possible :
3- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
fo

ed
4- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

iz
5- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

or
If PRESSU OFF is still ON :

th
au
If altitude > 10000 ft :

If necessary :
ot
6- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . Emergency descent

-N

M
● NOTE ●
If Zp > 10000 ft ± 500 ft, it may be followed by CABIN ALTITUDE and
PI
USE OXYGEN MASK

●
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3
PRESSU OFF 2/2
► Continuing
If on ground :
8- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
9- Taxi back to apron.
n
10 -
io
Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown
at
r
pe
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
GAS EVENT
Indicates a GASC system malfunction (only displayed 45 sec. after landing)

1- Taxi back to the apron.
2- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutdown
n
3- Inform maintenance department before next flight.
io
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
GAS DEGRADED
Indicates a GASC system malfunction

1- Shorten the flight.
2- Inform maintenance department before next flight.
End of procedure.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
PRESSU BACKUP
Indicates a GASC system malfunction. The GASC cannot compute optimal cabin
altitude and is automatically set to 9800 ft default value as cabin altitude reference.
n
Inform maintenance department before next flight.
io
at
▲ CAUTION ▲
When the airplane descends below 9800 ft, cabin descent rate
r
pe
coincides with airplane descent rate. The pilot should take into account
the airplane descent profile in order to avoid pressure annoyance.
ro
▲
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK

● NOTE ●
CABIN ALTITUDE is followed by USE OXYGEN MASK and 3 voice alerts
“Use oxygen mask / Use oxygen mask”.
●
n
Indicates a cabin altitude over 10000 ft ± 500 ft.
io
at
1- Pressurization indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
If cabin altitude > 10000 ft ± 500 ft :
pe
2- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use

ro

fo
3- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check AUTO

ed
4- DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check NORM / Guarded

5- EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check pushed
iz
or
If necessary :
th

au
7- Limit flight altitude to maintain cabin altitude below 10000 ft.

ot
Inform maintenance department before next flight.

-N
End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
EDM
● NOTE ●
EDM may come on 45 s after CABIN ALTITUDE and
USE OXYGEN MASK .
n
EDM makes a 90° left heading change and descent to 15000 ft.
EDM override is possible by pressing twice the AP / TRIM DISC push-button, io
at
and other AP modes are usable.
AT engages automatically and reduces power.
r
pe
●
Indicates a cabin altitude over 10000 ft ± 500 ft.
ro
fo
1- Pressurization indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

If cabin altitude > 10000 ft ± 500 ft :
ed
2- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use

iz

or
3- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check AUTO

th
4- DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check NORM / Guarded

au
5- EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check pushed

ot
If necessary :
-N

M
7- Limit flight altitude to maintain cabin altitude below 10000 ft.

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
CABIN DIFF PRESS
Indicates a cabin pressure differential over 6.4 PSI ± 0.2 PSI.

1- Pressurization indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
If ΔP > 6.4 PSI ± 0.2 PSI :
2- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
3-
io
Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use
at
r
pe
If necessary :
4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency descent
ro

fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Cabin not depressurized after landing

If ΔP cabin remains > 0 :
1- DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate
2- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
If necessary :
n
3-
io
EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
at
4- Wait for complete cabin depressurization before opening any door.
r
pe
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
O2 CYL CLOSED
Indicates that the oxygen cylinder isolation valve is closed.
▲ WARNING ▲
Flight is prohibited with oxygen cylinder closed.
▲
n
1-
io
Oxygen cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
DOOR
Indicates that one of the door latches of the door(s) is not correctly locked.
On ground :
1- Check the correct locking, as well as the latches position of the door(s).
n
If DOOR is still ON :
2- Do not take off. io

at
r
pe
In flight :
ro
3- Start a slow descent.

fo
4- Decrease cabin pressure differential . . . . . By selecting a higher LFE

ed
(LFE between 9500 ft and 10000 ft)

If a real failure of one of the doors is noticed :
iz
5- Oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use

or
6- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

th
7- DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate

au
If necessary :
ot
8- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency descent

-N
End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
VACUUM LOW
Low vacuum may lead to malfunctioning of leading edge deicing and pressurization.
1- Monitor the normal functioning of leading edge deicing and pressurization.
If necessary :
2- Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Below 10000 ft
n
3- Return to VMC conditions as soon as possible.
io
at
r
pe
4- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Defog malfunction
If moisture starts to quickly cover the inside of the windscreen with the HOT AIR
FLOW distributor already turned to the left :
1- HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to around
a 10 o’clock position
n
If moisture continues :
2- io
HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn to the left
at
3- DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
r
pe

4- WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
ro
5- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

fo
6- AIRFRAME DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

ed
7- PROP DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

If there is no improvement and if the flight safety is engaged :
iz
8- Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Around 10000 ft

or
9- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

th
▲ CAUTION ▲
au
In flight, the cabin will quickly depressurize. Therefore, the cabin

vertical speed indicator and altimeter indications will rapidly meet those
ot
of respectively the airplane VSI and altimeter.

-N
▲
End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.11 - Deicing system
AIRFRAME DEICE FAIL
Symptoms : failure on one of the two pneumatic deicing pulses :

- ice on wing outboard sections,
n
- or, ice on wing inboard sections and stabilizers,
- AIRFRAME DE ICE status light lit in red. io
at
► Leave icing conditions as soon as possible ◄
r
pe
1- DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

ro
2- AIRFRAME DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
PROP DEICE FAIL
Symptoms :
- PROP DE ICE status light lit in red,
- propeller vibrations.
n
1- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
2- io
TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
at
r
pe
3- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuate
To vary RPM within operating range
ro

fo

ed

5- PROP DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
iz
or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
INERT SEP FAIL
Symptoms :
- INERT SEP ON does not appear within 50 seconds following INERT

SEP switch setting ON,
n
- inertial separator is not retracted after 50 seconds following INERT SEP
switch setting OFF,
io
at
- INERT DE ICE breaker triggered.
r
pe

ro

End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Windshield deicing failure

Symptoms :
- windshield being covered uniformly by ice,
- no perception of heat when touching deiced section,
If symptoms result from overheat :
n
1-
io
DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
at
r
2- WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / ON
pe
When necessary
ro
In case of total failure :

3- TEMP selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max warm
fo
4- HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn to the left

ed
Before landing :
iz
5- Wait for a sufficient visibility.

or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Windshield misting or internal icing

Symptoms : mist or ice on windshield internal face.
1- TEMP selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to 12 o’clock position
2- HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn to the left
n
io
at
4- WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
r
▲ WARNING ▲
pe
If icing conditions, turn deicing systems on.

ro
▲
5- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
fo
6- AIRFRAME DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

ed
7- PROP DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

iz
If unsuccessful, to get sufficient visibility :

or
8- HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully turn to the left

th
9- Manually clean a sufficient visibility area.

au
If necessary :
▲ CAUTION ▲
ot
In case of sideslip approach with pedal on the right during a long

-N
period, select R.H. fuel tank.

▲
M
10 - Clean L.H. side window.

PI
11 - Perform a sideslip approach with rudder pedals to the right.

To get sufficient landing visual references
For landing :
12 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
13 - Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintain above 95 KIAS
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
PITOT NO HT L-R
Indicates that :
- corresponding pitot tube heating has failed or
- PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch is not ON while the engine is running.
If PITOT NO HT L :
n
Icing conditions may alter airspeed indications provided by ADC1. io
at
1- Avoid icing conditions.
r
pe

ro
If not possible :
fo
2- Perform moderate descent or climb attitudes.

VMO overshoot and stall warning system are always operating.
ed
iz
If PITOT NO HT R :
or
th
VMO overshoot warning may be altered by icing conditions.

au
3- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor below 266 KIAS

ot
End of procedure.
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
STALL NO HEAT
Indicates that :
- stall warning vane heating has failed or
- PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch is not ON while the engine is running.
Correct operation of the aural stall warning may be altered by severe or prolonged
n
icing.
1- io
Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor
at
Maintain minimum airspeed according
r
to airplane configuration and icing conditions
pe
ro

fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
ICE DETECTED
Indicates that icing conditions have been detected by the ice detector and all deicing
systems have been automatically activated.
● NOTE ●
ICE DETECTED will only be displayed in AUTO mode.
n
●
1- io
DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
at
2- All deicing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
r
pe
When NO ICE DETECTED comes ON :

ro
Icing conditions are no longer detected by the ice detector.

fo
3- DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
ICE DETECTION FAIL
Indicates a failure of the ice detector or of the DE ICE SYSTEM panel printed circuit.
● NOTE ●
n
In case of failure of the DE ICE SYSTEM panel printed circuit, INERT SEP /
AIRFRAME DE ICE / PROP DE ICE / WINDSHIELD systems will be forced to
io
at
ON for the remainder of the flight. There is no time limitation to the use of
deicing systems.
r
pe
●
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
3.12 - Miscellaneous
Unsuccessful AT disconnection
Symptoms : AT is still engaged and active after having pressed the AT DISC
push-button.
1- AT key on AFCS control box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
n
If unsuccessfull to disconnect AT using AT key on AFCS control box :
io
at
2- AP/TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
AP also disengages
r
pe
Re-engage if needed
If unsuccessfull to disconnect AT using AP/TRIM DISC push-button :
ro
3- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Move back

fo
To disengage AT by forcing the THROTTLE lever

Move forward to manage power manually
ed
If unsuccessfull to disconnect AT by forcing the THROTTLE :

iz
4- MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forward

or
Up to AT disconnection
Move full backward and use THROTTLE to manage power
th
If unsuccessfull to disconnect AT using MAN OVRD control :

au
5- AP/TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AP OFF

AP is also inoperative
ot
Fly the airplane without AP

-N
If unsuccessfull to disconnect AT :
6- AP SERVOS breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull
M
AP is also inoperative
Fly the airplane without AP
PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 2
Section 3
Trim Runaway
1- AP / TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press and hold
● NOTE ●
n
When AP / TRIM DISC push-button is pressed and held, autothrottle also
disengages. io
at
●
r
The three trim tabs are disconnected and runaway stops.
pe
2- AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
3- AP / TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release

fo
4- Pitch trim may be used manually.

ed
If necessary :
iz
5- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
To reduce control forces
or
th
In case of pitch trim runaway :

au
6- AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AP OFF

ot
The pitch trim may be used manually, the two other trim tabs may be used again
electrically.
-N
In case of rudder or aileron trim runaway :
M
PI
7- RUD TRIM or AIL TRIM breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pull

According to the defective trim
8- AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
The two other trim tabs may be used again electrically.

End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
Crack in cockpit window or window panel

1- Descend slowly.
2- Cabin ΔP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
n
By setting Landing Field Elevation to 10000 ft
io
End of procedure.
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Emergency exit use

1- Check that the anti-theft safety pin has been removed.
2- Lift up the opening handle.
3- Pull emergency exit assembly towards oneself to release it from its recess.
4- Put the emergency exit door inside fuselage or throw it away from the fuselage
n
through the opening.
io
at
5- Evacuate airplane.
r
End of procedure.
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Emergency beacon (ELT) use

Before a forced landing :
If possible :
1- Transmit a MAY DAY signal on COM VHF 121.5 MHz or on a
known ATC frequency.
n
After landing :
io
at
2- ELT remote control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Maintain ON until aid arrives
r
pe
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Inadvertent spins
▲ WARNING ▲
Voluntary spins are prohibited.
▲
n
1- AP / TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . Press and Hold until recovery
2- io
Control wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neutral
at
Pitch and roll axis
r
3- Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully opposed to the spin
pe

ro
5- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
fo
When rotation is stopped :

ed
6- Level the wings and ease out of the dive.

iz
or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
AP off, stall warning

● NOTE ●
Shaker will vibrate simultaneously with stall warning aural alert.
●
1- Fly the airplane, wings levelled and nose down until stall warning stops.
n
2- io
TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
at
3- Return to the desired flight path.
r
pe
End of procedure.
ro
USP ACTIVE
fo
1- Do not disconnect AP.

2- Manage the flight.
ed
● NOTE ●
iz
Stall warning may be triggered but AP will remain ON.

or
●
th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
AURAL WRN FAIL
Indicates that no aural warning alerts are available.

▲ CAUTION ▲
No aural stall warning.
No aural overspeed warning.
n
No landing gear warning.
▲ io
at
1- Maintain airspeeds.
r
pe
ro

fo

ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
AURAL WRN 1 CHNL
● NOTE ●
System switches automatically on the remaining valid aural channel.
●
End of procedure.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
ESP FAIL
Indicates pitch, roll, high speed and AoA protections are inoperative.
Autothrottle, including engine protection system, may also be inoperative.
n
1- Maintain the airplane inside the flight envelope.
io
at
r
pe

ro

fo
2- Continue flight.
ed
3- Inform maintenance department.

End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
ESP DEGRADED - IAS
Indicates high speed protection is inoperative.

Autothrottle, including engine protection system, may also be inoperative.
n
1- Maintain IAS below 266 KIAS.
io
at
2- Continue flight.
r
pe
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
ESP DEGRADED - AOA
Indicates AoA protection at low speed is inoperative.

1- Maintain airspeed above 1.3Vs.
n
Flaps UP 105 < KIAS < 266 io
r at
pe

ro
2- Continue flight.
fo

ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Oxygen use 1/2
With or without USE OXYGEN MASK .
▲ WARNING ▲
Smoking is strictly prohibited any time oxygen system is used. Before
n
using oxygen, remove any trace of oil, grease, soap and other fatty
substances (including lipstick, make-up, etc...). io
at
▲
r
For front seats :
pe
ro
1- Take a mask on the opposite seat side (pilot : R.H. side ; R.H. Front
passenger : L.H. side). Draw it out of the stowage cup and uncoil tube totally.
fo
2- Press on the red side vanes to inflate the harness.

ed
3- Put the mask onto the face.

If no smokes :
iz
4- 3-position selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORMAL

or
100 % as required
th
In case of smokes :
au
5- 3-position selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY

6- Don the smoke goggles onto the face.
ot
7- PASSENGER OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPLOY

-N
8- Check oxygen flow indicator for the front seats (the blinker is transparent) and
for the rear passengers (the blinker is green).
M
9- MICRO/MASK switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MASK

PI
10 - Perform an emergency descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To the minimum

enroute altitude
If possible :
11 - Perform an emergency descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To an altitude
below 10000 ft
Continue ►

Rev. 2
Section 3
Oxygen use 2/2

► Continuing
For rear passengers :
1- Take a mask.
n
2- Uncoil tube totally.
3- Pull on the lanyard cord to take out the lanyard pin. io
at
4- Put the mask onto the face.
r
pe
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Airspeed indicating system failure

Symptoms : erroneous indication in flight.
1- PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
If symptoms persist :
2- ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . Pull thoroughly
n
3- Use standby instrument only.
io
at
If symptoms persist, as well as on the electronic standby instrument on the L.H
r
instrument panel :
pe
4- Perform a precautionary approach maintaining an adequate

ro
airspeed.
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 3
Flight into severe icing conditions

Severe icing conditions, particularly freezing rain and freezing drizzle, can be
identified by :
- unusually extensive ice accumulation on the airframe and windshield in
areas not normally observed to collect ice,
n
- accumulation of ice on the upper surface of the wing aft of the protected
area.
io
at
Procedures for exiting freezing rain or freezing drizzle conditions :
r
pe
1- Inform ATC to exit severe icing conditions by changing the route or the altitude.
2- Avoid any sudden maneuver on flight controls.
ro
► Do not engage the autopilot ◄

fo
If the autopilot is engaged :

ed
3- Hold the control wheel firmly and disengage the autopilot.

If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is observed :
iz
4- Angle of Attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce

or
► Do not extend flaps when holding in icing conditions ◄

th
Operation with extended flaps can result in a reduced wing Angle of Attack, with the
au
possibility of ice forming on the upper surface further aft on the wing than normal,
possibly aft of the protected area.
ot
If the flaps are extended :

-N
5- Do not retract them until the airframe is clear of ice.

End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
CARGO DOOR
Indicates that front cargo door is open.

On ground :
1- Check and close the door.
In flight :
n
io
at
2- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
r
To minimum available
pe

ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
GPU DOOR
Indicates that GPU door is open.

On ground :
1- Check and close the door.
In flight :
n
io
at
2- Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
r
To minimum available
pe

ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
IGNITION
Indicates that ignition exciter is running.

1- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check position
If weather permits :
2- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
n
io
at
● NOTE ●
r
IGNITION switch may be left ON for a long period.
pe
●
ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
AP ON YD OFF
Indicates that the autopilot is ON while Yaw Damper is OFF, so no automatic rudder
trim is available.
1- Yaw Damper status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
If necessary :
n
2- Yaw Damper status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Correct
io
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Autopilot or electric pitch trim malfunction

▲ CAUTION ▲
When disconnecting the autopilot after a pitch trim malfunction, hold the
control wheel firmly. Up to 30 pounds of force on the control wheel may
be necessary to hold the airplane level.
▲
n
1- io
AP / TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press and hold
at
● NOTE ●
r
When AP / TRIM DISC push-button is pressed and held, autothrottle also
pe
disengages.
●
ro
2- AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

fo
3- AP / TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release

ed
If necessary :
4- Control wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrim
iz
End of procedure.
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Dual GPS/SBAS failure

( DR or LOI annunciation on HSI) 1/2
Loss of GPS/SBAS navigation data.
When both GPS/SBAS receivers are inoperative or GPS navigation information is not
available or invalid, the GARMIN system will enter one of two modes : Dead
n
Reckoning mode (DR) or Loss Of Integrity mode (LOI). The mode is indicated on the
HSI by an amber DR or LOI.
io
at
Which mode is active depends on the distance from the destination airport in the
active flight plan.
r
pe
If the LOI annunciation is displayed, revert to an alternate means of navigation

appropriate to the route and phase of flight.
ro
In Dead Reckoning mode, the MAP – NAVIGATION MAP will continue to be displayed
fo
with a ghosted airplane icon in the center and an amber ‘DR’ overwriting the icon.
Airplane position will be based upon the last valid GPS position, then estimated by
ed
Dead Reckoning methods. Changes in true airspeed, altitude, or winds aloft can
affect the estimated position substantially. Dead Reckoning is only available in
iz
Enroute mode; Terminal and Approach modes do not support DR. Course deviation
or
information will be displayed as an amber CDI on both PFDs and will remain for up
to 20 minutes after GPS position data has been lost. The autopilot and/or flight
th
director may be coupled in GPS mode while the system is in Dead Reckoning mode.
au
Refer to the GARMIN Pilot's Guide for further information.

Revert to an alternate means of navigation appropriate to the route and phase of flight.
ot
If alternate navigation sources (ILS, LOC, VOR, DME, ADF) are available :
-N
1- Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use alternate sources

Continue ►
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Dual GPS/SBAS failure

( DR or LOI annunciation on HSI) 2/2
► Continuing
If no alternate navigation sources are available :
Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode - Active when the airplane is greater than 30 NM from the
n
destination airport :
1- Navigation io
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use the airplane symbol,
at
magenta course line on the map
r
display and the amber CDI for course information
pe
● NOTE ●
ro
All information normally derived from GPS turns amber. All of this information
will become less accurate over time.
fo
TAWS is inoperative.
DR mode uses heading, true airspeed, last known wind data, and the last
ed
known GPS position to estimate the airplane’s current position. DR information

will be available for a maximum of 20 minutes.
iz
MAP – TRAFFIC MAP display is not dependent on GPS information.

or
The position of displayed traffic relative to the airplane symbol on the map is
still accurate.
th
●
au
Loss Of Integrity (LOI) Mode - Active when the airplane is within 30 NM of departure
airport (as calculated from the previous GPS or DR position).
ot
1- Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fly towards known

-N
visual conditions, use ATC or

other information sources as possible
M
● NOTE ●
All information derived from GPS or DR will be removed from the displays.
PI
TAWS is inoperative.
The airplane symbol is removed from all maps. The map will remain centered at
the last known position. NO GPS POSITION will be annunciated in the center of
the map.
●
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
ABORT APR
Indicates a loss of GPS navigation.

► Perform a go-around◄
End of procedure.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
APR DWNGRADE
Indicates that the GARMIN system downgrades the approach upon navigation
system integrity failure during a GPS LPV, LNAV/VNAV.
This may be also indicated by an annunciation change on the HSI.
1- System will automatically downgrade to LNAV/VNAV or LNAV.
n
2- Update minimums as appropriate.
● NOTE ● io
at
In some cases, the approach may be downgraded without APR DWNGRADE
r
pe
being displayed to the crew. Please consider the HSI approach annunciation as
the primary mean to identify the current mode of operation.
ro
●
● NOTE ●
fo
Refer to the section 7 to get details on the approach downgrading process.

●
ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
PIT in AP vertical mode during FD approach with

vertical guidance
Indicates the loss of vertical integrity signal during LPV or LNAV/VNAV.
This may be indicated by an annunciation change on the HSI.
Symptoms :
n
- AP mode from GP flashing 5 seconds to PIT ,
- VDI is flagged and indicates NO GP. io

at
r
pe
Actions
ro
If automatic downgrade to LNAV :

1- Update minimums as appropriate.
fo
If not :
ed
►Perform a go-around◄
iz
End of procedure.
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
VDI or VDI on Approach
Symptoms :
- VDI amber or VDI white at bottom of VDI window.
n
If possible :
1- Use LNAV minimums. io
at
If not :
r
pe
►Perform a go-around◄
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
Left PFD failure

1- L.H. DISPLAY BACKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engage
TAS system is lost.
2- XFR button (on AFCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press / to right side then left side
n
io
End of procedure.
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
AHRS failure 1/2

Symptoms : Autopilot is disconnected
- On PFD(s) : Comparator window
HDG and/or PIT and/or ROL annunciation(s),
n
- On PFD(s) : Reversionary sensor window
BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 io

annunciation.
r at
Lost systems :
pe
- AHRS1 or AHRS2,
ro
- Autopilot (AP).
Systems still operative :
fo
- Flight Director (FD), when engaged again,

ed
- Autothrottle remains engaged or may be engaged.

Actions :
iz
or
Autopilot is not operative.

th
1- AHRS1 and/or AHRS2 breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check pushed

au
If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation is associated to

HDG and/or PIT and/or ROL annunciation(s) :
ot
2- Fly the airplane manually.

-N
If pilot wishes :
3- FD default mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engage
M
PIT and ROL

PI
4- FD specific modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engaged as desired

HDG, NAV, ALT, …
5- Fly the airplane manually to follow Command Bars.
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 3
AHRS failure 2/2

► Continuing
If all annunciations HDG and/or PIT and/or ROL go off,

refer to following condition.
If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation not associated to
n
HDG and/or PIT and/or ROL annunciation(s) :
io
at
6- PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR softkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
r
pe
7- AHRS1 on PFD1 and/or AHRS2 on PFD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset
8- BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2

ro
annunciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

fo
9- FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use normally
As desired
ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
ADC failure
Symptoms :
- On PFD(s) : Comparator window
IAS and/or ALT annunciation(s),
n
- On PFD(s) : Reversionary sensor window
BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 io

annunciation.
r at
Lost systems :
pe
- ADC1 or ADC2
ro
Actions :
fo
Autopilot and autothrottle are still operative.

1- ADC 1 and/or ADC 2 breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check pushed
ed
If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation is associated to

iz
IAS and/or ALT annunciation(s)

or
2- No action required.
th
au
If all annunciations IAS , ALT go off, refer to following

ot
condition.
-N
If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation not associated to

IAS and/or ALT annunciation(s)
M
3- PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR softkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

PI
4- ADC1 on PFD1 and/or ADC2 on PFD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset
5- BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2

annunciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
● NOTE ●
AT may be possibly disengaged.
●
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 3
MFD failure
● NOTE ●
If PFD2 is in fullscreen mode, it will be splitted a few seconds after MFD failure.
●
Lost system :
n
- MFD
Actions : io
at
1- L.H. DISPLAY BACKUP button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
r
pe
2- MFD breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check pushed

ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
XPDR1 FAIL or XPDR2 FAIL
Indicates transponder 1 [or transponder 2] is inoperative.

If transponder 2 [or transponder 1] is available :
1- Set transponder 2 [or transponder 1] as active.
n
2- Continue flight.
io
at
r
pe
If transponder 2 [or transponder 1] is unavailable :

4- Inform Air Traffic Control of the loss of the second transponder.
ro
5- Leave controlled airspace.

fo
6- Continue flight.
ed

End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL or XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL

Indicates ADS-B OUT function of transponder 1 [or transponder 2] is inoperative.
Other functions may remain available.
If transponder 2 [or transponder 1] is available :
n
1- Restore ADS-B OUT function by setting transponder 2 [or transponder 1]
as active. io
at
2- Continue flight.
r
pe

ro
If transponder 2 [or transponder 1] is unavailable :

4- Inform Air Traffic Control.
fo
5- Leave ADS-B OUT airspace.

ed
6- Continue flight.
iz

or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
GWX FAIL
Indicates that GWX weather radar is inoperative.

● NOTE ●
No real time weather data available.
●
n
1- io
WXR breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check pushed
at
2- Continue flight by using other weather data source, and adjust flight route.
r
pe

ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
TCAS FAIL
Indicates that Traffic Advisory System is inoperative.

● NOTE ●
No active traffic available, but ASDB-IN traffic may still be displayed.
●
n
1- Inform maintenance department. io
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
TRAFFIC FAIL
Indicates that Traffic Advisory System is inoperative.

● NOTE ●
No active traffic available, but ASDB-IN traffic may still be displayed.
●
n
1- Inform maintenance department. io
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 3
HOMESAFE REQUEST
Indicates that HomeSafe is active and will take control and declare an emergency
in 15 seconds.
If the pilot wants to cancel the HomeSafe request :
n
1- AP/TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press twice
io
at
● NOTE ●
r
pe
Before reengaging AP and/or AT, check that FD and AT modes are correct.
●
ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 3
HomeSafe deactivation
▲ WARNING ▲
n
reconfigure the airplane (the initial flight plan in the FMS is lost, io
at
the landing gear and flaps positions may not agree with
r
pe
▲
ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
HomeSafe deactivation is not recommended on final approach.
fo
▲
1- AP/TRIM DISC push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press twice
ed

iz
▲ CAUTION ▲
or
MFD reconfiguration can take up to 1 minute. During this time, engine

instruments and CAS messages can be displayed on PFD by using
th
DISPLAY BACKUP.
au
▲
2- L.H. DISPLAY BACKUP push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
ot
3- LVL push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

-N
4- Before using VHFs, set appropriate frequency and used VHF.

5- Inform ATC that the pilot is back and flying the airplane, and ask for altimeter
M
setting.
PI
Inform that the pilot must reenter the flight plan in the FMS
6- Altimeter setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Re-adjust
If necessary
If AC CONF MISMATCH is ON :
7- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC CONF MISMATCH

End of procedure.

Rev. 3
Section 3
HS CONFIG MODE
Indicates that HomeSafe is still in configuration mode after a maintenance operation.

1- Do not start the engine.
n
io
End of procedure.
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures
Section 4
Normal procedures
Table of contents
n
4.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.1
io
at
4.2 - Airspeeds for normal operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.1
r
pe
4.3 - Check-list procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.1

Inside inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.1
ro
Before starting engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.3

Motoring (if residual ITT > 150°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4
fo
Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.5

After engine start with GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6
ed
After engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6

Before taxiing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.7
iz
Before line up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.8

or
Takeoff with high OAT (> ISA + 30°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.9

Normal takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.10
th
Short takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.11

After takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.12
au
Climb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.13
Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.14
ot
Before descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.15

-N
Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.16
Final approach (in GS) or downwind leg (VMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.17
Short final (≈ 500 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.18
M
Runway clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.19

Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.20
PI
4.4 - Amplified procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.1

Preflight inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.1
Inside inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.17
Before starting engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.21
Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.24
Motoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.27
Motoring followed by an engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.30
After engine start with GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.33
After engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.34
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 4.0.1
Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
In-flight available oxygen quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.36

Before taxiing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.37
Taxiing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.41
Before line up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.42
Takeoff with high OAT (> ISA + 30°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.46
Normal takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.47
Short takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.50
After takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.53
n
Climb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.54
io
Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.56
at
Before descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.58
Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.59
r
pe
Final approach (in GS) or downwind leg (VMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.60

Short final (≈ 500 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.61
ro
Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.62
Go-around with AP OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.63
fo
Go-around with AP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.65

Touch and go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.66
ed
Runway clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.68

Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.69
iz
Outside check after shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.72

or
4.5 - Particular procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.1

th
Flight into known icing conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.1

au
Flight into severe icing conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.5

Flight under heavy precipitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.6
Utilization on runways covered with water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.6
ot
Utilization on runways covered with melting

-N
or not tamped snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.7

Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways . . . . . . . 4.5.10
Utilization by cold weather (0°C to - 25°C) and
M
very cold weather (- 25°C to - 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.12

Utilization by cold weather (- 0°C to - 25°C) and very cold
PI
weather (- 25°C to - 40°C) - Envelope 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.13

Landing procedure with strong headwind or crosswind . . . . . . . . 4.5.23
Utilization on grass runway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.25
GPS navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.27
4.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
4.1 - General
This section provides procedures for the conduct of normal operation of
TBM airplane.
The first part of this section lists the normal procedures required as a check list.
The amplified procedures are developed in the second part of the section.
The normal procedures for optional systems are given in section 9, Supplements of
n
the POH.
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
4.2 - Airspeeds for normal operation

Conditions :
- Takeoff weight : 7394 lbs (3354 kg)
- Landing weight : 7024 lbs (3186 kg)
Rotation airspeed (VR) :
n
-
io
Flaps TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 KIAS
at
Best rate of climb speed (VY) :
r
pe
- Landing gear and flaps UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 KIAS

ro
Best angle of climb speed (Vx) :

fo
Maximum speed :
ed
- Flaps TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 KIAS

iz
- Flaps LDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 KIAS

or
Maximum airspeed with landing gear down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 KIAS

th
au
Maximum landing gear operating airspeeds

- Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 KIAS
ot
- Retraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 KIAS

-N
Approach airspeed :
- Flaps LDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 KIAS
M
PI
Maximum operating speed (VMO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 KIAS
Glide speed (maximum L / D ratio)


Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
4.3 - Check-list procedures
Initial inside inspection and outside inspection performed.

OXYGEN cylinder open.
Inside inspection 1/2
n
1- Cabin door and pilot door, if installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Locked
2-
io
Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stowed
r at
3- EMERGENCY EXIT pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removed
pe
4- Seat, pedals, harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Lock

ro
5- PASSENGER OXYGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY

6- OXYGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
fo
7- Crew oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test

ed
8- EXT LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF

iz
9- INT LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF

or
10 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Down

th
11 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
au
12 - IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
13 - AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ot
14 - FUEL SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

-N
15 - AP / TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
16 - A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
M
17 - SEATS HTRS MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

PI
18 - CB LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
19 - MICRO / MASK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MICRO / Guarded
20 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset / ON
21 - LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
22 - DUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM / Guarded
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
23 - BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
24 - HOT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully turned to the right
25 - MAN OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full backward (notched)
n
26 -
io
THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
at
27 - FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open / L or R
r
pe
28 - ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushed

29 - EMERGENCY RAM AIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushed
ro
30 - ESS BUS TIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM / Guarded

fo
31 - Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All pushed

ed
32 - Landing gear emergency pump handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before starting engine

1- Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up
2- ATIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copied
3- Start clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
4- SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATT or GPU
n
5-
io
GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
at
6- TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
r
pe
7- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

8- LANDING GEAR LIGHTS / CHECK DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test
ro
9- MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initialize
fo
10 - Fuel on board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

ed
11 - Residual ITT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

If residual ITT > 150°C :
iz
12 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motoring

or

th
13 - VOLTS : BATT > 24.5 V / GPU ~ 28 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

au
14 - CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
End of procedure.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Motoring (if residual ITT > 150°C)

1- IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
2- AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
3- AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
n
4- Propeller area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear
5- io
STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
at
2 sec then OFF
r
pe
After 30 seconds maximum :

6- STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT
ro
Then OFF
fo
7- AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Engine start
▲ CAUTION ▲
After aborted engine starts, wait :
1 min / 5 min / 30 min before 2nd / 3rd / 4th new engine start.
▲
n
1- IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
2- io
AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
at
r
pe
4- Propeller area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear

ro
5- STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2 sec then OFF
fo
When Ng around 13 % :
ed
6- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE
iz
7- ITT, Ng, OIL °C and OIL PSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor

or
Maximum
th
ITT 1000°C for 5 sec

au
870°C for 20 sec

ot
30 % before 30 sec
Ng
-N
50 % before 1 min
When
M
- Ng > 50 % and,
PI
- 1 minute max :
8- Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF automatically
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
After engine start with GPU

1- SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATT
2- GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
3- GPU DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
n
End of procedure.
io
at
After engine start
r
pe
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE Flight IDLE

2- Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check 70 % ± 2 %
ro
3- OIL °C and OIL PSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

fo
4- AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
ed
5- FUEL SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

6- SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test
iz
or
7- AP / TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
th
If BATT < 80 amps :

au
8- GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST-BY / Test

9- GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
ot
10 - CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
-N
11 - A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
12 - SEATS HTRS MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
M
13 - BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO or MAX DIFF

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before taxiing
1- Stand-by instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- DE ICE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test
3- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
4- Flight controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
5-
io
TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test
at
6- FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
r
pe
7- MFD
- FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
ro
- LFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check

fo
- WX RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY
ed
8- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feather twice

9- EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
iz
10 - CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
or
11 - TAXI lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before line up
1- LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2- NAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
3- STROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
4- IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
AUTO or ON
io
at
5- AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
r
6- FUEL SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
pe
7- DE ICE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

ro
8- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
fo
9- PITOT L/R & STALL HTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

10 - TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
ed
11 - FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
iz
12 - A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
or
13 - BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO or MAX DIFF

th
14 - LFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
au
15 - FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check imbalance

16 - BATT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check below 50 amps
ot
17 - EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
-N
18 - CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
M
19 - Altimeters setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

PI
20 - Instruments departure setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

21 - SID (PROC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
22 - ALT SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
23 - XPDR squawk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Takeoff with high OAT (> ISA + 30°C)

1- BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
2- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3- AT disengaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal takeoff
n
or Short takeoff
Maintaining AT disengaged until 1000 ft AGL io
at
After takeoff :
r
pe
5- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce by 10 %
ro
6- BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
7- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Normal takeoff
1- ADI, HSI, headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
3- PROP RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green sector
4- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release
n
5-
io
TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 %
at
6- Rotation airspeed
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
7- Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10° Up
When vertical speed is positive :
M
8- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Apply
PI
9- LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
When airspeed above 115 KIAS :
10 - FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Short takeoff
1- ADI, HSI, headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
3- PROP RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green sector
4- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 %
n
5-
io
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release
at
6- Rotation airspeed
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
Weight < 6579 lbs (2984 kg) :

7- Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15° Up
M
Weight > 6579 lbs (2984 kg) :

PI
8- Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5° Up
9- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Apply
10 - LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
11 - FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
After takeoff
1- LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check UP
2- FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check UP
3- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check max 100 %
4- EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
5-
io
CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
r
pe
7- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Climb
1- ALT SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- Altimeters setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
3- AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
4- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
5-
io
TRQ adjustment / ITT / Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
6- EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
pe
7- CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
8- WX RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ro
9- Pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
fo
10 - FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

ed
11 - AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

12 - DE ICE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
iz
13 - INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

or
14 - LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

th
End of procedure.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Cruise
1- Altimeters setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
3- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
4- TRQ adjustment / ITT / Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
5-
io
EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
6- CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
pe
8- FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
ro
9- AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

fo
10 - DE ICE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

ed
11 - INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

12 - LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
iz
13 - Top of descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Computed

or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before descent
1- Briefing before approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Completed
4- LFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
5-
io
FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
6- AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
pe

8- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Approach
1- Altimeters setting (QNH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
2- Minimums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
3- COM / NAV / GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
n
5-
io
LFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
6- FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
pe
7- AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

ro
9- INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
fo
Below FL 100 :
ed
10 - LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Final approach (in GS) or downwind leg (VMC)

1- LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2- LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
Check 3 green
3- FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
n
End of procedure.
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Short final (≈ 500 ft)

1- LANDING GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
DN and 3 green
2- FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
3- AP / YD / AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
n
End of procedure.
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Runway clear
1- TAXI light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2- NAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
3- STROBE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
4- DE ICE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
5-
io
TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset to TO
at
6- FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
r
pe
7- A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
8- XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
ro
9- WX RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Shutdown
1 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / ON

2 - EXT LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF
3 - INT LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
4 - OXYGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
io
5 - FUEL SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
at
6 - AP / TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
pe
7 - A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ro
8 - SEATS HTRS MASTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

9 - BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
fo
10 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE

ed
For 2 min
11 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE
iz
For 15 sec
or
12 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

th
13 - INERT SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

au
14 - AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

ot
15 - AUX BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
-N
16 - GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
When inertial separator is retracted, after approximately 40 sec :
M
17 - SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PI

19 - Stand-by instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
20 - Oxygen cylinder (R.H. Karman) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Close
● NOTE ●
Within 10 minutes following the engine shutdown, check engine oil level.
Refer to chapter 8.7 Oil level check.
●
End of procedure.
Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
4.4 - Amplified procedures
Preflight inspection 1/16

The preflight inspection procedure is based on a scanning method.
It is divided in 6 subparts to cover all items of the preflight - see figure 4.4.1
n
I Initial inside inspection
II Cabin io
at
III L.H. Wing
r
pe
IV Fuselage forward section

V R.H. Wing
ro
VI Fuselage rear section / Empennages

fo
▲ WARNING ▲
ed
During outside inspection, visually check inspection doors and

airplane general condition. Check for systems and parts
iz
attachments / deflections / leaks / cracks / deteriorations /

or
non-obstructions / nicks / numbers / free movements / position.

th
In cold weather, remove even small accumulations of frost, ice or

au
snow from wing, tail and control surfaces.

ot
In case of night flight, check good operation of all navigation

-N
lights, landing lights, strobe lights and make sure that an

emergency lamp is on board.
M
If icing conditions are foreseen, particularly check good

PI
functioning of all electrical and pneumatic ice protection systems.
Check that type and quantity of fuel used for refueling are correct.
Remove covers on : pitots (2), static ports (2), static

dischargers (2), engine air inlet (1), air inlets (2), exhaust cover
and propeller locks (2).
▲
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
▲ WARNING ▲
Remove tie-downs.
n
Refer to section 8 for quantities, products and specifications of
products and materials currently used. io
at
▲
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 4.4.1 - Preflight inspection
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Initial inside inspection
Cockpit I
n
1- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
2- io
SEATS HTRS MASTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
at
3- MICRO/MASK switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MICRO / Guarded
r
pe
4- Flight controls lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removed / Stowed

ro
● NOTE ●
The flight controls lock is normally stowed in the front cargo compartment with
fo
the towing bar and the blanking covers.

●
ed
5- Flight controls deflections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

iz
6- PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
or
7- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN

th
8- DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM / Guarded

au
9- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Engine controls
ot
10 - MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Backward

-N
▲ CAUTION ▲
When the engine is shut down, the THROTTLE must not be moved into
M
the reverse area as a lack of hydraulic pressure prevents movement

PI
into reverse range. Trying to force the mechanism will cause damage.
▲
11 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
12 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
13 - FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L or R
Open door of emergency landing compartment to check LANDING GEAR emergency
n
control.
io
at
14 - Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushed down
r
15 - By-pass selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully depressed
pe
16 - Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In place
ro
● NOTE ●
By-pass selector must be pushed at its maximum stop, so as to have the door
fo
in place.
●
ed
17 - ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushed

iz
18 - EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushed

or
19 - Breakers panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All breakers checked

th
20 - ELT switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARM / OFF

au
21 - AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

FUEL panel
ot
22 - FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

-N
23 - AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

M
ENGINE START panel

PI
24 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO or OFF

● NOTE ●
The IGNITION switch is normally selected to AUTO. This ensures ignition,
whenever the STARTER switch is set to ON.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
25 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
● NOTE ●
If not, starter is going to operate as soon as SOURCE selector is moved to
n
BATT or GPU (if connected).
●
io
at
ELECTRIC POWER panel
r
pe
26 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up
27 - GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
ro
28 - SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

fo
29 - ACCESS lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

To ensure that the fuse of the BATT BUS operates correctly
ed
30 - INT LIGHTS panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF

iz
31 - EXT LIGHTS panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF

or
32 - OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

th
33 - PASSENGER OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY

au
34 - Emergency lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

▲ CAUTION ▲
ot
Before selecting source, check position of ignition and starter switches.

-N
▲
35 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO or OFF
M
36 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

PI
37 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN

38 - SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATT or GPU
39 - Standby instrument battery indicator symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not displayed
If a battery symbol appears on the standby instrument display, airplane takeoff
is not allowed until the situation is resolved. Refer to the battery details in the
standby instrument Pilot's guide for further information.
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
If BATT source :
40 - Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check > 24.5 volts
● NOTE ●
n
If not, use a GPU or charge battery. This minimum voltage is not an absolute
guarantee for a correctly charged battery. It is recommended to use a GPU in io
at
cold weather, when airplane has been stopped more than 3 hours at a
r
temperature below - 10°C (+ 14°F).
pe
●
ro
If GPU source :
▲ CAUTION ▲
fo
Low voltage (around 24.5 V) may indicate that only the battery is
powering the airplane and not the pair GPU + battery.
ed
Make sure that a GPU is connected and powering the airplane.

iz
▲
or
41 - Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ≈ 28 volts

th
● NOTE ●
If using a GPU, ensure that it provides a 28-volt regulated voltage, with
au
negative on earth, as well as it supplies 800 amps minimum and 1000 amps
maximum. See placard located near ground power receptacle door.
ot
●
-N
EXT LIGHTS panel

42 - OFF/TAXI/LDG switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
M
43 - STROBE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PI
44 - NAV switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
DE ICE SYSTEM panel
▲ CAUTION ▲
When engine is shut down, do not set the PROP DE ICE switch to ON
n
for more than 10 seconds, damage to the propeller blades could result.
▲ io
at
45 - DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
r
pe
46 - All switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
47 - ICE LIGHT switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

fo
48 - From outside the airplane, check operation of all lights and stall warning alert.
ed
Reentering the airplane

iz
50 - CAS display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

or
51 - Left and right FUEL quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

th
52 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG

au
LANDING GEAR panel

ot
53 - Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check 3 green ON

-N
54 - LIGHT TEST push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

Check all lights flashing
M
DE ICE SYSTEM panel

PI
▲ WARNING ▲
Do not touch pitots nor stall warning vane. They could be hot
enough to burn skin.
▲
55 - PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
56 - PITOT HT ON L-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►

Rev. 2
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
57 - STALL HEAT ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
● NOTE ●
n
Correct operation of pitot (PITOT L and R) tube heating elements and of stall
aural warning system (STALL HTR) is indicated by display of corresponding
CAS message, when control switches are ON. io
at
●
r
pe
58 - PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
Cabin II
fo
60 - Cabin fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure / Attachment

ed
61 - Seats / belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

iz
62 - Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General condition / No crack

or
63 - Emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Locked

th
64 - Anti-theft safety pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removed / Stowed

au
65 - Baggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straps in place

>> 6-seat accommodation
ot
66 - Partition net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General condition / In place

-N
>> 4-seat accommodation and baggage transportation

M
67 - Large net or small net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General condition / In place

PI
>> All
68 - Doors operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
69 - Stairs condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Play
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Outside inspection
The preflight inspection described in figure 4.4.1 is recommended before each flight.
● NOTE ●
n
If a preflight inspection is performed just after the engine shutdown, be careful
because the leading edge of engine air inlet, as well as exhaust stubs may be io
at
very hot.
r
●
pe
If the airplane was in long term storage or if it has undergone major maintenance or if it
ro
has been used from emergency airfields, a thorough outside inspection is

recommended.
fo
When the airplane is stored outside, the use of the flight control lock and blanking
covers is recommended. Propeller should be tied down to prevent rotation without oil
ed
pressure.
iz
When the airplane is stored for extended periods of time, a thorough preflight
inspection is recommended. Particular attention should be paid to possible blockages
or
in airspeed sensing lines, foreign objects in engine intake and exhaust stubs and
th
water contamination of the fuel system.

au
L.H. wing III

ot
70 - Flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Play

-N
Also inspect the lower surface, as well as flap fairing, where pebbles (and even
ice in case of slush on the runway) may have accumulated.
71 - Aileron and trim / Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Free movement / Deflection
M
● NOTE ●
PI
Ensure there are no foreign objects in the spoiler recess. When ailerons are in
the neutral position, it is normal that spoilers are lightly extended at upper
surface.
●
72 - Trailing edge static discharger . . . . . . . . . Condition / Number / Attachment
73 - Winglet / nav. lights / strobe / landing light /
recognition light / taxi light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
74 - OAT probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
75 - Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Locked
● NOTE ●
n
Fuel tank caps must be tight (which is characterized by a consequent exertion
to lock and unlock them) to avoid water infiltration in case of rain on ground, io
at
and to avoid fuel loss in flight.
r
●
pe
76 - Fuel tank air vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unobstructed

ro
● NOTE ●
Air vent is not likely to be obstructed by ice or water, as it is located in a wing
fo
lower surface recess.

●
ed
77 - Left pitot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition

iz
78 - Wing lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No leak

or
79 - Check fuel tank access doors for leaks.

th
80 - Check for surface damage.

au
81 - Wing deicer boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Attachment

● NOTE ●
ot
Care must be taken when refuelling the airplane to avoid damaging the wing
-N
deicer boots. A protective apron should be used if possible.

●
M
Continue ►
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
82 - Fuel tank drain (two on each wing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drain
Fuel free of water and contamination
● NOTE ●
n
In case of water in fuel system, drain it carefully using the four drain valves of
tank sumps, and the fuel filter drain valve, till every trace of water or deposit has
io
at
disappeared.
A long term storage of the airplane causes water accumulation in fuel, which
r
pe
absorbs additive. This phenomenon occurs when an excessive quantity of

water accumulates in fuel tank sumps. Refer to section 8 for servicing
ro
operations relative to fuel additives.

●
fo
L.H. main LANDING GEAR

ed
83 - Shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

84 - Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
iz
85 - Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
or
86 - Wheel well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

th
● NOTE ●
au
If airplane has been used from muddy airfields or in snow, check wheel wells to
make sure they are clean and not obstructed.
ot
Check frequently all landing gear retraction mechanism components,

shock-absorbers, tires and brakes. This is particularly important for airplanes
-N
used from hilly fields.

Improperly serviced or worn shock-absorbers may result in excessive loads
M
being transmitted to the airplane structure during ground operations. Without

passengers and baggages on board, the unpainted surface of the main gear
PI
shock absorber tube must be visible about :

55 mm (2.17 in) of minimum height with half tank,
40 mm (1.57 in) of minimum height with full tanks.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Fuselage forward section IV
Forward compartment
n
87 - Inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
88 - io
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Close / Lock
at
89 - GPU door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed
r
pe
If not used
90 - Fuel circuit drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drain
ro

fo
▲ WARNING ▲
If the clogging indicator is extended, red collar visible, the flight is
ed
not authorized.
iz
▲
or
91 - Filter contamination indicator (clogging indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

th
92 - L.H. exhaust stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / No cracks

au
● NOTE ●
Inspect if possible pressure port located inside exhaust stub. A missing port or
a cracked port may hinder correct operation of continuous heating of air inlet lip.
ot
●
-N
93 - Upper engine cowls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open

For the first flight of the day :
M
94 - Oil cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Locked

PI
95 - Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

96 - Fuel pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No leak, deterioration, wear
97 - Engine cowls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
Closed / Locked
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Air inlets
98 - Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No cracks - Unobstructed
● NOTE ●
n
Check for no cracks, which are sometimes put in evidence by traces of soot
resulting from exhaust gases. io
at
●
r
pe
99 - Lateral / upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unobstructed

● NOTE ●
ro
Lateral air inlets, which supply air conditioning system and oil cooler, are
provided with blanking covers. It is not the case for upper air inlets of RAM AIR
fo
system (circular grille located in front of R.H. windshield) and of vapor cycle
cooling system (two rectangular grilles located forward of the circular grille).
ed
●
iz
100 - Propeller and spinner . . . . . No nicks, cracks or oil leaks / Attachment

or
● NOTE ●
In case of operation from contaminated runways, it is necessary to carefully
th
examine propeller blades, where traces of abrasion may be found. Propeller

au
damage may reduce blade life time and degrade performance. Any propeller
damage should be referred to maintenance personnel.
●
ot
Nose gear
-N

M
102 - Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

PI
103 - Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

104 - Wheel well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
● NOTE ●
Without passengers and baggages on board, the unpainted surface of the nose
gear shock absorber tube must be visible about :
57 mm (2.22 in) of minimum height with full tanks,
63 mm (2.46 in) of minimum height with half tank.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
● NOTE ●
Crush or relieve the shock absorber one time or twice before the inspection to
remove possible sticking.
●
n
In case of doubt, request a check of the shock absorber pressure.
io
at
105 - R.H. exhaust stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / No cracks
r
pe
R.H. wing V
ro
Additional remarks are identical to those of L.H. wing.

106 - Fuel tank drain (two on each wing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drain
fo

ed
R.H. main LANDING GEAR

iz
or
108 - Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

th
109 - Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

au
110 - Wheel well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

111 - Wing deicer boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Attachment
ot
112 - Stall warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Deflection

-N
113 - Wing lower surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No leaks

114 - Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Locked
M
115 - Fuel tank air vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unobstructed

PI
116 - Right pitot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition

117 - Winglet / nav. light / strobe / landing light /
recognition light / taxi light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
118 - Trailing edge static discharger . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Number / Attachment
119 - Aileron / spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Free movement / Deflection
120 - Flap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Play
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Rear R.H. karman
121 - Oxygen cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open
122 - Oxygen pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
123 - Confirm OXYGEN quantity in regards with the expected flight.
io
at
124 - Oxygen pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
pe
Fuselage rear section / empennages VI

ro
Check that outside handle of emergency exit is flush with door skin.
125 - ELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ARM / OFF
fo
126 - ELT door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Locked

ed
● NOTE ●
Access to ELT is possible through an inspection door located on R.H. side of
iz
fuselage rear section.

or
●
th
127 - Static pressure ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clean

au
128 - Ventral fins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Attachments

● NOTE ●
ot
Ventral fins are made of two parts (one fixed part and one removable part with
-N
rear lower inspection door). Check that these two parts are connected by the
locking roller.
●
M
129 - Inspection door under fuselage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Attachments - Closed

PI
130 - Horizontal stabilizer deicer boots (R.H. side) . . . . . . Condition / Attachments

131 - Elevator and trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Deflection free movement /
Trim position
● NOTE ●
To check the deflection, hold the two half-elevators near fuselage, inside both
elevator trims to avoid stresses.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
132 - Static dischargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
133 - Vertical stabilizer deicer boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Attachments
134 - Rudder and trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition / Trim position
n
io
135 - Static dischargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
at
136 - Tail cone / nav. lights / strobe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
r
pe
137 - Static pressure ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clean

End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

After completion of preflight inspection. Initial inside inspection and outside inspection
performed.
1- Cabin door and pilot door, if installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Locked
2- Baggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stowed
n
3- EMERGENCY EXIT pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removed
io
at
4- Seats, pedals, harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Lock
r
▲ CAUTION ▲
pe
It is mandatory to adjust seats in fore-aft movement when seat is in

maximum high permissible position, to avoid interference between side
ro
upholstery panel and seat housing in low and intermediate positions.

fo
▲
Pilot seat and R.H. front seat, if occupied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust
ed
● NOTE ●
iz
Adjust seats and harnesses, so as to permit access to flight controls. The pilot
at L.H. station must be able to easily reach A/C and PRESSURIZATION panel.
or
●
th
5- Height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. UP

au
6- Fore and aft adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust and check locking

7- Height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust
ot
8- L.H and R.H. pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust

-N
9- Pilot and passengers belts and harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fasten

M
● NOTE ●
Check for pilot and passengers correct locking of belt buckles, as well as
PI
automatic locking of shoulder harness by exerting a rapid pull on the latter.

If airbags installed, unoccupied seat belts have to be strapped. It is forbidden to
fly with these belts unstrapped.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
● NOTE ●
Inform passengers that HomeSafe emergency function is intended to
n
automatically land the airplane in case of pilot's incapacitation and that the
activation button is located on top of instrument panel.
io
at
Ensure that the HomeSafe language is set in accordance with passengers'
language.
r
pe
●
>> All
ro
10 - PASSENGER OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STBY

fo
11 - OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ed
● NOTE ●
Make sure to set on STBY the PASSENGER OXYGEN switch before setting
iz
the OXYGEN switch to ON to avoid passengers mask deployment.

●
or
12 - Crew oxygen masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test

th
● NOTE ●
au
Press push-button PRESS TO TEST : the blinker shall turn red momentarily,
then turns transparent.
ot
●
-N

14 - INT LIGHTS panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF
M
15 - DIMMER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

PI
16 - CABIN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

17 - ACCESS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
18 - PANEL rheostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully turned to the left
19 - All lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
20 - Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Down
Continue ►

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
21 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
● NOTE ●
If not, starter is going to operate as soon as SOURCE selector is positioned on
n
BATT or GPU.
●
io
at
22 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
r
pe
● NOTE ●
The IGNITION switch is normally selected to AUTO. This ensures ignition,
ro
whenever the starter is activated.

●
fo
23 - AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ed
24 - FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

25 - AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
iz
26 - A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

or
27 - SEATS HTRS MASTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

th
28 - CB LIGHTS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

au
29 - MICRO / MASK switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MICRO / Guarded

ot
30 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset / ON

-N
31 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN

32 - DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM / Guarded
M
33 - BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

PI
34 - HOT AIRFLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fully turned to the right

35 - Pitch trim wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Continue ►

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
▲ CAUTION ▲
Make sure that MAN OVRD control is backward to avoid
overtemperature risks at start.
n
▲
36 - io
MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full backward (notched)
at
▲ CAUTION ▲
r
pe
the reverse area.
ro
▲
37 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
fo
38 - FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open / L or R

ed
39 - ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal / Pushed

iz
40 - EMERGENCY RAM AIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed / Pushed

or
41 - ESS BUS TIE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM / Guarded

th
42 - Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All pushed

au
43 - EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

End of procedure.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before starting engine 1/3

Check that the weight and balance are within the correct limits. Brief passengers
about use of seat belts and the emergency oxygen system, as well as opening the
access door and the emergency exit.
1- Preflight inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Completed
n
2- Crash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up
3- io
ATIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copied
at
4- Start clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
r
pe
5- SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATT (battery start) or GPU (GPU start)

ro
If one screen (L or R PFD, or MFD) is missing :

6- SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
fo
7- Wait for 30 seconds

ed
8- SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . BATT (battery start) or GPU (GPU start)

iz
If GPU use :
or
9- GPU DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

th
10 - Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check 28 Volts ± 0.5 Volt

au
● NOTE ●
Voltage is higher than 24.5 Volts which corresponds to the voltage in case of
ot
battery use.
-N
●
If battery use :
M
11 - Battery voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check > 24.5 V

PI
If battery voltage < 24.5 V :

12 - Ask for a GPU and be ready to a GPU start.
13 - GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
14 - MAIN GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
15 - O2 CYL CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
If O2 CYL CLOSED is ON :
n
16 - Open isolation valve of the oxygen cylinder in R.H. Karman.
io
at
17 - TEST push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
Audio / DE ICE SYSTEM lights / stick shaker
r
pe
18 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

ro
19 - DUMP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM / Guarded

20 - LANDING GEAR light / CHECK DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test
fo
21 - MFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initialize
ed
22 - Fuel onboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

iz
- Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
or
- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L or R

th
23 - Residual ITT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

au
If residual ITT > 150°C :

24 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motoring
ot
Refer to this chapter

-N
● NOTE ●
A start up procedure with an engine residual ITT above 150°C may generate
an ITT exceedance.
M
Particular monitoring of ITT will have to be performed during start up to ensure

PI
to keep the temperature within ITT envelope.

●
25 - VOLTS : BAT > 24.5 V / GPU ≈ 28 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
27 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Last check before proceeding to engine start
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
28 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
● NOTE ●
n
PARK BRAKE appearance does not indicate that parking brake is set. For
that, press on brake pedals before turning brake selector to the right. io
at
●
r
End of procedure.
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Engine start 1/3

1- STROBE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2- G3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISPLAY BACKUP
Composite mode
● NOTE ●
n
If there is a loss of MFD during start up sequence, that sequence will be ended
using the left PFD in composite mode.
io
at
●
r
3- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
pe
4- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ro

fo
6- FUEL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

ed

iz
▲ CAUTION ▲
or
If 5 seconds after having positioned the STARTER switch in ON

position there is no start, interrupt starting attempt using the ABORT
th
position of the STARTER switch.

au
▲
▲ CAUTION ▲
ot
Starter operation is bound by limitations in chapter 2.4 Starter operating

-N
limits.
▲
M
8- STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2 sec then OFF
PI
Simultaneously :
9- Timer clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start
To check startup acceleration
10 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
11 - MAIN GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►

Rev. 2
Section 4
Normal procedures
Engine start 2/3

► Continuing
▲ CAUTION ▲
When THROTTLE is positioned on LO-IDLE before having obtained
13 % of Ng, there is a risk of overtemperature further to an excessive
n
accumulation of fuel inside the combustion chamber before ignition.
▲ io
at
● NOTE ●
r
In case of starting with high residual ITT, an ITT decrease below 150°C (within
pe
starter operation limits) may allow to stay within the allowed ITT envelope
during startup sequence.
ro
●
fo
● NOTE ●
ed

●
iz
When
or
- Ng about 13 % and,
th
- ITT below 150°C and,

au
- time below 20 seconds :

12 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE
ot
Continue ►
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 4
Normal procedures
Engine start 3/3

► Continuing
Abort starting procedure if :

- No ignition 10 seconds after having positioned THROTTLE to
n
LO-IDLE,
- ITT lights on (max ITT < 870°C for more than 20 seconds, io
at
< 1000°C for more than 5 seconds),
r
- Ng < 30 % after 30 seconds of starter use,
pe
- Ng < 50 % after 60 seconds of starter use,

ro
13 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

fo
14 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF or AUTO

When ITT < 850°C :
ed
15 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT

iz
or
When
th
- Ng > 50 % and,
au
- 1 minute max :
ot
▲ CAUTION ▲
If the starter does not go off automatically, disengage it using the
-N
ABORT position of the STARTER switch.

▲
M
16 - Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF automatically

PI
17 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
18 - Engine parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

Check 54 % ≤ Ng ≤ 58 %, oil pressure and ITT in green sector
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Motoring 1/3
To drain fuel accumulated inside the combustion chamber, a motoring procedure is
required following an aborted start.
A 15-second dry motoring run is sufficient to clear any fuel pooled in the engine. The
fuel is removed in liquid or vapor form, through an airflow intended to dry combustion
chamber, turbines and exhaust nozzles.
n
To improve cooling of the bearing cavities and prevent oil coking after shutdown in
io
at
high OAT [above 35° C (95° F)] environment, it is recommended to perform a
30-second dry motoring run.
r
pe
It is possible that no trace of drainage be observed under engine, due to the drainage
collector intended to prevent parking area from contamination.
ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
fo
After any starting interrupt procedure, wait for engine total shutdown
and wait at least 30 seconds before initiating a motoring.
ed
▲
iz
Engine controls
or
1- MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full backward (notched)

th
▲ CAUTION ▲
au
the reverse area.

▲
ot
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

-N
3- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

M
4- IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

PI
Fuel
5- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L or R
6- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
7- AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Motoring 2/3
► Continuing
8- FUEL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

Fuel pressure is necessary for lubrication of HP pump.
n
9- Propeller area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear
To clear fuel and vapor internally trapped : io
at
10 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
r
2 sec then OFF
pe
Simultaneously :
ro
11 - Timer clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start

fo
12 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
ed
13 - Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For 15 sec. max

iz
Then OFF
or

th
au
To cool engine following shutdown in high temperature environment :

16 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ot
2 sec then OFF

-N
Simultaneously :
17 - Timer clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start
M
18 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
PI
19 - Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For 30 sec. max

If ignition symptoms occur (ITT increasing) :
20 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
21 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check CUT OFF
22 - Continue motoring.
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Motoring 3/3
► Continuing
Then OFF
n
FUEL panel io
at
25 - AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
pe
26 - AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

ro
27 - FUEL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Motoring followed by an engine start 1/3

Amplified procedures stated in starting engine sequences using airplane power or
with GPU are also to be applied to hereunder procedure.
Within starter operating limits (continuous max. 1 minute), it is possible to initiate a
starting procedure from a motoring procedure.
n
This procedure will conserve the battery by taking advantage of first Ng acceleration.
Engine controls io
at
1- MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full backward (notched)
r
pe
▲ CAUTION ▲
ro
the reverse area.

▲
fo
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

ed
3- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

iz
4- IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

or
Fuel
th
5- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L or R

au
6- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ot
7- AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

-N
8- FUEL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

Fuel pressure is necessary for lubrication of HP pump.
M

PI
10 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2 sec then OFF
Simultaneously :
11 - Timer clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start
12 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
13 - Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . For 30 sec. max
After 20 seconds and if ITT < 150°C :
14 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
n
15 -
io
Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check > 13 %
at
16 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE
r
pe
Monitor increase of :
17 - ITT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max. : < 870°C for 20 sec max.
ro
< 1000°C for 5 sec max.

fo
● NOTE ●
No action is required for the following conditions :
ed
- ITT from 850°C to 870°C limited to 20 seconds,

- ITT from 870°C to 1000°C limited to 5 seconds
iz
●
or
18 - Ng
th
19 - Oil pressure
au
20 - OIL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
When Ng > 50 % :
ot
▲ CAUTION ▲
-N

ABORT position of the STARTER switch.
M
▲
PI
21 - Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF automatically
23 - Engine parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

Check 54 % ≤ Ng ≤ 58 %, oil pressure and ITT in green sector
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Fuel panel
24 - AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
n
25 - AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
Electric power io
at
26 - MAIN GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
r
pe
Reset if necessary
ro
● NOTE ●
MAIN GEN normally goes off as soon as STARTER goes off.
fo
●
ed
If MAIN GEN does not go off :

iz
27 - Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increase over 70 %
or
To start main generator

th
28 - Generator and battery AMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check charge

On EIS of MFD
au
29 - Battery and ESS. bus VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . Check voltage ≈ 28 Volts

On EIS of MFD
ot
End of procedure.
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
After engine start with GPU

1- SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATT
2- Electrical network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
3- GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
Performed by ground personnel
n
4- GPU DOOR
io
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
at
5- GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
r
pe
6- MAIN GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

ro
● NOTE ●
MAIN GEN normally goes off as soon as STARTER goes off.
fo
●
ed
If MAIN GEN does not go off :

iz
7- Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increase over 70 %
or
To start main generator

th
8- Generator and battery AMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check charge

On EIS of MFD
au
9- Battery and ESS. bus VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check voltage ≈ 28 Volts

On EIS of MFD
ot

-N
11 - A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

12 - BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
M
The MAX DIFF mode is available through the GTC

PI
When ground personnel is cleared from propeller area :

13 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . After engine start
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
After engine start 1/2

▲ CAUTION ▲
Generator load < 200 amps
▲
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE Flight IDLE
n
2- Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check 70 % ± 2 %
3- io
OIL °C and OIL PSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
4- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
r
pe
5- FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

ro
6- SHIFT push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test

Verify rotation of FUEL TANK SELECTOR
fo
7- AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
This initializes the AP and AT systems
ed
8- PFD 1, MFD and PFD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORMAL mode

iz
Perform generator test :

or
9- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

th
To unload the generator circuit

au
10 - GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check MAIN

11 - AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
ot
When MAIN LOAD < 80 amps :

-N
12 - GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ST-BY

13 - AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
M
If the voltage on the ST-BY generator is low (close to 27 volts) :

PI
14 - GENERATOR RESET ST-BY push-button . . . . . . Press

To reset ST-BY generator
15 - AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
The indicated voltage should be in the green range
16 - GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
After engine start 2/2

► Continuing
17 - Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Verify quantity available for the planned flight.
See tables of paragraph In-flight available oxygen quantity
in this chapter and chapter 7.10 for a FAR 135 type operation
n
PFD 1, MFD and PFD 2
io
at
● NOTE ●
r
Detailed control procedures of avionics system are described in the GARMIN
pe
Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide.

●
ro
18 - Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust
fo
19 - DISPLAY BACKUP push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

Then return to NORMAL mode
ed
20 - CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
iz
Check engine parameters

or
21 - A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

th
● NOTE ●
A good cabin temperature regulation will only be obtained if A/C switch is set to
au
PILOT or PLT + PAX.

●
ot
22 - TEMP selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust

-N
23 - SEATS HTRS MASTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

24 - BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
M

PI
25 - HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

● NOTE ●
HOT AIR FLOW distributor is usually set fully turned to the right. However, if
canopy misting is evident, set it fully turned to the left.
●
End of procedure.

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures
In-flight available oxygen quantity

1- Oxygen pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Read
2- Outside air temperature (OAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Read
3- Determine the usable oxygen percent using the chart figure 4.4.2
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
Figure 4.4.2 - Usable oxygen

or
th
4- Determine the oxygen duration in minutes by multiplying the values read on

au
table figure 4.4.3 by the percent obtained with the chart figure 4.4.2
ot
Duration :
Duration :
Number of passengers Passengers, plus 2
-N
Passengers, plus 1 pilot

pilots
0 226 113
M
1 162 94
PI
2 127 81
3 104 71
4 88 65
Figure 4.4.3 - Oxygen duration

End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before taxiing 1/4

1- Stand-by instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Check de-ice system
● NOTE ●
Flight into known icing conditions is authorized only when all ice protection
n
equipment are operating correctly. This equipment may be activated before
takeoff, even during taxiing, in case of icing conditions on ground. Refer to
io
at
chapter 4.5 Particular procedures of this section.
●
r
pe
2- DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN

ro
3- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

fo
4- PROP DE ICE system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

Check illumination in green of the status light
ed
● NOTE ●
iz
Illumination in green of the status light shows that electric power is supplied to
blade root electric resistors. It is advised to wait at least a whole half cycle (90
or
seconds) to check that both blade heating systems are correctly supplied with
th
electric power.
●
au
5- PROP DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ot
6- WINDSHIELD system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

-N
7- WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

M
Continue ►
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before taxiing 2/4

► Continuing
8- Ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increase ≈ 80 %
To check AIRFRAME DE ICE
● NOTE ●
n
Theoretically, necessary air bleed to inflate wing and empennage leading
edges, as well as depression necessary to their deflation are sufficient when
io
at
THROTTLE is positioned on Flight IDLE. However, it is advised for check to
choose a Ng power > 80 % in order to obtain operation design pressure, which
r
pe
enables illuminating surely in green the status light and avoiding

VACUUM LOW untimely alarms.
ro
●
fo
9- AIRFRAME DE ICE system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

ed
10 - Visually check functioning of deicer boots during 1 total cycle.

iz
● NOTE ●
The cycle lasts 67 seconds. Check both inflation impulses :
or
- the first impulse inflates the external and middle wing boots,
th
- the second impulse inflates the leading edge boots of empennages and inner
wing.
au
●
11 - AIRFRAME DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ot
-N
12 - DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

13 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Keep ON while taxiing in order to avoid ingestion of particles by the engine
M
14 - Flight controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

PI
Proper operation from stop to stop, full deflection

Check autopilot and electrical pitch trim :
15 - AP / TRIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
● NOTE ●
Detailed control procedures of autopilot and electrical pitch trim are described in
the GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide.
●
Continue ►
Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before taxiing 3/4

► Continuing
16 - Pitch trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP / DN
17 - Pitch trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust in green range
Graduated from 12 to 37 %
n
18 - Yaw trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L / R
io
at
19 - Yaw trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust in green range
Takeoff range
r
pe
20 - Roll trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L / R
ro
21 - Roll trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust at neutral position

22 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
fo
Perform MFD flight management

ed
23 - Weight computing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check

iz
24 - FOB (fuel on board) synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set

or
If requested :
th
25 - FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
au
26 - LFE selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Done

Landing Field Elevation selection is done on the touchscreen controller using
ot
either :
-N
- automatically the destination airport of the flight plan,

or
M
- a manual entry by pressing : HOME, AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS, LFE and then

MANUAL.
PI
27 - VHF/VOR/GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Test

28 - Radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Test
29 - Stormscope/TAS/TAWS/Radio altimeter, if installed . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Test
30 - ADI/HSI on PFD1 / PFD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
31 - Altimeter setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before taxiing 4/4

► Continuing
32 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEATHER twice
Flight IDLE to LO-IDLE then Flight IDLE, twice
33 - EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
io
at
35 - Passenger briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
r
36 - TAXI lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
pe
37 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
Make sure that chocks are removed, if used
38 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Taxiing
▲ CAUTION ▲
Generator load < 200 amps.
▲
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
Avoid using reverse during taxiing.
▲ io
at
● NOTE ●
r
Operation in the Beta (β) range / reverse is not restricted during ground
pe
operations. However, foreign particles (dust, sand, grass, gravel, etc...) may be
blown into the air, ingested by the engine (above all if INERT SEP switch is
ro
turned OFF) and cause damage to the propeller.

●
fo
1- TAXI lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

ed
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
iz
● NOTE ●
After initial acceleration, THROTTLE may be in the TAXI range sector, avoiding
or
excessive movements in order to keep a constant ground speed.

th
●
au
3- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test
4- Nose wheel steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
ot
Check that the control wheel moves (roll) in the same direction
-N
as the rudder pedals due to the rudder / aileron interconnect.

5- Flight instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Check navigation and communication systems
M
before or during taxiing, check gyroscopic instruments

PI
on PFDs 1 / 2 and stand-by indicator during ground turns.

End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before line up 1/4

▲ CAUTION ▲
Generator load < 200 amps.
▲
1- PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
n
2-
io
PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
at
3- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE
r
Ng = 69 % ± 2 %
pe
4- LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ro
5- NAV switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
6- STROBE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
fo
7- IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ed
AUTO or ON
iz
8- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

or
9- FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

th
DE ICE SYSTEM panel

au
10 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

11 - AIRFRAME DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ot
12 - PROP DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

-N
13 - WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

14 - PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
M
If icing conditions are foreseen :

PI
15 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . Flight into known icing conditions

Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before line up 2/4

► Continuing
Adjust trims for takeoff
16 - Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
Adjust inside green index sector,
n
depending on the current balance condition
17 - io
Yaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
at
Adjust inside green index sector
r
pe
18 - Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
Adjust at neutral position
ro
19 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
fo
20 - Flight controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

Check again for proper operation from stop to stop,
ed
full deflection
iz
22 - BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

or

th
23 - LFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
au
24 - FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check quantity and imbalance

▲ CAUTION ▲
ot
Do not take off if battery charge > 50 amps ± 4 amps.

-N
▲
● NOTE ●
M
After starting engine with airplane power, a battery charge above 50 amps is
normal. If this indication remains steady at a high value, it may be then a
PI
battery or generation system failure. Do not take off in these conditions.

●
25 - AMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check below 50 amps
26 - BAT AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
27 - EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before line up 3/4

► Continuing
All messages OFF,
except PARK BRAKE and, if used INERT SEP ON
n
29 -
io
Altimeter setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
at
30 - Instruments departure setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
31 - SID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
pe
32 - ALT SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set

ro
33 - XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
fo
34 - VHF/VOR/GPS/XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Check

35 - Stormscope/TAS/TAWS/ADF, if installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Check
ed
36 - Radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Check

iz
On ground, maintain radar on STANDBY

in order not to generate radiations prejudicial to outside persons.
or
37 - Radio altimeter, if installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Check

th
38 - Transponder code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust / Check

au
39 - Takeoff distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

ot
Continue ►
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before line up 4/4

► Continuing
40 - Rotation airspeed (VR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
41 - Pilot's / Passengers' belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

42 - Passengers' table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stowed
ot
43 - Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

-N
All engine parameters must be in green range,

except propeller RPM, which will be about 1000 RPM or more
with THROTTLE at Flight IDLE.
M
44 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

PI
45 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Takeoff with high OAT (> ISA + 30°C)

● NOTE ●
Autothrottle engine protection system is inhibited below 400 ft AGL.
●
1- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
2- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
3- io
AT disengaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal takeoff
r
pe
or Short takeoff
Maintaining AT disengaged until 1000 ft AGL
ro
After takeoff :
fo
5- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce by 10 %
6- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
ed
7- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

iz
End of procedure.
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Normal takeoff 1/3

When lined up, on brakes :
▲ CAUTION ▲
If heavy precipitation, turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switches to ON.
If icing conditions are foreseen, refer to chapter 4.5, paragraph Flight
n
into known icing conditions.
▲ io
at
1- ADI / HSI / headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
Horizon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check attitude ≈ + 2°
pe
2-
● NOTE ●
ro
Horizon has been set so as to indicate a 2° nose up attitude, when airplane

center of gravity is at a middle average.
fo
●
ed
3- HSI - Heading - Stand-by instrument heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

4- OFF/TAXI/LDG switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
iz
5- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
or
6- Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

th
ITT in green sector

au
7- CAS display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

All messages OFF, except IGNITION and INERT SEP ON , if used
ot
-N
8- Apply brakes and increase power.

9- PROP RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check green sector
M
10 - Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release
PI
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Normal takeoff 2/3

► Continuing
11 - TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 %
● NOTE ●
Torque will be about 40 % to 60 % before brake release. For a normal takeoff,
n
maximum torque (100 %) will be applied after brakes release.
●
io
at
● NOTE ●
r
If AT is enabled, it will engage automatically when TRQ > 80 %.
pe
Do not engage AT below 1000 ft (300 m) above ground level in case of takeoff
without autothrottle.
ro
●
fo
12 - Rotation airspeed
13 - Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10° Up
ed

iz
14 - Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Apply
or
Briefly
th
15 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP

Airspeed < 150 KIAS
au
● NOTE ●
During the sequence :
ot
- The amber caution light flashes. It indicates that the landing gear pump is
-N
running. It goes off when the 3 landing gears are up locked. GEAR UNSAFE
red warning light ON and GEAR UNSAFE indicate an anomaly (refer to
M
chapter 3.7 Emergency procedures).

- It is possible that the 3 landing gear position green indicator lights flash
PI
unevenly then go off at the end of the sequence.

●
16 - GEAR UNSAFE red warning light
and GEAR UNSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
At the end of the sequence
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Normal takeoff 3/3

► Continuing
In case of initial climb at Vx :
▲ WARNING ▲
It is recommended not to retract FLAPS to UP before 500 ft AGL.
n
▲
io
at
17 - Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 KIAS
r
pe
18 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Short takeoff 1/3

When lined up, on brakes :
▲ CAUTION ▲
If icing conditions are foreseen, refer to chapter 4.5, paragraph Flight
n
into known icing conditions.
▲ io
r at
1- ADI / HSI / headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
pe
2- Horizon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check attitude ≈ + 2°

ro
● NOTE ●
Horizon has been set so as to indicate a 2° nose up attitude, when airplane
fo
center of gravity is at a middle average.

●
ed
3- HSI - Heading - Stand-by instrument heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

iz
4- OFF/TAXI/LDG switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG

or
5- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
th
6- Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

au
ITT in green sector

ot
All messages OFF, except IGNITION and INERT SEP ON , if used

-N
8- Apply brakes and increase power.

9- PROP RPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check green sector
M
10 - TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 %
PI
● NOTE ●
If AT is enabled, it will engage automatically when TRQ > 80 %.
Do not engage AT below 1000 ft (300 m) above ground level in case of takeoff
without autothrottle.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Short takeoff 2/3

► Continuing
11 - Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release
● NOTE ●
On short runway, maximum torque will be applied before brakes release.
n
●
12 - Rotation airspeed io
at
Weight < 6579 lbs (2984 kg) :
r
pe
13 - Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15° Up
ro
Weight > 6579 lbs (2984 kg) :

14 - Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.5° Up
fo

ed
15 - Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Apply
Briefly
iz
16 - LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP

or
Airspeed < 150 KIAS

th
● NOTE ●
au

running. It goes off when the 3 landing gears are up locked. GEAR UNSAFE
ot

-N

M
unevenly then go off at the end of the sequence.

●
PI
17 - GEAR UNSAFE red warning light

and GEAR UNSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
At the end of the sequence
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Short takeoff 3/3

► Continuing
In case of initial climb at Vx :
▲ WARNING ▲
It is recommended not to retract FLAPS to UP before 500 ft AGL.
n
▲
io
at
18 - Airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 KIAS
r
pe
19 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
After takeoff
1- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check UP
2- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check UP
3- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check 100 % max
4- Climb airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 KIAS
n
5-
io
EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
r
pe
7- DE ICE SYSTEM panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

8- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ro
End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Climb 1/2
1- ALT SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- Altimeters setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
3- Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Autopilot status and yaw damper ON
n
▲ CAUTION ▲
Observe TRQ / Ng / Np / ITT / OIL T° and PSI limitations. io
at
Use optimum torque and / or refer to tables in chapter 5.8.
r
▲
pe
4- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ro

fo
● NOTE ●
Torque setting during climb must be adjusted according to engine operation
ed
tables in chapter 5.8. These tables give the max. climb power torque setting
(MXCL). For each engine, when torque is reduced below 100 % at high altitude
iz
according to the tables, during the final climb, reaching the maximum permitted
or
Ng (104 %) is possible and the ITT will be approximately constant, giving a

particular value of ITT.
th
For a simplified engine operation during climb, power may be set first of all by
au
torque, using 100 %, then, when the ITT typical value for climb is reached, by
indicated ITT, using this particular value. The margin between this indicated ITT
and 790°C (recommended ITT limit during continuous operation) will gradually
ot
reduce as flight time is performed.

-N
●
6- Climb airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 KIAS
Performance tables concerning climb at 124 KIAS and 170 KIAS / M 0.40
M
are given in chapter 5.10

PI
7- EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
9- Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
10 - Pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Climb 2/2
► Continuing
A/C panel
11 - TEMP selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjust
12 - FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
Verify fuel quantity and imbalance, correct if necessary.
io
at
13 - AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
▲ CAUTION ▲
pe

▲
ro
14 - DE ICE SYSTEM panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

fo

15 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
ed
16 - LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

iz
End of procedure.
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Cruise 1/2
2- Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Autopilot status and yaw damper ON
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
Observe TRQ / Ng / Np / ITT / OIL T° and PSI limitations.
Use optimum torque and / or refer to tables in chapter 5.8. io
at
▲
r
3- AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
pe

ro
Adjust according to engine operation tables - chapter 5.8

or to cruise index on the PFDs
fo
● NOTE ●
ed
Engine operation tables (chapter 5.8) give torque to be applied according to

OAT, in order not to exceed authorized maximum power.
iz
When INERT SEP switch is OFF, a more accurate setting of torque must then
be performed according to cruise performance tables presented in
or
chapter 5.11.
th
●
au
5- EIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
ot
-N
Regularly check fuel gages for :

8- Consumption
M
9- Expected fuel at destination

PI
10 - Tank automatic change every 5 minutes

11 - Imbalance
Max. imbalance 15 USG
When the cruise parameters are stabilized, after 4 min minimum :
12 - AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Cruise 2/2
► Continuing
▲ CAUTION ▲
▲
n
13 - DE ICE SYSTEM panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
io
at
14 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
r
pe
15 - LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Before descent
1- Briefing before approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Completed
2- Altimeters settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
4- LFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
5-
io
FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
Check for quantity and imbalance
r
6- Fullest tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select
pe
7- AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
fo
▲
ed
8- DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

iz
9- Windshield misting protection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

or
Prior to descent in moist conditions and to avoid canopy misting :

th
10 - HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to 12 o'clock position

au
If misting continues :
ot
11 - HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn to the left

Or refer to chapter 3.11
-N
paragraph Windshield misting or internal icing

12 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
M
End of procedure.
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Approach
1- Altimeters settings (QNH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
2- Minimums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
3- COM / NAV / GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set / Check
n
5-
io
LFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
at
6- FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
r
pe

ro
8- AMPS / VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

fo
▲ CAUTION ▲
If heavy precipitation, turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switch to ON.
ed
▲
9- DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
iz

or
10 - Windshield misting protection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

th
Prior to descent in moist conditions and to avoid canopy misting :

au
11 - HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set to 12 o'clock position

ot
If misting continues :
-N
12 - HOT AIR FLOW distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn to the left

Or refer to chapter 3.11
paragraph Windshield misting or internal icing
M
13 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

PI
When below FL 100 :

14 - LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
15 - Passenger's briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
16 - Seats, belts, harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Locked
17 - Passenger's table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stowed
End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Final approach (in GS) or downwind leg (VMC)

Long final :
1- Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
2- FUEL gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
n
Maximum tolerated imbalance is 15 USGio
at
When below FL 100 :
r
pe
4- LDG lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ro
5- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

6- SPD knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
fo
When airspeed is below 178 KIAS :

ed

iz
8- 3 green indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

or
9- GEAR UNSAFE red warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

th
10 - GEAR UNSAFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

au
11 - Amber light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

● NOTE ●
ot

-N
running. It goes off when the 3 landing gears are down locked. GEAR UNSAFE
M

PI
unevenly then come ON at the end of the sequence.
●
12 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
Airspeed < 178 KIAS
13 - Radar Mode softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STANDBY
End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Short final (≈ 500 ft)

Stabilized approach
1- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
DN and 3 green
When airspeed is below 122 KIAS :
n
2- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
io
at
● NOTE ●
However, when autopilot is engaged, in APR mode, with coupled GS, FLAPS
r
pe
must be extended in landing position before crossing the OUTER MARKER.

●
ro
Without AP engaged :
fo
3- Approach airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 KIAS

With AP engaged :
ed
4- Approach airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Above 85 KIAS

iz
● NOTE ●
or
This is to avoid any vertical deviation in case of late FLAPS extension to LDG
position in short final.
th
●
au
5- AP / YD / AT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect
Before 200 ft
ot
● NOTE ●
-N
The pilot effort required to use the rudder pedals is reduced if the yaw damper
is turned off. This is particularly significant when landing in a crosswind.
●
M
End of procedure.
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Landing
▲ WARNING ▲
Reduce power smoothly.
Quickly reducing the power to idle during the flare may induce a
pronounced deceleration which may lead to a drop down of the
n
airplane.
▲
io
at
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE
r
pe
● NOTE ●
Avoid three-point landings. Adopt a positive flight attitude in order to touch
ro
runway first with main landing gear.

●
fo
After wheels touch :

ed
▲ CAUTION ▲
On snowy or dirty runway, it is better not to use reverse below 40 KIAS.
iz
▲
or
2- Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
th
Reverse may be applied as soon as the wheels touch the ground

au
● NOTE ●
To avoid ingestion of foreign objects, come out of the reverse range as speed
reduces and use the brakes if necessary for further deceleration.
ot
●
-N
● NOTE ●
High power reverse at low speed can throw loose material into the air, and can
cause control problems and decrease the comfort of crew and passengers. If
M
permitted by the runway length, it is better to adopt a moderate reverse.

PI
●
3- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
● NOTE ●
It is advised not to brake energetically, as long as speed has not reached
40 KIAS, as otherwise wheels may be locked.
●
End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Go-around with AP OFF 1/2

1- GO AROUND push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
It provides the moving up of the flight director to + 10° .
Simultaneously :
If AT is engaged :
n
THROTTLE will move forward to T/O power.
io
at
If AT is not engaged :
r
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O power manually
pe
● NOTE ●
ro
The airplane will tend to yaw to the left when power is applied. Right rudder
pressure will be required to maintain coordinated straight flight until the rudder
fo
trim can be adjusted.

●
ed
3- Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10° Up
iz
4- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
or
>> Weight below 6579 lbs (2984 kg)

th
If airspeed has been maintained at 80 KIAS or more and TRQ 100 %, select
flaps to TO position as soon as the 10° Up attitude has been attained.
au
When the vertical speed is positive and when airspeed is at or above 85 KIAS :
5- LANDING GEAR lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
ot
All warning lights OFF

-N
When airspeed is at or above 110 KIAS :

6- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
M
7- Climb airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

PI
>> Weight above 6579 lbs (2984 kg)

Continue ►

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures
Go-around with AP OFF 2/2

► Continuing
9- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
10 - Climb airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
n
>> All
io
at
11 - TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
r
pe
End of procedure.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Go-around with AP ON
1- GO AROUND push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
AP remains ON with the flight director moving up to + 10° .
Simultaneously :
If AT is engaged :
n
THROTTLE will move forward to T/O power.
io
at
If AT is not engaged :
r
2- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O power manually
pe
3- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
ro
>> Weight below 6579 lbs (2984 kg)

fo
ed
iz

or

th
5- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
au

>> Weight above 6579 lbs (2984 kg)
ot
-N
M

PI

8- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
>> All
10 - TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
End of procedure.

Rev. 3
Section 4
Normal procedures
Touch and go 1/2

Before wheels touch :
▲ WARNING ▲
AT engagement is prohibited for touch and go.
Reduce power smoothly.
n
Quickly reducing the power to idle during the flare may induce a
pronounced deceleration which may lead to a drop down of the io
at
airplane.
r
▲
pe
1- Takeoff distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked

ro

2- Rotation airspeed (VR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
After wheels touch :

3- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
4- Elevator trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green sector
It is faster to use manual elevator trim control than electric one.
Ensure that runway length is sufficient to complete this sequence.
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Touch and go 2/2

► Continuing
▲ WARNING ▲
Check that flaps have well reached the TO position before
increasing power. Do not increase power with full flaps, as
n
airplane may lift off prematurely at low speed.
▲ io
at
5- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T/O power
r
pe
If normal takeoff :
6- Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10° Up
ro
If short takeoff :
fo
Weight < 6579 lbs (2984 kg)

ed
7- Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15° Up
iz
Weight > 6579 lbs (2984 kg)

or
8- Attitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12°5 Up
th
● NOTE ●
However, the POH does not supply distances concerning touch and go. These
au
distances are let to pilot's initiative.

●
ot
● NOTE ●
-N
Do not engage AT below 1000 ft (300 m) above ground level.

●
End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Runway clear
Runway clear - airplane stopped
▲ CAUTION ▲
Generator load < 200 amps
▲
n
1- TAXI lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
2- io
NAV switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
at
3- STROBE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
pe
DE ICE SYSTEM panel :

ro

fo
5- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

ed
6- AIRFRAME DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

7- PROP DE ICE switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
iz
or
8- WINDSHIELD switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

th
9- PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

au
10 - Trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset to takeoff position

11 - FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
ot

-N
13 - XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check GND

14 - WX radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check
M
Maintain WX radar on standby in order

not to generate radiations prejudicial to outside persons.
PI
The WX radar is automatically set to standby after the touchdown.

End of procedure.

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Shutdown 1/3
1- PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set ON
2- PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
3- EXT LIGHTS panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . All OFF
n
4- INT LIGHTS panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required
5- io
OXYGEN switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
at
6- FUEL SEL switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
r
pe
7- AP / TRIMS switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
8- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

9- SEATS HTRS MASTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
fo
10 - BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ed
11 - Check for cabin depressurization (Δp = 0 Psi).

iz
12 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight IDLE

For 2 min
or
● NOTE ●
th
This allows the engine to stabilize at minimum obtainable ITT in order to

au
minimize the likelihood of oil coking in the #3 bearing area.

●
ot
13 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO-IDLE
For 15 sec
-N
● NOTE ●
Keep THROTTLE on LO-IDLE position for 15 sec minimum before shutting
M
down engine.
PI
●
14 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
15 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
16 - Radar Mode Softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Shutdown 2/3
► Continuing
Fuel system check
17 - AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
n
Wait for AUX BP operation, an audible operation
io
of the auxiliary booster pump should be heard,
it confirms the proper functioning of the system
at
18 - AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
r
pe
19 - GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
When inertial separator is retracted, after approximately 40 sec :

20 - SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
fo

ed
22 - FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

iz
23 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As required

or
▲ CAUTION ▲
In case of high OAT [above 35°C (95°F)], it is required to perform
th
30 sec dry motoring run after shutdown to improve cooling of the

au
bearing cavities and minimize oil coking - refer to procedure Motoring.

▲
ot
Shutdown stand-by instruments

-N
MD302 normal shutdown procedure :

24 - No pilot action required for normal shutdown. The MD302 will shut
M
down automatically within 60 seconds following electrical power

PI
shutdown.
MD302 manual shutdown procedure :
● NOTE ●
The MD302 can be manually shut down when in the discharge mode to
conserve battery power.
●
25 - Press and hold the control knob for approximately 2 seconds.
Continue ►

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Shutdown 3/3
► Continuing
26 - Turn the control knob to select POWER OFF on the menu and
press the control knob to shut down the standby attitude module.
End of procedure.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
Outside check after shutdown

1- Oxygen cylinder (R.H. Karman) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Close
● NOTE ●
Within 10 minutes following the engine shutdown, check engine oil level.
Refer to chapter 8.7 Oil level check.
●
n
io
End of procedure.
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 4
Normal procedures
4.5 - Particular procedures

● NOTE ●
The procedures and procedure elements given in this chapter Particular
procedures supplement the normal procedures or complete certain elements of
the normal procedures described in chapter(s) 4.3 and/or 4.4.
●
n
Flight into known icing conditions 1/4
io
at
▲ CAUTION ▲
The stall warning system does not function properly in icing conditions
r
pe
and should not be relied upon to provide adequate stall warning in icing
conditions and after leaving icing conditions, if ice accretion remains on
ro
the airplane.
Moreover, the ESP and USP functions may not be correctly engaged.
fo
▲
ed
General
iz
Icing conditions exist when the OAT on the ground or in flight is + 5°C or below, and
visible moisture in any form is present (clouds, fog with visibility of one mile (1.6 km) or
or
less, rain, snow, sleet or ice crystals).

th
Icing conditions also exist when the OAT on the ground is + 5°C or below and when
au
operating on ramps, taxiways or runways where surface snow, ice, standing water or
slush may be ingested by the engine or freeze on engine or cowlings.
ot
● NOTE ●
Refer to figure 5.5.1 to convert OAT to SAT in flight.
-N
SAT = OAT - 2°C on the ground.

●
M
Flight into known icing conditions is authorized when all airplane equipment provided
PI
for ice protection is operating correctly. This includes :

- Pneumatic deice system for inboard and outboard wing, for stabilizers and for
elevator horns.
- Propeller electrical deice system.
- Electrical heating system for both pitots and for the stall warning incidence
sensor.
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
- Windshield electrical deice system.
- Inertial separator.
Description of deice systems is presented in chapter 7.13.
n
Ice accumulation thickness is monitored by the pilot on the L.H. wing leading edge.
io
at
At night, a leading edge icing inspection light located on the fuselage L.H. side,
r
activated by the ICE LIGHT switch, is provided.
pe
Boots are automatically cycling at the optimum time to assure proper ice removal.
ro
Correct operation of the system can be checked observing the illumination in green of
the status light around AIRFRAME DE ICE switch. If correct operation cannot be
fo
confirmed, do not enter or leave as soon as possible icing conditions.

Perform emergency procedure Leading edges deicing failure, paragraph 3.11.
ed
Ice protection procedures

iz
▲ CAUTION ▲
or
Should conditions require it, apply these directives from beginning of

th
taxi onwards.
▲
au
Prior to entering IMC if OAT < 5°C and as long as under icing conditions (IMC and
ot
OAT < 5°C) or if ICE DETECTED is displayed, whichever comes first :

-N

M
▲ CAUTION ▲
Inertial separator position affects engine parameters, particularly TRQ
PI
and ITT. Care must be exercised when operating the inertial separator
or when increasing power with the inertial separator ON, to avoid
exceeding engine limitations.
▲
2- All deicing systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
3- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
● NOTE ●
IGNITION switch may be left ON for a long period.
n
●
● NOTE ● io
at
The INERT SEP switch must be left ON while the airplane remains in icing
r
conditions.
pe
●
ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
If airplane leaves icing conditions, maintain INERT SEP switch to ON
fo
as long as ice thickness on non-deiced visible parts exceeds 15 mm

(or ½ in).
ed
▲
iz
This will avoid ice fragments coming from propeller spinner and being ingested by
engine.
or
Procedures for holding, approach and landing in icing conditions :

th
- Minimum recommended airspeeds are :

au
Weight
ot
< 6579 lbs (2984 kg) > 6579 lbs (2984 kg)
-N
FLAPS UP 130 KIAS 135 KIAS

FLAPS TO 110 KIAS 115 KIAS
FLAPS LDG 90 KIAS 95 KIAS
M
PI
- If there is ice on the unprotected surfaces of the airplane, during flight end
phase, conduct holding with the flaps up. Use flaps as required for final
approach and landing at minimum airspeeds noted above.
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Ice accumulation effects
When ice has accumulated on the unprotected surfaces of the airplane, aerodynamic
characteristics may be changed.
n
Particularly stall airspeeds may increase by up to :
io
at
FLAPS UP 20 KIAS
r
pe
FLAPS TO 15 KIAS
ro
FLAPS LDG 10 KIAS

fo
In case of severe or prolonged icing, an ice concretion due to refreezing around the
heated stall warning may appear. Above-recommended airspeeds take into account,
ed
on one side, the stall airspeed increase due to profile shape deterioration and, on the
other side, the weight increase of the iced-up airplane, taking as a basis the airplane
iz
maximum weight when not iced-up.

or
Rate of climb values with ice accumulation on the unprotected surfaces are to be
th
decreased by 10 %.
au
Cruise airspeeds may be decreased by 10 %, if cruise power is not changed, or more,

if cruise power setting should be decreased due to the additional inertial separator
limitations (ITT limitation).
ot
Because of the higher landing airspeed, landing distances will be increased. In the
-N
landing configuration, using 90 KIAS approach airspeed increases landing distance

by 20 % - refer to chapter 5.14 Landing distances.
M
End of procedure.
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Flight into severe icing conditions
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe in-flight icing :

- Visible rain at temperatures below 0°C ambient air temperature,
- Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures below 0°C ambient
air temperature.
n
Procedures for exiting the severe icing environment io
at
● NOTE ●
r
These procedures are applicable to all flight phases from takeoff to landing.
pe
●
ro
Monitor the ambient air temperature. While severe icing may form at temperatures as
cold as - 18°C, increased vigilance is warranted at temperatures around freezing with
fo
visible moisture present. If the visual cues specified in section 2 Limitations for
identifying severe icing conditions are observed, accomplish the following :
ed
1- Immediately request priority handling from Air Traffic Control to facilitate a

route or an altitude change to exit the severe icing conditions in order to avoid
iz
extended exposure to flight conditions more severe than those for which the
or
airplane has been certificated.

th
2- Avoid abrupt and excessive maneuvering that may exacerbate control

difficulties.
au
3- Do not engage the autopilot.

ot
If the autopilot is engaged :

-N
4- Hold the control wheel firmly and disengage the autopilot.

If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is observed :
M
5- Angle-of-attack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduce
PI
6- Do not extend flaps when holding in icing conditions. Operation with flaps
extended can result in a reduced wing angle-of-attack, with the possibility of ice
forming on the upper surface further aft on the wing than normal, possibly aft of
the protected area.
If the flaps are extended :
7- Do not retract them until the airframe is clear of ice.
8- Report these weather conditions to Air Traffic Control.
End of procedure.
Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Flight under heavy precipitations

1- IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
● NOTE ●
This action is intended, in highly improbable case of an engine flame-out further
to an important ingestion, to ensure immediate restarting without action of the
pilot.
n
●
io
at
2- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
r
End of procedure.
pe
ro
Utilization on runways covered with water

fo
If takeoff or landing must be performed on a runway covered with water :

ed
iz
2- INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

or
End of procedure.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

or not tamped snow 1/3
If required :
Refer to paragraph Utilization by cold weather and very cold weather.
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
for more than 10 seconds, damage to the propeller blades could result. io
at
▲
r
pe
Preflight inspection :
1- Remove any snow or ice from the wings, stabilizers and movable
ro
surfaces, landing gear wells and gear doors, as well as flap tracks,
actuators and their fairings.
fo
2- Spray anti-icing fluid on the wings, stabilizers and movable surfaces

ed
(upper and lower surfaces) and in the landing gear wells, shortly before
takeoff.
iz
Taxiing :
or

th
4- INERT SEP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

au
5- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
ot
6- Taxi airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. 5 KIAS

-N
7- Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Apply occasionally

To maintain the brake pads warm, this will prevent
any subsequent locking due to freezing after takeoff
M
Before line up :
PI
If the runway is long enough :

8- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
Continue ►

Rev. 2
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
9- Rotation airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increased by 5 KIAS
● NOTE ●
n
Takeoff distances must be increased to take into account the flap position
(+ 15 % compared to the takeoff position) and the runway condition. io
at
The ground roll may be multiplied by 3 in some melting or not tamped snow
cases.
r
pe
●
ro
10 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
fo
11 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
12 - INERT SEP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

ed
Takeoff :
iz
or
During takeoff run :

13 - Lightly lift up nose wheel
th
In order to reduce the forward resistance due to snow

au
accumulation against the wheel.

After takeoff :
ot
14 - Normally retract the landing gear, then perform a complete cycle

-N
(extension / retraction) at IAS < 150 KIAS.

Before landing :
M
15 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PI
17 - INERT SEP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Touch and Go :
▲ WARNING ▲
n
Touch and Go is prohibited.
▲ io
at
On the ramp, after landing or taxiing :
r
pe
18 - Do not use the parking brake to prevent brake lock.

ro
19 - Use chocks and / or tie-down the airplane.

End of procedure.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways 1/2

If required :
Refer to paragraph Utilization by cold weather and very cold weather.
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
▲ io
at
Preflight inspection
r
pe
surfaces, landing gear wells and gear doors, as well as flap tracks,
ro
actuators and their fairings.

fo
(upper and lower surfaces), shortly before takeoff.

ed
Taxiing :
iz
or

th
5- Taxi airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. 5 KIAS

au
Use β area of THROTTLE to adjust airspeed

Apply very smooth variations using THROTTLE
ot
6- Steer the airplane using the rudder.

-N
● NOTE ●
Make turns at a very low airspeed, engine torque tends to make the airplane
turn to the left.
M
●
PI
7- Use brakes only at very low airspeed and progressively.

Before line up :
Continue ►

Rev. 2
Section 4
Normal procedures
Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways 2/2

► Continuing
Takeoff :
11 - After takeoff, normally retract the landing gear, then perform a complete
cycle (extension / retraction) at IAS < 150 KIAS.
n
Before landing :
12 -
io
IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
at
r
pe

ro
Landing :
fo
After wheels touch

ed
15 - Use reverse only if necessary and very progressively by

monitoring the airplane behaviour.
iz
● NOTE ●
or
The engine torque tends to make the airplane turn to the left.
●
th
16 - Taxi airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max. 5 KIAS

au
Use β area of THROTTLE to adjust airspeed

Apply very smooth variations using THROTTLE
ot
17 - Steer the airplane using the rudder.

-N
● NOTE ●
Make turns at a very low airspeed, engine torque tends to make the airplane
turn to the left.
M
●
PI
18 - Use brakes only at very low airspeed and progressively.

On the ramp, after landing or taxiing :
19 - Do not use the parking brake to prevent brake lock.
20 - Use chocks and / or tie-down the airplane.
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

weather (- 25°C to - 40°C)
● NOTE ●
The procedure hereafter supplements the normal procedures for the airplane
use when operating under temperatures between 0° C and - 40° C on ground.
●
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 4.5.1 - Operating envelopes by cold weather (- 0°C to - 25°C) and very
cold weather (- 25°C to - 40°C)
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

weather (- 25°C to - 40°C) - Envelope 1 1/3
● NOTE ●
The procedure hereafter supplements the normal procedures for the airplane
use when operating in the Envelope 1 defined in figure 4.5.1.
●
n
io
at
surfaces.
r
pe
According to the condition of runways and taxiways

ro
2- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on runways covered with

melting or not tamped snow
fo

or
ed
3- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on icy or covered with

iz
tamped snow runways

or
4- Carry out a complete rotation of the propeller to check its free rotation.
th
5- Do not perform a fuel draining. If the airplane is operating permanently

au
under negative temperatures, drainings will have to be performed once a

week after having parked the airplane in a heated hangar.
ot
6- Remove chocks and / or release ties from the airplane.

-N
7- Check the free deflection of the flight controls and of the elevator trim.
8- Check the free deflection of THROTTLE.
M
Before starting engine / Engine start / After engine start :

PI
9- Perform normal procedures defined in chapter(s) 4.3 and / or 4.4.

Before taxiing / Taxiing / Before line up / Takeoff :
DE ICE SYSTEM panel
10 - DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
11 - INERT SEP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
Continue ►
Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
12 - INERT SEP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
n
13 - PITOT L/R & STALL HTR switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
14 - Perform normal procedures defined in chapter(s) 4.3 and / or 4.4. io
at
r
pe
15 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on runways covered with

ro

or
fo
16 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on icy or covered with

ed
tamped snow runways

iz
Landing / After landing :

or
17 - Perform normal procedures defined in chapter(s) 4.3 and / or 4.4.

th

au
18 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on runways covered with

ot

-N
or
19 - Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on icy or covered with
tamped snow runways
M

PI
Shutdown :
20 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
21 - PARK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
n
● NOTE ●
io
It is recommended not to use the parking brake by cold or very cold weather, so
that the brakes do not stick when cooling.
at
●
r
pe

23 - Use chocks and / or tie-down the airplane using anchor points on
ro
ground.
fo
24 - Put blanking caps and plugs on air inlets, exhaust stubs, pitots and static
ports.
ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

● NOTE ●
The procedures hereafter supplement or replace the normal procedures for the
airplane use when operating in the Envelope 2 defined in figure 4.5.1.
●
n
io
at
1- Preheat the engine and the cabin.
r
● NOTE ●
pe
Preheating during at least 30 minutes is necessary using a heater (70°C mini).

Hot air pipes must be installed in the air inlet, on engine rear table by opening
ro
the upper cowling and in the cabin by half-opening the door.

●
fo
ed
surfaces.
iz
3- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on runways covered with

or

th

au
or
4- Perform procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilization on icy or covered with
ot
tamped snow runways

-N

(upper and lower surfaces), shorthly before takeoff.
M
6- Carry out a complete rotation of the propeller to check its free rotation.
PI
7- Do not perform a fuel draining. If the airplane is operating permanently

under negative temperatures, drainings will have to be performed once a
week after having parked the airplane in a heated hangar.
8- Remove chocks and / or release ties from the airplane.
9- Check the free deflection of the flight controls and of the elevator trim.
10 - Check the free deflection of THROTTLE.
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
11 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON during 30 seconds
12 - IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
n
Then : io
at
r
pe
14 - IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

ro
● NOTE ●
This enables to preheat spark igniters before starting the engine.
fo
●
Before starting the engine :
ed
15 - Perform normal procedures defined in Chapter(s) 4.3 and / or 4.4.

iz
Engine start :
or
▲ CAUTION ▲
th
The starting must be mandatorily performed using an external power

au
source (GPU).
▲
ot
16 - Ground power unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connected

-N
17 - SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GPU
18 - GPU DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

M
19 - Battery and ESS. bus VOLTS . . . . . . . . . . . Check voltage ≈ 28 Volts

PI
On EIS of MFD
Engine controls
20 - MAN OVRD control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full backward (notched)
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
the reverse area.
▲ io
at
21 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF
r
pe
FUEL panel
22 - AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ro
23 - AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON

fo
24 - FUEL PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

ed
25 - Propeller area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear

iz
ENGINE START panel

or
26 - IGNITION switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
th
27 - IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
au
28 - STARTER switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ot
2 sec then OFF

-N
Simultaneously :
29 - Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start
M
30 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check ON
PI
When Ng ≈ 13 % :
31 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI-IDLE
Move directly THROTTLE to HI-IDLE
● NOTE ●
The more the temperature is low, the more the selector is hard to move.
Starter limits and checks of starting sequence are unchanged.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
When Ng > 50% :
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
ABORT position of the STARTER switch. io
at
▲
r
pe
32 - Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF automatically
33 - STARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

ro
34 - Engine parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check

fo
Ng = 70 % ± 2 %
Oil pressure and ITT in green sector
ed
35 - SOURCE selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATT

iz
36 - BAT OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

or

th
au
38 - IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
39 - Ground power unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnect

ot
40 - GPU door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Close

-N
41 - GPU DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

M
FUEL panel
PI
42 - AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
43 - AUX BOOST PMP ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF
44 - GENERATOR selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN
45 - MAIN GEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check OFF

Reset if necessary
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
As soon as the current flow is lower than 100 A :
n
A/C panel
io
at
46 - A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PILOT
r
47 - TEMP selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max warm
pe
48 - FAN speed selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0

ro
PRESSURIZATION panel
fo
49 - BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

ed
As soon as the oil temperature is greater than 0°C :

iz
50 - THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEATHER twice

Flight IDLE to LO-IDLE, then Flight IDLE twice
or

th
Before taxiing / Taxiing / Before line up / Takeoff :

au
52 - Perform procedures defined for Envelope 1.

ot
Landing / After landing / Shutdown :

-N
53 - Apply procedures defined for Envelope 1.

End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

● NOTE ●
The procedures defined for the Envelope 2 are also applicable for the
Envelope 3. However it is possible to start the engine using GPU without
preheating of the engine and the cabin with a heater. In that case follow the
n
procedure hereafter.
● io
at
Preflight inspection / Before starting the engine / Engine start :
r
pe
1- Apply the procedures defined for the Envelope 2.

ro
As soon as the current flow is lower than 100 A :

fo
A/C panel
ed
2- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PILOT

3- TEMP selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Max warm
iz
4- FAN airspeed selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0

or
PRESSURIZATION panel
th
5- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

au

ot
6- Preheat the cabin respecting time defined in figure 4.5.2.

Before switching on the navigation and monitoring systems. This allows to
-N
respect minimum temperatures necessary for the equipment operation.

As soon as the oil temperature is greater than 0°C :
M
7- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FEATHER twice

PI
Flight IDLE to LO-IDLE, then Flight IDLE twice

8- Perform normal procedures defined in chapter(s) 4.3 and / or 4.4.
Taxiing / Before line up / Takeoff /
9- Perform procedures defined for Envelope 1.
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures

► Continuing
Landing / After landing / Shutdown /
10 - Perform procedures defined for Envelope 1.
n
● NOTE ●
io
If landing is foreseen by cold or very cold weather, or in case of prolonged
at
operation of the airplane in such conditions, it is recommended to prepare the
r
airplane as specified in chapter 8.10.
pe
●
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
Figure 4.5.2 - Preheating duration

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Landing procedure with strong headwind or crosswind 1/2

If landing must be performed with strong headwind or crosswind :
1- Increase approach airspeed by the greatest of these 2 following values :
(wind down − 10)
- ∆V =
2 (Ex. wind down = 30 kt i.e. ΔV = 10 kt)
n
The wind down is the longitudinal component of the wind.
io
at
- Gust amplitude
r
2- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
pe
● NOTE ●
ro
It is not desirable to adopt configuration with flaps in TO position. Lateral control

is not improved, and flare phase is lengthened in time and in distance, with
fo
increase of piloting difficulties and landing performance.

●
ed
During approach with crosswind :

iz
▲ CAUTION ▲
or
Do not use or select the fuel tank on the low wing side during prolonged
sideslips with a fuel low warning or gage indicating low.
th
▲
au
▲ CAUTION ▲
Maximum time for sideslip condition is 30 seconds.
ot
▲
-N
3- Maintain airplane in drift correction at the latest until the beginning of

flare.
M
In short final, on a short runway :

PI
4- Use normal approach airspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . IAS = 80 KIAS

5- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LDG
To avoid an excessive airspeed
● NOTE ●
In this case, landing distance indicated in chapter 5.14, would not be respected.
●
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Landing procedure with strong headwind or crosswind 2/2

► Continuing
Before touch-down :
6- Generate a slideslip with the rudder in order to align fuselage with the
runway (ie left crosswind, left wing low).
n
Immediately after landing :
io
at
▲ CAUTION ▲
Do not try to stabilize the airplane by pushing down the elevator control
r
pe
just after the touch ; this operation may provide pitch oscillations while
increasing the yaw movement to the wind.
ro
Do not deflect ailerons into wind while taxiing. This will raise spoilers
and have a detrimental effect. A good solution is to maintain ailerons to
fo
neutral position during taxiing after landing and taxiing before takeoff.
▲
ed
7- FLAPS lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
iz
● NOTE ●
or
Flaps travel is slow and will not have an appreciable effect on landing
th
performance.
●
au
Maximum demonstrated crosswind for landing is 20 kt.

ot
The most restrictive situation is as follows :

-N
- takeoff with wind coming from the left,

- wet runway,
M
- aft C.G.
PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Utilization on grass runway 1/2

▲ CAUTION ▲
The small wheels of the airplane and its weight may lead it to sink in
soaked or soft ground.
▲
n
Before planning the landing, ensure that the field is hard, smooth and dry enough.
Landing and moreover takeoff shall not begin if any doubt exists about the condition of
io
at
such a runway.
r
Particular directives
pe
Taxi / Takeoff :
ro

fo
► Do not use the reverse ◄

ed
● NOTE ●
iz
In fact, on a flat runway with grass, it is necessary to adopt a power greater

or
than the one obtained when the THROTTLE is set to Flight IDLE, so the pilot
will not be tempted to use the reverse.
th
●
au
Landing :
ot

-N

M
After wheels touch down :

PI
5- Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Only if necessary

▲ CAUTION ▲
Do not maintain reverse at airspeeds below 40 KIAS to avoid ingestion
of foreign matter.
▲
Continue ►

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
Utilization on grass runway 2/2

► Continuing
● NOTE ●
Under 40 KIAS, using the reverse makes a cloud of solid particles (dusts, sand,
gravels, cut grass, ...) appear around the front face of the airplane. This will
damage the propeller and, after ingestion, the engine internal components
n
(compressor and turbine blades).
● io
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
GPS navigation
Set up conditions
1- Verify if the data base is current.
2- Verify that altitude data is valid for the GPS prior to flight.
Check the systems availability requirements in the table 2.6.1 in section 2 / GNSS
n
(GPS/SBAS) navigation equipment approvals, depending on the planned navigation
performance. io
at
GPS flight plan
r
pe
In the active flight plan, addition of a STAR or an approach is always made at the end
of the flight plan. In the scope of these additions, the pilot must pay attention not to
ro
duplicate points.
fo
End of procedure.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 4
Normal procedures
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Section 5
Performance
Table of contents
n
5.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.1
io
at
5.2 - Noise level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.1
r
pe
5.3 - Airspeed calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3.1

ro
5.4 - Cabin pressurization envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.1

fo
5.5 - SAT - OAT conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5.1

ed
5.6 - Stall speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6.1

iz
5.7 - Wind components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7.1

or
5.8 - Engine operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8.1

th
Maximum climb power (FL < 200) - 124 KIAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8.4

au
Maximum climb power (FL > 200) - 124 KIAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8.5

Maximum climb power (FL < 200) - 170 KIAS / M 0.40 . . . . . . 5.8.6
Maximum climb power (FL >200) - 170 KIAS / M 0.40 . . . . . . 5.8.7
ot
Maximum cruise power (FL < 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8.8

-N
Maximum cruise power (FL > 200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8.9

Normal (recommended) cruise power (FL < 200) . . . . . . . . . . 5.8.10
Normal (recommended) cruise power (FL > 200) . . . . . . . . . . 5.8.11
M
5.9 - Takeoff distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9.1

PI
Weight : 5512 lbs (2500 kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9.2

Weight : 6579 lbs (2984 kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9.3
Weight : 7394 lbs (3354 kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.9.4
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 5.0.1

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.10 - Climb performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10.1

MXCL - Speeds (IAS = 124 KIAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10.1
MXCL - Speeds (IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10.2
MXCL - Time, consumption and climb distance
(IAS = 124 KIAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10.3
(IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10.6
Climb performance after go-around . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10.9
n
Climb performance - Flaps TO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10.10
io
at
5.11 - Cruise performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11.1
Maximum cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11.1
r
pe
Normal cruise (Recommended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11.9

Long range cruise (5500 lbs - 2495 kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11.17
ro

fo
5.12 - Time, consumption and descent distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12.1

ed
5.13 - Holding time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13.1

iz
or
5.14 - Landing distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14.1

Weight : 7024 lbs (3186 kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14.2
th
Weight : 6250 lbs (2835 kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14.3

au
Weight : 5071 lbs (2300 kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.14.4

ot
-N
M
PI
5.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.1 - General
This section provides all of the required and additional performance data for airplane
operations.
The section 9, Supplements of the POH, provides specific airplane performance
associated with optional equipment and systems.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.2 - Noise level
Maximum noise level Demonstrated noise

permitted level
FAR PART 36,
n
88 dB(A) 76.4 dB(A)
Appendix G - Amdt 28
ICAO, Annex 16,

io
at
Vol. 1, 6th edition, Amdt 8 85 dB(A) 76.4 dB(A)
r
Chapter 10, Appendix 6
pe
ro
Approved noise levels for TBM airplane are stated in EASA.A.010 Type Certificate
Data Sheet.
fo
● NOTE ●
ed
No determination has been made by the Federal Aviation Administration that

the noise levels of this airplane are or should be acceptable or unacceptable for
iz
operation at, into or out of any airport.

or
●
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.3 - Airspeed calibration

● NOTE ●
Indicated airspeeds (IAS) : instrument error supposed to be null (power
configuration for cruise condition flight).
●
n
Flaps UP Flaps TO
io
Flaps LDG
at
LDG GR UP LDG GR DN LDG GR DN
r
KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS
pe
125 128 70 69 60 58
ro
150 154 80 80 70 68
175 179 90 90 80 78
fo
200 205 100 101 90 88

225 230 120 121 100 98
ed
250 255 140 141 110 108

266 271 160 162 120 118
iz
MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS
or
th
144 147 81 79 69 67
173 177 92 92 81 78
au
201 206 104 104 92 90

230 236 115 116 104 101
259 264 138 139 115 113
ot
288 293 161 162 127 124

-N
307 312 184 187 138 136

M
Figure 5.3.1 - Normal static source

PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Flaps UP Flaps TO Flaps LDG

LDG GR UP LDG GR DN LDG GR DN
KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS
125 124 70 70 60 59
150 149 80 80 70 69
n
175 174 90 90 80 79
200
225
199
224
100
120
100
120
90
100 io 90
100
at
250 249 140 139 110 110
r
271 270 160 159 120 120
pe
MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS
ro
144 142 81 81 69 68
173 171 92 92 81 79
fo
201 200 104 104 92 91

230 229 115 115 104 104
ed
259 258 138 138 115 115

288 287 161 160 127 127
iz
312 311 184 183 138 138

or
th
au
Figure 5.3.2 - Alternate static source (Bleed auto)

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.4 - Cabin pressurization envelope

● NOTE ●
The cabin pressurization envelope below characterizes the cabin altitude that
could be sustained by the fuselage at different flight levels. The curve shows
the minimum cabin altitude as a function of flight level, corresponding to the
maximum differential pressure. The maximum differential pressure is limited by
the pressurization system protection function.
n
●
Cabin
io
at
altitude
r
(feet)
pe
9350 ft cabin
ro
9000
fo
8000
ed
Pressurization useful
iz
7000 envelope
or
th
6000
au
5000
ΔP= 6.2 PSI max
ot
4000
-N
3000
M
PI
2000
Flight
1000
level
(FL)
140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 310
Figure 5.4.1 - Cabin pressurization envelope

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.5 - SAT - OAT conversions

● NOTE ●
These indicated temperatures are available for stabilized cruise at normal
operating power.
●
Pressure ISA - 20°C ISA - 10°C ISA ISA + 10°C ISA + 20°C
n
altitude
(feet) SAT OAT SAT OAT SAT OAT SAT OAT
io SAT OAT
at
SL - 05 - 04 05 06 15 16 25 26 35 36
r
pe
2000 - 09 - 08 01 02 11 12 21 22 31 32
4000 - 13 - 12 - 03 - 02 07 08 17 18 27 28
ro
6000 - 17 - 16 - 07 - 06 03 04 13 14 23 24
fo
8000 - 21 - 20 - 11 - 10 - 01 00 09 10 19 20
ed
10000 - 25 - 24 - 15 - 14 - 05 - 04 05 06 15 16
iz
12000 - 29 - 28 - 19 - 18 - 09 - 08 01 02 11 12
or
14000 - 33 - 32 - 23 - 22 - 13 - 12 - 03 - 02 07 08
th
16000 - 37 - 36 - 27 - 26 - 17 - 16 - 07 - 06 03 04
au
18000 - 41 - 40 - 31 - 30 - 21 - 20 - 11 - 10 - 01 00
ot
20000 - 45 - 44 - 35 - 34 - 25 - 24 - 15 - 14 - 05 - 04
-N
22000 - 49 - 48 - 39 - 38 - 29 - 28 - 19 - 18 - 09 - 08
24000 - 53 - 52 - 43 - 42 - 33 - 32 - 23 - 22 - 13 - 12
M
26000 - 57 - 56 - 47 - 46 - 37 - 36 - 27 - 26 - 17 - 16
PI
28000 - 61 - 60 - 51 - 50 - 41 - 40 - 31 - 30 - 21 - 20
30000 - 65 - 64 - 55 - 54 - 45 - 44 - 35 - 34 - 25 - 24
31000 - 67 - 66 - 57 - 56 - 47 - 46 - 37 - 36 - 27 - 26
Figure 5.5.1 - SAT - OAT conversions

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.6 - Stall speeds
Config. Bank
Airplane Flight
0° 30° 45° 60°
n
weight idle
LDG
Flaps KIAS KCAS
MPH
KIAS KCAS
MPH
KIAS KCAS
MPH
KIAS KCAS io
MPH
at
GR IAS IAS IAS IAS
UP UP 65 66 75 70 71 81 78 79 90 91 93 105
r
pe
4850 lbs
DN TO 62 63 71 67 68 77 73 75 84 87 89 100
(2200 kg)
ro
DN LDG 53 53 61 57 57 66 63 63 73 75 75 86
UP UP 70 71 81 75 76 86 82 84 94 98 100 113
fo
5512 lbs
DN TO 66 67 76 71 72 82 78 80 90 93 95 107
(2500 kg)
ed
DN LDG 57 57 66 61 61 70 68 68 78 81 81 93
iz
UP UP 75 76 86 80 82 92 88 90 101 105 107 121

6579 lbs
or
DN TO 71 72 82 75 77 86 84 86 97 100 102 115

(2984 kg)
th
DN LDG 61 61 70 66 66 76 73 73 84 86 86 99
au
UP UP 81 83 93 88 89 101 97 99 112 119 117 137

7394 lbs
DN TO 77 77 89 81 83 93 91 92 105 108 109 124
(3354 kg)
ot
DN LDG 65 65 75 69 70 79 76 77 88 92 92 106
-N
Figure 5.6.1 - Stall speeds

M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.7 - Wind components

Example : Angle between wind direction and flight path : 50 °
Headwind : 8 kts
Crosswind : 10 kts
Wind speed : 13 kts
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 5.7.1 - Wind components

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.8 - Engine operation
The following tables or/and the optimum torque indicator must be used during normal
operation of the airplane.
▲ CAUTION ▲
It is the responsibility of the operator to make sure that the required
version of GARMIN system software is installed prior to using the
hereafter engine operation tables.
The GARMIN system software required for this revision of the engine
n
operation tables is the version 0719.14 or later.
io
This information is displayed on the MFD power-up page upon system
at
start.
r
▲
pe
▲ CAUTION ▲
ro
The TRQ setting must never exceed 100 %.

When setting TRQ, Ng must never exceed 104 %.
fo
▲
ed
The following conditions are given for all the tables (pages 5.8.4 to 5.8.11) :
● NOTE ●
iz
Inertial separator must be OFF and BLEED HI msg OFF.

or
●
th
- Landing gear and flaps UP.

au
- BLEED switch on AUTO.

- represent the ISA conditions at the flight level.
ot
The torque must be set at or below the value corresponding to the local conditions of
-N
flight level and temperature.

● NOTE ●
M
The engine ITT limit at 840°C during continuous operation may be used in case
PI
of operational need.
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Example, for conditions :
- FL = 260
- OAT = - 22°C
the following tables give the maximum torque to be set.
Maximum climb power
TRQ setting = 83 % for IAS = 124 KIAS (Add 0.5 % of TRQ for each additional 10 KIAS
on climb airspeed), cf. tables figures 5.8.1 and 5.8.1A
n
Maximum cruise power
io
at
TRQ setting = 97 %, cf. tables figures 5.8.3 and 5.8.3A
r
Recommended cruise power
pe
TRQ setting = 92 %, cf. tables figures 5.8.4 and 5.8.4A

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Maximum climb power (FL < 200) - 124 KIAS
Conditions : If BLEED HI msg ON, reduce TRQ by 5 %
● NOTE ● : Add 0.5 % of TRQ for each additional 10 KIAS on climb airspeed.
Table not valid if INERT SEP ON and/or BLEED HI msg ON.
T° (°C) Flight level (FL)

OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
-24
▲ CAUTION ▲ Recommended Ng < 103 %
n
-22
-20 TRQ max 100 %
-18 Ng maxg 104 %
▲ io
at
-16
-14
r
-12 100
pe
-10 100
-8 98
ro
-6 100 96
-4 99 95
fo
-2 100 98 93
0 100 95 91
2 100 98 93 88
ed
4 100 95 90 85
6 100 97 92 87 82
iz
8 100 94 89 85 80
or
10 100 97 92 87 82 78
12 99 94 89 84 80 75
th
14 100 97 91 86 82 77 72
au
16 100 98 94 88 84 79 74
18 100 95 91 86 81 76
20 100 97 92 88 83 78
ot
22 99 94 89 85 80
24 100 96 91 86 82
-N
26 100 98 93 88 84
28 99 94 90 85
30 96 91 87
M
32 93 88
PI
34 90
Figure 5.8.1 - Maximum climb power (FL < 200) - 124 KIAS
● NOTE ●
Refer to page 5.8.1 for general conditions
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Maximum climb power (FL > 200) - 124 KIAS

OAT 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310
-66 99 95 90 86
-64 ▲ CAUTION ▲ Recommended Ng < 103 % 98 94 89 85
n
-62 TRQ max 100 % 97 93 88 84
-60
-58
Ng max 104 %
▲
100
100
96
95
92
91io 87
86
83
82
at
-56 99 94 90 85 81
-54 98 93 89 85 81
r
-52 100 97 92 88 84 80
pe
-50 100 95 91 87 83 79
-48 99 94 90 86 82 78
ro
-46 98 93 89 85 81 77
-44 100 97 92 88 84 80 77
-42 100 96 91 87 83 79 75
fo
-40 99 95 90 86 82 78 74
-38 98 93 89 85 81 77 73
-36 100 97 92 88 84 80 76 72
ed
-34 99 95 91 87 82 78 75 71
-32 98 94 90 85 81 77 73 70
-30 100 97 93 88 84 80 76 72 69
iz
-28 100 96 92 87 83 79 75 71 68
-26 98 94 90 86 82 78 74 70 66
or
-24 100 97 93 89 85 80 76 73 69 65
-22 100 96 92 88 83 79 75 71 67 64
th
-20 99 95 90 86 82 78 74 70 66 62
-18 100 97 93 89 85 81 77 72 68 64 60
au
-16 100 96 92 88 83 79 75 71 66 62 59
-14 99 94 90 86 82 77 73 69 65 61 57
-12 100 97 93 89 85 80 75 71 67 63 59 55
ot
-10 100 96 91 87 82 78 74 69 65 61 57 53
-8 98 94 89 85 81 76 72 67 63 59 55 51
-N
-6 96 92 88 83 79 74 70 65 61 57 53
-4 95 90 85 81 77 72 67 63 59 55
-2 93 88 83 79 74 70 65 61 57
0 91 85 81 76 71 67 63 59
M
2 88 83 78 74 69 65 61
4 85 80 76 71 67 63
PI
6 82 78 74 69 65
8 80 76 71 67
10 78 73 69
12 75 70
Figure 5.8.1A - Maximum climb power (FL > 200) - 124 KIAS
● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Maximum climb power (FL < 200) - 170 KIAS / M 0.40

OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
-24
-22 ▲ CAUTION ▲ Recommended Ng < 103 %
n
-20 TRQ max 100 %
-18 Ng max 104 %
▲ io
at
-16
-14
r
-12
pe
-10
-8 100
ro
-6 100
-4 98
fo
-2 100 95
0 100 98 92
ed
2 100 95 90
4 100 97 92 87
iz
6 99 94 90 85
8 100 97 92 87 82
or
10 99 94 89 84 79
th
12 100 96 91 86 81 77
14 100 98 93 88 83 79 74
au
16 100 95 90 85 81 76
18 100 97 92 87 82 78
20 99 94 89 85 80
ot
22 100 96 91 86 82
-N
24 100 98 93 88 84
26 99 95 90 85
28 100 96 92 87
M
30 98 93 89
32 95 90
PI
34 92
Figure 5.8.2 - Maximum climb power (FL < 200) - 170 KIAS / M 0.40
● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Maximum climb power (FL > 200) - 170 KIAS / M 0.40
OAT 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310
-66 98 93 88
-64 ▲ CAUTION ▲ Recommended Ng < 103 % 97 92 87
-62 100 96 91 86
n
TRQ max 100 %
-60 100 95 90 85
-58
-56
Ng max 104 %
▲
99
98
94
93io 89
88
84
83
at
-54 100 96 92 87 83
-52 100 95 90 86 82
r
pe
-50 99 94 89 85 81
-48 98 93 89 84 80
-46 100 97 92 88 83 79
ro
-44 100 96 91 86 82 78
-42 99 94 90 85 81 77
-40 98 93 88 84 80 76
fo
-38 100 97 92 87 83 79 75
-36 100 95 91 86 82 78 73
ed
-34 99 94 89 85 81 76 72
-32 97 93 88 84 79 75 71
-30 100 96 91 87 82 78 74 70
iz
-28 99 95 90 86 81 77 73 69
or
-26 98 94 89 84 80 76 72 68
-24 100 97 92 88 83 79 75 71 66
th
-22 100 96 91 86 82 77 73 69 65
-20 99 94 90 85 80 76 72 67 63
au
-18 100 97 93 88 83 79 74 70 65 61
-16 100 96 91 86 82 77 72 68 64 60
-14 98 94 89 85 80 75 71 66 62 57
ot
-12 100 96 92 87 83 78 73 69 64 60 55
-10 99 95 90 85 81 76 71 66 62 58 54
-N
-8 100 97 93 88 83 79 73 68 64 60 56 52
-6 100 95 91 86 81 76 71 66 62 58 54
-4 98 93 88 83 78 74 69 64 60 56
-2 95 90 85 81 76 71 67 62 58
M
0 92 88 83 78 74 69 65 60
2 90 85 81 76 72 67 62
PI
4 87 83 78 74 69 65
6 85 80 76 71 67
8 82 78 73 69
10 79 75 71
12 77 72
Figure 5.8.2A - Maximum climb power (FL > 200) - 170 KIAS / M 0.40
● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise power (FL < 200)
● NOTE ● : Use preferably recommended cruise power.

OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
-24
-22
n
TRQ max 100 %
-20
-18
Ng max 104 %
▲ io
at
-16
-14
r
-12
pe
-10
-8
ro
-6
-4
fo
-2
0
ed
2 100
4 98
iz
6 100 95
or
8 98 92
10 100 95 89
th
12 100 97 92 87
14 99 94 89 84
au
16 100 97 91 86
18 99 94 88
ot
20 100 96 91
22 98 93
-N
24 100 95
26 100 97
28 99
M
30 100
32 100
PI
34 100
Figure 5.8.3 - Maximum cruise power (FL < 200)

● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise power (FL > 200)
OAT 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310
-62 100
-60 ▲ CAUTION ▲ Recommended Ng < 103 % 100
-58 TRQ max 100 % 98
n
-56 Ng max 104 % 97
-54
-52
▲
io 100
99
96
94
at
-50 98 93
-48 100 97 92
r
pe
-46 100 95 90
-44 99 94 89
-42 97 92 87
ro
-40 100 96 91 86
-38 99 94 89 85
fo
-36 98 93 88 83
-34 100 96 91 86 82
-32 100 95 90 85 80
ed
-30 98 93 88 84 79
-28 97 92 87 82 78
iz
-26 100 95 90 85 81 76
or
-24 99 94 89 84 79 74
-22 97 92 87 82 77 72
th
-20 100 96 90 85 80 75 70
-18 99 94 88 83 78 73 68
au
-16 100 97 92 86 81 76 71 67
-14 100 95 89 84 79 74 69 64
-12 98 93 87 82 77 72 67 62
ot
-10 100 96 90 85 80 74 69 64 60
-8 99 93 88 82 77 72 67 62 58
-N
-6 100 96 90 85 80 74 69 65 60
-4 99 93 88 82 77 72 67 63
-2 100 96 90 85 80 75 70 65
M
0 98 93 87 82 77 73 68
2 100 95 90 85 80 75 70
PI
4 98 93 88 82 77 73
6 95 90 85 80 75
8 92 87 82 77
10 89 84 79
12 87 81
Figure 5.8.3A - Maximum cruise power (FL > 200)
● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Normal (recommended) cruise power (FL < 200)
● NOTE ● : Table not valid if INERT SEP ON and/or BLEED HI msg ON.

OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200
-24
-22
TRQ max 100 %
-20
n
Ng max 104 %
-18
-16
▲
io
at
-14
-12
r
-10
pe
-8
-6
ro
-4 100
-2 99
fo
0 100 96
2 99 94
ed
4 100 96 91
6 99 93 88
iz
8 100 95 90 85
10 100 98 92 87 82
or
12 100 95 89 84 79
th
14 100 97 92 86 81 77
16 99 94 89 84 79
au
18 100 96 91 86 81
20 100 98 93 88 83
ot
22 100 95 90 85
24 100 97 92 87
-N
26 100 99 93 89
28 100 95 90
30 100 97 92
M
32 99 94
34 96
PI
Figure 5.8.4 - Normal (recommended) cruise power (FL < 200)

● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Normal (recommended) cruise power (FL > 200)
● NOTE ● : Table not valid if INERT SEP ON and/or BLEED HI msg ON.
OAT 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310
-66 100
-64 ▲ CAUTION ▲ Recommended Ng < 103 % 99
-62 TRQ max 100 % 98
-60 Ng max 104 % 100 96
n
-58 100 95
▲
-56
-54 io
100
98
96
93
92
at
-52 100 95 90
-50 98 93 89
r
-48 100 97 92 87
pe
-46 100 95 91 86
-44 99 94 89 84
ro
-42 97 92 87 83
-40 100 96 91 86 82
-38 99 94 90 85 80
fo
-36 98 93 88 83 79
-34 100 96 92 87 82 78
ed
-32 100 95 90 85 81 76
-30 99 94 89 84 79 75
-28 97 92 87 82 78 73
iz
-26 100 96 91 86 81 76 72
or
-24 99 94 89 84 79 74 70
-22 100 97 92 87 82 77 72 68
th
-20 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 66
-18 98 93 88 83 78 73 68 64
au
-16 100 96 91 86 81 76 71 66 61
-14 99 94 89 84 79 73 68 63 59
-12 100 97 92 87 81 76 71 66 61 57
ot
-10 100 95 89 84 78 73 68 64 59 55
-8 100 97 92 86 81 76 71 66 62 57 53
-N
-6 100 94 89 84 79 74 69 64 59 55
-4 100 97 91 86 81 76 71 66 62 57
-2 99 94 89 83 79 74 69 64 59
M
0 96 91 86 81 76 71 66 62
2 94 88 83 78 73 69 64
PI
4 91 85 80 75 71 66
6 88 83 78 73 68
8 85 80 75 70
10 82 77 72
12 79 74
Figure 5.8.4A - Normal (recommended) cruise power (FL > 200)
● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.9 - Takeoff distances

The following tables give the takeoff distances for several weight configurations.
All common information applicable to tables (pages 5.9.2 to 5.9.4) are listed below.
Associated conditions :
- Landing gear DN and flaps TO
- TRQ = 100 %
n
- BLEED switch on AUTO
- Hard, dry and level runway io
at
In table headings :
r
pe
- GR = Ground roll (in ft)

- D50 = Takeoff distance (clear to 50 ft) (in ft)
ro
● NOTE ●
fo
For OAT < ISA + 30°C, refer to procedure Normal takeoff or Short takeoff in
Section 4.4.
ed
For OAT > ISA + 30°C, refer to procedure Takeoff with high OAT
(> ISA + 30°C) in Section 4.4.
iz
In SL ISA conditions, nominal Np is of 1985 RPM.

or
●
th
Corrections :
au
- In case of wind, apply the following corrections :

- Reduce total distances by 10 % every 10 kts of headwind
ot
- Increase total distances by 30 % every 10 kts of tail wind

-N
- Other runway surfaces :

Takeoff distances given in the tables are for takeoff from hard, dry and level
M
runway. Other runway surfaces require the following correction factors.

Increase distances by :
PI
7 % on hard grass
10 % on short grass
15 % on wet runway
25 % on high grass
30 % on slippery runway

Rev. 1
Section 5
Performance
Weight : 5512 lbs (2500 kg)
Associated condition :
- 15° of attitude after rotation
- Rotation speed choice (VR)
n
io
r at
pe
Weight : 5512 lbs (2500 kg) At 50 ft = 91 KIAS - 105 MPH IAS

Pressure ISA - 35°C ISA - 20°C ISA - 10°C ISA
ro
altitude ft GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50

0 665 1085 740 1190 780 1255 820 1295
fo
2000 735 1185 800 1265 850 1340 905 1415

ed
4000 800 1260 885 1380 935 1460 990 1545

6000 880 1375 965 1505 1025 1595 1090 1690
iz
8000 965 1500 1060 1645 1140 1765 1220 1880

or
Pressure ISA + 10°C ISA + 20°C ISA + 30°C ISA + 37°C

th
0 865 1365 920 1435 965 1505 1000 1555

au
2000 955 1490 1005 1565 1060 1645 1100 1705

4000 1050 1625 1110 1720 1180 1825 1230 1895
ot
6000 1165 1800 1240 1910 1320 2020 1380 2100

-N
8000 1305 2000 1390 2120 1480 2245 1565 2330
Figure 5.9.1 - Takeoff distances - 5512 lbs (2500 kg)

M
▲ CAUTION ▲
Refer to page 5.9.1 for notes and correction factors.
PI

Rev. 1
Section 5
Performance

- 15° of attitude after rotation
n
io
r at
pe

ro

0 1020 1470 1115 1600 1185 1680 1245 1765
fo
2000 1115 1595 1220 1730 1285 1820 1355 1915

ed
4000 1215 1725 1325 1875 1400 1975 1475 2075

6000 1320 1865 1445 2030 1545 2160 1645 2305
iz
8000 1435 2020 1600 2240 1715 2400 1850 2570

or

th
0 1310 1855 1375 1940 1440 2030 1490 2090

au
2000 1425 2010 1500 2110 1595 2235 1660 2320

4000 1580 2205 1675 2345 1790 2485 1865 2590
ot
6000 1755 2455 1880 2615 2005 2780 2095 2895

-N
8000 1980 2745 2115 2925 2275 3110 2380 3245

M
▲ CAUTION ▲
PI

Rev. 1
Section 5
Performance
- 12°5 of attitude after rotation
n
io
r at
pe

ro

fo
0 1440 2020 1560 2175 1645 2275 1725 2380

2000 1555 2170 1690 2335 1770 2445 1860 2560
ed
4000 1685 2325 1820 2505 1910 2630 2045 2785

iz
6000 1810 2500 1970 2710 2130 2930 2290 3135

or
8000 1960 2695 2220 3045 2410 3265 2590 3490

th

au
0 1800 2485 1880 2595 1965 2705 2060 2810

2000 1945 2675 2080 2865 2215 3040 2325 3160
ot
4000 2185 3000 2355 3200 2500 3385 2610 3520

6000 2470 3340 2640 3550 2810 3765 2935 3915
-N
8000 2775 3720 2965 3950 3180 4185 3315 4350

M
▲ CAUTION ▲
PI

▲

Rev. 1
Section 5
Performance
5.10 - Climb performance

MXCL - Speeds (IAS = 124 KIAS)
Conditions :
- Maximum climb power TRQ = 100 %
- Landing gear and flaps UP
- IAS = 124 KIAS - BLEED switch on AUTO and BLEED HI msg OFF
n
Pressure
Rate of climb (ft/min) io
at
Airplane
altitude
weight ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA
r
(feet) ISA
pe
- 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C + 30°C
SL 2885 2870 2855 2845 2830 2810

ro
2000 2860 2845 2830 2810 2795 2775

5794 lbs
fo
4000 2840 2820 2805 2785 2765 2750

(2628 kg)
6000 2810 2790 2770 2750 2735 2710
ed
8000 2775 2755 2735 2710 2690 2665

iz
SL 2440 2425 2410 2400 2380 2365

or
2000 2415 2400 2385 2365 2350 2330

6594 lbs
th
4000 2395 2375 2360 2340 2325 2305

(2991 kg)
au
6000 2365 2345 2330 2310 2290 2270

8000 2335 2315 2290 2270 2250 2230
ot
SL 2080 2065 2050 2040 2020 2005

-N
2000 2055 2040 2025 2005 1990 1975

7394 lbs
4000 2035 2015 1995 1980 1965 1945
(3354 kg)
M
6000 2005 1985 1970 1950 1930 1910

PI
8000 1975 1955 1935 1910 1890 1870
Figure 5.10.1 - MXCL - Speeds (IAS = 124 KIAS)

● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
MXCL - Speeds (IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40)

Conditions :
- Maximum climb power TRQ = 100 %
- IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40
- BLEED switch on AUTO and BLEED HI msg OFF
n
Rate of climb (ft/min)
Airplane
Pressure
io
at
altitude
weight ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA
(feet) ISA
- 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C + 30°C
r
pe
SL 2 420 2 390 2 365 2 335 2 310 2 285

ro
2000 2 385 2 355 2 325 2 295 2 265 2 235

5794 lbs
4000 2 345 2 315 2 280 2 250 2 220 2 190
fo
(2628 kg)
6000 2 305 2 270 2 235 2 205 2 170 2 140
ed
8000 2 260 2 225 2 190 2 155 2 120 2 085

SL 2 075 2 050 2 025 2 000 1 975 1 955
iz
2000 2 045 2 015 1 990 1 965 1 935 1 910

or
6594 lbs
4000 2 010 1 985 1 950 1 920 1 895 1 865
th
(2991 kg)
6000 1 975 1 940 1 910 1 880 1 850 1 820
au
8000 1 930 1 900 1 870 1 835 1 805 1 770

SL 1 800 1 775 1 755 1 730 1 710 1 685
ot
2000 1 770 1 745 1 720 1 695 1 670 1 645

-N
7394 lbs
4000 1 735 1 710 1 685 1 655 1 630 1 605
(3354 kg)
6000 1 705 1 670 1 645 1 615 1 590 1 560
M
8000 1 660 1 635 1 605 1 575 1 545 1 515

PI
Figure 5.10.2 - MXCL - Speeds (IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40)

● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
MXCL - Time, consumption and climb distance (IAS = 124 KIAS)
Conditions :
- ISA - 20°C
- Maximum climb power
- IAS = 124 KIAS - BLEED switch on AUTO
● NOTE ● : Time, consumption and distance from the 50 ft
If BLEED HI msg ON, reduce TRQ by 5 %. This TRQ reduction will result
n
in :
- Time to climb increased by up to 7 %
io
at
- Climb distance increased by up to 7 %
r
- Fuel consumption increased by up to 5 %
pe
Weight Weight Weight

ro
Pressure 5794 lbs (2628 kg) 6579 lbs (2984 kg) 7394 lbs (3354 kg)
altitude
(ft) Time Consump. Dist. Time Consump. Dist. Time Consump. Dist.
fo
(min. s) l kg USG (NM) (min. s) l kg USG (NM) (min. s) l kg USG (NM)

SL 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0
ed
2000 00:45 4 3 1.0 1 00:45 5 4 1.2 2 01:00 5 4 1.4 2

iz
4000 01:30 8 6 2.0 3 01:45 9 7 2.4 3 02:00 11 8 2.8 4

or
6000 02:15 11 9 3.0 4 02:30 13 10 3.5 5 03:00 16 12 4.1 6

8000 03:00 15 12 3.9 6 03:30 18 14 4.6 7 04:00 21 16 5.5 8
th
10000 03:30 18 14 4.9 8 04:15 22 17 5.7 9 05:00 26 20 6.8 11

au
12000 04:15 22 17 5.8 9 05:15 26 20 6.8 11 06:00 30 24 8.0 13

14000 05:00 25 20 6.7 11 06:00 30 23 7.9 13 07:15 35 28 9.3 16
ot
16000 05:45 29 23 7.6 13 07:00 34 27 9.0 15 08:15 40 32 10.6 18

-N
18000 06:30 32 25 8.5 15 07:45 38 30 10.0 18 09:15 45 35 11.9 21

20000 07:30 35 28 9.4 17 08:45 42 33 11.1 20 10:30 50 39 13.2 24
M
22000 08:15 39 30 10.3 19 09:45 46 36 12.2 23 11:30 55 43 14.4 27

PI
24000 09:00 42 33 11.1 21 10:45 50 39 13.2 25 12:45 60 47 15.7 30

26000 09:45 46 36 12.0 24 11:45 54 43 14.3 28 13:45 64 51 17.0 34
28000 10:30 49 38 13.0 26 12:45 58 46 15.4 31 15:00 70 55 18.4 38
30000 11:30 53 41 13.9 29 13:45 63 49 16.6 35 16:30 75 59 19.8 42
31000 12:00 54 43 14.4 31 14:30 65 51 17.2 37 17:15 78 61 20.6 44
Figure 5.10.3 - MXCL - Time, consumption and climb distance

(IAS = 124 KIAS) / ISA - 20°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA
in :
n
io
at
r
pe

5794 lbs (2628 kg) 6579 lbs (2984 kg) 7394 lbs (3354 kg)
ro
Pressure
altitude
fo

SL 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0
ed
2000 00:45 4 3 1.0 1 00:45 5 4 1.2 2 01:00 6 4 1.5 2

4000
iz
01:30 8 6 2.1 3 01:45 9 7 2.4 4 02:00 11 9 2.9 4

6000 02:15 12 9 3.1 5 02:30 14 11 3.6 5 03:00 16 13 4.3 6
or
8000 03:00 15 12 4.1 6 03:30 18 14 4.8 7 04:00 21 17 5.7 9

th
10000 03:45 19 15 5.0 8 04:15 22 18 5.9 10 05:15 27 21 7.0 11

au
12000 04:30 23 18 6.0 10 05:15 27 21 7.1 12 06:15 32 25 8.4 14

14000 05:15 26 21 6.9 12 06:15 31 24 8.2 14 07:15 37 29 9.7 17
ot
16000 06:00 30 23 7.9 14 07:00 35 28 9.3 16 08:15 42 33 11.0 19

-N
18000 06:45 33 26 8.8 16 08:00 39 31 10.4 19 09:30 47 37 12.4 22

20000 07:30 37 29 9.7 18 09:00 44 34 11.5 21 10:45 52 41 13.7 26
M
22000 08:15 40 32 10.6 20 10:00 48 38 12.7 24 11:45 57 45 15.1 29

PI
24000 09:15 44 34 11.6 23 11:00 52 41 13.8 27 13:00 62 49 16.5 32

26000 10:00 47 37 12.5 25 12:00 57 44 14.9 30 14:15 68 53 17.9 37
28000 11:00 51 40 13.5 28 13:15 61 48 16.2 34 16:00 73 58 19.4 41
30000 12:15 55 43 14.6 32 14:30 66 52 17.5 39 17:45 80 63 21.1 47
31000 12:45 57 45 15.1 34 15:30 69 54 18.2 41 18:45 83 65 21.9 51

(IAS = 124 KIAS) / ISA

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA + 20°C
n
in :
io
at
r
pe

ro
altitude
fo

SL 00:00 0 0 0 0 00:00 0 0 0 0 00:00 0 0 0 0
ed
2 000 00:45 4 3 1.1 2 00:45 5 4 1.3 2 01:00 6 4 1.5 2

iz
4 000 01:30 8 6 2.1 3 01:45 10 8 2.5 4 02:00 11 9 3.0 4

or
6 000 02:15 12 9 3.2 5 02:30 14 11 3.8 6 03:00 17 13 4.5 7

th
8 000 03:00 16 12 4.2 7 03:30 19 15 5.0 8 04:15 22 17 5.9 9

au
10 000 03:45 20 15 5.2 8 04:30 23 18 6.2 10 05:15 28 22 7.3 12

12 000 04:30 23 18 6.2 10 05:15 28 22 7.3 12 06:15 33 26 8.7 15
ot
14 000 05:15 27 21 7.2 12 06:15 32 25 8.5 15 07:30 38 30 10.1 18

-N
16 000 06:00 31 24 8.1 14 07:15 37 29 9.7 17 08:30 44 34 11.5 21

18 000 06:45 34 27 9.1 17 08:15 41 32 10.8 20 09:45 49 38 12.9 24
20 000 07:45 38 30 10.1 19 09:15 46 36 12.0 23 11:00 54 43 14.4 27
M
22 000 08:30 42 33 11.1 22 10:15 50 39 13.2 26 12:15 60 47 15.9 31

PI
24 000 09:45 46 36 12.1 25 11:30 55 43 14.5 30 14:00 66 52 17.5 36

26 000 10:45 50 39 13.2 28 13:00 60 47 15.9 34 15:45 73 57 19.2 42
28 000 12:00 54 43 14.4 33 14:30 66 51 17.3 40 17:45 80 63 21.0 49
30 000 13:30 59 46 15.6 38 16:30 72 56 18.9 46 20:15 88 69 23.2 58
31 000 14:15 62 48 16.3 41 17:30 75 59 19.8 50 21:45 92 72 24.4 63

(IAS = 124 KIAS) / ISA + 20°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
(IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40)
Conditions :
- ISA - 20°C
- IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40 - BLEED switch on AUTO
n
in :
io
at
r
pe

ro

fo
altitude
ed
SL 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0

iz
2000 00:45 4 3 1.2 2 01:00 5 4 1.4 3 01:00 6 5 1.6 3

or
4000 01:45 9 7 2.3 5 02:00 10 8 2.7 5 02:15 12 9 3.1 6

6000 02:30 13 10 3.5 7 03:00 15 12 4.0 8 03:30 18 14 4.7 10
th
8000 03:30 17 14 4.6 10 04:00 20 16 5.4 11 04:30 23 18 6.2 13

au
10000 04:15 22 17 5.7 12 05:00 25 20 6.7 15 05:45 29 23 7.7 17

12000 05:15 26 20 6.8 15 06:00 30 24 7.9 18 07:00 35 27 9.2 21
ot
14000 06:00 30 24 7.9 18 07:00 35 27 9.3 22 08:15 41 32 10.8 25

-N
16000 07:00 34 27 9.1 22 08:15 40 31 10.6 25 09:30 47 37 12.3 29

18000 08:00 39 30 10.2 25 09:15 45 35 11.9 29 11:00 52 41 13.8 34
M
20000 09:00 43 34 11.3 29 10:30 50 39 13.2 33 12:15 58 46 15.4 39

PI
22000 10:00 47 37 12.4 32 11:45 55 43 14.6 38 13:45 64 50 17.0 44

24000 11:00 51 40 13.6 36 13:00 60 47 15.9 43 15:00 70 55 18.6 50
26000 12:00 55 43 14.6 40 14:00 65 51 17.0 47 16:30 76 59 20.0 55
28000 12:45 59 46 15.5 43 15:00 69 54 18.2 51 17:30 81 63 21.3 59
30000 13:45 62 49 16.5 46 16:00 73 57 19.3 55 19:00 86 67 22.7 64
31000 14:15 64 50 16.9 48 16:45 75 59 19.9 57 19:45 89 70 23.4 67

(IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40) / ISA - 20°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
(IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40)
Conditions :
- ISA
n
in :
io
at
r
pe

ro

fo
altitude
ed
SL 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0

iz
2000 00:45 5 4 1.2 2 01:00 5 4 1.4 3 01:15 6 5 1.7 3

or
4000 01:45 9 7 2.4 5 02:00 11 8 2.8 6 02:15 12 10 3.3 7

6000 02:30 14 11 3.6 8 03:00 16 13 4.2 9 03:30 19 15 4.9 10
th
8000 03:30 18 14 4.8 10 04:00 21 17 5.6 12 04:45 25 19 6.5 14

au
10000 04:30 23 18 6.0 13 05:15 26 21 7.0 16 06:00 31 24 8.1 18

12000 05:15 27 21 7.2 16 06:15 32 25 8.4 19 07:15 37 29 9.7 22
ot
14000 06:15 32 25 8.4 20 07:15 37 29 9.8 23 08:30 43 34 11.4 27

-N
16000 07:15 36 28 9.5 23 08:30 42 33 11.2 27 10:00 49 39 13.0 32

18000 08:15 41 32 10.7 27 09:45 48 37 12.6 32 11:15 56 44 14.7 37
M
20000 09:15 45 36 11.9 31 11:00 53 42 14.0 36 12:45 62 49 16.4 42

PI
22000 10:30 50 39 13.2 35 12:15 58 46 15.4 41 14:15 68 54 18.1 48

24000 11:30 54 43 14.4 39 13:30 64 50 16.9 46 15:45 75 59 19.8 54
26000 12:30 59 46 15.5 43 14:45 69 54 18.2 51 17:15 81 63 21.3 60
28000 13:30 63 49 16.5 48 16:00 74 58 19.5 56 18:45 87 68 22.9 66
30000 14:45 67 52 17.6 52 17:15 79 62 20.8 62 20:30 93 73 24.6 73
31000 15:15 69 54 18.2 55 18:15 81 64 21.5 65 21:30 96 76 25.5 77

(IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40) / ISA

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
(IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40)
Conditions :
- ISA + 20°C
n
in :
io
at
r
pe

ro

fo
altitude
ed
SL 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0

iz
2000 00:45 5 4 1.3 3 01:00 6 4 1.5 3 01:15 7 5 1.7 3

or
4000 01:45 10 8 2.6 5 02:00 11 9 3.0 6 02:30 13 10 3.5 7

6000 02:45 14 11 3.8 8 03:00 17 13 4.5 9 03:30 20 15 5.2 11
th
8000 03:30 19 15 5.1 11 04:15 22 18 5.9 13 05:00 26 20 6.9 15

au
10000 04:30 24 19 6.3 14 05:15 28 22 7.4 17 06:15 33 26 8.6 19

12000 05:30 29 22 7.5 18 06:30 33 26 8.8 21 07:30 39 31 10.3 24
ot
14000 06:30 33 26 8.8 21 07:30 39 31 10.3 25 09:00 46 36 12.0 29

-N
16000 07:30 38 30 10.1 25 08:45 45 35 11.8 29 10:15 52 41 13.8 34

18000 08:30 43 34 11.3 29 10:00 50 40 13.3 34 11:45 59 46 15.6 40
M
20000 09:45 48 38 12.7 33 11:30 56 44 14.8 39 13:15 66 52 17.4 46

22000 11:00 53 42 14.1 38 13:00 63 49 16.5 45 15:15 74 58 19.5 53
PI
24000 12:30 59 46 15.6 45 14:45 70 55 18.4 53 17:15 82 64 21.7 62

26000 13:45 64 50 17.0 51 16:30 76 60 20.1 60 19:30 90 71 23.8 72
28000 15:30 70 55 18.4 57 18:15 83 65 21.9 68 22:00 99 77 26.1 82
30000 17:15 75 59 19.8 64 20:30 90 70 23.7 77 25:00 108 85 28.5 94
31000 18:00 78 61 20.6 68 21:45 93 73 24.7 82 26:30 113 89 29.8 101

(IAS = 170 KIAS / M 0.40) / ISA + 20°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Climb performance after go-around
Conditions :
- Landing gear DN and flaps LDG
- IAS = 90 KIAS

Pressure
Airplane
altitude ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA
weight
(feet) ISA
- 35°C - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C + 30°C
n
SL 1635 1610 1590 1565 1545 1525 1505
2000 1615 1580 1555 1535 1510 io
1490 1470
at
6594 lbs
4000 1585 1545 1525 1500 1480 1455 1435
r
(2991 kg)
pe
6000 1555 1515 1490 1465 1440 1420 1395

8000 1520 1480 1455 1430 1400 1375 1345
ro
Conditions :
fo

- IAS = 95 KIAS
ed

iz
Pressure
Airplane
altitude
or
weight ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA

(feet) ISA
- 35°C - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C + 30°C
th
SL 1350 1320 1295 1275 1255 1235 1215

au
2000 1325 1290 1265 1245 1225 1205 1180

7394 lbs
4000 1295 1255 1235 1210 1190 1165 1140
ot
(3354 kg)
6000 1265 1225 1200 1175 1150 1120 1095
-N
8000 1230 1190 1160 1135 1105 1075 1050

M
Figure 5.10.9 - Climb performance after go-around

PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Climb performance - Flaps TO
Conditions :
- Landing gear UP and flaps TO
- IAS = 110 KIAS

Pressure
Airplane
altitude ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA
weight
(feet) ISA
- 35°C - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C + 30°C
n
SL 2295 2275 2260 2250 2240 2225 2215
2000 2280 2260 2245 2230 2220 io
2210 2190
at
6594 lbs
4000 2265 2245 2230 2215 2200 2180 2165
r
(2991 kg)
pe
6000 2250 2225 2210 2190 2175 2155 2135

8000 2235 2205 2185 2165 2145 2130 2110
ro
Conditions:
fo
- Landing gear UP and flaps TO

- IAS = 115 KIAS
ed

iz
Pressure
Airplane
altitude
or
weight ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA ISA

(feet) ISA
- 35°C - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C + 30°C
th
SL 1985 1965 1955 1940 1930 1915 1900

au
2000 1970 1950 1940 1925 1910 1890 1875

7394 lbs
4000 1955 1935 1920 1900 1885 1865 1850
ot
(3354 kg)
6000 1940 1910 1895 1875 1860 1840 1825
-N
8000 1915 1890 1870 1850 1835 1815 1795

M
Figure 5.10.10 - Climb performance - Flaps TO

PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.11 - Cruise performance
Maximum cruise
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
7100 lbs
6300 lbs
M
PI
Figure 5.11.1 - Cruise performance (Maximum cruise)

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise
Conditions :
- ISA - 20°C
in an airspeed reduction of up to 5 KIAS.
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
OAT TRQ 5500 lbs 6300 lbs 7100 lbs
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe
l/h kg / h USG / h IAS TAS IAS TAS IAS TAS

ro
SL -4 100 325 255 85.9 240 236 239 236 239 235
5000 -14 100 299 234 78.9 235 248 235 248 234 247
fo
10000 -24 100 278 218 73.3 230 262 230 261 229 260
15000 -34 100 265 208 70.1 226 276 225 275 224 275
ed
18000 -40 100 256 201 67.7 223 285 222 285 221 284
iz
20000 -44 100 251 197 66.2 221 292 220 291 219 290
or
21000 -46 100 248 195 65.6 220 295 219 294 218 293
th
22000 -48 100 246 193 65.0 219 299 218 298 217 296
au
23000 -50 100 244 192 64.5 218 302 217 301 216 300
24000 -52 100 243 190 64.1 217 306 216 304 215 303
ot
25000 -54 100 241 189 63.7 216 309 215 308 214 306
26000 -56 100 240 188 63.3 215 313 214 311 213 310
-N
27000 -57 100 239 188 63.2 214 316 213 315 212 313
28000 -59 100 238 187 63.0 213 320 212 318 211 317
M
29000 -61 100 238 187 62.9 212 324 211 322 209 320
PI
30000 -63 100 238 187 62.8 211 328 210 326 209 324
31000 -65 100 238 187 63.0 210 332 209 331 208 329
Figure 5.11.2 - Cruise performance

Maximum cruise / ISA - 20°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise
Conditions :
- ISA - 10°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 6 100 329 258 86.9 238 239 238 239 237 238
ro
5000 -4 100 302 237 79.7 234 252 233 251 233 250
fo
10000 -14 100 281 220 74.2 229 265 228 265 228 264
15000 -24 100 268 210 70.8 224 280 223 279 222 278
ed
18000 -30 100 259 203 68.4 221 289 220 288 219 287
iz
20000 -34 100 253 199 66.9 219 296 218 295 217 294
21000 -36 100 251 197 66.2 218 299 217 298 216 297
or
22000 -38 100 249 195 65.7 217 303 216 302 215 300
th
23000 -40 100 247 194 65.1 216 306 215 305 214 304
au
24000 -42 100 245 192 64.7 215 310 214 309 213 307
25000 -44 100 243 191 64.3 214 314 213 312 212 311
ot
26000 -46 100 242 190 63.9 213 317 212 316 211 314
-N
27000 -47 100 242 190 63.8 212 321 211 320 210 318
28000 -49 100 241 189 63.6 211 325 210 323 209 322
29000 -51 100 240 189 63.5 210 329 209 328 208 326
M
30000 -53 100 239 188 63.2 209 333 208 332 207 329
PI
31000 -55 97 230 181 60.8 205 333 204 331 202 328


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise
Conditions :
- ISA - 5°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 11 100 331 259 87.3 238 240 237 240 237 240
ro
5000 1 100 304 238 80.2 233 253 232 253 232 252
fo
10000 -9 100 282 221 74.5 228 267 227 266 227 265
15000 -19 100 269 211 71.2 223 282 222 281 222 280
ed
18000 -25 100 260 204 68.7 220 291 219 290 218 289
iz
20000 -29 100 254 200 67.2 218 298 217 297 216 296
or
21000 -31 100 252 198 66.5 217 301 216 300 215 299
22000 -33 100 250 196 66.0 216 305 215 304 214 302
th
23000 -35 100 248 195 65.5 215 308 214 307 213 306
au
24000 -37 100 246 193 65.0 214 312 213 311 212 309
25000 -39 100 244 192 64.6 213 316 212 315 211 313
ot
26000 -41 100 243 191 64.2 212 320 211 318 210 316
-N
27000 -42 100 243 191 64.1 211 323 210 322 209 320
28000 -44 100 242 190 64.0 210 328 209 326 208 324
M
29000 -46 100 242 190 63.8 210 332 209 330 207 328
30000 -48 97 233 183 61.5 206 332 205 330 203 327
PI
31000 -50 94 224 176 59.3 202 332 200 329 199 326


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise
Conditions :
- ISA
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 16 100 333 261 87.9 237 242 237 242 236 241
ro
5000 6 100 305 240 80.7 232 255 232 254 231 253
fo
10000 -4 100 284 223 74.9 227 268 227 268 226 267
15000 -14 100 271 213 71.5 222 283 222 283 221 282
ed
18000 -20 100 261 205 69.0 219 293 219 292 218 291
iz
20000 -24 100 256 201 67.6 217 300 216 299 215 297
or
21000 -26 100 253 199 66.9 216 303 215 302 214 301
22000 -28 100 251 197 66.3 215 307 214 306 213 304
th
23000 -30 100 249 195 65.8 214 310 213 309 212 308
au
24000 -32 100 247 194 65.3 213 314 212 313 211 311
25000 -34 100 246 193 64.9 212 318 211 317 210 315
ot
26000 -36 100 244 192 64.5 211 322 210 320 209 319
-N
27000 -37 100 244 191 64.4 210 326 209 324 208 322
28000 -39 100 242 190 64.1 210 330 208 328 207 326
M
29000 -41 97 234 184 61.8 206 330 204 328 203 325
30000 -43 94 226 177 59.7 202 329 200 327 199 324
PI
31000 -45 90 218 171 57.5 198 329 196 326 194 323

Maximum cruise / ISA

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise
Conditions :
- ISA + 5°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 21 100 334 263 88.4 236 243 236 243 235 242
ro
5000 11 100 307 241 81.1 231 256 231 256 230 255
fo
10000 1 100 285 224 75.3 226 270 226 269 225 269
15000 -9 100 272 214 72.0 221 285 221 284 220 283
ed
18000 -15 100 263 206 69.4 218 295 218 294 217 293
iz
20000 -19 100 257 202 67.9 216 302 216 301 215 299
or
21000 -21 100 254 200 67.2 215 305 215 304 213 303
22000 -23 100 252 198 66.6 214 309 214 308 212 306
th
23000 -25 100 250 196 66.1 213 312 213 311 211 309
au
24000 -27 100 248 195 65.7 212 316 212 315 210 313
25000 -29 100 247 194 65.2 211 320 210 319 209 317
ot
26000 -31 100 245 192 64.8 210 324 209 322 208 320
-N
27000 -32 100 244 192 64.6 210 328 209 326 207 324
28000 -34 97 236 185 62.3 206 328 204 326 203 323
M
29000 -36 93 227 178 60.0 202 327 200 325 199 322
30000 -38 90 219 172 57.9 198 327 196 324 194 321
PI
31000 -40 87 211 166 55.8 194 326 192 323 190 320

Maximum cruise / ISA + 5°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise
Conditions :
- ISA + 10°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 26 100 336 264 88.9 236 245 235 244 235 244
ro
5000 16 100 309 242 81.6 231 258 230 257 230 256
fo
10000 6 100 287 225 75.7 226 272 225 271 224 270
15000 -4 100 274 215 72.3 221 287 220 286 219 285
ed
18000 -10 100 264 207 69.7 218 297 217 296 216 294
iz
20000 -14 100 258 203 68.3 216 303 215 302 214 301
or
21000 -16 100 256 201 67.6 215 307 214 306 213 304
22000 -18 100 254 199 67.0 214 311 213 309 211 308
th
23000 -20 100 252 197 66.5 212 314 212 313 210 311
au
24000 -22 100 250 196 66.0 212 318 211 317 209 315
25000 -24 100 248 195 65.5 211 322 210 320 208 319
ot
26000 -26 100 246 193 65.1 210 326 209 325 207 323
-N
27000 -27 97 238 187 62.8 206 325 204 324 203 321
28000 -29 93 229 180 60.5 202 325 200 323 198 320
M
29000 -31 90 221 173 58.3 198 325 196 322 194 319
30000 -33 86 213 167 56.2 194 324 192 321 190 317
PI
31000 -35 83 205 161 54.1 190 323 188 320 186 316


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Maximum cruise
Conditions :
- ISA + 20°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 36 100 340 267 89.8 234 247 234 247 233 246
ro
5000 26 100 312 245 82.5 229 261 229 260 228 259
fo
10000 16 100 290 227 76.5 224 275 224 274 223 273
15000 6 100 276 217 73.0 219 290 218 289 217 288
ed
18000 0 100 266 209 70.4 216 300 215 299 214 298
iz
20000 -4 100 261 205 69.0 214 307 213 306 212 304
or
21000 -6 100 258 203 68.3 213 311 212 309 211 308
22000 -8 100 256 201 67.6 212 314 211 313 210 311
th
23000 -10 100 254 200 67.1 211 318 210 317 209 315
au
24000 -12 98 246 193 65.0 208 319 206 317 205 314
25000 -14 95 238 187 62.8 204 319 203 317 201 314
ot
26000 -16 92 230 180 60.7 200 318 199 316 197 314
-N
27000 -17 88 222 174 58.6 197 318 195 316 193 313
28000 -19 85 214 168 56.6 193 318 192 316 189 312
M
29000 -21 82 207 162 54.6 190 318 188 315 185 311
30000 -23 79 199 156 52.7 186 317 184 314 181 309
PI
31000 -25 76 192 151 50.7 182 316 180 313 177 307


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Normal cruise (Recommended)
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
7100 lbs
-N
6300 lbs
M
PI
Figure 5.11.9 - Cruise performance (Recommended cruise)

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA - 20°C
● NOTE ● : Power recommended by PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL -4 100 325 255 85.9 240 236 239 236 239 235
ro
5000 -14 100 299 234 78.9 235 248 235 248 234 247
fo
10000 -24 100 278 218 73.3 230 262 230 261 229 260
15000 -34 100 265 208 70.1 226 276 225 275 224 275
ed
18000 -40 100 256 201 67.7 223 285 222 285 221 284
iz
20000 -44 100 251 197 66.2 221 292 220 291 219 290
or
21000 -46 100 248 195 65.6 220 295 219 294 218 293
th
22000 -48 100 246 193 65.0 219 299 218 298 217 296
au
23000 -50 100 244 192 64.5 218 302 217 301 216 300
24000 -52 100 243 190 64.1 217 306 216 304 215 303
ot
25000 -54 100 241 189 63.7 216 309 215 308 214 306
26000 -56 100 240 188 63.3 215 313 214 311 213 310
-N
27000 -57 100 239 188 63.2 214 316 213 315 212 313
28000 -59 100 238 187 63.0 213 320 212 318 211 317
M
29000 -61 100 238 187 62.9 212 324 211 322 209 320
PI
30000 -63 100 238 187 62.8 211 328 210 326 209 324
31000 -65 100 238 187 62.9 210 332 209 331 208 328

Normal cruise / ISA - 20°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA - 10°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 6 100 329 258 86.9 238 239 238 239 237 238
ro
5000 -4 100 302 237 79.7 234 252 233 251 233 250
fo
10000 -14 100 281 220 74.2 229 265 228 265 228 264
15000 -24 100 268 210 70.8 224 280 223 279 222 278
ed
18000 -30 100 259 203 68.4 221 289 220 288 219 287
iz
20000 -34 100 253 199 66.9 219 296 218 295 217 294
or
21000 -36 100 251 197 66.2 218 299 217 298 216 297
22000 -38 100 249 195 65.7 217 303 216 302 215 300
th
23000 -40 100 247 194 65.1 216 306 215 305 214 304
au
24000 -42 100 245 192 64.7 215 310 214 309 213 307
25000 -44 100 243 191 64.3 214 314 213 312 212 311
ot
26000 -46 100 242 190 63.9 213 317 212 316 211 314
-N
27000 -47 100 242 190 63.8 212 321 211 320 210 318
28000 -49 100 241 189 63.6 211 325 210 323 209 322
M
29000 -51 100 238 187 62.9 210 328 209 327 207 324
30000 -53 96 230 180 60.7 206 328 204 326 203 323
PI
31000 -55 93 222 174 58.6 202 328 200 325 198 322


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA - 5°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 11 100 331 259 87.3 238 240 237 240 237 240
ro
5000 1 100 304 238 80.2 233 253 232 253 232 252
fo
10000 -9 100 282 221 74.5 228 267 227 266 227 265
15000 -19 100 269 211 71.2 223 282 222 281 222 280
ed
18000 -25 100 260 204 68.7 220 291 219 290 218 289
iz
20000 -29 100 254 200 67.2 218 298 217 297 216 296
or
21000 -31 100 252 198 66.5 217 301 216 300 215 299
22000 -33 100 250 196 66.0 216 305 215 304 214 302
th
23000 -35 100 248 195 65.5 215 308 214 307 213 306
au
24000 -37 100 246 193 65.0 214 312 213 311 212 309
25000 -39 100 244 192 64.6 213 316 212 315 211 313
ot
26000 -41 100 243 191 64.2 212 320 211 318 210 316
-N
27000 -42 100 243 191 64.1 211 323 210 322 209 320
28000 -44 100 239 188 63.2 210 326 208 324 207 322
M
29000 -46 96 231 181 61.0 206 326 204 324 202 321
30000 -48 93 223 175 58.9 202 325 200 323 198 320
PI
31000 -50 89 215 169 56.8 198 325 196 322 194 319


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 16 100 333 261 87.9 237 242 237 242 236 241
ro
5000 6 100 305 240 80.7 232 255 232 254 231 253
fo
10000 -4 100 284 223 74.9 227 268 227 268 226 267
15000 -14 100 271 213 71.5 222 283 222 283 221 282
ed
18000 -20 100 261 205 69.0 219 293 219 292 218 291
iz
20000 -24 100 256 201 67.6 217 300 216 299 215 297
or
21000 -26 100 253 199 66.9 216 303 215 302 214 301
22000 -28 100 251 197 66.3 215 307 214 306 213 304
th
23000 -30 100 249 195 65.8 214 310 213 309 212 308
au
24000 -32 100 247 194 65.3 213 314 212 313 211 311
25000 -34 100 246 193 64.9 212 318 211 317 210 315
ot
26000 -36 100 244 192 64.5 211 322 210 320 209 319
-N
27000 -37 99 241 189 63.6 209 324 208 322 207 320
28000 -39 96 232 182 61.4 205 324 204 322 202 319
M
29000 -41 92 224 176 59.2 201 323 200 321 198 318
30000 -43 89 216 170 57.0 198 323 196 320 194 317
PI
31000 -45 86 208 164 55.0 194 322 192 320 190 316

Normal cruise / ISA

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA + 5°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 21 100 334 263 88.4 236 243 236 243 235 242
ro
5000 11 100 307 241 81.1 231 256 231 256 230 255
fo
10000 1 100 285 224 75.3 226 270 226 269 225 269
15000 -9 100 272 214 72.0 221 285 221 284 220 283
ed
18000 -15 100 263 206 69.4 218 295 218 294 217 293
iz
20000 -19 100 257 202 67.9 216 302 216 301 215 299
or
21000 -21 100 254 200 67.2 215 305 215 304 213 303
22000 -23 100 252 198 66.6 214 309 214 308 212 306
th
23000 -25 100 250 196 66.1 213 312 213 311 211 309
au
24000 -27 100 248 195 65.7 212 316 212 315 210 313
25000 -29 100 247 194 65.2 211 320 210 319 209 317
ot
26000 -31 99 242 190 64.0 209 322 208 320 207 318
-N
27000 -32 96 234 184 61.8 205 322 204 320 202 317
28000 -34 92 226 177 59.6 202 321 200 319 198 316
M
29000 -36 89 217 171 57.4 198 321 196 319 194 315
30000 -38 85 209 164 55.3 194 320 192 318 190 314
PI
31000 -40 82 202 158 53.3 190 320 188 317 186 313

Normal cruise / ISA + 5°C

Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA + 10°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 26 100 336 264 88.9 236 245 235 244 235 244
ro
5000 16 100 309 242 81.6 231 258 230 257 230 256
fo
10000 6 100 287 225 75.7 226 272 225 271 224 270
15000 -4 100 274 215 72.3 221 287 220 286 219 285
ed
18000 -10 100 264 207 69.7 218 297 217 296 216 294
iz
20000 -14 100 258 203 68.3 216 303 215 302 214 301
or
21000 -16 100 256 201 67.6 215 307 214 306 213 304
22000 -18 100 254 199 67.0 214 311 213 309 211 308
th
23000 -20 100 252 197 66.5 212 314 212 313 210 311
au
24000 -22 100 250 196 66.0 212 318 211 317 209 315
25000 -24 99 244 192 64.6 209 320 208 318 207 316
ot
26000 -26 96 236 185 62.3 205 320 204 318 203 316
-N
27000 -27 92 227 178 60.1 202 319 200 317 198 315
28000 -29 89 219 172 57.9 198 319 196 317 194 313
M
29000 -31 85 211 166 55.8 194 318 192 316 190 312
30000 -33 82 203 160 53.7 190 318 188 315 186 311
PI
31000 -35 79 196 154 51.7 186 317 184 313 182 309


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- ISA + 20°C
n
io
Airspeeds (kt)
at
Pressure Fuel flow
altitude
(°C) (%) (2495 kg) (2858 kg) (3220 kg)
r
(feet)
pe

SL 36 100 340 267 89.8 234 247 234 247 233 246
ro
5000 26 100 312 245 82.5 229 261 229 260 228 259
fo
10000 16 100 290 227 76.5 224 275 224 274 223 273
15000 6 100 276 217 73.0 219 290 218 289 217 288
ed
18000 0 100 266 209 70.4 216 300 215 299 214 298
iz
20000 -4 100 261 205 69.0 214 307 213 306 212 304
or
21000 -6 100 256 201 67.6 212 309 211 308 210 306
22000 -8 97 248 195 65.6 209 310 208 309 206 307
th
23000 -10 95 241 189 63.7 206 311 205 309 203 307
au
24000 -12 92 234 184 61.8 203 311 201 310 200 307
25000 -14 89 226 178 59.8 199 312 198 310 196 307
ot
26000 -16 86 219 172 57.7 196 311 194 309 192 306
-N
27000 -17 83 211 166 55.7 192 311 190 308 188 305
28000 -19 80 203 160 53.7 188 310 187 308 184 304
M
29000 -21 77 196 154 51.8 185 310 183 307 180 302
30000 -23 74 189 148 50.0 181 309 179 306 176 301
PI
31000 -25 72 183 143 48.2 178 309 175 305 172 299


Rev. 2
Section 5
Performance
Long range cruise (5500 lbs - 2495 kg)
Conditions :
- AT not engaged
● NOTE ● : If AT is engaged, TRQ setting is 50 % everywhere.
Legend :
OAT : °C IAS : KIAS
n
FF : USG/h
FF : kg/h TAS : KTAS
io
at
Pressure
TRQ ISA ISA ISA ISA
altitude ISA
r
(%) - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C
pe
(feet)
-34 153 -24 152 -14 150 -4 148 6 147
ro
15000 38 40.7 41.2 41.4 41.6 42.2

121 189 122 192 123 193 124 194 125 197
fo
-40 150 -30 149 -20 148 -10 147 0 146

ed
18000 39 38.2 38.7 39.2 39.7 40.2

113 194 115 197 116 200 118 203 119 205
iz
-42 149 -32 148 -22 147 -12 145 -2 143

or
19000 39 37.4 37.9 38.4 38.7 38.9

111 196 113 199 114 202 115 203 116 204
th
-44 150 -34 148 -24 147 -14 146 -4 144

au
20000 39 37.0 37.3 37.9 38.4 38.7

110 201 111 202 112 205 114 208 115 209
ot
-46 148 -36 147 -26 146 -16 145 -6 144

21000 39 36.0 36.6 37.1 37.6 38.2
-N
107 201 109 204 110 207 112 210 113 213
-48 147 -38 146 -28 145 -18 143 -8 142
M
22000 39 35.3 35.8 36.4 36.6 37.2

PI
105 203 106 206 108 209 109 211 111 214
-50 146 -40 145 -30 144 -20 142 -10 141
23000 39 34.5 35.1 35.6 35.9 36.4
103 205 104 209 106 212 107 213 108 216
-52 146 -42 145 -32 144 -22 142 -12 141
24000 40 34.1 34.6 35.2 35.4 36.0
101 209 103 212 104 215 105 217 107 219
Figure 5.11.17 (1/2) - Cruise performance

Long range cruise (5500 lbs - 2495 kg) (Altitude < 24000 ft)

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- AT not engaged
Legend :
n
FF : USG/h
io
at
Pressure
TRQ ISA ISA ISA ISA
altitude ISA
r
(%) - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C
pe
(feet)
-52 146 -42 145 -32 144 -22 142 -12 141
ro
24 000 40 34.1 34.6 35.2 35.4 36.0

101 209 103 212 104 215 105 217 107 219
fo
-54 148 -44 146 -34 145 -24 144 -14 142
ed
25 000 41 34.1 34.4 34.9 35.5 35.8

101 215 102 217 104 220 105 223 106 225
iz
-56 151 -46 150 -36 148 -26 146 -16 145
or
26 000 43 34.6 35.1 35.4 35.6 36.2

103 223 104 226 105 228 106 230 108 233
th
-57 152 -47 151 -37 150 -27 148 -17 147
au
27 000 45 34.6 35.1 35.7 36.0 36.5

103 228 104 232 106 235 107 237 108 241
ot
-59 153 -49 152 -39 151 -29 149 -19 147
28 000 46 34.5 35.1 35.7 36.0 36.3
-N
103 233 104 237 106 241 107 243 108 245
-61 153 -51 151 -41 150 -31 148 -21 146
M
29 000 46 34.3 34.6 35.2 35.5 35.7

PI
102 237 103 240 104 244 105 246 106 248
-63 153 -53 151 -43 149 -33 148 -23 146
30 000 46 34.2 34.4 34.7 35.3 35.6
101 241 102 244 103 246 105 250 106 252
-65 152 -55 150 -45 148 -35 147 -25 145
31 000 46 33.7 34.0 34.3 34.8 35.1
100 244 101 247 102 249 103 253 104 255

Long range cruise (5500 lbs - 2495 kg) (Altitude > 24000 ft)

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- AT not engaged
Legend :
n
FF : USG/h
io
at
Pressure
TRQ ISA ISA ISA ISA
altitude ISA
r
(%) - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C
pe
(feet)
-34 156 -24 155 -14 154 -4 153 6 152
ro
15 000 42 42.3 42.9 43.5 44.0 44.6

126 193 128 195 129 198 131 201 133 203
fo
-40 154 -30 152 -20 151 -10 150 0 149

ed
18 000 42 40.0 40.4 41.0 41.6 42.1

119 199 120 201 122 204 124 207 125 209
iz
-42 156 -32 154 -22 152 -12 151 -2 150

or
19 000 43 40.0 40.3 40.7 41.3 41.9

119 205 120 207 121 209 123 211 124 214
th
-44 154 -34 153 -24 151 -14 150 -4 149

au
20 000 43 38.9 39.5 39.9 40.5 41.1

116 206 117 209 118 211 120 214 122 216
ot
-46 153 -36 152 -26 151 -16 150 -6 149

21 000 44 38.2 38.7 39.4 39.9 40.6
-N
113 208 115 211 117 214 119 217 121 220
-48 152 -38 151 -28 150 -18 149 -8 148
M
22 000 44 37.4 38.0 38.6 39.2 39.8

PI
111 210 113 213 115 216 117 219 118 222
-50 152 -40 151 -30 149 -20 148 -10 147
23 000 44 36.9 37.5 37.9 38.5 39.1
110 213 111 217 113 219 114 222 116 225
-52 150 -42 149 -32 148 -22 147 -12 146
24 000 44 36.0 36.6 37.2 37.8 38.4
107 214 109 218 111 221 112 224 114 227


Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- AT not engaged
Legend :
n
FF : USG/h
io
at
Pressure
TRQ ISA ISA ISA ISA
altitude ISA
r
(%) - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C
pe
(feet)
-52 150 -42 149 -32 148 -22 147 -12 146
ro
24 000 44 36.0 36.6 37.2 37.8 38.4

107 214 109 218 111 221 112 224 114 227
fo
-54 149 -44 148 -34 147 -24 145 -14 143
ed
25 000 44 35.4 36.0 36.6 36.9 37.2

105 216 107 220 109 223 110 225 111 226
iz
-56 152 -46 150 -36 148 -26 147 -16 146
or
26 000 45 35.9 36.2 36.6 37.2 37.8

107 224 108 226 109 228 111 232 112 235
th
-57 154 -47 152 -37 150 -27 148 -17 147
au
27 000 47 36.2 36.5 36.9 37.2 37.8

107 231 108 233 109 235 111 237 112 241
ot
-59 156 -49 154 -39 152 -29 151 -19 149
28 000 49 36.5 36.8 37.2 37.8 38.2
-N
108 238 109 240 111 243 112 246 113 248
-61 155 -51 153 -41 151 -31 149 -21 147
M
29 000 49 36.1 36.4 36.8 37.1 37.4

PI
107 240 108 243 109 245 110 247 111 249
-63 155 -53 153 -43 151 -33 149 -23 147
30 000 50 35.9 36.2 36.6 37.0 37.3
107 244 108 247 109 250 110 252 111 254
-65 154 -55 152 -45 150 -35 148 -25 146
31 000 50 35.5 35.8 36.2 36.6 37.0
105 247 106 250 108 252 109 255 110 257


Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- AT not engaged
Legend :
n
FF : USG/h
io
at
Pressure
TRQ ISA ISA ISA ISA
altitude ISA
r
(%) - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C
pe
(feet)
-34 164 -24 163 -14 162 -4 161 6 160
ro
15 000 48 45.4 46.0 46.7 47.4 48.0

135 202 137 205 139 208 141 211 143 213
fo
-40 161 -30 160 -20 159 -10 158 0 157

ed
18 000 49 42.7 43.5 43.9 44.8 45.5

127 208 129 211 130 214 133 217 135 220
iz
-42 160 -32 159 -22 158 -12 157 -2 156

or
19 000 49 42.0 42.6 43.3 44.0 44.6

125 210 127 213 129 217 131 219 133 222
th
-44 160 -34 159 -24 157 -14 156 -4 155

au
20 000 49 41.4 42.1 42.5 43.2 43.9

123 214 125 217 126 219 128 222 130 225
ot
-46 158 -36 157 -26 156 -16 155 -6 154

21 000 49 40.4 41.1 41.8 42.4 43.1
-N
120 214 122 218 124 221 126 224 128 227
-48 157 -38 156 -28 155 -18 153 -8 152
M
22 000 49 39.8 40.4 41.0 41.4 42.1

PI
118 217 120 220 122 223 123 225 125 228
-50 155 -40 154 -30 153 -20 150 -10 148
23 000 49 38.9 39.5 40.1 40.3 40.7
116 217 117 221 119 224 120 225 121 226
-52 154 -42 153 -32 152 -22 150 -12 149
24 000 49 38.3 38.9 39.6 40.0 40.6
114 220 116 223 118 227 119 228 121 231


Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
Conditions :
- AT not engaged
Legend :
n
FF : USG/h
io
at
Pressure
TRQ ISA ISA ISA ISA
altitude ISA
r
(%) - 20°C - 10°C + 10°C + 20°C
pe
(feet)
-52 154 -42 153 -32 152 -22 150 -12 149
ro
24 000 49 38.3 38.9 39.6 40.0 40.6

114 220 116 223 118 227 119 228 121 231
fo
-54 153 -44 152 -34 151 -24 149 -14 147
ed
25 000 49 37.7 38.3 39.0 39.4 39.8

112 222 114 226 116 229 117 231 118 232
iz
-56 153 -46 151 -36 150 -26 149 -16 148
or
26 000 51 37.4 37.9 38.5 39.2 39.8

111 226 113 228 114 231 117 235 118 238
th
-57 155 -47 153 -37 151 -27 149 -17 148
au
27 000 52 37.7 38.1 38.5 39.0 39.6

112 232 113 235 114 237 116 239 118 242
ot
-59 157 -49 154 -39 152 -29 150 -19 149
28 000 53 38.1 38.2 38.7 39.1 39.8
-N
113 239 114 240 115 243 116 245 118 248
-61 156 -51 154 -41 152 -31 150 -21 148
M
29 000 53 37.7 38.1 38.6 39.0 39.5

PI
112 242 113 244 115 247 116 249 117 251
-63 155 -53 153 -43 151 -33 149 -23 147
30 000 53 37.3 37.8 38.2 38.7 39.1
111 244 112 247 113 250 115 252 116 254
-65 155 -55 153 -45 150 -35 148 -25 146
31 000 49 37.3 37.7 37.9 38.3 38.8
111 249 112 251 113 252 114 255 115 257


Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.12 - Time, consumption and descent distance

Conditions :
- Power as required to maintain constant Vz
- CAS = 230 KCAS - BLEED switch on AUTO
Vz = 1500 ft/min Vz = 2000 ft/min Vz = 2500 ft/min
n
Pressure
altitude Time
(feet) (min. s)
Consump.
Dist. Time
us (NM) (min. s)
Consump.
Dist. Time
us (NM) (min. s)
io Consump.
Dist.
us (NM)
at
l kg l kg l kg
gal gal gal
r
31000 20:40 70 55 18.5 101 15:30 47 37 12.4 75 12:25 34 27 9.0 60
pe
30000 20:00 68 53 17.9 97 15:00 45 36 12.0 72 12:00 33 26 8.8 58

ro
28000 18:40 64 50 16.8 89 14:00 43 34 11.3 66 11:10 31 25 8.3 53

26000 17:20 59 47 15.7 81 13:00 40 31 10.6 61 10:25 29 23 7.8 48
fo
24000 16:00 55 43 14.5 73 12:00 37 29 9.8 55 09:35 28 22 7.3 44

ed
22000 14:40 51 40 13.4 66 11:00 34 27 9.1 50 08:50 26 20 6.8 40

iz
20000 13:20 47 37 12.3 59 10:00 32 25 8.4 44 08:00 24 19 6.3 35

or
18000 12:00 42 33 11.1 53 09:00 29 23 7.6 39 07:10 22 17 5.8 31

16000 10:40 38 30 10.0 46 08:00 26 20 6.8 34 06:25 20 15 5.2 27
th
14000 09:20 33 26 8.8 40 07:00 23 18 6.1 30 05:35 18 14 4.6 24

au
12000 08:00 29 23 7.6 33 06:00 20 16 5.3 25 04:50 15 12 4.1 20

ot
10000 06:40 24 19 6.4 27 05:00 17 13 4.5 21 04:00 13 10 3.4 16

-N
8000 05:20 20 15 5.2 22 04:00 14 11 3.7 16 03:10 11 8 2.8 13

6000 04:00 15 12 3.9 16 03:00 11 8 2.8 12 02:25 8 6 2.2 10
4000 02:40 10 8 2.7 10 02:00 7 6 1.9 8 01:35 6 4 1.5 6
M
2000 01:20 5 4 1.4 5 01:00 4 3 1.0 4 00:50 3 2 0.8 3

PI
SL 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0 00.00 0 0 0 0
Figure 5.12.1 - Time, consumption and descent distance

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.13 - Holding time

Conditions :
- TRQ ≈ 26 %
n
Fuel used during holding time
Pressure Weight 5500 lbs (2495 kg) io
Weight 6300 lbs (2858 kg)
at
altitude
(feet) 10 min 30 min 10 min 30 min
r
pe
l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG

ro
SL 30 23 7.8 89 70 23.5 30 24 8.0 91 71 24.1
5000 26 21 6.9 79 62 20.8 27 21 7.1 81 64 21.4

fo
10000 24 18 6.2 71 55 18.7 24 19 6.5 73 58 19.4

ed
15000 22 17 5.8 66 51 17.3 23 18 6.0 69 54 18.1

iz
or
20000 20 16 5.3 60 47 15.9 21 17 5.6 63 50 16.7

th
au
Figure 5.13.1 - Holding time

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance
5.14 - Landing distances

The following tables give the landing distances for several weight configurations.
All common information applicable to tables (pages 5.14.2 to 5.14.4) are listed below.
n
- Maximum breaking without reverse
- Hard, dry and level runway io
at
In table headings :
r
pe
- GR = Ground roll (in ft)

ro
- D50 = Landing distance (clear to 50 ft) (in ft)

Corrections :
fo
- In case of wind, apply the following corrections :

ed
- Reduce total distances by 10 % every 10 kts of headwind

iz
- Increase total distances by 30 % every 10 kts of tail wind

or
- Other runway surfaces :

th
Landing distances given in the tables are for landing on hard, dry and level
runway. Other runway surfaces require the following correction factors.
au
Increase distances by :
7 % on hard grass
ot
10 % on short grass
-N
15 % on wet runway
25 % on high grass
M
30 % on slippery runway
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance

- Approach speed IAS = 85 KIAS
- Touch-down speed IAS = 78 KIAS
ISA - 35°C ISA - 20°C ISA - 10°C ISA

Pressure
n
0 1575 2135 1675 2265 1740 2330 io 1840 2430

at
2000 1675 2265 1805 2395 1870 2495 1970 2590
r
pe
4000 1805 2395 1940 2560 2035 2660 2135 2790

6000 1940 2560 2100 2725 2200 2855 2300 2955
ro
8000 2100 2725 2265 2920 2360 3020 2495 3180

fo
ISA + 10°C ISA + 20°C ISA + 30°C ISA + 37°C

Pressure
altitude ft
ed
GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50
0 1905 2530 2000 2625 2070 2690 2135 2790

iz
2000 2070 2690 2135 2790 2230 2890 2300 2955

or
4000 2230 2890 2330 2985 2430 3085 2495 3185

th
6000 2395 3050 2530 3215 2625 3315 2690 3380

au
8000 2590 3280 2725 3410 2855 3570 2920 3640

ot
Figure 5.14.1 - Landing distances - 7024 lbs (3186 kg)

-N
▲ CAUTION ▲
Refer to page 5.14.1 for correction factors.
M
▲
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance


Pressure
n
0 1050 1900 1115 2000 1180 2070 io 1215 2135

at
2000 1115 2000 1215 2100 1245 2200 1310 2265
r
pe
4000 1180 2100 1280 2230 1345 2330 1410 2395

6000 1280 2230 1380 2360 1445 2460 1510 2525
ro
8000 1380 2360 1475 2490 1540 2590 1610 2690

fo

Pressure
altitude ft
ed
0 1280 2200 1310 2300 1380 2360 1445 2430

iz
2000 1345 2330 1410 2430 1475 2495 1540 2560

or
4000 1445 2460 1510 2560 1575 2655 1640 2755

th
6000 1575 2645 1640 2720 1705 2820 1770 2920

au
8000 1705 2790 1770 2885 1835 2985 1900 3085

ot

-N
▲ CAUTION ▲
M
▲
PI

Rev. 0
Section 5
Performance


Pressure
n
0 885 1900 950 2000 1000 2070 io 1030 2135

at
2000 950 2000 1030 2100 1065 2200 1115 2265
r
pe
4000 1000 2100 1080 2230 1150 2330 1200 2395

6000 1080 2230 1180 2360 1230 2460 1280 2525
ro
8000 1180 2360 1245 2490 1310 2590 1360 2690

fo

Pressure
altitude ft
ed
0 1080 2200 1115 2300 1180 2360 1230 2430

iz
2000 1150 2330 1200 2430 1245 2495 1310 2560

or
4000 1230 2460 1280 2560 1345 2655 1395 2755

th
6000 1345 2645 1395 2720 1445 2820 1510 2920

au
8000 1445 2790 1510 2885 1560 2985 1610 3085

ot

-N
▲ CAUTION ▲
M
▲
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Section 6
Weight and balance
Table of contents
n
6.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.1
io
at
6.2 - Airplane weighing procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.1
r
pe
6.3 - Baggage loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.1

ro
6.4 - Determining weight and balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.1
fo
Utilization of weight and balance graph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.2

Airplane loading form (m, kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.4
ed
Example of airplane weight and balance report . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.6

Weight and balance form and diagram (m, kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.8
iz
Weight and balance form and diagram (in, lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.10

or
Weight and balance samples (m, kg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.13

Weight and balance samples (in, lbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.17
th
Determining empty airplane characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.20

au
6.5 - List of equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.1

ot
-N
M
PI
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 6.0.1

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
6.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
6.1 - General
This section is intended to provide the pilot with the procedure to determine the weight
and balance of the airplane.
▲ WARNING ▲
It is the pilot's responsibility to ensure that the airplane is properly
loaded and the weight and balance limits are adhered to.
n
▲
io
This airplane allows multiple cabin seat configurations between 2 seats and 6 seats,
at
as required by the operator - refer to chapter 7.3.
r
pe
A list of equipment available for this airplane is referenced at the end of this POH -
refer to chapter 6.5.
ro
The list of specific optional equipment installed on your airplane as delivered from the
factory can be found in the records carried in the airplane.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
6.2 - Airplane weighing procedures

Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to use.
● NOTE ●
Weighing carried out at the factory takes into account all equipment installed on
the airplane. The list of this equipment and the total weight is noted in the
individual inspection record.
n
●
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
6.3 - Baggage loading

There are two baggage compartments :
- one in fuselage non pressurized forward section, between firewall and cockpit
with maximum baggage capacity of 110 lbs (50 kg),
- one located in the rear of the pressurized cabin with following characteristics :
>> With 6-seat configuration
n
-
io
in the baggage compartment, behind the rear seats, with maximum
at
loading capacity of 220 lbs (100 kg).
r
- stowing straps are provided for securing parcels and baggage on
pe
compartment floor. A partition net separating the cabin from the baggage
compartment is attached to frame C14.
ro
>> With other allowed seat accommodations

fo
There are two loading areas :

- one in place of the 2 removed rear seats, with maximum loading capacity of
ed
176 lbs (80 kg),

iz
- one, in the baggage compartment, behind the rear seats area, with
or
maximum loading capacity of 220 lbs (100 kg).

th
Two types of baggage securing nets can be used :

- the small cargo net is attached through nine anchoring points on seat rails,
au
between frame C11 and frame C13bis - refer to section 2 for limitations,
Figure 7.2.1B.
ot
- the large cargo net is attached through seven anchoring points on seat
-N
rails, between frame C11 and frame C13bis and six anchoring points on
fuselage sides, at frame C14 - refer to section 2 for limitations,
Figure 7.2.1A.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
Authorized anchoring points are identified with green self-adhesive labels

ot
affixed to the inside of the rail.

-N
A placard indicates loading limits for each securing net.

Evenly distribute the load within the cargo zone and ensure that overall
M
weight is centered.
PI
When using the large net, distribute the weight in each zone, delineated by
the step in the floor, according to the zone limits.

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
>> All
▲ WARNING ▲
It is the pilot's responsibility to check that all parcels and
baggages are properly secured in the cabin.
Transport of dangerous product is normally prohibited, however if
transport of such product is necessary, it must be performed in
n
compliance with regulations concerning transport of dangerous
product and any other applicable regulation.
io
at
▲
r
Baggage compartments loading must be done in accordance with the weight and
pe
balance limits of the airplane - refer to section 2 for limitations.

ro
Generally, if rear seats are not used or are removed, first load AFT compartment,
then, if required, FWD compartment. If rear seats are used, first load FWD
fo
compartment, then, if required, AFT compartment.

Compute and check the weight and balance diagram to ensure the airplane is within
ed
the allowable limits.

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
6.4 - Determining weight and balance

General
This section is intended to provide the pilot with the procedure to determine the weight
and balance of the airplane.
▲ WARNING ▲
n
It is the pilot's responsibility to ensure that the airplane is properly
loaded and that the weight and balance limits are adhered to.
io
at
▲
r
The procedure requires the following data related to the basic characteristics of the
pe
empty airplane to be obtained from the last airplane weight and balance report :
ro
- the empty weight, expressed in kg or lbs,

- the moment, expressed in m.kg or in.lbs,
fo
- the CG, expressed in MAC %

ed
If the airplane empty weight has varied since last weight and balance report (for
example, due to installation of optional equipment), refer to paragraph Determining
iz
empty airplane characteristics to determine new empty weight and the corresponding
or
moment.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Utilization of weight and balance graph

This procedure determines the airplane weight and balance characteristics for flight.
Select the units for the weight and balance determination, either m and kg, or lb and in,
and use the dedicated form - see figures 6.4.3 or 6.4.4, appropriate to the chosen
units.
1) Record the basic empty weight (1a), moment (1b) and CG (MAC %) (1c) from
n
the last weight and balance report - see sample of weight and balance report,
figures 6.4.1 and 6.4.2.
io
at
2) Record the expected loading (2a) and compute each associated moment (2b).
r
pe
3) Compute zero fuel weight (3a) and moment (3b) as sum of all the above
weights (1a)+(2a) and moments (1b) + (2b).
ro
4) Check value (3a) to be below maximum zero fuel weight.

fo
5) Compute zero fuel weight arm (5) and CG (MAC %) (5c) using given formulas.
6) Record the loaded fuel (6a) and compute associated moment (6b).
ed
7) Compute ramp weight (7a) and moment (7b) as sum of zero fuel weight (3a) +
iz
loaded fuel (6a) and moments (3b) + (6b).

or
8) Check value (7a) to be below maximum ramp weight.

th
9) Compute ramp weight arm (9) and CG (MAC %) (9c) using given formulas.
au
10) Record the expected taxi fuel (negative value) (10a) and compute associated
moment (10b).
ot
11) Compute takeoff weight (11a) and moment (11b) as sum of ramp weight (7a) +
taxi fuel (10a) and moments (7b) + (10b).
-N
12) Check value (11a) to be below maximum takeoff weight.

M
13) Compute takeoff weight arm (13) and CG (MAC %) (13c) using given formulas.
PI
14) Record the expected trip fuel (negative value) (14a) and compute associated
moment (14b).
15) Compute landing weight (15a) and moment (15b) as sum of takeoff weight
(11a) + trip fuel (14a) and moments (11b) + (14b).
16) Check value (15a) to be below maximum landing weight.
17) Compute landing weight arm (17) and CG (MAC %) (17c) using given formulas.
18) Plot zero fuel weight, takeoff weight and landing weight on weight and balance
diagram.

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
19) Check that all points are within the weight and balance limits and check that
they are vertically aligned.
20) Record these data on your navigation log.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Airplane loading form (m, kg)

( Arm (m) − 4.392 )
Moment = Weight x Arm CG (MAC %) = × 100
1.51
Weight Arm Moment CG

Item
n
(kg) (m) (m.kg) (MAC %)
Empty weight (kg) (1a) (1b) io(1c)

at
Baggage
FWD
(2a) 3.250 (2b)
(< 50 kg)
r
pe
Front seats (kg) (2a) 4.534 (2b)

-15.4 kg per
ro
seat (2a) (2b)

Inter. seats removed * 5.710
fo
Pax (2a) (2b)

ed
-21 kg per
seat (2a) (2b)
removed *
iz
Rear
(2a) 6.785 (2b)
bench/net Pax
or
Cargo
th
(< 80 kg)
(2a) (2b)
au
Baggage AFT (< 100 kg) (2a) 7.695 (2b)

Zero fuel
weight
(3a) (5) (3b) (5c)
ot
(< 2736 kg)

Fuel (kg) (6a) 4.820 (6b)
-N
Ramp weight (< 3370 kg) (7a) (9) (7b) (9c)

Taxi fuel (kg) (10a) 4.820 (10b)
M
Takeoff
(11a) (13) (11b) (13c)
PI
weight (< 3354 kg)

Trip fuel (kg) (14a) 4.820 (14b)
Landing
weight
(15a) (17) (17) (17c)
(< 3186 kg)
* Seats weights include seat heating system

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
Weight
Item
(kg)
ro
Empty weight (1a)

fo
Baggage
(2a)
FWD (< 50 kg)
ed
Front seats (2a)

iz
-15.4 kg per seat

removed *
(2a)
or
Inter. seats
Pax (2a)
th
-21 kg per seat

removed *
(2a)
au
Rear
bench/net Pax (2a)
Cargo (< 80 kg) (2a)
ot
Baggage
(2a)
-N
AFT (< 100 kg)

M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Example of airplane weight and balance report

● NOTE ●
Airplane original report shall be kept with airplane POH
●
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 6.4.1 - Example of weight and balance report and basic airplane
characteristics, in kg and m

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
● NOTE ●
Airplane original report shall be kept with airplane POH
●
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 6.4.2 - Example of weight and balance report and basic airplane
characteristics, in lb and in

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Weight and balance form and diagram (m, kg)

( Arm (m) − 4.392 )
1.51

Item
n
(kg) (m) (m.kg) (MAC %)
Empty weight (kg)
io
at
Baggage
(< 50 kg) 3.250
FWD
r
pe
Front seats (kg) 4.534

- 15.4 kg per
ro
seat
fo
Pax
- 21 kg per
ed
seat
removed *
iz
Rear
6.785
bench/net Pax
or
Cargo (< 80
th
kg)
Baggage AFT (< 100 kg) 7.695
au
Zero fuel
(< 2736 kg)
weight
ot
Fuel (kg) 4.820

-N
Ramp weight (< 3370 kg)

Taxi fuel (kg) 4.820
M
Takeoff
(< 3354 kg)
weight
PI
Trip fuel (kg) 4.820

Landing
(< 3186 kg)
weight

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 6.4.3 - Weight and balance diagram

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Weight and balance form and diagram (in, lbs)

( Arm (in) − 172.93 )
59.45

Item
n
(lbs) (in) (in.lbs) (MAC %)
Empty weight (lbs)
io
at
Baggage
(< 110 lbs) 128.0
FWD
r
pe
Front seats (lbs) 178.5

- 34 lbs per
ro
seat
fo
Pax
- 46.2 lbs
ed
per seat
removed *
iz
Rear
267.1
bench/net Pax
or
Cargo
th
(< 176 lbs)

Baggage AFT (< 220 lbs) 303.0
au
Zero fuel
(< 6032 lbs)
weight
ot
Fuel (lbs) 189.8

-N
Ramp weight (< 7430 lbs)

Taxi fuel (lbs) 189.8
M
Takeoff
(< 7394 lbs)
weight
PI
Trip fuel (lbs) 189.8

Landing
(< 7024 lbs)
weight

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Weight and balance samples (m, kg)

▲ CAUTION ▲
Loading samples - see figure 6.4.5 or 6.4.6 - are only given as an
example ; for calculation concerning your airplane, refer to the diagram
corresponding to its validity.
▲
n
io
Fig. 6.4.5
r at
1 - Airplane basic characteristics :
pe
W = Empty weight 2 126 kg

ro
Moment 10 073 m.kg

fo
Balance arm 4.738 m

CG (MAC %) 22.9 %
ed
2 - Foreseen loading :
iz
1 Pilot and 1 front passenger 200 kg

or
2 Rear passengers 160 kg

th
AFT Cargo in baggage compartment 50 kg

au
Fuel 820 kg
3 - Foreseen fuel :
ot
Taxi fuel - 16 kg
-N
Trip fuel - 600 kg

M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
( Arm (m) − 4.392 )

1.51

Item
(kg) (m) (m.kg) (MAC %)
Empty weight (kg) 2 126 4.738 10 073 22.9
n
Baggage
FWD
(< 50 kg) 0 3.250 0
io
at
Front seats (kg) 200 4.534 907
r
- 15.4 kg per
pe
seat 0 0
ro
Pax 0 0
fo
- 21 kg per
seat 0 0
removed *
ed
Rear
6.785
bench/net Pax 160 1 086
iz
Cargo
0 0
(< 80 kg)
or
Baggage AFT (< 100 kg) 50 7.695 385

th
Zero fuel
(< 2736 kg) 2 536 4.910 12 451 34.3
au
weight
Fuel (kg) 820 4.820 3 952
ot
Ramp weight (< 3370 kg) 3 356 4.888 16 403 32.8

Taxi fuel (kg) - 16 4.820 - 77
-N
Takeoff
(< 3354 kg) 3 340 4.888 16 326 32.8
weight
M
Trip fuel (kg) - 600 4.820 - 2 892

PI
Landing
(< 3186 kg) 2 740 4.903 13 434 33.8
weight

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 6.4.5 - Loading sample (in kg and m)

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Weight and balance samples (in, lbs)

▲ CAUTION ▲
Loading samples - see figure 6.4.5 or 6.4.6 - are only given as an
example ; for calculation concerning your airplane, refer to the diagram
corresponding to its validity.
▲
n
io
Fig. 6.4.6
r at
1 - Airplane basic characteristics :
pe
W = Empty weight 4 638 lbs

ro
Moment 864 173 in.lbs

fo
Balance arm 186.3 in

CG (MAC %) 22.6 %
ed
2 - Foreseen loading :
iz
FWD compartment 0 lbs

or
1 Pilot and 1 front passenger 400 lbs

th
1 Intermediate passenger 220 lbs

au
2 Rear seats removed - 92.4 lbs

Rear cargo 176 lbs
ot
AFT Cargo in baggage compartment 220 lbs

-N
Fuel 1 850 lbs

3 - Foreseen fuel :
M
Taxi fuel - 36 lbs

PI
Trip fuel - 1 400 lbs

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
( Arm (in) − 172.93 )

59.45

Item
Empty weight (lbs) 4 638 186.3 864 173 22.6
n
Baggage
FWD
(< 110 lbs) 0 128.0 0
io
at
Front seats (lbs) 400 178.5 71 400
r
- 34 lbs per
pe
seat 0 0
ro
Pax 220 49 456

fo
- 46.2 lbs
per seat - 92.4 - 24 680
removed *
ed
Rear
267.1
bench/net Pax 0 0
iz
Cargo
176 47 010
(< 176 lbs)
or
Baggage AFT (< 220 lbs) 220 303.0 66 660

th
Zero fuel
(< 6032 lbs) 5 562 193.1 1 074 019 33.9
au
weight
Fuel (lbs) 1 850 189.8 351 130
ot
Ramp weight (< 7430 lbs) 7 412 192.3 1 425 149 32.6
Taxi fuel (lbs) - 36 189.8 - 6 833
-N
Takeoff
(< 7394 lbs) 7 376 192.3 1 418 316 32.6
weight
M
Trip fuel (lbs) - 1 400 189.8 - 265 720

PI
Landing
(< 7024 lbs) 5 976 192.9 1 152 596 33.6
weight

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 6.4.6 - Loading samples (in lbs and in)

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
Determining empty airplane characteristics

Empty airplane characteristics (weight and balance) may vary with regard to those
indicated on weighing form according to installed optional equipment and installed
seats.
List of equipment (refer to chapter 6.5) contains the standard and optional equipment,
as well as their characteristics (weight, arm), except those listed in this Chapter.
n
Use the chart below to compute new empty weight and corresponding balance if
necessary.
io
at
Weight modification Basic empty weight
r
Equipment or (+)
pe
Date modification Weight Arm Moment Weight Arm

description (-) Moment
lb in. lb.in/1000 W ”do”
ro
According to
fo
delivery
ed
iz
or
Figure 6.4.7 - Sample weight and balance record

th
au
(do − 172.93)
CG m.a.c.% = × 100
59.45
ot
Use the above formula to express arm ”do” in % of mean aerodynamic chord.
-N
● NOTE ●
Arm expressed in inches with regard to reference.
M
●
PI
FWD baggage compartment : 128.0 in. (3.250 m)
Baggage compartment in pressurized cabin : 303.0 in. (7.695 m)
Fuel : 189.8 in. (4.820 m)

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
S/ Item Weight
Arm
R/ OPT70 Required (R) or Standard (S) or Optional (A or O) per unit
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
10 - Parking, mooring, storage and

return to service
n
Board kit
io
at
S - Blanking caps bag 8.31 128.00
(3.77) (3.250)
r
pe
S - Towing bar 8.77 128.00

(3.98) (3.250)
ro
S - Control lock device 0.90 133.86

fo
(0.41) (3.400)
ed
25 - Equipment and furnishings (partial)

iz
A 0171-25 ”Generation 2008” cabinets

or
- Version A : L.H. low cabinet 9.48 203.74

th
(4.300) (5.175)
au
- Version B : R.H. low cabinet 9.48 203.74

(4.300) (5.175)
ot
- Version C : Removable (low) insulated 9.48 203.74

picnic bag (4.300) (5.175)
-N
- Version D : 7.72 203.74

L.H. top storage cabinet (3.500) (5.175)
M
PI
- Version E : 7.72 203.74

R.H. top storage cabinet (3.500) (5.175)
- Version F : R.H. top storage cabinet + audio 7.94 203.74

(3.600) (5.175)
- Version G : 3.09 203.74

L.H. top baggage cabinet (1.400) (5.175)
- Version H : 3.09 203.74

R.H. top baggage cabinet (1.400) (5.175)

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S 0207-00 Carpet 35.27 211.42

(16.000) (5.370)
n
- Cabin furnishings 302.45 211.42
io
(137.19) (5.370)
at
A 0207-00 2nd carpet (cargo use) 35.27 211.42
(16.000) (5.370)
r
pe
Leather seats
ro
S 0588-25 - L.H. intermediate seat with heaters system 34.06 224.65

(back to or in flight direction) (15.45) (5.706)
fo
S 0588-25 - R.H. Intermediate seat with heaters system 34.06 224.65

ed
(back to or in flight direction) (15.45) (5.706)

iz
- Double chair
or
S 0588-25 . L.H. Seat with heaters system 46.25 278.58

th
(20.98) (7.076)
au
S 0588-25 . R.H. Seat with heaters system 46.25 278.58

(20.98) (7.076)
ot
Nets
-N
S 0315-25 - Small cargo net 15.00 /

GP SOCT704CC---10 (7.00)
M
S 0315-25 - Large cargo net 13.00 /

PI
GP SOCT704CS---10 (6.00)
S 25026B - Partition net at Frame 14 (between the cabin and 3.638 289.53
the baggage compartment) T700B2590001, of (1.650) (7.354)
which :
S . Partition net 1.698 289.53

(0.770) (7.354)

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
6.5 - List of equipment

The list of equipment is available in manufacturer Report reference
NAV No.34/90--RJ--App 8, located at the end of this POH.
A separate list of equipment of items installed at the factory in your specific airplane is
provided in your airplane file.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 6
Weight and balance
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Section 7
Description
Table of contents
n
7.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1.1
io
at
7.2 - Airframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.1
Wings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.5
r
pe
Ailerons, spoilers and pitch trim tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.5

Wing flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.5
ro
Empennages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.5
fo
7.3 - Accomodations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.1

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.1
ed
HomeSafe interface panel (Post-MOD70-0650-34B) . . . . . . . 7.3.18

Doors, windows and emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.18
iz
Seats, belts and harnesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.26

or
Baggage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.32

Use of cargo nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.35
th
7.4 - Flight controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.1

au
Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.1
Roll trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.1
ot
Elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.6
-N
Pitch trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.6

Rudder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.11
Rudder trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.11
M
7.5 - Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.1

PI
Hydraulic pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.1

Landing gear lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.1
Landing gear position indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.2
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.4
Ground maneuvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.6
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.9
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.5.9
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 7.0.1

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
7.6 - Powerplant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.1

Turboprop engine operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.1
Engine control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.4
Engine instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.9
Single engine indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.10
Engine lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.12
Engine starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.12
Engine air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.15
n
Exhaust system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.16
io
Engine accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.16
at
Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.6.17
r
pe
7.7 - Use of autothrottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.1

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.1
ro
AT engine and airspeed protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.1

AT engagement and disengagement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.3
fo
Engine start or engine air start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.4

Taxi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.4
ed
Takeoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.4
Climb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.4
iz
Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.5
or
Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.8
Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.8
th
Go-around . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.9
au
Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.9
FD vertical modes and corresponding AT modes
summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7.10
ot
-N
7.8 - Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.1

Fuel tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.1
Fuel unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.1
M
HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve (Post-MOD70-0650-34A) . . . . . 7.8.1

Tank manual selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.1
PI
Automatic tank selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.6

Electric boost pump (AUX BP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.7
Main mechanical boost pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.10
Engine fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.10
Fuel gaging installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.10
Fuel system draining and clogging indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8.11
7.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
7.9 - Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.1

Starter generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.1
Stand-by generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.2
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.2
Ground power receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.2
Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.3
Emergency use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.4
BatteryMINDer charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.4
n
Indicating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.14
io
Protection - safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.14
at
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.16
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.19
r
pe
115V plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9.22

7.10 - Air conditioning and pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10.1
ro
Engine bleed air system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10.2

Cabin pressurization control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10.3
fo
Dual zones Environmental Control System (ECS) . . . . . . . . . 7.10.6

ed
7.11 - Emergency oxygen system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11.1

Flight above 15000 ft with possible emergency descent . . . . 7.11.4
iz
When required to remain above 15000 ft due to

or
minimum enroute altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11.5

Flight between 15000 ft and 10000 ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11.6
th
O2 smart mike mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11.7

au
7.12 - Air data system and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12.1

Static pressure systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12.1
ot
Dynamic pressure system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.12.2

-N
7.13 - Vacuum system and instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13.1

Standby attitude module (MD302) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13.1
M
7.14 - Ice protection equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.1

PI
Ice Detection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.1

Wing and empennage deicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.3
Propeller deicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.4
Windshield deicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.5
Heating of pitots and stall warning sensor
(PITOT L/R & STALL HTR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.6
Turbine air inlet protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14.6
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 7.0.3

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
7.15 - Miscellaneous equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.1

Stall warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.1
Static dischargers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.2
Cabin fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.2
Autopilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.2
GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.2
Weather radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.3
Emergency locator transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.6
n
Lightweight data recorder (LDR 1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.7
io
ADS-B OUT function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.8
at
Flight deck information system (FS 510) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.8
Data collection and transmission system (FASTBOX) . . . . . . 7.15.9
r
pe
GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck (GIFD) approaches . . . . . . . 7.15.9

HomeSafe emergency function (Post-MOD70-0650-34A) . . 7.15.15
ro
Optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15.18

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
7.0.4 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
7.1 - General
This section provides description and operation of the airplane and its systems.
Some of the equipment described herein is optional and may not be installed in the
airplane.
Complete description and operation of the GARMIN integrated flight deck are detailed
in the GARMIN Pilot's Guide. References to this guide are often made all along this
n
section to get more details about some systems.
io
Details of other optional systems and equipment are presented in section 9
at
Supplements of the POH.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
7.2 - Airframe - see figures 7.2.1, 7.2.1A and 7.2.1B

This airplane is a six-place, low wing airplane.
The airplane can be changed into 2, 3, 4 or 5-seat accommodation.
The structure is a semi-monocoque all-metal construction and is equipped with a
retractable tricycle landing gear.
The pressurized cabin is equipped, on the left side of fuselage, with a one-piece
n
access door and folding stairs comprising a hand rail allowing pilot and passengers
io
boarding. The occupants have access to cockpit and to rear seats through a central
at
aisle.
r
pe
An optional pilot door located forward of the cabin on the left side allows access to the
cockpit by means of folding stairs.
ro
The aft cabin section is a baggage compartment.

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.2.1 - Cabin arrangement

6-seat accommodation
Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.2.1A - Cabin arrangement

4-seat accommodation with large securing net

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.2.1B - Cabin arrangement

4-seat accommodation with small securing net

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Wings
The wings are monocoque, bi-spar structures. Main spars of each wing are linked to
the fuselage by two integral attach fittings. Each wing contains a main landing gear
well and sealed casings forming the fuel tank. The wing leading edge is equipped with
a deicing system.
Each wing extremity is equipped with a winglet.
n
Ailerons, spoilers and roll trim tab
io
The ailerons located on external trailing edge of each wing are hinged on two attach
at
fittings fixed on the rear spar. They allow airplane lateral control and are controlled
r
mechanically through control wheel rotation.
pe
The spoilers located in front of flaps, on top skin side, are mechanically linked to the
ro
ailerons.
Trim tab attached on the trailing edge of left side aileron is electrically activated by a
fo
trim switch, through an actuator.

ed
Wing flaps - see figure 7.2.2

iz
The wing flaps are large span slotted flaps with a single rotation point. They are
activated by actuating rod-controlled screw jacks linked to an electric motor located
or
under the floor, inside the fuselage.

th
A preselection control located on the right side of pedestal console allows the pilot to
au
select one of the three positions (UP - TO - LDG). For each control position, a
deflection angle is defined (0°, 10°, 34°).
ot
A monitoring device interrupts flaps movement as soon as a deflection dissymmetry is

detected.
-N
Empennages
M
Empennages are composite structures. The horizontal empennage consists of a

horizontal stabilizer (PHF), control surfaces and elevator trim tabs ; the vertical
PI
empennage consists of a vertical stabilizer, the rudder and the rudder trim tab. The
empennage leading edge is equipped with a deicing system.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
1) Geared motor
2) Internal actuator
3) Intermediate bearings
4) Wing flap
5) External actuator
n
6) Rods
7) Control selector io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.2.2 (1/2) - Wing flaps

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.2.2 (2/2) - Wing flaps

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
7.3 - Accomodations
Instrument panel
The instrument panel contains instruments and controls necessary for flight
monitoring. The typical instrument panel consists of all standard equipment, as well as
additional optional equipment.
Upper panel - see figure 7.3.2
n
io
The upper panel located at the top part of the windshield, contains electrical
generation control panels, engine starting, electrical systems, AP/TRIMS switch, ELT
at
remote control switch and the FUEL control panel.
r
pe
Rearwards of upper panel, the central part of cockpit overhead panel provides
loud-speakers and cockpit floodlights.
ro
Instrument panel - see figure 7.3.1

fo
The instrument panel consists of the integrated flight deck composed of three screens
[two primary flight displays (PFD) and one multi-function display (MFD)] - refer to the
ed
GARMIN Pilot's Guide for detailed description. Apart from the GARMIN flight deck
system, equipment listed below complete the instrument panel.
iz
- Left area instrument panel includes - see figure 7.3.3 :

or
. on top : MD302, MASTER CAUTION and MASTER WARNING,

th
. on the left : DISPLAY BACKUP push-button, A/C CONTROL and

au
SEATS HTRS MASTER panels

. at bottom : deicing controls and indicators, MICRO/MASK switch,
hourmeter, landing gear control panel, parking brake control,
ot
left station control wheel and alternate station

-N
reception-micro jack.
- Central area instrument panel includes - see figure 7.3.4 :
. on top : AFCS control unit, BARO knob (pilot) and the LVL
M
push-button
PI
. at bottom : touchscreen controllers and PRESSURIZATION panel.

- Right area instrument panel includes - see figure 7.3.5 :
. on top : locations for optional equipment,
. on the right: DISPLAY BACKUP push-button, BARO knob (R.H. station)
. at bottom : alternate static source selector and the right station control
wheel.
- Emergency air control is located under the right area instrument panel.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
An adjustable air outlet is located on both sides of instrument panel lower part.
Reception-micro jacks are located inside the recess under the arm-rest on both lateral
sides of the cockpit, on R.H. side of intermediate R.H. passenger's seat and on the
arm-rest of rear R.H. passenger's seat.
Pedestal console - see figure 7.3.6
The pedestal console, under the touchscreen controllers, comprises flaps controls,
n
pitch trim tab control wheel, aileron trim switch, engine controls and fuel tank selector.
Circuit breakers panel - see figures 7.3.7 and 7.9.4 io
at
Circuit breakers for all electrical equipment supplied by bus bars are located on a
r
separate panel installed on the right side of cockpit.
pe
General alarms warning lights and CAS messages

ro
WARNING , CAUTION and ADVISORY messages appear on the MFD CAS

fo
window to alert crew about monitored systems discrepancies. As a message

appears, a chime is heard. Refer to the GARMIN Pilot's Guide to know all possible
ed
CAS messages.
A MASTER WARNING red flashing indicator and a MASTER CAUTION amber
iz
indicator located on instrument panel - see figure 7.3.8, in front of the pilot, illuminate
or
as soon as one or several messages of same color light on.

th
To cancel and reset a general alarm, press on the red or amber indicator. A pressure
au
on the red indicator also stops red message associated chimes.

Aural warnings - see figure 7.3.2
ot
The aural warnings are intended to alert the pilot during some configurations. The
-N
aural signals are heard through the loud-speakers installed in cockpit overhead panel
and through the pilot's and R.H. station headsets.
The aural warnings consist of :
M
- the GARMIN flight deck system (GIA and GMA),

PI
- the loud-speaker.
The system uses :
- the stall warning system,
- the airspeed indicator,
- the landing gear control unit,
- the flap geared motor,
- the idle position sensor.
Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Aural warning alerts

According to the airplane configuration, different aural warning alerts sound :
- gear up and idle landing gear / landing gear
- gear up and extended flaps landing gear / landing gear
- stall stall / stall
- gear up, idle and stall stall / landing gear
n
- gear up, extended flaps and stall stall / landing gear
- IAS > 269 ± 3 KIAS io
overspeed / overspeed
at
- AP disconnected AP chime
r
pe
- AT disconnected autothrottle
ro
Refer to the GARMIN Pilot's Guide for description of the other aural warning alerts.
Cockpit overhead panel - see figure 7.3.2
fo
This panel includes following elements :

ed
- the loud-speaker of GMA,

- the TEST push-button,
iz
- the emergency lighting rheostat.

or
It is attached to the cabin upper part between frames C6 and C7.

th
The emergency lighting rheostat is electrically supplied by BATT BUS bar and
au
protected by PANEL EMER circuit breaker.

The TEST push-button allows to test :
ot
- the autopilot control panel backlighting,

-N
- the MASTER WARNING and MASTER CAUTION indicators,

- the deicing panel led,
M
- the stick shaker system,

PI
- the fire detection system, if installed,

- the stall aural warning alert,
- the DISPLAY BACKUP push-buttons backlighting,
- the LVL push-button.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.1 - Instrument panel assembly

(Typical arrangement)

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
1) L.H. instrument panel emergency lighting
pe
2) Loud-speaker of GMA
ro
3) R.H. instrument panel emergency lighting

4) Instrument panel emergency lighting switches (rheostats)
fo
5) R.H. cockpit floodlight

ed
6) ELT remote control switch

iz
7) AP/TRIMS switch
or
8) FUEL control panel - see figure 7.7.3

th
9) ENGINE START switches - see figure 7.6.8

au
10) ELECTRIC POWER switches - see figure 7.8.5

11) INT LIGHTS internal lighting switches - see figure 7.8.7
ot
12) EXT LIGHTS external lighting switches - see figure 7.8.6

-N
13) L.H. cockpit floodlight

14) TEST push-button
M
PI
Figure 7.3.2 (1/2) - Upper panel and cockpit overhead panel

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.2 (2/2) - Upper panel and cockpit overhead panel

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) DISPLAY BACKUP, A/C CONTROL and SEATS HTRS MASTER panels

- see figure 7.9.2
2) General alarm red and amber indicators
3) MD302
4) PFD 1
n
5) Landing gear configuration and control panel - see figure 7.5.1
6) Parking brake control - see figure 7.5.6 io
at
7) USB servicing plug
r
pe
8) Alternate station reception-micro jack

ro
9) L.H. station rudder pedals adjusting handle

10) Left station reception-micro jacks
fo
11) Adjustable air outlet

ed
12) Flight conditions and instruction placard

iz
13) AP / TRIM DISC push-button

or
14) CWS
th
15) Push To Talk button (PTT)

au
16) Circuit breaker panel lighting switch

17) Pitch & Yaw trim setting management
ot
18) Deicing control and check panel - see figure 7.13.1

-N
19) Paper clip

20) Hourmeter
M
21) MICRO / MASK switch - see figure 7.10.1

PI
22) Chronometer management

23) Stormscope clear
24) Transponder Ident sequence
25) COM 2 (Stand-by / active)
Figure 7.3.3 (1/2) - Left instrument panel

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.3 (2/2) - Left instrument panel


Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
1) BARO knob
ro
2) Micro LDR
3) AFCS control unit
fo
4) LVL push-button
ed
>> With HomeSafe emergency function (Post-MOD70-0650-34B)

iz
5) HomeSafe activation button

or
>> All
th
6) Registration
au
7) MFD
8) Touchscreen controllers
ot
9) PRESSURIZATION panel - see figure 7.10.2

-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.4 (1/2) - Central instrument panel

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.4 (2/2) - Central instrument panel


Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
1) PFD 2
2) DISPLAY BACKUP push-button
n
3) BARO knob
io
at
4) Pitch & Yaw trim setting management
r
5) CWS
pe
6) Push To Talk button (PTT)

ro
7) AP / TRIM DISC push-button

fo
8) Adjustable air outlet

9) Circuit breakers panel postlight
ed
10) R. H. station rudder pedals adjusting handle

iz
11) Right station reception-micro jacks

or
12) USB servicing plugs

th
13) Crew music

au
14) Paper clip

ot
15) Cabin emergency air control (EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob)
-N
16) Static source selector

17) Chronometer management
M
18) Transponder Ident sequence

PI
19) Stormscope clear

20) COM 2 (Stand-by / active)
Figure 7.3.5 (1/2) - Right instrument panel

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.5 (2/2) - Right instrument panel


Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
1) THROTTLE
ro
2) FLAPS lever
fo
3) THROTTLE and MAN OVRD friction adjustment

ed
4) Manual FUEL TANK SELECTOR - see figure 7.7.2

iz
5) Roll trim tab control

or
6) MAN OVRD emergency fuel regulation lever

th
7) Pitch trim tab control

au
8) Lock for access door to landing gear emergency pump - see figure 7.5.2
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.6 (1/2) - Pedestal console

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.6 (2/2) - Pedestal console


Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.7 - Circuit breakers panel

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.8 - General alarms warning lights

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
HomeSafe interface panel (Post-MOD70-0650-34B)

The activation button for HomeSafe emergency function is located in central area on
top of instrument panel - see figure 7.3.4.
Doors, windows and emergency exit

Cabin access door - see figure 7.3.9
n
The cabin one-piece access door, located on the left side of fuselage aft of the wings,
io
opens outside. The retractable stairs and hand rail make boarding easier.
at
To open the door from outside the airplane (make sure the door is not locked), press
on front end of the handle embedded in door (this pressure disengages the handle
r
pe
from its recess), then turn the handle upwards. Raise the door helping it to open. Two
compensation actuators bring and maintain the door at its maximum opening position.
ro
After door opening, tilt stairs downwards. Stairs down movement is damped by means
of two gas struts and leads the hand rail to extend.
fo
▲ CAUTION ▲
ed
Retract stairs before closing access door and make sure door
deflection area is clear.
iz
▲
or
To retract stairs, press on locking pin located on stairs front string board (see detail 1),
th
raise retractable handle - see detail 2 and pull stairs inside cabin. While stairs are
retracted, the hand rail folds up.
au
To close the door from inside the airplane, press on knob inside cabin forward of the
ot
door. The door driven by a geared motor tilts downwards up to a position near the
complete closing. Pull the door until it aligns with fuselage and lock it by moving inside
-N
handle downwards. Check that all latch pins and hooks are correctly engaged (visible
green marks).
M
DOOR lights on as long as cabin access door and pilot access door, if installed, are
PI
not correctly locked.

▲ CAUTION ▲
Before opening access door, make sure door deflection area is clear.
▲
To open door from inside the cabin, unlock the handle by pressing on knob located on
its left side, pull the handle toward inside and move it upwards. Open the door by
pushing it upwards.
After door opening, tilt stairs downwards which leads the hand rail to extend.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
▲ CAUTION ▲
Retract stairs before closing access door and make sure door
deflection area is clear.
▲
To retract stairs from outside the airplane, raise stairs by pushing them upwards from
the lower part and fold them inside cabin. While stairs are retracted, the hand rail folds
up.
n
io
To close the door from outside the airplane, press on knob on outside fuselage at the
right side of the door. The door driven by a geared motor tilts downwards up to a
at
position near the complete closing. Push the door until it aligns with fuselage and lock
r
it by moving outside handle downwards, then fold handle in its recess.
pe
Check that all latch pins and hooks are correctly engaged, with green marks visible.
ro
In case of geared motor failure, the door can be manually tilted downwards by pulling
sufficiently to override action of compensating struts.
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.9 - Cabin access door

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Cockpit access door - see figure 7.3.9A

The cockpit access door, so-called pilot door, if installed located on the left side of
fuselage forward of the wings, opens outside. Retractable footstep makes boarding
easier.
▲ WARNING ▲
As the pilot door is located in a dangerous area, wait for complete
n
engine stop before operating this door.
▲ io
at
To open the door from outside the airplane (make sure the door is not locked), press
r
on front end of the handle embedded in door (this pressure disengages the handle
pe
from its recess), then turn the handle downwards. Pull the door helping it to open until it
reaches its maximum opening position.
ro
After door opening, tilt and unfold footstep.

fo
▲ CAUTION ▲
Retract footstep before closing access door.
ed
▲
iz
Fold and tilt footstep upwards.

or
To close the door from inside the airplane, pull the door until it aligns with fuselage and
th
lock it by moving inside handle downwards. Check that each latch is correctly
engaged in its recess, with green marks visible.
au
DOOR lights on as long as cabin access door and pilot access door, if installed, are
ot
not correctly locked.

-N
To open door from inside the cockpit, unlock the handle by pressing on knob located
on its right side, pull the handle inwards and move it upwards. Open the door helping it
to open until it reaches its maximum opening position.
M
After door opening, tilt and unfold footstep.

PI
▲ CAUTION ▲
Retract footstep before closing access door.
▲
Fold and tilt footstep upwards.
To close the door from outside the airplane, push the door until it aligns with fuselage
and lock it by moving outside handle upwards, then fold handle in its recess.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
FWD compartment door

The FWD compartment door is located on the airplane left side between the firewall
and the front pressure bulkhead. It is hinged at the top. It is maintained in the up
position by a compensation rod. Two interlocking-type latches ensure its closing and it
is equipped with a lock (same key as for the access door and the pilot door, if installed).
When the door is closed, latches are flush with the fuselage profile.
CARGO DOOR lights on as long as FWD compartment door is not locked.
n
Windows
io
at
Windows do not open. The windshield consists of two parts electrically deiced.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.9A - Cockpit access door (pilot door)

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Emergency exit - see figure 7.3.10

The emergency exit is installed on the right side of the fuselage and opens towards the
inside. It is equipped with two handles, one inside and the other outside, each located
on the upper frame.
When the airplane is parked, the closing system may be locked by a safety pin
provided with a flag marker. The handle is then inoperable.
n
▲ WARNING ▲
Taxiing and flying with thief-proof safety pin installed is io
at
forbidden.
r
▲
pe
To open the emergency exit, pull one of the two handles and tilt the emergency exit
ro
from top to bottom towards inside of airplane.

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.10 - Emergency exit

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Seats, belts and harnesses

Heated seats - see figure 7.3.11
Cockpit and cabin seats are equipped with a heating system providing comfort to pilot
and passengers.
The system consists of :
- One heating element in the cushion and one heating element in the backrest of
n
each seat,
io
at
- The SEATS HTRS MASTER switch located on the instrument panel,
r
- HI/OFF/LOW three positions switch located on each cockpit and cabin seat,
pe
- The seats heaters control box and relays located under the floor panel.
ro
Each seat is equipped with a power supply wire with a connector. A clip provides a
holding mean for the connector to prevent its damage during seat operation or seat
fo
storage.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) SEATS HTRS MASTER switch

2) Backrest surface heating
3) Seat surface heating
4) HI/OFF/LOW three position
switch
5) Tactile marks
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.11 - Heated seat

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
The seats heating is only available when the airplane is connected to a GPU or when
the main generator is supplying power.
The system does not operate if GENERATOR selector is set to ST-BY.
The SEATS HTRS MASTER switch allows the pilot to enable or not the electrical
supply of all seats heaters.
Each seat is then individually controlled by the HI/OFF/LOW switch :
n
● NOTE ●
io
Two tactile marks located under the HI / OFF / LOW switch enables to
at
determine which position is selected.
●
r
pe
- OFF position is obtained when the switch is in the central position. In this
position the seat does not heat.
ro
- HI position is obtained by positioning the switch to the right. In this position the
fo
seat heats at its maximum capacity.

- LOW position is obtained by positioning the switch to the left. In this position the
ed
seat heats less than HI position.

iz
● NOTE ●
or
In HI position, the heating sensation comes up after approximately 3 minutes.

●
th
To avoid overheating, each seat is equipped with thermal sensors which remove
au
power supply in case of overtemperature detection.

Precaution of use of the seats heaters system :
ot
- Do not place any sharp or heavy objects on the seat, as the seat heater could
-N
otherwise be damaged.
- Persons with an impaired sensitivity to heat should only operate the seat heater
M
at low level.
PI
- Do not place any heat insulating objects, such as blankets or coats, on the seat
when the seat heater is switched on.
- The seat heater can be damaged by fluids spilt on the seat.
- Never switch the seat heater on when it is wet.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Cockpit seats - see figure 7.3.12

L.H. and R.H. front seats are mounted on rails attached to the structure. Longitudinal
position, height and back-rest tilting of each seat can be adjusted and the arm-rest is
hinged.
Pull up the handle located forward for longitudinal setting.
The seat height is adjusted by pulling up side forward handle while relieving the seat
n
from the body weight.
The seat back angle is adjusted by pulling up side rearward handle. io
at
Passenger seats - see figures 7.3.12 and 7.3.12A
r
pe

The accommodation consists of :
ro
- two individual seats, installed back to the flight direction, mounted on the same
fo
rails as the front seats.

The seat back angle is adjusted by pulling up side handle.
ed
- two rear seats arranged as a bench, mounted on the same rails as the front
seats.
iz
The seat back-rests tilt forward by pulling up the handle located forward on L.H.
or
side of each seat which may tilt forwards by pulling up a rear handle to ease
th
baggage loading in baggage compartment.

For longitudinal setting pull up the handle located forward, on R.H. side.
au

ot
The accommodation consists of :

-N
- two individual seats, installed facing flight direction, mounted on the same rails
as the front seats.
The seat back angle is adjusted by pulling up side handle.
M
Many accommodations are possible. They are described hereafter

PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
ONLY zone B and zone C can be modified for seat configurations
Location For all configurations, verify that your

number luggages are stowed and attached in
the appropriate areas
n
Fwd baggage zone
io
r at
pe
Pilot zone: No modification allowed

ro
MID Seat Zone = Possibility of seat

fo
configuration
REAR Seat Zone = Possibility of seat
ed
configuration if no net installations

Cargo zone
iz
or
If installed, cabinets can be removed

th
or added by Service Center

au
For the MID Seat zone B For the REAR Seat zone C
ot
ONLY the Middle Seats can be installed ONLY the Rear Seat can be installed in
-N
in MID Seat Zone. Rear Seat Zone.

This zone accepts Fwd and Aft Facing
Mid Seat when rear seats are installed
M
The zone B accepts zero or 1 or 2 The Zone C accepts zero or 1 or 2

PI
seats. seats.
(The zone B is not a luggage area).

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Here are all the configurations possibilities
Configuration Location number

name
1 2 3 4 5
C1 X X X X
n
C2 (2) X X X
C3 X X X io
at
C4 (1) X X
r
pe
C5 X X X
C6 X X X
ro
C7 X X
fo
C8 X X
C9 (2) X X
ed
C10 (1) X
iz
C11 X X X
or
C12 (2) X X
th
C13 X X
au
C14 X X
C15 (1) X
ot
C16 X X
-N
C17 X
C18 X
M
C19 (2) X
PI
C20 (1)
Zone B Zone C
(1) This configuration accepts small net or large net

(2) With seats heaters system (MOD70-0588-25)
In this position, the seats heaters system cannot be connected to the rear seat.
Each cross indicates that you have a seat at the correspondent location number.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Belts and harnesses - see figure 7.3.13
▲ WARNING ▲
Incorrect closure of the safety belt may introduce a risk. Make
sure it is tightened when buckled. To be most efficient, the belt
must not be twisted. Check that there is no constraint when
operated. After a serious accident, replace all belts.
n
▲
io
Each cockpit seat is equipped with a four-point restraint system consisting of an
at
adjustable lap belt and a dual-strap inertia reel-type shoulder harness with airbags, if
installed.
r
pe
Each passenger seat is equipped with a three-point restraint system consisting of an

adjustable lap belt and an inertia reel-type shoulder harness.
ro
Airbags, if installed, are inflated by two inflators located under the backrest fairing,
fo
which are activated by an accelerometer fixed under the floor panel in front of the seat.
Baggage compartments
ed

iz
There are two baggage compartments :

or
- An AFT compartment located in the pressurized cabin between rear passenger

th
seats and rear pressure bulkhead.

au
- A FWD compartment (non-pressurized) located between firewall and fwd

pressure bulkhead.
ot
The AFT compartment is accessible through the cabin by tilting forward the L.H. rear
-N
seat and / or L.H. or R.H. rear seat back-rests. Rings fitted with lashing straps are
provided for securing parcels and baggage on compartment floor.
M
The FWD compartment is accessible by opening the external door located on the left
side of the airplane.
PI
These locations are designed for the carrying of low density loads ; loading and
unloading must be carried out with caution to avoid any damage to airplane.
The cabin is separated from the baggage compartment by a partition net intended to
protect the passengers from injuries that could be caused by improper tie-down of a
content.
The partition net is mounted at frame C14 - see figure 7.2.1, it is secured at the bottom
to 4 points of the floor and on the sides to 6 points of the structure.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Maximum loads allowable in the baggage compartments depend on airplane

equipment, refer to section 6 Weight and balance.
▲ WARNING ▲
Any parcel or baggage must be stowed by straps.
It is the pilot's responsibility to check that all the parcels and
n
baggage are properly secured in the cabin.
In case of transport of dangerous materials, respect the law

io
at
concerning transport of dangerous materials and any other
r
pe
applicable regulation.
▲
ro

fo
Two cargo nets are available for the pilot to safely secure and transport baggage :
- the small cargo net is attached through nine anchoring points on seat rails,
ed
between frame C11 and frame C13bis - see figure 7.2.1B.

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
- the large cargo net is attached through seven anchoring points on seat rails,
between frame C11 and frame C13bis and six anchoring points on fuselage
sides, at frame C14 - see figure 7.2.1A.
● NOTE ●
Original partition net must be disconnected from side walls and
placed on the floor.
●

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
Authorized anchoring points are identified with green self-adhesive labels affixed to
the inside of the seat rail.
ro
A placard indicates loading limits for each cargo net :

fo
- for the small cargo net, it is affixed on frame C13bis,

- for the large cargo net, it is affixed on R.H. side upholstery panel, in the rear
ed
baggage compartment.
iz
Maximum loads allowable in the baggage compartments depend on airplane

equipment, refer to section 6 Weight and balance.
or
▲ WARNING ▲
th
Any parcel or baggage in cabin must be stowed by cargo net and

au
straps.
ot
It is the pilot's responsibility to check that all the parcels and

-N
baggage are properly secured.
In case of transport of dangerous materials, respect the law

M
concerning transport of dangerous materials and any other

PI
applicable regulation.
▲

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Use of cargo nets

Net inspection
Before each use, visually inspect net for :
- webbing condition,
- seam condition of tensioning strap,
n
- metallic part condition.
Installation instructions io
at
Tensioning straps must be installed so that they make a V with a minimum angle of 40°
r
pe
between both strands attached on the net. The net must be properly tight.
Damage acceptance criteria
ro
If any damage is detected, such as :

fo
- damage or absence of hook, buckle or stud on tensioning strap : strap must

mandatorily be discarded and replaced,
ed
- webbing frayed or cut on less than 30 % of its surface : reduce maximum load
iz
by 50 %,
or
- seam of vertical net tensioning straps damaged on less than 30 % of its length :
reduce maximum load by 50 %,
th
- seam of tensioning straps attached on the rails damaged on less than 30 % of

au
its length : reduce maximum load by 50 %,

- beyond 30% damage for above-mentioned cases, defective element must
ot
mandatorily be discarded and replaced,

-N
- netting cut or torn on less than 3.9 in (100 mm) : still serviceable, no impact,
- netting cut or torn on more than 3.9 in (100 mm) : do not carry small objects
M
which dimensions are smaller than 4.9 x 4.9 x 4.9 in (125 x 125 x 125 mm).
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Front passenger seat

2) L. H. pilot seat
3) R. H. intermediate passenger seat, back to flight direction
n
4) L. H. intermediate passenger seat, back to flight direction
io
at
5) R. H. rear passenger seat
Rear bench
r
pe
6) L. H. rear passenger seat

7) Front seat(s) longitudinal shift control
ro
8) Front seat(s) height control

fo
9) Front seat(s) back-rest tilt control

ed
10) Drawer for pilot's piddle pak, if installed

(front side : new bags, rear side : used bags)
iz
11) Intermediate seat(s) back-rest tilt control

or
12) Rear bench seat(s) back-rest tilt control

th
13) Rear bench L.H. seat tilt control

au
14) Rear bench seat(s) adjustment control handle

ot
-N
M
● NOTE ●
To have access to the baggage compartment, pull forwards the
PI
back-rest of rear bench L.H. seat, then pull forwards control

(Item 13) to tilt L.H. seat assembly forwards.
If necessary, pull forwards the back-rest of rear bench R.H. seat.
●
Figure 7.3.12 (1/2) - Seats

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.12 (2/2) - Seats

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
1) Front passenger seat

fo
2) L. H. pilot seat
ed
3) R. H. intermediate passenger seat, facing flight direction

4) L. H. intermediate passenger seat, facing flight direction
iz
or
5) Front seat(s) longitudinal shift control

th
6) Front seat(s) height control

au
7) Front seat(s) back-rest tilt control

8) Intermediate seat(s) back-rest tilt control
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.12A (1/2) - Seats

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.12A (2/2) - Seats

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
>> All
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.3.13 - Front and rear seat belts,with movable straps,

and harnesses

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
7.4 - Flight controls

Flight controls consist of roll, pitch and rudder controls, as well as roll trim tab, pitch trim
tab and rudder trim tab controls.
● NOTE ●
During airplane parking, it is recommended to lock flight controls -
see figure 8.6.2
n
●
Roll - see figure 7.4.1 io

at
The roll control is activated by an assembly of rods and cables which links control
r
wheels with the ailerons and the spoilers.
pe
Aileron displacement is combined with that of spoilers, located at upper surface of

ro
each wing forward of flaps.

The spoiler rises from wing upper surface profile, when the aileron is deflected
fo
upwards and remains in wing profile, when the aileron is deflected downwards.
ed
Control wheel movement is transmitted through rods to fuselage roll lever located
under the floor. The movement is then transmitted through cables to the spoiler
iz
mechanism and from the spoiler mechanism to wing roll lever which activates the
or
aileron through a rod.

th
A rudder / roll combination spring-type system induces roll deflection at the time of
pedals movement and vice versa.
au
Roll trim - see figure 7.4.2

ot
The roll trim is controlled by a trim tab attached at trailing edge of the L.H. aileron. The
trim tab is connected through two links to an electric actuator located in the aileron. A
-N
trim switch located on pedestal controls the roll trim tab maneuver.
Roll trim tab electrical circuit is protected by the AIL TRIM breaker.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Pedestal assembly
2) Control wheels
3) Fuselage roll lever
4) Spoiler
5) Aileron
n
6) Aileron control in wing
7) Spoiler control io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.1 (1/2) - Roll

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.1 (2/2) - Roll

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Roll trim tab

2) Aileron
3) Adjustable rods
4) Actuator
5) Trim tab control wiring
n
6) Trim switch on pedestal console
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.2 (1/2) - Lateral trim

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.2 (2/2) - Lateral trim

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Elevator - see figure 7.4.3

Both elevators are activated simultaneously by the same control. Each control surface
is hinged at three points to the rear part of horizontal stabilizer.
The control wheel controls the two elevators through rods, bearings and bellcranks.
A stick shaker is fixed on the pitch lever linked to the pilot control column lever. This is a
mechanical device to vibrate the control wheel to warn the pilot in case of an imminent
n
stall. When the data received from the AoA (angle of attack) sensor indicates an
io
imminent stall, the AoA computer actuates both the stick shaker and the stall warning.
at
A spring actuator creates a nose-down artificial force which allows a better static
r
stability.
pe
Each control surface is provided with an automatic anti-tab (automaticity about 0.3),
ro
which is also used as trim tab.
Pitch trim - see figure 7.4.4

fo
The pitch trim is accomplished through the two anti-tabs located on left and right
ed
elevators.
The trim tab can be controlled electrically or manually. It is activated through cables
iz
and a chain on two screw actuators attached to the horizontal empennage.

or
The electrical control consists of a switch (NOSE UP - NOSE DOWN) located on the
th
pilot control wheel and a servo-motor attached under the pedestal.

au
The electrical circuit for pitch trims is protected by the AP SERVOS breaker.
Manual control wheel is installed vertically on left side of pedestal console.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Control wheel assembly

2) Elevators
3) Lever assembly, fuselage rear part
4) Elevator bellcrank
5) Rod with presseal connection
6) Lever assembly under floor
n
io
at
8) Actuator
9) Stick shaker
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.3 (1/2) - Elevator

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.3 (2/2) - Elevator

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Cables
2) Pulleys
3) Pitch trim tabs
4) Actuating rods
5) Actuator
n
6) Pitch trim manual control wheel
7) Electric pitch trim control io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.4 (1/2) - Pitch trim

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.4 (2/2) - Pitch trim

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Rudder - see figure 7.4.5

The rudder is hinged on three fittings attached to the vertical stabilizer rear spar.
The rudder pedals / rudder linkage is ensured through cables and a rod.
Pilot and R.H. station rudder pedal positions are adjustable at each station. The
rudder pedal adjustment mechanism (for piloting comfort purposes) includes a
manual control located against the external bulkhead beneath the instrument panel
n
and a locking device on the rudder pedals. This ball locking device allows selecting six
different positions.
io
at
When landing gear is down, rudder pedals are linked to nose gear steering system.
r
pe
Spring system of rudder / roll combination induces aileron deflection at the time of
pedal displacement and vice versa.
ro
Rudder trim - see figure 7.4.6

fo
A trim tab hinged at two points located at rudder trailing edge provides rudder trim.
Trim tab is linked by two rods to an electric actuator attached to rudder. It is controlled
ed
by rudder trim switch (Y L / Y R) located on pilot control wheel.

iz
Electrical circuit of rudder trim tab is protected by RUD TRIM breaker.

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Roll / rudder combination bellcrank installation

2) Rudder pedals assembly
3) Control cables
4) Pulleys
5) Rudder lever assembly
n
6) Rod
7) Rudder io
at
8) Nose gear steering rod
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.5 (1/2) - Rudder

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.5 (2/2) - Rudder

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Trim switch on control wheel

2) Actuator
3) Rudder trim tab
4) Rods
5) Rudder trim control wiring
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.6 (1/2) - Rudder trim

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.4.6 (2/2) - Rudder trim

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
7.5 - Landing gear

The airplane is equipped with electro-hydraulically actuated, fully retractable tricycle
landing gear.
Each landing gear is equipped with one wheel and an oil-air shock absorber
integrated in the strut.
Main landing gears swivel on two ball joints installed on wing spars. Each landing
n
gear retracts toward airplane centerline. The operation is accomplished by a hydraulic
actuating cylinder which also provides up and down locking.
io
at
Nose gear swivels on two ball joints installed on a tubular steel mount frame. Its
r
operation is accomplished by a hydraulic actuating cylinder which also provides up
pe
and down locking. The nose wheel is steerable. It is connected to pedals through a
spring rod and is provided with a shimmy damper. In UP position, nose wheel is
ro
automatically disconnected.
fo
Actuating cylinders have a locking device integrated at both ends. This device
maintains landing gear in up or down position.
ed
Landing gear doors, two on the nose gear, two on each main landing gear, are driven
and kept in UP position by the landing gear itself.
iz
All doors are mechanically kept in down position.

or
Hydraulic pressure
th
au
Hydraulic pressure required for landing gear operation is provided :

- during normal operation, by an electro-hydraulic generator with integrated
ot
reservoir,
-N
- during emergency extension operation by a hand pump supplied with an

auxiliary reservoir.
Landing gear lever - see figure 7.5.1

M
PI
LANDING GEAR lever, located on LANDING GEAR panel at the bottom of instrument
panel left part, is accomplished by an electric selector actuated through a lever ending
with a knob representing a wheel. Operation is carried out by pulling on lever and by
putting it in the desired UP (retracted) or DN (extended) position. This selector controls
hydraulic generator.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Landing gear position indicator - see figure 7.5.1

Landing gear position indication is accomplished by 5 lights :
- On LANDING GEAR control panel
. 3 green indicator lights (one per landing gear),
. 1 red warning light GEAR UNSAFE
n
. 1 amber light in the LANDING GEAR lever.
- On MFD CAS window : io
at
. GEAR UNSAFE
r
pe
● NOTE ●
ro
The amber light flashes while the hydraulic pump is operating to extend or
retract the landing gear.
fo
●
When landing gear is correctly retracted, all lights are OFF.
ed
Down-locked correct indication is when there are 3 green indicator lights ON, the
iz
GEAR UNSAFE red warning light is OFF, the GEAR UNSAFE is OFF and the
or
amber caution light is OFF. All other cases mean the gear is not down-locked.
th
In case of doubt about landing gear down-locked position, an independent electrical

circuit provides a countercheck capability of the indication system. Pressing the
au
CHECK DOWN push-button, located on the landing gear panel, checks the
down-lock of the gear making twinkle, at 16 hertz, the green indicator lights
ot
corresponding to the down-locked gear.

-N
Pressing the LIGHT TEST push-button allows testing all landing gear panel lights
making them flash at 1 hertz.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
1) Green indicator light

2) Red warning light
3) LANDING GEAR lever
4) CHECK DOWN push-button
5) LIGHT TEST push-button
n
6) Amber light
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.1 - Control panel and landing gear indicating

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Safety
Safety switch - landing gear retraction
A safety switch installed on each main landing gear prevents, by detecting shock strut
compression, landing gear accidental retraction when airplane is on ground.
Landing gear aural warning
n
Landing gear / Landing gear aural warning alert sounds when :
- io
THROTTLE is on IDLE position and landing gear is not down-locked,
at
- flaps are beyond TO position (Takeoff) and landing gear is not down-locked.
r
pe
● NOTE ●
If one of above conditions exists and airplane is in stall configuration, the
ro
Stall/landing gear aural warning alert sounds and the control wheel vibrates.
●
fo
Emergency landing gear extension control - see figure 7.5.2

ed
Emergency landing gear extension control consists of a hand pump and a by-pass
selector.
iz
This control is accessible by removing the floor panel located aft of the pedestal.
or
After bypass selector closing, hand pump operation sends hydraulic fluid directly into
th
landing gear actuators ; landing gear full extension and locking requires up to
au
110 cycles.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.2 - Emergency landing gear extension control

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Ground maneuvers
Nose gear steering control - see figures 7.5.3 and 7.5.4
Nose gear steering control is combined with rudder pedals and is fitted with a shimmy
damper. When one of rudder pedals is fully pushed, nose wheel swivels about 20°.
Steering may be increased up to 28° by applying differential braking to each side.
Airplane may be towed by attaching a steering or towing bar on nose gear, refer to
n
chapter 8.6 for operation. In that case nose wheel steering angle is limited to ± 28°.
Minimum turn diameter io
at
Minimum turn diameter, figure 7.5.4, is obtained by using nose gear steering and
r
pe
differential braking.
▲ CAUTION ▲
ro
Since tight turns lead to untimely tire wear, turns should be made using
the largest possible turning radius.
fo
▲
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.3 - Minimum turn diameter

(Full rudder pedals travel without using differential braking)

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.4 - Minimum turn diameter

(Full rudder pedals travel by using differential braking)

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Brake system - see figures 7.5.5 and 7.5.5A

Airplane is equipped with a hydraulically actuated disc braking system installed on the
main landing gear wheels.
Each toe brake at L.H. and R.H. stations is equipped with a master cylinder which
sends hydraulic pressure to the corresponding disc brake : L.H. pedals L.H. brake ;
R.H. pedals R.H. brake. This differential braking helps maneuvering during taxiing.
n
io
A master cylinder, actuated by a servo-motor, sends hydraulic pressure to the disc
at
brakes when landing under HomeSafe function.
r
pe
HS ABN BRAKES is displayed in the CAS window if the servo-motor is operating.

ro
>> All
Parking brake - see figures 7.5.5, 7.5.5A and 7.5.6

fo
Parking brake control consists of a control knob located on pilot's side lower
ed
instrument panel and a valve which regulates brake pressure.

To apply the parking brake, press on toe brake of rudder pedals and set the control
iz
knob to ON.
or
PARK BRAKE lights on when the control knob is set to ON.

th
au
● NOTE ●
Operating the parking brake knob without applying pressure on rudder pedals
does not cause the wheels to be braked.
ot
●
-N
▲ CAUTION ▲
Failure to apply brake pressure while releasing the parking brake can
M
damage the parking brake valve. This damage can cause the parking
brake valve to not release the pressure.
PI
▲
To release the parking brake, press on toe brake of rudder pedals and set the control
knob to OFF. Check at the same time that PARK BRAKE disappears.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
>> Without HomeSafe emergency function (Pre-MOD70-0650-34A)
n
io
r at
pe
ro
1) Reservoir
fo
2) Vent
ed
3) R.H. station master cylinders

iz
4) PARK BRAKE control knob

or
5) PARK BRAKE valve

th
6) Drain
au
7) Pilot's station master cylinders

8) L.H. brake assembly
ot
9) R.H. brake assembly

-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.5 (1/2) - Brake system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.5 (2/2) - Brake system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
1) Reservoir
fo
2) Vent
ed
3) HomeSafe braking servo-actuator

iz
4) HomeSafe master cylinder

or
5) R.H. station master cylinders

th
6) PARK BRAKE control knob

au
7) PARK BRAKE valve

8) Drain
ot
9) Pilot's station master cylinders

-N
10) L.H. brake assembly

11) R.H. brake assembly
M
PI
Figure 7.5.5A (1/2) - Brake system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.5A (2/2) - Brake system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
>> All
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.5.6 - Brake system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
7.6 - Powerplant
Turboprop engine operation - see figure 7.6.1
The PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA turboprop engine (PT6A-66D model) is a free
turbine engine rated at 850 SHP and developing a thermodynamic power
of 1825 ESHP.
Intake air enters engine through an annular casing and is then ducted toward
n
compressor. The latter consists of four axial stages and one single centrifugal stage
io
assembly to form a whole assembly. Compressed air and fuel are mixed and sprayed
at
into combustion chamber by fuel nozzles. The mixture is first ignited by two spark
igniter plugs, then combustion continues as a result of air-fuel mixture flow. Gases
r
pe
resulting from combustion expand through a series of turbines. The first one (gas
generator turbine) drives compressor assembly and accessories, the two other ones
ro
(power turbines), independant from the first one, drive propeller shaft through a
reduction gear box. Hot gases are evacuated through two exhaust stubs located
fo
laterally on both sides forward of engine cowling.

All engine driven accessories, except power turbine tachometer, propeller governor
ed
and overspeed governor are installed on accessory gearbox located rearward of

engine.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
1) Propeller governor
io
at
2) Exhaust stub
r
3) Axial compressors
pe
4) Accessory gearbox
ro
5) FCU Fuel Control Unit

6) Oil to fuel heater
fo
7) Input coupling shaft

ed
8) Air intake
iz
9) Centrifugal impeller
or
10) Combustion chamber

th
11) Compressor turbine

au
12) Power turbine 1st stage

13) Power turbine 2nd stage
ot
14) Power turbine shaft

-N
M
PI
Figure 7.6.1 (1/2) - Powerplant

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.6.1 (2/2) - Powerplant

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Engine control levers - see figure 7.6.2

Engine operation requires use of two levers located on pedestal console in cabin :
- THROTTLE and its detent for reverse, GA push-button and AT DISC
push-button,
- MAN OVRD control for emergency fuel regulation,
- Thumbwheel for lever friction.
n
1)
io
THROTTLE
at
2) Thumbwheel
r
pe
3) MAN OVRD control

4) Reverse
ro
5) GA push-button
fo
6) AT DISC push-button
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.6.2 - Engine control levers

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
THROTTLE - see figure 7.6.3

The THROTTLE has two operating modes : thrust mode and condition mode.
- Thrust mode
The THROTTLE is in vertical position. It modulates engine power from full
reverse to max power.
Engine running, the throttle rearward displacement, past the lock using the
n
detent, allows to control :
-
io
the engine power in the Beta range from idle to maximum reverse,
at
- the Beta valve to select the propeller pitch in reverse.
r
pe
Return to idle position is accomplished by pushing the THROTTLE forward.

▲ CAUTION ▲
ro
Do not move the cockpit THROTTLE into the propeller reverse position
or damage to the linkage will result.
fo
Reverse may only be selected with engine running and propeller

turning.
ed
Any rearward effort on the THROTTLE, past the idle stop, may
iz
damage or break the flexible control cable.

▲
or
When engine is shutdown, there is no oil pressure in the propeller and the
th
feathering spring locks the Beta ring and the propeller reversing interconnect
au
linkage on the engine.

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
- Condition mode
The THROTTLE is moved to the condition side by lifting the knob.
As long as the THROTTLE is in condition mode, the propeller is in feather
position.The THROTTLE can be positioned to CUT OFF, idle LO-IDLE or idle
HI-IDLE.
Change from idle HI-IDLE to LO-IDLE position requires moving the THROTTLE
rearwards.
n
Change from idle LO-IDLE to CUT OFF position is only possible after having
io
overridden the idle gate. To override idle gate, raise the THROTTLE and move
it rearwards.
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
Figure 7.6.3 - THROTTLE

M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Autothrottle mechanical assembly

The autothrottle function actuates the THROTTLE by an assembly of rods and levers
permitting to link the GARMIN servo-motor and the potentiometer.
The THROTTLE movements are defined by the servo-motor.
The THROTTLE position is measured by the potentiometer.
The autothrottle controls are integrated within the AFCS control panel which is located
n
above the MFD.
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
2) Potentiometer
3) Servo-motor
4) Rod
5) Lever
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.6.4 - Autothrottle

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
MAN OVRD control - see figure 7.6.2

MAN OVRD control (3) is normally notched in full backward position. In case of FCU or
THROTTLE failure, it allows setting engine power manually.
To quit full backward position (notched), move the MAN OVRD control forward
overriding the indexation.
● NOTE ●
n
The power available if the THROTTLE fails will be limited by the position of the
lever.
● io
at
Autothrottle is disconnected when the MAN OVRD lever is used.
r
pe
Lever friction - see figure 7.6.2

ro
A thumbwheel located on right side of pedestal console allows the clamping of the
THROTTLE lever and MAN OVRD lever to prevent slipping of the controls once set.
fo
Engine instruments
ed
Engine indicating consists of :

iz
- engine torque expressed in percent (%), TRQ

or
- propeller speed in RPM, PROP RPM

th
- generator rotation speed expressed in percent (%), Ng

au
- ITT expressed in °C,

- oil pressure expressed in PSI.
ot
- oil temperature expressed in °C.

-N
● NOTE ●
Engine monitoring is ensured by ITT , NG , ITT HI , NG HI and
M
OIL PRESS . Refer to the GARMIN Pilot's Guide for further details.
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Single engine indicator - see figures 7.6.5, 7.6.6 and 7.6.7

The single engine indicator simplifies the monitoring of engines parameters :
- TRQ, NG and ITT gauges are merged into one display window.
- PROP RPM is always displayed with a digital indicator.
- TRQ, NG and ITT indications have a dedicated tab.
n
- At all times, only one indication has priority and is primarily displayed with an
analog gauge and associated digital information.
io
at
The two other indications that do not have priority are displayed only in the form
of a digital information.
r
pe
There is only one arc displayed at a time with either TRQ, NG or ITT. At all times
the digital value of TRQ, NG and ITT are displayed.
ro
- Indication priority depends on engine condition (i.e. engine OFF/START or

engine running) and parameter level (i.e. normal, amber or red).
fo
- When the engine is OFF and during engine start, the primarily displayed
ed
indication is ITT.
- When the engine is running, the primarily displayed indication is TRQ.
iz
NG and ITT indications take priority only if either parameter enters an

or
amber or red operating range.

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.6.5 - Priority indication = TRQ

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
Figure 7.6.6 - Priority indication = NG

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.6.7 - Priority indication = ITT

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Engine lubrication
Engine oil is in a tank incorporated into the powerplant. It ensures lubrication and
engine cooling. A cooler located on left side in engine compartment maintains oil
temperature within limits. Oil flow into the cooler is metered by a thermostatic valve.
Engine oil also supplies propeller governor and engine torquemeter.
A chip detection system enables the monitoring of engine oil system. The system
includes one chip detector installed on propeller reduction gear box and a second chip
n
io
detector installed on engine accessory gear box. In case of chip detection, CHIP will
at
appear on integrated flight deck system screen.
r
Lubrication system content, cooler included, is 12.7 quarts (12 litres). A graduated
pe
dipstick allows checking oil quantity in system. A visual oil sight glass, located on
engine left side, allows a rapid checking of oil level.
ro
● NOTE ●
fo
For checking and oil filling-up, refer to section 8.

●
ed
Engine starting - see figure 7.6.8

iz
Ignition function
or
Ignition system consists of an ignition unit and two spark igniter plugs in powerplant, a
th
three-position IGNITION switch OFF - AUTO - ON located on ENGINE START panel

at upper panel.
au
Ignition unit supplies, from 28-volt source, high voltage current necessary to spark
igniter plugs. When IGNITION switch is positioned to AUTO, ignition unit supply is
ot
ensured during the engine start.

-N
IGNITION lights on as long as ignition unit is supplied.
Auto ignition function

M
When Ng is lower than 51 % and IGNITION switch is positioned to AUTO and

PI
THROTTLE is not positioned to FEATHER, then, the auto ignition system provides
current to spark igniter plugs.
IGNITION lights on as long as ignition unit is supplied.
When Ng is higher than 65 % or THROTTLE is positioned to FEATHER then, the

system is inactive.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Starter function
Starting system consists of STARTER switch located on ENGINE START panel,
starter generator and ignition circuit (Refer to paragraph Ignition function).
Starting procedure is semi-automatic. Setting STARTER switch to ON connects the
starter generator which drives powerplant. STARTER lights on indicating that the
starter generator is operating.
n
Starter operation is stopped automatically by the electrical power system once a
io
sufficient starter-generator speed is reached or after 60 s. The pilot has the capability
at
to interrupt the start process anytime by setting momentarily the STARTER switch to
the ABORT position.
r
pe
▲ WARNING ▲
ro
Powerplant starting must be performed by qualified personnel

and following procedures and parameters described in section 4
fo
Normal procedures.
▲
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.6.8 - Engine starting

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Engine air inlet

Engine air inlet is located at front lower section of engine cowling. Air inlet port is
protected against icing by a hot air flux provided by engine. Air is driven throughout a
duct in engine casing before entering engine through a protective screen. An inertial
separator system inside the air duct protects the engine from ingesting dense
particles (water, ice, fine gravels, sand).
Separator consists of two movable vanes. During normal operation, air is conducted
n
directly towards engine air inlet. To separate particles suspended in the air, vanes are
io
positioned to force engine induction air to execute a sharp turn : under the effect of
at
centrifugal force denser particles separate from the air and are discharged overboard
r
through two apertures located under engine cowling.
pe
Operation of inertial separator vanes is electrically controlled by INERT SEP switch

ro
located on DE-ICE SYSTEM panel. When INERT SEP switch is set to ON, an electric
actuator activates vanes ; INERT SEP ON lights on when vanes have reached
fo
their maximum deflection and remains visible as long as switch remains ON. Full
deflection takes about 40 seconds. If the vanes do not reach the full deflection
ed
50 seconds after activation or are not retracted 50 seconds after deactivation,

INERT SEP FAIL is displayed in CAS window.
iz
or
Inertial separator is automatically activated when the Ice Detection System is in AUTO
mode and an ice signal is sent by the ice detector. It can be manually activated at any
th
moment by pressing the INERT SEP switch. Deactivation is possible at any moment
au
except if DE ICE SYSTEM mode switch is set to AUTO and ice is detected by the ice
detector. Description of Ice Detection System is presented in chapter 7.13.
ot
The table hereafter gives the CAS messages and the status light colors
-N
corresponding to the system state.
System state Status lights CAS

M
OFF
PI
ON (AUTO mode)
INERT SEP ON
ON (MAN mode)
INERT SEP ON
FAIL
INERT SEP FAIL

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Exhaust system
Exhaust gases are evacuated through exhaust stubs located on sides of engine
cowlings.
Engine accessories
All engine driven accessories, except power turbine tacho-generator (Np), propeller
governor and overspeed governor, are installed on accessory gearbox located
n
rearwards of engine.
Oil pump io
at
Oil pump is a self-controlled gear pump located at the bottom of oil casing.
r
pe
Fuel high pressure pump (HP)

ro
Fuel high pressure pump is installed on accessory gearbox. It supplies fuel nozzles,
flow being controlled by fuel regulator (FCU). Fuel provided by engine driven main
fo
pump (mechanical) enters high pressure pump through a filter, then it is discharged
under pressure into fuel regulator (FCU) through a second filter. In case of
ed
contamination of this second filter, a by-pass valve allows fuel to go directly from high
pressure pump to the regulator.
iz
Compressor turbine tacho-generator (Ng)

or
Compressor turbine tacho-generator (Ng) is attached on accessory gearbox. It

th
supplies a voltage which is transmitted to the GARMIN system for display on the MFD,
au
under normal display conditions.

Power turbine tacho-generator (Np)
ot
Power turbine tacho-generator is attached on the right side of the reduction gearbox. It
-N
supplies a voltage which is transmitted to the GARMIN system for display on the MFD,
under normal display conditions.
Torque transmitter
M
Torque transmitter is attached on the torque limiter, it measures torque produced by

PI
the power turbine by comparing oil pressures (reduction gear and power turbine) and
converts pressure difference into a voltage. This voltage is transmitted to the GARMIN
system for display on the MFD, under normal display conditions.
Propeller overspeed limiter
Propeller overspeed limiter is installed on left side of the reduction gear box. It
prevents a propeller overspeed in case of main propeller governor failure.
Propeller overspeed limiter is equipped with a solenoïd which makes feather the
propeller when the THROTTLE is in condition mode.

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
Torque limiter
Torque limiter is located on right side of the reduction gear box. It is rated to limit engine
torque to 109-110 % at sea level.
Propeller
Airplane is equipped with a composite five-bladed, constant-speed and full-feathering
propeller.
n
Regulation
io
at
Propeller governor located on engine maintains rotation speed to the nominal value of
2000 RPM. Regulation is obtained through propeller blade pitch variation :
r
pe
counterweights drive propeller blades toward high pitch (low RPM) whereas oil
pressure delivered by governor drives back blades toward low pitch (high RPM).
ro
Propeller governor allows feathering either by voluntary pilot action via THROTTLE
(Condition mode) or automatically in case of engine failure or shutdown.
fo
Propeller reverse pitch allows reduced taxiing speed or landing roll. Change from idle
ed
to reverse position is performed with THROTTLE (Thrust mode) - refer to paragraph

Engine controls.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 7
Description
7.7 - Use of autothrottle

General
The Autothrottle (AT) function is fully integrated with the Automatic Flight Control
System (AFCS) and is associated with the Single Engine Indicator (SEI). AT
automatically actuates the THROTTLE lever to control engine power within
operational limits, in order to reach and maintain the manually selected airspeed
n
(MAN mode) or programmed flight phase schedule (FMS mode).
● NOTE ● io
at
If needed, autothrottle stability and damping can be improved by increasing the
friction on the THROTTLE lever using the thumbwheel located on right side of
r
pe
the pedestal console - see Figure 7.6.2.

●
ro
For more information on AT modes and cockpit controls, refer to GARMIN Pilot’s
Guide, Autothrottle section.
fo
For more information on SEI, refer to section 7.6 Powerplant, Single engine indicator
ed
and to GARMIN Pilot’s Guide, Engine Indication System (EIS) section.
AT engine and airspeed protections

iz
or
The AT function includes engine and airspeed protections to enhance flight safety. AT
engine and airspeed protections automatically activate if necessary, both when the
th
AT is engaged and when the AT is disengaged.

au
AT engine and airspeed protections are automatically inhibited below 400 ft AGL.
The default setting for the AT engine and airspeed protections is ON at avionics power
ot
up. The ESP system and the AT engine protection system must remain ON for all
-N
normal operations. If necessary, for a specific training maneuver or maintenance

check, these systems can be temporarily turned off with the Stability & Protection
button in the avionics setting of the GTC menu. The ESP OFF advisory CAS
M
message indicates that the AT engine protection system and the ESP system
PI
protections are OFF. Following completion of the training maneuver or maintenance

check turn ESP on.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
AT engine protections
AT engine protections automatically reduce engine power, to ensure that all engine
parameters never remain above the following cautionary threshold values :
- TRQ > 100 %
- Ng > 103.0 % ( NG HI CAS message)
- ITT > 820°C ( ITT HI CAS message)
n
● NOTE ●
io
When the AT is engaged in a mode that sets and maintains 100 % TRQ
at
(e.g. TO , CLIMB or any other mode that requires 100 % TRQ to reach and
r
pe
maintain a specific airspeed or flight schedule), TRQ may temporarily exceed

100 % (TRQ indications become amber). It is normal for the autothrottle system
ro
to take a few seconds to fully correct a torque exceedance. This may occur in
acceleration phases or during extention or retraction of the inertial separator.
fo
The engine will only require inspection/maintenance if 110 % torque is

exceeded.
ed
●
AT airspeed protections
iz
or
AT airspeed protections are complementary to ESP, and operate as follows :

- AT automatically increases engine power to prevent any aircraft underspeed
th
condition.
au
- AT automatically reduces engine power to prevent any aircraft overspeed

condition.
>> Before GDU v21.45 GARMIN software (Pre-MOD70-0649-00E)
ot
● NOTE ●
-N
Airspeed thresholds taken into account by AT airspeed protections depend on

the current flap setting.
M
●
PI
>> After GDU v21.45 GARMIN software (Post-MOD70-0649-00E)

● NOTE ●
Airspeed thresholds taken into account by AT airspeed protections depend on
the current flap setting and landing gear position.
●
>> All
For more information on AT protections, refer to GARMIN Pilot’s Guide, Autothrottle
and Electronic Stability & Protection (ESP) sections.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
AT engagement and disengagement

AT engagement
To engage AT, press the AT button on the Garmin Mode Controller (GMC).
AT status, and associated AT mode become active.
If the AT is not engaged, AT may automatically engage if an engine or airspeed
n
protection is triggered. PROT AT mode temporarily appears, until the condition for
engine or airspeed protection is cleared. io
at
AT standard disengagement
r
pe
To disconnect AT in a standard manner, apply any of the following :

- Press the AT button on the GMC
ro
- Press the AT DISC push-button on the THROTTLE lever

fo
- Press the AP/TRIM DISC push-button on the control yoke (AP/FD will also be
disengaged)
ed
At AT standard disengagement, an AT annunciation flashes during

iz
approximately 5 s and one “autothrottle” aural alert is generated.

or
AT non-standard disengagement
th
The following will cause non-standard AT disengagement :

au
- Manually forcing on the THROTTLE lever until the AT control servo is

overridden
ot
- AP SERVOS breaker is pulled or tripped

-N
- FD captures the GS/GP in FMS mode

In the case of AT non-standard disengagement, the AT annunciation flashes and
M
the “autothrottle” aural alert is generated, until AT disengagement is acknowledged

PI
(i.e. until either the AT DISC push-button of the THROTTLE lever or the AP/TRIM
DISC push-button of the control yoke is pressed).

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Engine start or engine air start

● NOTE ●
●
For additional information on SEI display during engine start, refer to section 7.6
Powerplant, Single engine indicator and to GARMIN Pilot’s Guide, Engine Indication
n
System (EIS) section.
io
at
Taxi
r
Do not engage AT for taxi - refer to section 2.6.2 Autothrottle limits.
pe
Takeoff
ro
Do not engage AT for takeoff if OAT > ISA + 30°C - refer to section 2.6.2 Autothrottle
fo
limits.
If OAT < ISA + 30°C, AT can be engaged for takeoff, as follows :
ed
When the aircraft is lined up on the runway, press the AT button to arm AT ( TO AT
iz
mode is displayed). Then, manually set takeoff torque up to the [70 % - 90 %] range,
or
until AT takes control over the THROTTLE lever. TO AT mode and AT status both
th
become active.
au
TO AT mode sets and maintains 100 % TRQ.

ot
● NOTE ●
AT engine and airspeed protections are inhibited below 400 ft AGL.
-N
●
● NOTE ●
M
With AT engaged during takeoff or go-around, the THROTTLE position must be

guarded by keeping the pilot's hand on the THROTTLE.
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Climb
Above 1 000 ft AGL :
For climb with the AT engaged, it is recommended to use the FLC FD vertical mode.
When FLC is active, AT engagement activates the CLIMB AT mode that sets and
maintains engine power in accordance with the climb performance tables - refer to
n
section 5.10 Climb performance.
io
Then, the target airspeed is tracked via FD pitch orders. In MAN mode, the target
at
airspeed is the manually selected airspeed. In FMS mode, the target airspeed is
r
retrieved from the FMS climb schedule.
pe
Torque target display

ro
In MAN or FMS mode, the Maximum Climb Torque index is displayed on the torque
gauge when the inertial separator is OFF. Its value corresponds to the Maximum
fo
Climb power - refer to chapter 5.8 Engine operation.

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
Figure 7.7.1 - Maximum Climb Torque

-N
Cruise
M
● NOTE ●
PI
During the acceleration between the climb and the cruise airspeed, the AT may
increase engine power, slightly before engine aerodynamic cooling becomes
fully effective. As a result, the NG and/or ITT parameters may temporarily enter
the cautionary range of the SEI and trigger the AT engine protection (engine
power reduction associated with the NG HI and/or ITT HI CAS messages).
This may occur until cruise airspeed is stabilized.
●

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Cruise in MAN Mode
In MAN mode, AT engagement activates the SPD XXXKT AT mode that controls
engine power within operational limits to reach and maintain the selected airspeed.
● NOTE ●
If the selected airspeed cannot be reached (e.g. selected airspeed is too high
with respect to maximum permitted engine power, or engine performance is
n
affected when inertial separator is ON, etc.), the AT maintains the maximum
io
permitted engine power and the resulting airspeed may remain below the
selected airspeed. This is to remain within the normal engine operating range.
at
●
r
pe
Cruise in FMS mode

ro
In FMS mode, the selectable cruise schedules are Recommended Cruise ( RCR ),
Maximum Cruise ( MXCR ), Long Range Cruise ( LRCR ), or Pilot-Defined Cruise.
fo
In either mode, AT controls engine power within operational limits, in order to reach
ed
and maintain the selected cruise schedule.

In FMS speed mode, the AT takes speed constraints of the flight plan into account. If
iz
the active leg of the flight plan has a speed constraint, the speed constraint is
or
displayed above the airspeed indicator and the AT mode switches to SPD XXXKT .
th
Torque target display

au
In MAN or FMS mode, the optimum torque index is displayed on the torque gauge
when the inertial separator is OFF. Its display depends on the selected cruise
ot
schedule - refer to GARMIN Pilot's Guide, Vertical Navigation section.

-N
If either Recommended Cruise schedule or Maximum Cruise schedule is selected,

the Optimum Cruise Range is displayed. The lower and upper ends of the Optimum
Cruise Range arc respectively correspond to the Recommended Cruise and
M
Maximum Cruise power - refer to chapter 5.8 Engine operation.

PI
If Long Range Cruise schedule is selected, the white ”T” is displayed, which
corresponds to the AT managed torque target in Long Range Cruise (50 %).
If Pilot-Defined Cruise schedule is selected, no torque index is displayed on the torque
gauge.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
at
Figure 7.7.2 - Optimum Cruise Range
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
Figure 7.7.3 - Long Range Cruise

th
Examples
au
Example, with no speed constraints :

- FL 280, Selected Cruise Schedule : Maximum Cruise. No Speed Constraint.
ot
-N
- AT mode : MXCR
- Managed AT TRQ = 100 %

M
- IAS ≃ 200 kt (maximum airspeed corresponding to torque value)

PI
Examples, with speed constraints :

- Altitude 5 000 ft, Selected Cruise Schedule : Long Range Cruise. Speed
Constraint = 250 kt.
- Displayed AT mode : SPD 250 KT
- Managed AT TRQ = 50 %
- IAS ≃ 175 kt (maximum airspeed corresponding to torque value)

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
- Altitude 3 000 ft, Selected Cruise Schedule : Maximum Cruise. Speed

Constraint = 120 kt.
- AT mode : SPD 120 KT
- Managed AT TRQ ≃ 30 % (torque corresponding to target airspeed)

- IAS = 120 kt
n
Descent
io
For descent with the AT engaged, it is recommended to use the FLC or VS FD
at
vertical mode.
r
pe
When FLC is active, AT engagement activates the DESC AT mode that sets and
ro
maintains engine power to approximately 10 % TRQ. Then, the target airspeed is

tracked via FD pitch orders. In MAN mode, the target airspeed is the manually
fo
selected airspeed. In FMS mode, the target airspeed is retrieved from the FMS
descent schedule.
ed
When VS is active, AT engagement activates the SPD XXXKT AT mode that

iz
controls engine power within operational limits to reach and maintain the target
or
airspeed. In MAN mode, the target airspeed is the manually selected airspeed. In FMS
mode, the target airspeed is retrieved from the FMS descent schedule. Then, the
th
target vertical speed is tracked via FD pitch orders.

au
Approach
For approaches (i.e. from the Initial Approach Fix), the SPD source switch must be in
ot
MAN mode or the autothrottle must be disengaged - refer to section 2.6.2 Autothrottle
-N
limits.
This is because use of AT in FMS mode until final approach may result in an
M
unstabilized approach, because the predefined FMS descent schedule is not

appropriate for approach. A go-around maneuver may be necessary, due to all of the
PI
following :
- Airspeed may be too high at GS/GP capture
- Airspeed may be too high to timely configure the aircraft before landing
- AT automatically disengages at GS/GP capture and cannot be re-engaged, if in
FMS mode.
As a result, only MAN mode is permitted for approach, to ensure an appropriate
airspeed management until touchdown.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
AT must be disengaged before 200 ft AGL. Then, engine torque must be manually
adjusted to manage airspeed until touchdown.
● NOTE ●
It is possible to perform an approach with the AT engaged and the AP/FD
disengaged.
●
Go-around
n
io
With the AT engaged, if the GA push-button is pressed, both of the following
at
simultaneously occur :
r
- The AT TO mode becomes active. TO AT mode sets and maintains 100 %
pe
TRQ.
ro
- The FD GA lateral and vertical modes become active.

fo
With the AT disengaged, if the GA push-button is pressed, only the FD GA lateral

ed
and vertical modes become active. The AT remains disengaged.

● NOTE ●
iz
With AT engaged during takeoff or go-around, the THROTTLE position must be

or
guarded by keeping the pilot's hand on the THROTTLE.

th
●
au
Landing
▲ WARNING ▲
ot
If AT is still engaged during the flare, the airplane will fly at the
-N
selected approach airspeed, a few feet above the runway, not

allowing a correct and safe landing. In that case, perform a
go-around.
M
▲
PI
AT must be disengaged before 200 ft AGL. Then, engine torque must be manually
adjusted to manage airspeed until touchdown.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
FD vertical modes and corresponding AT modes summary

The following table provides the correspondence between FD vertical modes and AT
modes, depending on the MAN/FMS mode.
Corresponding
Corresponding AT Mode
Active FD Vertical Mode AT Mode
(FMS)
(MAN)
PIT SPD XXXKT SPD XXXKT
n
ALT , ALTS , ALTV , LVL SPD XXXKT io
RCR or MXCR or LRCR
r at
VS SPD XXXKT SPD XXXKT
pe
FLC (climb) CLIMB CLIMB

ro
FLC (descent) DESC DESC

fo
GS , GP , PATH SPD XXXKT SPD XXXKT

ed
iz
TO TO TO
or
GA TO TO
th
SPD XXXKT SPD XXXKT

au
None (FD disengaged)

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
7.8 - Fuel system - see figures 7.8.1 and 7.8.1A

The fuel system comprises fuel tanks, fuel unit, selectors, manual and automatic,
electric and mechanical boost pumps, engine fuel system, gaging installation,
monitoring installation and drains.
Fuel tanks
Fuel tanks are formed by sealed casings in each wing. Each fuel tank comprises a
n
filling port located at the end of wing upper surface, two drain valves located at the
io
lower surface (one near main landing gear, at trailing edge side, the second one near
at
wing root side, at leading edge), a vent valve located on the lower surface, a suction
strainer and three level gages.
r
pe
Fuel unit
ro
The fuel unit combines shut-off valve, tank selector and filter functions. It is connected
to the manual selector through a mechanical control. The fuel filter is located in a bowl
fo
at the lower part of the unit. It is fitted with a by-pass valve, a clogging indicator and a
drain valve.
ed

iz
HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve

or
HomeSafe shuts down the engine after landing by closing a fuel shut-off valve in the
th
line between the right fuel tank and the fuel selector.
au
HS FUEL SHUTOFF is displayed in the CAS window if the shut-off valve is closed.
ot
The HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve is prevented from closing when the AUX BP switch
is ON. If HS FUEL SHUTOFF is ON when the AUX BP switch is ON, it may indicate a
-N
mechanical failure of the HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve.

>> All
M
Tank manual selector - see figure 7.8.2

PI
The FUEL TANK SELECTOR is located on the pedestal rear face. It allows selecting
manually the tank (R or L) to be used and setting unit to OFF. To change from L
position to OFF position, turn the selector clockwise (L → R → OFF) ; change from R
position to OFF position requires a voluntary action from the pilot (pull and turn). The
pull and turn maneuver prevents involuntary operation. When the unit is set to OFF,
FUEL OFF remains visible.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
>> Without HomeSafe emergency function (Pre-MOD70-0650-34A)
n
io
r at
pe
1) Flow divider 14) Fuel unit

ro
2) Flowmeter 15) Filter drain

3) Collector tank 16) Fuel return pipe
fo
4) Fuel regulator 17) Filling port

ed
5) High pressure pump (HP) 18) NACA scoop

iz
6) Oil to fuel heater 19) Tank vent valve

or
7) Low pressure switch 20) Fuel level gages

th
8) Fuel jet 21) Tank drain valve

au
9) Main mechanical boost pump 22) Check-valve

10) Electric boost pump 23) Low level detector
ot
11) Fuel filter 24) Suction strainer

-N
12) Filter clogging by-pass valve 25) Fuel amplifier

13) Filter clogging indicator 26) Sequencer
M
PI
Figure 7.8.1 (1/2) - Fuel system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.8.1 (2/2) - Fuel system

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
1) Flow divider 15) Filter drain

ro
2) Flowmeter 16) HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve

3) Collector tank 17) Fuel return pipe
fo
4) Fuel regulator 18) Filling port

ed
5) High pressure pump (HP) 19) NACA scoop

iz
6) Oil to fuel heater 20) Tank vent valve

or
7) Low pressure switch 21) Fuel level gages

th
8) Fuel jet 22) Tank drain valve

au
9) Main mechanical boost pump 23) Check-valve

10) Electric boost pump 24) Low level detector
ot
11) Fuel filter 25) Suction strainer

-N
12) Filter clogging by-pass valve 26) Fuel amplifier

13) Filter clogging indicator 27) Sequencer
M
14) Fuel unit

PI
Figure 7.8.1A (1/2) - Fuel system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.8.1A (2/2) - Fuel system

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
>> All
Automatic tank selector - see figures 7.8.2 and 7.8.3

Automatic tank selection allows, without pilot's intervention, feeding the engine from
one tank or the other in predetermined sequences. These sequences depend on
airplane configuration (ground, in-flight, fuel low level CAS messages appearance).
Automatic tank selection system comprises an electronic sequencer, an actuator
n
attached on the fuel unit, FUEL SEL two-position selector (AUTO, MAN) and SHIFT
push-knob located on FUEL panel.
io
at
To operate the automatic selector, set FUEL SEL switch to AUTO position and
r
manual selector to R or L.
pe
Selector operation
ro
When the system is operated, AUTO SEL disappears ; the sequencer chooses a
fo
tank (R or L) and through the actuator, positions the fuel unit selector on the selected
tank. The sequencer controls the time during which the selected tank will operate.
ed
This time varies, depending on airplane conditions.

Airplane on ground : tank is changed every minute and 15 seconds.
iz
or
Airplane in flight : tank is changed every five minutes, as long as FUEL LOW L or
th
FUEL LOW R does not appear. When the first low level lights on, the sequencer
au
immediately selects the other tank. The selected tank will operate until the second low
level lights on. When FUEL LOW L-R is visible, the sequencer changes tanks
ot
every minute and 15 seconds.

-N
● NOTE ●
The manual selector is driven by the fuel unit and is positioned on R or L mark
corresponding to the tank selected by the sequencer. Therefore, the pilot
M
continuously knows the tank which is operating.

●
PI
Test for system proper operation

SHIFT push-button allows the pilot to test system proper operation anytime.
When the system operates, the fuel tank is changed when SHIFT push-button is
pressed once.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
If airplane is on ground or in flight, low level CAS messages not visible, the new
selected tank remains operating and a new sequence is initiated.
● NOTE ●
This procedure allows the pilot to preferably choose the tank from which he/she
wants to take fuel.
●
In all cases, proper system operation is indicated by rotation of the manual selector.
n
io
Setting FUEL SEL switch to MAN position or setting FUEL TANK SELECTOR to OFF
at
position leads to system de-activating and appearance of AUTO SEL .
r
AUTO SEL also lights on when order given by the sequencer has not been
pe
executed after 12 seconds.

ro
Electric boost pump (AUX BP)

fo
Electric boost pump is an auxiliary pump located between fuel unit and main
mechanical boost pump. It is controlled through AUX BP switch located on FUEL
ed
panel. This switch allows stopping or selecting the two pump operating modes :
- when set to ON, electric boost pump operates permanently
iz
- when set to AUTO, electric boost pump is automatically operated in case of fuel
or
pressure drop at the mechanical boost pump outlet.

th

au
● NOTE ●
When AUX BP switch is set to ON, the HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve is forced in
ot
open position.
-N
●
>> All
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.8.2 - Manual selector of fuel tanks

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
1) AUX BP switch
2) FUEL SEL switch
3) SHIFT push-button
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.8.3 - Fuel control panel

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
Main mechanical boost pump

The mechanical boost pump is attached to accessory gearbox and supplies fuel
necessary for engine operation.
Engine fuel system

The engine fuel system consists of a fuel regulator, pumps, filters, a fuel divider and
fuel nozzles. The system provides the fuel flow necessary to satisfy the engine power
n
and rating needs.
io
The fuel coming from airplane system goes through a heater which is automatically
at
controlled by a thermostatic valve.
r
pe
Fuel gaging installation

ro
Fuel gaging installation is a capacitive type. Fuel data are displayed in us gallons.
Three fuel level gages are installed in each tank. The wing root side fuel level gage is
fo
equipped with a low level detector which leads to fuel low level CAS messages
appearance, when usable fuel quantity remaining in the concerned fuel tank is under
ed
about 9 USG (34 Litres).

Fuel system monitoring
iz
Fuel system monitoring is ensured by CAS messages :

or
- FUEL OFF : Fuel tank selector set to OFF

th
au
- FUEL PRESS : Fuel pressure at mechanic pump outlet under

10 psi (± 2 psi)
ot

-N
- HS FUEL SHUTOFF : HomeSafe fuel shut-off valve of the right fuel

tank is closed
>> All
M
- AUX BOOST PMP ON : Electric fuel pump running (manual or

PI
automatic mode)
- FUEL LOW L-R * : Fuel quantity less than or equal to 9 USG
(34 Litres) of usable fuel in specified tank
- AUTO SEL : Sequencer inactive or operating defect
- FUEL IMBALANCE : Fuel tanks imbalanced by more than 15 USG

(57 Litres) for more than 30 seconds
* Only affected side (L, R or L-R) displayed in CAS message

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
Fuel system draining and clogging indicator - see figure 7.8.4

The fuel system comprises five drain points, a drain on the filter bowl, two drain valves
on each tank, located on wing lower surface, one at wing root and the other past main
landing gear well.
These drains allow draining water or sediments contained in fuel.
Fuel tank drain valves are provided with a slot which allows opening them with a
n
screwdriver.
▲ CAUTION ▲ io
at
Fuel system draining shall be performed prior to the first flight of the
r
day and after each tank refueling, using a sampler to pick off fuel at the
pe
two drain valves of each tank and at the filter vent valve.
ro
▲
A red filter bypass flag on the fuel unit and visible from outside, when an inspection
fo
door located on L.H. side under front baggage compartment is open, indicates filter
clogging. A push-button, adjacent to the inspection door, controls the illumination of a
ed
light provided to improve visibility of the clogging indicator. This indicator shall be
observed during preflight inspection.
iz
● NOTE ●
or
When filter gets clogged in flight, the filter is by-passed in order not to deprive
th
powerplant from fuel. The powerplant is then supplied with non-filtered fuel.
●
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
1) Lighting switch
2) Mirror door
3) Clogging indicator
4) Central access door
5) Filter drain
n
6) Tank drain
7) io
Drain bowl
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.8.4 - Fuel system draining points and clogging indicator

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
7.9 - Electrical system - see figures 7.9.1, 7.9.2 and 7.9.5

The airplane is fitted with a 28-volt direct-current electrical system.
Electrical supply is obtained from various power supplies :
- a starter generator
- a stand-by generator
n
- a battery
- a ground power unit, via a plug, located on L.H. side. io
at
Connection relays, main bus bar, generator regulation and protection systems and
r
pe
control logic systems are grouped in electrical power system box located in front
baggage compartment upper section.
ro
Electrical system indicating is displayed on the MFD and monitoring is ensured by

CAS messages.
fo
On ground, when the crash lever is positioned in the UP position (SOURCE selector in
ed
the OFF position), the battery supplies the electrical power system through the BATT
BUS. A Power Up Built In Test (P-BIT) of the EPS internal functions is performed to
iz
verify the operating status. In case of failure detection, a white message EPS
SERVICE REQUIRED appears in the message window on the PFD.
or
Starter generator
th
au
The starter generator is the main electrical power source. It only performs its
generator function when starting sequence is completed.
ot
Generator connection with main bus bar is controlled through GENERATOR selector
set to MAIN position. It will be effective when connection conditions are met.
-N
Generator connection is indicated by MAIN GEN disappearance.
● NOTE ●
M
Starter generator will not supply airplane if source switch is on GPU.

PI
On ground, generator load should be maintained below 200 AMP.

●

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Stand-by generator
Stand-by generator supplies a 28-volt stand-by direct current which may be used in
case of main generator failure.
Generator connection with main bus bar is controlled through GENERATOR selector
set to ST-BY, it will be effective when connection conditions are met.
● NOTE ●
n
Stand-by generator will not supply airplane if source switch is on GPU.
io
In order to prevent possible errors during flight, access to ST-BY position
at
requires a double action from the pilot (pull to unlock). On ground, avoid using
stand-by generator at full load.
r
pe
Battery
ro
The battery provides the power required for starting when no ground power unit is
fo
available and is a power supply source when engine driven generators are stopped.
The battery is always connected to BATT BUS bus bar except when crash lever is
ed
pulled down.
iz
Battery connection to main bus bar is controlled through SOURCE selector set to
or
BATT position.
th
BAT OFF lights on when battery is isolated from the main bus and when main bus is
au
supplied through another source.
Ground power receptacle

ot
The ground power receptacle allows connection to a ground power unit.

-N
Ground power receptacle connection with main bus bar is controlled through
SOURCE selector when set to GPU position, it will be effective when connection
M
conditions are met.

PI
When SOURCE selector is set to GPU position, the battery and ground power unit are
connected simultaneously on main bus bar.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Ground power receptacle door opening is indicated by GPU DOOR appearance.
● NOTE ●
Before connecting a GPU to the airplane, ensure that the voltage of the GPU is
regulated between 27.5 volts and 28.5 volts.
The amperage output needs to be consistent with the airplane placard in front
of compartment door : GPU shall provide a current limiting function, and current
limit shall be set per placard.
n
Do not use batteries pack as GPU sources.
● io
at
▲ CAUTION ▲
r
pe
Use of a ground power source with voltage in excess of 28.5 volts or

current exceeding current limit indicated on placard may damage the
ro
airplane electrical system.

▲
fo
Distribution
ed
Airplane electrical systems are connected to bus bars and protected by pull-off type
breakers located on R.H. side panel - see figure 7.9.4. In case of overload of a system,
iz
the breaker triggers and switches the system off.

or
▲ CAUTION ▲
th
If a breaker corresponding to a non essential system trips, do not reset

au
in flight.
▲
ot
If a breaker corresponding to an essential system trips:

-N
- allow it to cool for about three minutes, then the breaker may be reengaged
(pressed down)
M
- if the breaker trips again, do not reset.

PI
BUS 1, BUS 2, BUS 3 and BUS 4 bus bars are directly connected to main bus bar and
protected by fuses located in electrical power system.
The ESS BUS 1 and ESS BUS 2 essential bus bars are connected to main bus bar
through ESS BUS TIE switch set to NORM position. ESS BUS TIE switch is attached
to breaker panel ; NORM position is protected and locked by a cover. Common power
supply to both essential bus bars is protected by a fuse, located in EPS box, and a
breaker, located in the front cargo compartment on C2 frame right side, each bar
being individually protected by a breaker.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
BATT BUS bar is directly connected to the battery ; it is protected by a fuse, located in
EPS box, and a breaker, located in the front cargo compartment on C2 frame left side.
● NOTE ●
The electrical distribution of bus bars is described in figure 7.9.3.
●
Emergency use
n
With both generators de-activated in flight, it is still possible to use battery power to
io
supply all airplane systems maintaining SOURCE selector on BATT position.
at
In order to save battery power, it is possible to shed the charges which are not
r
essential for flight safety, for that set :
pe
- ESS BUS TIE switch to EMER position

ro
In this configuration, only ESS BUS 1, ESS BUS 2 and BATT BUS bars are supplied.
fo
● NOTE ●
Supplying BUS 1, BUS 2, BUS 3 and BUS 4 bars is always possible, resetting
ed
temporarily ESS BUS TIE switch to NORM position.

●
iz
BatteryMINDer charger
or
While the airplane is on ground, the BatteryMINDer charger is used to maintain a

th
constant charge of the battery from main electrical network. It is an external

au
equipment.
The BatteryMINDer charger is connected to a plug, located next to the GPU plug.
ot
The Quick-Disconnect connector shall be connected to the battery to allow the

-N
BatteryMINDer charger to keep the charge of the battery.

Refer to section 8, paragraph 8.7 for servicing.
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.9.1 - Electrical diagram

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Switches Buses are powered by
ESS
Crash BATT ESS ESS BUS 1
Source Generator BUS
lever BUS BUS 1 BUS 2 TO 5
TIE
UP BATT OFF NORM Battery Battery Battery Battery
n
Battery Battery Battery Battery (*)
UP BATT MAIN NORM
& MAIN & MAIN io
& MAIN & MAIN
at
Battery Battery Battery Battery (*)
r
pe
UP BATT ST-BY NORM & & & &

ST-BY ST-BY ST-BY ST-BY
ro
UP OFF MAIN NORM MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN

fo
UP OFF ST-BY NORM ST-BY ST-BY ST-BY ST-BY

ed
UP BATT OFF EMER Battery Battery Battery None

iz
(*) In that case, power is done by MAIN or ST-BY and battery is used as a floated
or
battery.
th
Figure 7.9.2 - Bus bars supply configurations

au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.9.3 - (1/3) - Electrical distribution of bus bars

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
ESS BUS TIE Essential bus NORM & EMER switch

BUS 1
AP SERVOS Autopilot servo protection
FLAPS Flaps protection
AIL TRIM Aileron trim protection
RUD TRIM Pitch trim protection
BUS 2
n
LDG GEAR Landing gear general supply protection
ESS BUS 1 io
at
ESS BUS 1 Essential bus 1 circuit protection
r
PFD 1 Primary Flight Display 1 protection
pe
COM 1 VHF 1 protection

GPS/NAV 1 GPS NAV 1 protection
ro
ADC 1 Air Data Computer 1 protection

fo
ENGINE Powerplant cont. protec. : Oil temp. & pres., torque,

AIRFRAME 1 propeller
ed
ENGINE Powerplant cont. protection : Ng, flowmeter & ITT

AIRFRAME 2
iz
FUEL GAGE 1 L.H. fuel gage protection

or
FUEL GAGE 2 R.H fuel gage protection

ESS BUS 2
th
ESS BUS 2 Essential bus 2 circuit protection

au
PASS MASKS Passengers' oxygen masks protection

STBY INSTR Standby Attitude Module (MD302) protection
ot
AUDIO Audio control panel protection

-N
TOUCH CTRL 1 Touchscreen controller 1 protection

AHRS 1 Attitude and Heading Reference System 1 protection
XPDR 1 Transponder 1 protection
M
LDG SIG Landing gear indicating system protection

PI
FEATHER Propeller feather protection

TORQUE Torque control protection
IGNITION Powerplant iginition protection
Figure 7.9.4 (1/4) - Breaker panel (Typical arrangement)

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
BUS 1
AP CTRL Flight controller protection
PFD 2 Primary Flight Display 2 protection
COM 2 VHF 2 & radio protection
GPS/NAV 2 GPS NAV 2 protection
ADC 2 Air Data Computer 2 protection
XPDR 2 Transponder 2, if installed, protection
n
AIRFRAME DE ICE Empennage and wing leading edges deicing
INERT DE ICE
R WS DE ICE
Inertial separator protection
R.H. windshield deicing protection io
at
PITOT L Pitot L heating protection
r
TOUCH CTRL 2 Touchscreen controller 2 protection
pe
AHRS 2 Attitude and Heading Reference System 2 protection

STORM Stormscope protection, if installed
ro
STROBE LIGHT Strobe lights protection

SHAKER Stick shaker protection, if installed
fo
HOMESAFE HomeSafe emergency function protection

(Post-MOD70-0650-34A)
ed
BUS 2
iz
ICE DETEC Ice detector protection

PROP DE ICE Propeller deicing protection
or
ICE LIGHT L.H. wing leading edge lighting and lighting test protection
th
FLAPS SIG Trim and flaps regulator protection

au
CAB BLEED Cabin pressurization protection

AIR COND Cabin ventilation and vapor cycle system protection
CABIN DOORS Cabin doors opening protection
ot
NAV/RECOG LIGHT Navigation and recognition lights protection

-N
PLUGS 12 VDC plugs protection

PLUGS USB plugs protection
MFD Multifunction display protection
M
CABIN Passenger reading lamps protection

PI
PANEL LIGHT Instruments lighting protection

TAS TAS, if installed, protection
WXR Weather radar protection
DATA LINK Data Link, if installed, protection
LDG CONT Landing gear control protection
SATCOM SATCOM protection, if installed
SATCOM HEATER SATCOM heater protection,if installed

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
BUS 3
OXYGEN PRESS Oxygen/Pressure indication protection
L WS DE ICE L.H. windshield deicing protection
PITOT R & STALL Pitot R and stall warning heating protection
AOA Angle of Attack protection
RADIO ALTI RADIO ALTI, if installed protection
DME DME protection, if installed
n
FUEL SEL Tank selector timer protection
io
at
AUX BP Electrical fuel pump protection
ADF ADF protection, if installed
r
pe
TAXI LIGHT Taxi light protection

LH LDG LIGHT L.H. landing light protection
ro
RH LDG LIGHT R.H. landing light protection

PULSE SYST Pulse lite system protection, if installed
fo
BATT BUS
ed
EMER LIGHT Instrument panel emergency lighting protection

GND CLR Ground clearance protection
iz
ACCESS Cabin access lighting protection

or
EPS Electrical power system protection

th
REC Lightweight Data Recorder protection

au

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
Indicating
Electrical system indicating consists of voltage and ampere indicating - refer to
GARMIN Pilot's Guide for further details.
Following CAS messages may appear on the MFD CAS window :
BAT OFF : Battery is not connected to main bus bar
n
MAIN GEN io
: Starter generator is not connected to main bus bar
r at
LOW VOLTAGE : Battery voltage is below the minimum value
pe
ro
GPU DOOR : Ground power receptacle access door is not closed

fo
Protection - safety - see figures 7.9.2 and 7.9.5

The electrical power system provides systems protection in case of :
ed
- overvoltage
iz
- short-circuits
or
In case of disconnection of starter generator or stand-by generator following a failure,

th
MAIN or ST-BY reset can be done by pressing corresponding GENERATOR RESET

au
MAIN or ST-BY push-button.

A battery reset is done by setting the SOURCE selector to OFF and back to BATT.
ot
In case of disconnection of ground power unit following a failure, it is possible to

-N
re-activate the system by turning the SOURCE selector to OFF and setting it again to
GPU position to reset the protection.
A crash lever located on upper panel center part allows isolating simultaneously
M
BATT BUS bar and setting to OFF the SOURCE and GENERATOR selectors when
PI
lowered. In this case all bus bars are isolated from generators.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
1) MAIN reset knob

2) ST-BY reset knob
3) Crash lever
4) SOURCE selector
5) GENERATOR selector
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.9.5 - Electrical control

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Exterior lighting - see figure 7.9.6

The airplane is equipped with three strobe and navigation lights, two landing lights,
two taxi lights, two recognition lights and a wing leading edge icing inspection light.
Landing lights
Landing lights are embedded in the winglets and located in leading edges. Lights
illumination is controlled by setting to LDG, a switch located on upper panel.
n
The Pulse lite system, if installed, enables the pilot to control landing light flashing to
be seen by the control tower or in heavy traffic areas. io
at
Taxi lights
r
pe
The taxi lights are embedded in the winglets and located in leading edges. They are
controlled by setting to TAXI, a switch located on upper panel.
ro
Navigation lights and strobe lights

fo
Two strobe and navigation lights are installed in the winglets and one on the tail cone.
ed
They are controlled by NAV and STROBE switches located on upper panel.
● NOTE ●
iz
By night, do not use anticollision lights in fog, clouds or mist as light beam
or
reflexion may lead to dizziness and loss of sense of orientation.

●
th
Recognition lights
au
Recognition lights are embedded in the winglets.

ot
They are automatically switched on when the airplane is on ground.

-N
Leading edge icing inspection light

The leading edge icing inspection light is installed on fuselage L.H. side, its beam
M
illuminates the wing leading edge. It is controlled by the ICE LIGHT switch installed on
DE ICE SYSTEM panel - see figure 7.13.1.
PI

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
FWD compartment light

The dome light illumination of the FWD compartment is controlled by the switch
located in the upper section of the door frame.
Fuel unit compartment light
The lighting of the fuel unit compartment allows improving the visibility of the clogging
indicator by pressing the push-button located besides the inspection door.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
1) Taxi and landing light switch

2) Pulselite system switch
3) Navigation lights switch
4) Strobe lights switch
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.9.6 - External lighting controls

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Interior lighting - see Figure 7.9.7

Interior lighting consists of access, cabin, instrument panel, instruments, baggage
compartment and emergency lighting.
Access lighting
Access lighting consists of floodlights:
- two individual for front seats,
n
- four individual for rear passenger seats,
io
at
- one on the access door,
r
pe
- one in the dome light of the baggage compartment, on the left side.
For the front seats, the light is switched on at a minimum intensity.
ro
The lights of four individual floodlights for rear passenger seats and in baggage
fo
compartment are switched on at maximum intensity.

ACCESS push-button on INT LIGHTS panel and the push-button located on access
ed
door rear frame control all these lights via a delayed breaker.
If the crash lever is down, access lighting is automatically cut out after 3 minutes.
iz
If the crash lever is up, there is no access lighting automatic cut out.
or
Cabin lighting
th
Cabin lighting consists of two individual floodlights for front seats, six individual
au
floodlights for rear passenger seats and the baggage compartment R.H. dome light.
Each floodlight is controlled by a push-button located near. The pilot can switch off the
cabin floodlights and the baggage compartment dome light with the CABIN switch.
ot
All floodlights are dimmable by a long press in the front seats area and for the four
-N
individual floodlights in the passenger area.

Instrument panel lighting
M
Instrument panel lighting is controlled by the PANEL rheostat located on INT LIGHTS
PI
panel. This lighting consists of backlighted panels and a led lighting for the pedestal.
Breaker panel lighting
Breaker panel lighting is controlled by a switch located on the instrument panel near
the pilot’s control wheel.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Emergency lighting
Emergency lighting consists of two swiveling floodlights located on both sides of the
cockpit overhead panel above front seats. It illuminates instrument panel assembly in
case of visor lighting tubes and / or instrument integrated lighting failure.
A rheostat located on the cockpit overhead panel controls emergency lighting
operation and intensity. Forward rotation of control knob allows changing from OFF
position to minimum lighting then increasing lighting to maximum brightness.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
1) Instrument panel lighting switch (rheostat)

or
2) DIMMER switch
th
3) Cabin lighting switch (rear seats reading light)

au
4) Access door, baggage compartment and FWD dome light

(delayed breaker) push-button
ot
5) Emergency lighting switch

-N
6) Breaker panel lighting switch

M
PI
Figure 7.9.7 (1/2) - Internal lighting controls

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.9.7 (2/2) - Internal lighting controls

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
115V Plug
The 115V plug permits to connect external equipments (max power : 250 W).
The plug is located on the right aft side of the cabin compartment, in the storage
pocket.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
7.10 - Air conditioning and pressurization

● NOTE ●
A list of abbreviations used in this chapter is given in figure 7.10.2.
●
The airplane is equipped with a Global Air System (GAS), which ensures air
conditioning and pressurization control - see figure 7.10.2.
n
- Air conditioning corresponds to the cockpit / cabin air temperature
management.
io
at
- Pressurization corresponds to the cabin altitude / rate of change
r
management.
pe
The GAS is composed of 3 sub-systems :

ro
- Engine bleed air system,

fo
- Cabin pressurization control system,

- Dual zones Environmental Control System, which includes heating and cooling
ed
functions.
iz
These sub-systems are managed by a single digital controller, the GASC, which
receives information from :
or
- the sensors within the sub-systems,

th
- the human interfaces set in the airplane.

au
The GASC elaborates the proper commands to the sub-systems actuators and
indication or warning elements.
ot
GAS controls are located on :

-N
- the A/C panel on the left side of the left control wheel,
M
- the PRESSURIZATION panel on the right side of the left control wheel,
PI
- a control panel above the arm rest of the L.H. side passenger's seat.
The pilot monitors the system through gauges and CAS messages appearing on the
MFD. These indications are independent of the GASC controls and internal sensors.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Engine bleed air system

The engine bleed air system is designed to ensure the following functions :
- to regulate the bleed air from the engine,
- to ensure a controlled airflow in the cabin,
- to adjust the bleed air temperature for cabin heating.
n
To regulate the bleed air from the engine
io
The engine bleed air system operates from either P2.5 or P3 engine bleed ports.
at
The system normaly operates on the P2.5 port as long as the pressure or temperature
r
pe
demands are met by this port.

If one of these conditions is not met, the system automatically switches to the P3 port.
ro
When the pressure or temperature demand can be met by the P2.5 port, the system
fo
automatically returns to using the P2.5 port.

The Inlet Pressure Port Sensor (IPPS) measures the pressure at the P2.5 port and
ed
sends the value to the GASC which manages the ports switching on condition with the
Shut Off Valve (SOV).
iz
A Non Return Valve (NRV) prevents P3 air from entering the P2.5 port when the P3
or
port is opened.
th
To ensure a controlled airflow in the cabin

au
The bleed air flow is controlled by the Flow Control and Shut Off Valve (FCSOV) driven
by the GASC.
ot
To adjust the temperature of the bleed air

-N
The bleed air outlet temperature control is ensured by the By-Pass Valve (BPV) in
association with the Main Heat Exchanger (MHX).
M
Based on pilot's or passengers' TEMP selector position, the GASC computes the
PI
appropriate cabin air inlet temperature target and compares it to the actual measured
inlet temperature in order to set the BPV position. The BPV derives a part of the bleed
air through the MHX to cool it and mixes it to the remaining cabin air.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
System operation
See figure 7.10.3.
The BLEED switch allows selection of the engine bleed air system provided that the
engine is running.
The Ground Fan (GF) operates until takeoff, when BLEED switch is set to AUTO, and
MAIN GEN is OFF.
n
io
The BLEED switch is fitted with a blocking device between AUTO and OFF positions.
This prevents the operator from inadvertently setting the BLEED switch to OFF
at
position.
r
pe
To reset the system, set BLEED switch to OFF, then back to AUTO.
System protection
ro
Power for the engine bleed air system is supplied by the BUS 2 bar and is protected by
fo
the CAB BLEED breaker.
Cabin pressurization control system

ed
In flight, the GASC controls the modulation of the Outflow Valve (OFV) in order to
iz
reach the computed cabin altitude.

or
System operation
th
See figure 7.10.3.

au
The BLEED switch allows to activate the pressurization system.

Either one of two pressurization modes can be selected : AUTO or MAX DIFF
ot
- When BLEED switch is set to AUTO, the GASC controls the cabin altitude rate
-N
of change in order to :
. optimize comfort,
M
. avoid reaching maximum or negative cabin differential pressure.

PI
- MAX DIFF mode controls the cabin pressure to assist passengers that might
require the lowest cabin altitude possible. When selecting this mode :
. flights below 13500 ft will result in cabin altitudes as low as 0 ft,
. for flights above 13500 ft, the cabin altitude is minimized throughout the
flight while maintaining cabin differential pressure below 6.0 PSI.
MAX DIFF mode is selected through the GTC by pressing : ”MFD Home”, ”Aircraft
Systems”, ”Landing Field Elev”.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
The GASC controls the OFV through a torque motor on the valve.
Cabin altitude management
In order to maximize comfort during all phases of flight, the cabin altitude is
automatically computed by the GASC using flight parameters (such as aircraft
altitude, altitude rate of change) sent by the avionics.
During descent, the GASC uses the Landing Field Elevation (LFE) to manage the
n
optimal cabin altitude rate of change in order to land with a cabin altitude equal to LFE
minus 200 ft.
io
at
The pilot selects LFE on the touchscreen controller :
r
- automatically, by setting a destination airport in the flight plan,
pe
- manually, by pressing ”MFD Home”, ”Aircraft Systems”, ”Landing Field Elev”

ro
and then ”Manual”.

System monitoring
fo
The pilot monitors information related to the pressurization system through gauges
ed
and information displayed on the MFD :

- landing field altitude,
iz
or
- cabin altitude in ft,

th
- cabin climb speed in ft/min,

au
- cabin differential pressure (ΔP) in PSI.

These gauges are independent of the GASC controls and internal sensors.
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.10.1 - Cabin altitude monitoring

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
CAS messages are displayed in the MFD CAS window :
- PRESSU OFF indicates that the BLEED switch is in OFF position or that the
Flow Control and Shut Off Valve (FCSOV) is closed due to a system
malfunction (cabin inlet overtemperature, BDPS or FCSOV failure).
- CABIN ALTITUDE indicates that the cabin altitude is over 10000 ft.
n
- CABIN DIFF PRESS indicates that the cabin differential pressure is
io
over 6.4 psi (441 mb). The DUMP switch could be used in case of necessity to
at
depressurize the cabin.
r
pe
- PRESSU BACKUP indicates that the GASC cannot compute optimal cabin
altitude due to a system malfunction. Under this condition, the GASC will control
ro
the cabin altitude to 9800 ft default value.

fo
- GAS DEGRADED indicates that the pressurization system is degraded

ed
without total loss of pressurization or that the heating system is degraded.
- GAS EVENT is displayed 45 seconds after landing if a fault on the Overheat

iz
Thermal Switch was detected by the GASC during flight.

or
th
- MAX DIFF MODE indicates that the MAX DIFF mode is selected.
au
Protection - Safety
Cabin is automatically depressurized as soon as the airplane is on ground through
ot
landing gear switches (airplane on ground) or, if necessary, by actuating DUMP

-N
switch located on PRESSURIZATION panel (in normal operation, this switch is

protected and locked by a cover).
Overpressure and negative relief safety are managed by both OFV and SFV. The
M
safety functions are ensured by independent pneumatic modules fitted on both

PI
valves, which override the GASC control when necessary.

The DUMP switch allows the pilot to open the OFV in order to depressurize the cabin.
The OFV is fitted with a cabin altitude limitation device which overrides the DUMP
function and forces the closure of the OFV if the cabin altitude reaches 14500 ft.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Dual zones Environmental Control System (ECS)

The ECS ensures both Cockpit and Cabin heating and cooling functions.
The ECS consists of two independent air circuits :
- Heating circuit, controlled by Temperature Conditioning System (TCS)
- Cooling circuit, controlled by Vapor Cycle Cooling System (VCCS)
n
Heating circuit
io
The TCS regulates hot air coming from the bleed air system (also used for
at
pressurization) and mixes it with the recirculating cabin air at the Mixing Ejector
r
(MIXEJ) in order to lower the delivered air temperature.
pe
The resultant air flow enters the Hot Air Distributor (HAD) and is distributed in the
ro
cockpit / cabin zones depending on the demand.

The air is distributed :
fo
- into the cockpit zone through :

ed
. ports located on pedestal sides,

iz
. ports under each seat or

or
. the demisting outlets.

th
- into the cabin zone through :

au
. ports located on the lower section of the L.H. side and R.H. side cabin
upholstery.
ot
Cooling circuit
-N
The VCCS is selected on only when the GASC receives a cooling request. It is
composed of two independent circuits :
M
- one for the cockpit zone

PI
- one for the cabin zone

For each circuit, air is sucked by means of a variable speed electrical fan and then
blown through an evaporator and ducted to the different zones :
- cockpit circuit, by passing through :
. the upper panel equipped with swivelling and adjustable air outlets,
. air outlets located on arm rests of pilot and R.H. side front passenger
stations and
. ports located under instrument panel.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
- cabin circuit, by passing through :

. the overhead duct equipped with swivelling and adjustable air outlets,
. ports located on the floor between the cabinets and the intermediate
passenger's seats.
System operation
See figure 7.10.3 and paragraph Air temperature management.
n
A/C control panel selection :
io
at
If the A/C switch is set to OFF :
r
>> Before GASC software evolution (Pre-MOD70-0689-21)
pe
- Temperature is set by default by the GASC to 23°C,

ro
>> After GASC software evolution (Post-MOD70-0689-21)

fo
- The system maintains the cabin air inlet temperature previously selected. The
pilot can modulate this temperature by using the TEMP selector on A/C panel,
ed
>> All
iz
- Cockpit / Cabin evaporator fans are OFF,

or
- VCCS is inhibited.
th
If the A/C switch is set to PILOT :

au
- Controls located in the cabin zone are inhibited.

If the A/C switch is set to PLT+PAX :
ot
- Each zone is controlled by its own settings.

-N
FAN speed selectors positions :

- OFF : prevents recirculation of cold air through the cold air circuit (VCCS).
M
- 1 - 4 : Cockpit / Cabin fan speeds are selectable.

PI
TEMP selectors :
- Allow adjustment of the temperature for the cockpit and cabin zones.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description

- If the pilot or passengers set the TEMP selector to the maximum heat position,
the bleed air system automatically switches from the P2.5 to the P3 bleed port to
increase the temperature and flow rate of the incoming bleed air. Except in the
case of very cold environmental conditions, this switching is inhibited below
25000 ft.
>> All
n
HOT AIR FLOW distributor :
io
at
The HOT AIR FLOW distributor selects between windshield defog or cabin heating.
r
● NOTE ●
pe
For maximum efficiency, the HOT AIR FLOW distributor should be set either in
defog position (fully turned to the left) or in cabin position (fully turned to the
ro
right).
●
fo

ed
When the HOT AIR FLOW distributor is set in defog position (fully turned to the left),
the bleed air system automatically switches from the P2.5 to the P3 bleed port to
iz
increase the temperature and flow rate of the incoming bleed air. Except in the case of
or
very cold environmental conditions, this switching is inhibited below 25000 ft.
th
>> All
au
Emergency air system :

An emergency ventilation valve allows outside air to enter the cabin when the
ot
EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob is pulled out. The EMERGENCY RAM AIR
-N
control knob is located under the right side of instrument panel near the right control
wheel.
- In NORMAL position, the valve is closed and the control is locked.
M
- To open the emergency ventilation valve, press the locking button on the knob
PI
and pull out.

● NOTE ●
Reduce the cabin differential pressure, if necessary by depressurizing the
cabin, to be able to operate the EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob.
●

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
System protection
Power for the ECS is supplied by the BUS 2 bar and is protected by the AIR COND
breaker.
Four fans are supplied by BUS 4 bar and protected respectively by following
breakers : COND FAN, CAB FAN, CKPT FAN and GND FAN.
The system includes an automatic load shedding feature which :
n
- when MAIN GEN is ON :
io
at
. turns off the Ground Fan (GF),
r
. turns off the Condenser Fan (COND FAN),
pe
. opens compressor clutch.

ro
- during engine start :

fo
. turns off all the Vapor Cycle Cooling System (VCCS)

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Air temperature management

Cockpit and cabin heating / cooling
Cockpit and cabin air temperature management is operated by selecting :
n
io
r at
pe
For optimal air temperature management, select :

ro
fo
ed
iz
Air temperature
or
Cockpit panel selection Cabin panel selection

expectations
th
Cockpit
Warm
au
area
Cabin
ot
Hot
area
-N
Results
Mixed Bleed Air Circuit :

M
Warm air is distributed to both cockpit and cabin. More warm air is directed to cabin due to the
PI
greater temperature demand.
Cold Air Circuit :

Not active, as no TEMP selector is set in the blue arc.
FANS select 0. Selecting a FAN speed will reduce cabin air temperature.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Air temperature
expectations
Cockpit
Warm
area
Cabin
Warm
area
n
Results
io
at
r
Warm air is distributed to both cockpit and cabin equally due to equal temperature demand.
pe
Cold Air Circuit :

ro
Not active, as no TEMP selector is set in the blue arc.

FANS select 0. Selecting a FAN speed will reduce cabin air temperature.
fo
Cockpit
ed
Warm
area
iz
Cabin
Cool
or
area
th
Results
au

Warm air is distributed to both cockpit and cabin. More warm air is directed to cockpit due to the
ot

-N
Cold Air Circuit :

Cabin TEMP selector is set in the blue arc resulting in cabin air conditioning system supplying
the cabin area.
M
Cockpit FAN : select 0.

PI
Cabin FAN : select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Air temperature
expectations
Cockpit
Cool
area
Cabin
Cool
area
n
Results
io
at
r
With the cockpit and cabin TEMP selectors set in the blue arc, the Hot Air Distributor discharges
pe
the mixed bleed air below the floor towards the cold air circuit fans and evaporators to reduce the
air to the desired temperature.
ro
Cold Air Circuit :

fo
Both cockpit and cabin TEMP selectors are set in the blue arc resulting in both cockpit and cabin
air conditioning systems supplying their respective area.
ed
Cockpit and cabin FANS :

Select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air.
iz
or
Cockpit
Cool
area
th
au
Cabin
Warm
area
ot
Results
-N

Warm air is distributed to both cockpit and cabin. More warm air is directed to cabin due to the
M
Cold Air Circuit :

PI
Cockpit TEMP selector is set in the blue arc resulting in cockpit air conditioning system
supplying the cockpit area.
Cockpit FAN : select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air.
Cabin FAN : select 0.
● NOTE ●
FANS selected to zero ensures that no cool air is recirculated when trying to
maximize the heating of the cockpit and / or cabin zones.
●
Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Cabin override
Selecting the switch to PILOT position disables TEMP and FAN speed selectors in the
cabin area.
The PILOT position also distributes warm air equally to the cockpit and cabin.
Only the cockpit TEMP and FAN selectors inputs are used by the GASC for air
temperature management.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
Air temperature
fo

expectations
ed
Cockpit
Warm
area
iz
or
Cabin
/
area
th
Results
au

ot
Warm air is distributed equally to both cockpit and cabin. The temperature is selected by the
cockpit TEMP selector.
-N
Cold Air Circuit :

Not active, as the cockpit TEMP selector is set in the red zone and cabin TEMP selector is
M
inhibited.
PI
Cockpit FAN : select 0. Selecting a FAN speed will reduce cabin air temperature.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Air temperature
expectations
Cockpit
Cool
area
Cabin
/
area
n
Results
io
at
r
With the cockpit TEMP selector set in the blue arc, the Hot Air Distributor discharges the mixed
pe
bleed air below the floor towards the cold air circuit fans and evaporators to reduce the air to the
desired temperature.
ro
Cold Air Circuit :

fo
Cockpit TEMP selector is set in the blue arc resulting in both cockpit and cabin air conditioning
systems to supply their respective area.
ed
Cockpit FAN : select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air.

iz
Cockpit FAN speed selector determines cabin FAN speed.

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Windshield DEFOG
Windshield defog is operated by selecting :
n
io
r at
pe
ro
or
fo
Air temperature
ed
expectations
Cockpit
iz
/
area
or
th
Cabin
/
area
au
Results
ot

-N
Air is distributed to the windshields and cockpit side windows at a fixed temperature regardless
of TEMP selector settings.
Cold Air Circuit :
M
Inhibited when DEFOG is selected.

PI
FANS will continue to operate if selected to 1 or more for air circulation.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
1) Demisting outlets
2) Front vents
3) Cockpit ventilated temperature sensor (CKVTS)
n
4) Cabin ventilated temperature sensor (CBVTS)
5) Air ports io
at
6) Cabin control panel
r
pe
7) Global air system controller (GASC)

8) Out-flow valve (OFV)
ro
9) Safety valve (SFV)

fo
10) Condenser fan

ed
11) Condenser
12) High pressure switch
iz
or
13) Drier filter

th
14) Cabin fan

au
15) Cabin evaporator

16) Cabin blown temperature sensor (CBBTS)
ot
17) Cabin thermostatic valve

-N
18) Low pressure switch

19) A/C and PRESSURIZATION panel
M
20) Cockpit thermostatic valve

PI
21) Cockpit fan

22) Cockpit evaporator
23) Cockpit blown temperature sensor (CKBTS)
Figure 7.10.2 (1/3) - GAS items list and abbreviations

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
24) Demisting microswitch

25) Hot air distributor (HAD)
26) Cabin inlet temperature sensor (ITS)
n
27) Cabin bleed temperature switch (BTSW)
28) Mixing ejector (MIXEJ) io
at
29) Check valve
r
pe
30) MFD unit

ro
31) Ground safety microswitch

32) Differential pressure switch
fo
33) By-pass valve (BPV)

ed
34) Cabin altitude alarm switch

iz
35) Emergency air supply system

or
(EMERGENCY RAM AIR)

th
36) Main heat exchanger (MHX)

au
37) Ground fan (GF)

38) Flow control shut off valve (FCSOV)
ot
39) Bleed differential pressure sensor (BDPS)

-N
40) Compressor
41) Shut-off valve (SOV)
M
42) Overheat thermal switch (OTSW)

PI
43) Non return valve (NRV)

44) Intermediate port pressure sensor (IPPS)
45) Cabin pressure sensor
Figure 7.10.2 (2/3) - GAS items list and abbreviations

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.10.2 (3/3) -- GAS

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
1) A/C switch
2) FAN speed selector (cockpit/cabin)
fo
3) TEMP selector (cockpit/cabin)

ed
4) DUMP switch
iz
5) HOT AIR FLOW distributor

or
6) BLEED switch
th
7) FAN speed selector (cabin)

au
8) TEMP selector (cabin)

ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.10.3 (1/2) - GAS controls

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.10.3 (2/2) - GAS controls

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
7.11 - Emergency oxygen system - see figure 7.11.1

The gaseous oxygen system will be used by the crew and the passengers, when the
cabin altitude is greater than 10000 ft following a loss of pressurization or in case of
cabin air contamination.
USE OXYGEN MASK appears in the MFD CAS window (in normal conditions) and
the USE OXYGEN MASK/USE OXYGEN MASK aural warning alert sounds when the
n
cabin altitude is greater than 10000 ft.
io
The oxygen reserve is contained in an oxygen cylinder made of composite material
at
and located outside of the pressurized cabin into the R.H. karman. Its capacity
r
is 50.3 cu.ft (1425 litres) STPD (Standard Temperature Pressure Dry) and use limit
pe
pressures are :
ro
- maximum pressure 1850 PSIG (127 bars) at 70° F (21° C).

Evolution of this pressure according to the outside temperature is given in
fo
section 8, figure 8.7.4, as well as on a placard on the inside of the cylinder

service door,
ed
- minimum pressure 217 PSIG (15 bars).

iz
The oxygen cylinder head is equipped with :

or
- a hand-controlled isolation valve to permit cylinder installation and removal,

th
- a microswitch causing O2 CYL CLOSED to light on. This message lights on,
au
when the isolation valve is closed,

- a graduated pressure gage,
ot
- a charging valve - refer to the replenishment procedure in section 8,

-N
- an overpressure system consisting of a safety disc. This disc is designed to

rupture between 2500 and 2775 PSIG (172 and 191 bars) discharging the
M
cylinder contents outboard,

PI
- a pressure reducing valve adjusting utilization pressure to a value comprised

between 64 and 85 PSIG (4.4 and 5.9 bars),
- a low pressure safety valve calibrated to 116 PSIG (8 bars).

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
1) MICRO / MASK switch

2) OXYGEN switch
3) PASSENGER OXYGEN switch
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.11.1 - Emergency oxygen system

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
A control panel located in the cockpit overhead panel at the disposal of the pilot
includes :
- a two-position valve ON/OFF (OXYGEN switch) to permit the supply of the front
seats occupiers masks,
- a two-position valve DEPLOY/STBY (PASSENGER OXYGEN switch) with
guard to permit the supply of the passengers four masks, when the first valve is
open.
n
Oxygen pressure is displayed on the MFD.
io
at
An altimetric valve provides an automatic passengers masks actuation function at a
cabin altitude between 13000 and 14000 ft when OXYGEN switch is set to ON.
r
pe
Two pressure-demand type masks allowing quick donning with only one hand,
covering the nose and the mouth, as well as two pairs of smoke goggles are at
ro
disposal of the pilot and of the R.H. front seat occupier. Masks are installed in cups on
the cabin walls aft of the front seats. Permanently connected to the oxygen system,
fo
they are equipped with a micro controlled by the MICRO/MASK switch under cover
located on the instrument panel near the pilot's control wheel. The cockpit masks are
ed
equipped with a microphone, a three-position selector NORMAL, 100 % and

EMERGENCY and with a push-button PRESS TO TEST. The proper flow is signaled
iz
by a flow indicator (blinker) into the oxygen tubing.

or
The airplane is equipped with two smoke goggles.

th
Four passengers constant-flow type masks, covering the nose and the mouth and
au
permanently connected, are installed in two containers on the cabin ceiling. The
opening of these containers and the descent of the masks are controlled by the pilot,
ot
when OXYGEN switch is set to ON and PASSENGERS OXYGEN switch is set to

DEPLOY, or automatically at a cabin altitude between 13000 and 14000 ft with the
-N
OXYGEN switch set to ON. The oxygen flow is obtained by pulling on the mask
bounded by a lanyard cord to a pin. A proper flow is signaled by the filling of the green
bag located on each passenger mask.
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
▲ WARNING ▲
Do not smoke during oxygen system use.
Oil, grease, soap, make up, lipstick and any other greasy
substances constitute a serious fire or burning hazard, when on
contact with oxygen.
▲
n
Flight above 15000 ft with possible emergency descent
Minimum oxygen pressure (PSIG) for following conditions : io
at
- 4 minutes from 31000 to 15000 ft. All equipment used from 31000 ft.
r
- Plus 30 minutes usage by each pilot and passenger at 15000 ft.
pe
- Plus 86 minutes usage by each pilot at 10000 ft.

ro
Number of
Outside temperature
fo
occupants
110° F/ 90° F/ 70° F/ 50° F/ 30° F/ 10° F/ -10° F/

ed
Cockpit Cabin
43° C 32° C 21° C 10° C -1° C -12° C -23° C
iz
1 0 631 614 597 580 563 546 529

or
1 1 759 736 713 691 668 646 623

th
1 2 885 856 828 799 771 743 715

au
1 3 1010 976 941 907 873 839 806

1 4 1137 1096 1056 1015 975 935 897
ot
2 0 1037 1001 965 930 894 859 825

-N
2 1 1164 1122 1080 1038 997 956 916

2 2 1289 1241 1192 1144 1097 1050 1004
M
2 3 1416 1361 1306 1252 1198 1145 1093

PI
2 4 1541 1480 1418 1357 1297 1238 1180
Figure 7.11.2 - Minimum oxygen pressure (PSIG)

[Flight above 15000 ft with possible emergency descent]
● NOTE ●
After a long parking time in the sunshine, increase pressures indicated in the
table here above by 8 %.
●

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
When required to remain above 15000 ft due to minimum

enroute altitude
Minimum oxygen pressure (PSIG) for following conditions :
- Flight above 15000 ft. All equipment used.
- 1 hour usage by each pilot and passenger.
- Plus 1 hour usage by each pilot under 15000 ft.
n
Number of
Outside temperature io
at
occupants
r
110° F/ 90° F/ 70° F/ 50° F/ 30° F/ 10° F/ -10° F/
pe
Cockpit Cabin
43° C 32° C 21° C 10° C -1° C -12° C -23° C
ro
1 0 618 602 585 569 552 536 520

1 1 842 816 789 763 736 710 685
fo
1 2 1067 1029 992 955 918 882 846

ed
1 3 1513 1240 1192 1144 1097 1050 1004

iz
1 4 1513 1452 1392 1333 1275 1217 1161

or
2 0 992 958 925 891 858 825 793

th
2 1 1215 1170 1125 1081 1037 994 952

au
2 2 1439 1382 1326 1270 1215 1161 1108

2 3 1662 1593 1525 1457 1391 1326 1262
ot
2 4 1888 1807 1725 1645 1567 1490 1415

-N

M
[When required to remain above 15000 ft due to minimum enroute altitude]

PI
● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Flight between 15000 ft and 10000 ft

Minimum oxygen pressure (PSIG) for following conditions :
- Flight under 15000 ft.
- 90 minutes usage by each pilot and one passenger.
- Plus 30 minutes usage by each pilot at 10000 ft.
n
Number of
Outside temperature
occupants
io
at
110° F/ 90° F/ 70° F/ 50° F/ 30° F/ 10° F/ -10° F/
Cockpit Cabin
43° C 32° C 21° C 10° C -1° C -12° C -23° C
r
pe
1 0 618 602 585 569 552 536 520

ro
1 1 961 929 896 864 833 801 770

fo
1 2 961 929 896 864 833 801 770

1 3 961 929 896 864 833 801 770
ed
1 4 961 929 896 864 833 801 770

iz
or
2 0 992 958 925 891 858 825 793

th
2 1 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035

au
2 2 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035

2 3 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035
ot
2 4 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035

-N

M
[Flight between 15000 ft and 10000 ft]

PI
● NOTE ●
●

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
O2 smart mike mask

The two cockpit masks, O2 smart mike masks, are equipped with a system that
detects when a communication is made operating one of the push-to-talk buttons. It
activates a noise reduction system that attenuates the oxygen flow noise in the
headsets.
Noise reduction function operates when the switch located on O2 connecting line is
set to ON.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.11.5 - Noise reduction switch

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
7.12 - Air data system and instruments - see figure 7.12.1

Airplane air data system consists of :
- two separate static pressure systems supplying the standby attitude module
and air data computers (ADC).
A part of system 1 is backed up by an alternate system which operation is
controlled by a switching valve (normal / alternate) attached to instrument panel
n
under R.H. control wheel. In case of obstruction or icing of ports, this selector
isolates airplane normal static system. When selector is on alternate position
io
(pulled rearwards), static pressure is picked from a port located in airplane rear
at
fuselage.
- two separate dynamic pressure systems supplying the standby attitude
r
pe
module and air data computers.
Static pressure systems

ro
Primary systems
fo
Two dual static ports (one on either side of the fuselage tail part) supply a dual system
ed
routed towards the cockpit.

System 1 part, which is connected to the switching valve (normal / alternate), supplies
iz
the ΔP cabin and the electronic standby indicator. The system remainder directly
or
supplies one of the air data computers.

th
System 2 is directly connected to the second ADC.

au
Systems feature a drain valve located under the instrument panel on R.H. side.
Alternate static source
ot
The alternate static port located in the rear fuselage supplies a system routed to the
-N
switching valve (normal / alternate) in order to replace static system 1.

The alternate line incorporates a drain plug located under the instrument panel on
M
R.H. side.
PI
Static pressure from alternate line is only provided to standby instrument.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Dynamic pressure system

One heated pitot probe is installed under the L.H. wing. The second one is installed
under the R.H. wing. The first one supplies the standby attitude module and one ADC.
The second one supplies the other ADC.
Both lines incorporate a drain plug located in the root of L.H. and R.H. wings.
Pitot heating
n
io
Pitot heating is controlled by PITOT L HTR and PITOT R & STALL HTR switches,
at
installed on DE-ICE SYSTEM panel. Refer to chapter 7.13 for further details.
r
▲ CAUTION ▲
pe
Do not use heating during prolonged periods on ground to avoid pitot

overheat.
ro
▲
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
1) Pitot L
io
at
2) Dynamic system drain
r
3) Electronic Standby Instrument
pe
4) ADC
ro
5) ADC
6) FWD pressure bulkhead
fo
7) Static system drain

ed

iz

or
10) Emergency static system drain

th
11) Emergency static valve (Normal / alternate)

au
12) Instrument panel

13) Dynamic system drain
ot
14) Pitot R
-N
15) Rear pressure bulkhead

16) Static port
M
PI
17) Emergency static port

18) Static port
Figure 7.12.1 (1/2) - Air data system

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.12.1 (2/2) - Air data system

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
7.13 - Vacuum system and instruments - see figure 7.13.1

The airplane is fitted with a vacuum system providing the suction necessary to operate
the cabin pressurization and the leading edge deicing.
Vacuum system includes :
- A pressure regulator
- An ejector
n
- A regulating and relief valve
io
at
- A pressure switch
r
pe
Compressed air necessary for the ejector to create decompressed air is taken from
the powerplant. The air flow is regulated before going into the ejector which creates
ro
necessary vacuum by venturi effect.

A relief valve fixed in cabin to frame C2, maintains the vacuum for pressurization
fo
system. In case of pressure drop, a pressure switch, installed in the system, indicates
the failure by causing VACUUM LOW to light on.
ed
Standby attitude module (MD302)

iz
or
The Mid-Continent Instrument and Avionics MD302 Standby Attitude Module

consists of two LCD screens. The first screen displays the airplane attitude (pitch, roll
th
and magnetic heading) and the second screen displays the airplane altitude and
au
airspeed. The MD302 is powered from the ESSENTIAL BUS 2 or internal replaceable
battery ensuring that the airplane can continue safe flight and landing in the event of a
loss of primary attitude and air data displays. Pitot and static pressures are provided to
ot
the MD302 solid state electronic sensors using the airplane pitot probe and static
-N
sources.
The magnetic heading data is provided by MD32 magnetometer installed on the left
wing.
M
The standby attitude module is located in the top left hand corner of the instrument
PI
panel.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
1) Pressure regulator
2) Ejector
ed
3) Valve
iz
4) Regulating and relief valve

or
5) Pressure switch
th
6) Failure CAS message

au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.13.1 (1/2) - Vacuum system

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.13.1 (2/2) - Vacuum system

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
7.14 - Ice protection equipment

Ice protection equipment is as follows :
- Ice Detection System
- Pneumatic deice system for inboard, central and outboard wing and for
stabilizers : AIRFRAME DE ICE
- Propeller electrical deice system : PROP DE ICE
n
- Windshield electrical deice system : WINDSHIELD
io
at
- Electrical heating system for both pitots and for the stall warning sensor :
r
PITOT L/R & STALL HTR
pe
- Turbine air inlet deice systems : INERT SEP

ro
Deicing check and control panel is located on the lower L.H. side of the instrument
panel.
fo
Ice Detection System

ed
▲ CAUTION ▲
Ice Detection System is only an advisory system. Pilot has the primary
iz
responsibility for detecting icing conditions through visual cues and

or
activating ice protection systems.

th
▲
au
The system is composed of one ice detetor providing an ice signal to the system when
and as long as ice is detected on the sensing element.
ot
The default mode of the system is AUTO with all the protection systems deactivated -
-N
see figure 7.14.1.

M
PI
Figure 7.14.1 - DE ICE SYSTEM panel - AUTO mode with no ice detected

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
In AUTO mode, when ice is detected, all the ice protection systems are automatically
activated - see figure 7.14.2, and ICE DETECTED is displayed in the CAS window.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
Figure 7.14.2 - DE ICE SYSTEM panel - AUTO mode with ice detected
fo
Pilot action is required to revert the system in MAN mode by pressing the DE ICE
ed
SYSTEM mode switch. When MAN mode is selected, all deicing systems turn on - see
figure 7.14.3.
iz
In MAN mode, all the ice protection systems can be activated/deactivated individually.
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.14.3 - DE ICE SYSTEM panel - MAN mode activated
When icing conditions are no longer detected by the ice detector for 60 seconds after
the last detection, NO ICE DETECTED is diplayed in the CAS window and the
system may be reverted in AUTO mode by pressing the DE ICE SYSTEM mode
switch. Then all the ice protection systems turn off.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
ICE DETECTION FAIL is displayed in the CAS window in the following cases :
- failure of the ice detector. The system shall be reverted in MAN mode by the
pilot,
- failure of the DE ICE SYSTEM panel printed circuit. The system is automatically
reverted in MAN mode.
Wing and empennage deicing
n
io
A pneumatic deice system assures protection of wing leading edges, horizontal
at
stabilizer, elevator horns and vertical stabilizer. The system automatically cycles
when AIRFRAME DE ICE system is activated either manually or automatically.
r
pe
The 67-second cycle breaks down in two inflation cycles :

- a first cycle induces inflation of leading edges deicer boots in wing central and
ro
outboard sections.
fo
- the second cycle induces inflation of leading edges deicer boots in horizontal
stabilizer, elevator horns, vertical stabilizer and wing inboard section,
ed
corresponding to the state of the system.
iz
or

OFF
th
au
ON (AUTO mode)
ot
-N
ON (MAN mode)
FAIL
M
AIRFRAME DEICE FAIL

PI
Wing leading edge icing inspection light - see chapter 7.8 paragraph Exterior lighting.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Propeller deicing
Propeller deicing is accomplished through electrical heating of blade roots. This
system operates cyclically and alternately on the inboard and outboard zones of all
blades when PROP DE ICE system is activated either manually or automatically.
Each cycle is 180 seconds long. The cycles continue as long as the system is
activated.
n
corresponding to the state of the system.
io
at
r
OFF
pe
ro
ON (AUTO mode)
fo
ON (MAN mode)
ed
FAIL
iz
PROP DEICE FAIL

or
th
PROP DEICE ON is displayed in the CAS window if the engine is shut down with
au
PROP DE ICE switch still ON.

▲ CAUTION ▲
ot
When engine is shutdown, do not set the PROP DE ICE switch to ON

-N
▲
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Windshield deicing
The windshields are deiced electrically by integrated heating resistors. The system
includes two controllers and two heat probes embedded in each windshield. They are
operated by the WINDSHIELD switch.
When WINDSHIELD deice system is activated either manually or automatically, the
controllers supply the heating resistors, the windshield temperature is controlled via
heat probes. When the temperature reaches 45°C (113°F), the controllers cut the
n
electrical supply to the heating resistors and resume supply when the temperature
io
falls below 30°C (86°F). The cycle continues as long as the system is activated.
at
In the event of failure of probe 1, the controller receives the temperature data from
r
pe
probe 2. The electrical supply to the heating resistors is cut when the windshield
temperature reaches 56°C (133°F). In that case, the windshield is no longer heated,
ro
the pilot can reset the system by setting the WINDSHIELD switch to OFF, then to ON.
The table hereafter gives the status light colors corresponding to the state of the
fo
system.
ed
System state Status lights

OFF
iz
or
ON (AUTO mode)
th
au
ON (MAN mode)
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Heating of pitots and stall warning sensor (PITOT L/R & STALL
HTR)
The two pitots, which supply ADCs, the airspeed indicator and the stall warning
sensor are electrically heated. This deice equipment must be used even during flight
into non-icing conditions.
The system condition messages PITOT NO HT L or PITOT NO HT R ,
n
PITOT HT ON L or PITOT HT ON R ,
io
STALL HEAT ON or
at
STALL NO HEAT are displayed on the MFD CAS window. Refer to the GARMIN
r
Pilot's Guide for further details.
pe
● NOTE ●
ro
Correct operation of the audible stall warning may be altered by severe or

prolonged icing.
fo
Turbine air inlet protection

ed
Operation and description are set forth in chapter 7.6 paragraph Engine air inlet.
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
7.15 - Miscellaneous equipment

Stall warning system
The airplane is equipped with an electrically deiced stall sensor in the leading edge of
the right wing. This sensor fitted with a vane is electrically connected to an audible
warning. The vane senses the change in airflow over the wing and operates the
warning unit, which produces an aural warning alert. This warning alert begins no later
n
than 5 knots above the stall in all configurations.
Simultaneously, the control wheel vibrates through the stick shaker. io
at
The stall warning system should be checked during the preflight inspection by
r
momentarily turning on the SOURCE selector and by manipulating the vane in the
pe
wing.
ro
The stall warning system should also be checked during the preflight inspection by
momentarily turning on the SOURCE selector and by depressing the TEST
fo
push-button on cockpit overhead panel.

The system is operational if a stall / stall aural warning alert is heard on the alarms
ed
speaker.
iz
● NOTE ●
or
The audible stall warning may be altered by severe or prolonged icing.

●
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Static dischargers
As an aid in flight, static dischargers are installed to improve radio communications
during flight by reducing interference from dust or various forms of precipitations (rain,
snow or ice crystals).
Under these conditions, the build-up and discharge of static electricity from the trailing
edges of the wings (flaps and ailerons), rudder, stabilator, propeller tips and radio
antennas can result in loss of usable radio signals on all communications and
n
navigation radio equipment. Usually, the ADF is first and VHF communication
equipment is the last to be affected. io
at
Installation of static dischargers reduces interference from precipitation static, but it is
r
pe
possible to encounter severe precipitation static conditions which might cause the
loss of radio signals, even with static dischargers installed. Whenever possible, avoid
ro
known severe precipitation areas to prevent loss of dependable radio signals. If

avoidance is impractical, minimize airspeed and anticipate temporary loss of radio
fo
signals while in these areas.
Cabin fire extinguisher

ed
The fire extinguisher is located on R.H. front station side panel.

iz
A pressure gage allows checking the fire extinguisher condition. Follow the
or
recommendations indicated on the extinguisher.

th
Autopilot
au
Autopilot control panel is located above the MFD. Refer to section 2 Limitations of this
POH and to GARMIN Pilot's Guide for further details.
ot
GPS
-N
GPS navigation is performed through the GARMIN system. Refer to section 2

Limitations and section 4 Normal procedures of this POH and to GARMIN Pilot's
M
Guide for further details.

PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
Weather radar
The weather information can be displayed on PFD1, PFD2 and MFD.
Refer to section 2 Limitations of this POH and to GARMIN Pilot's Guide for further
details.
The controls for the weather radar are located on the touchscreen controllers.
The weather radar is protected by the WXR breaker.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
1) MFD
fo
2) Radar mode
ed
3) Area of weather display

iz
4) Antenna stabilization status

or
5) Touchscreen controllers
th
6) Scale for weather display

au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.15.1 (1/2) - Weather radar display and controls

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 7.15.1 (2/2) - Weather radar display and controls

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Emergency locator transmitter

The airplane is equipped with an ELT ARTEX 1000 emergency locator transmitter
which enables to locate it in case of distress. It is located in fuselage rear section with a
service door on fuselage R.H. side.
The emergency locator transmitter assembly is constituted of a transmitter supplied
by a battery, of an antenna attached on upper fuselage and of a remote control located
on the upper panel.
n
● NOTE ●
io
at
For test sequences, refer to manufacturer manual.
●
r
pe
Operation of the emergency locator transmitter is obtained as follows :

ro
- from the instrument panel by setting ELT remote control switch to ON (locator
transmitter ARM/OFF switch set to ARM/OFF),
fo
- from the locator transmitter by setting its ARM/OFF control switch to ON,
ed
- automatically in case of shock, when remote control switch is set to ARM/OFF

and locator transmitter switch is set to ARM/OFF.
iz
A red indicator light located on ELT remote control switch in the cockpit indicates to the
or
pilot the emergency locator transmitter is transmitting.

th
A red indicator light located above locator transmitter switch and a buzzer located in
the fuselage rear section indicate the emergency locator transmitter is transmitting.
au
▲ CAUTION ▲
Reset the ELT after an inadvertent activation.
ot
▲
-N
● NOTE ●
The ELT cannot be reset if either the remote control switch or ELT switch is ON.
M
●
PI
Reset procedure :
1) Set remote control switch or ELT switch to ON.
a) The ELT keeps on transmitting emergency signal.
b) On remote control box, red indicator light flashes.
c) On ELT, red indicator light flashes.
d) Near ELT, the buzzer sounds.
2) Wait approximately for 1 second.

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
3) Set remote control switch to ARM/OFF or ELT switch to ARM/OFF.

a) The ELT does not transmit emergency signal any longer.
b) On remote control box, red indicator light illuminates for about 1 second,
then goes off.
or
n
c) On ELT, red indicator light goes off.
d) Near ELT, the buzzer does no more sound. io
at
Then ELT is reset.
r
pe
End of procedure.
Lightweight data recorder (LDR 1000)

ro
The airplane is equipped with a lightweight data recorder which is a crash-survivable

fo
system, recording both cockpit voices and flight data. These data are intended to be
used after an accident or an incident.
ed
The lightweight data recorder system includes a cockpit microphone located on

iz
instrument panel, between the standby instrument and the autopilot control panel.
or
The lightweight data recorder simultaneously records audio from the GMA audio
control panel, audio from the cockpit microphone, data from the GASC, and data from
th
the GIA integrated avionics unit 1 (GARMIN flight deck system).

au
The lightweight data recorder is powered from the BATT BUS and controlled by a
printed circuit as follows :
ot
- If the crash lever is set upward, the lightweight data recorder starts recording.
-N
- If the crash lever is set downward, the lightweight data recorder goes on
recording for 10 minutes (audio only) and then automatically stops recording.
M
PI

Rev. 1
Section 7
Description
ADS-B OUT function

The ADS-B OUT function enables the airplane to broadcast data, such as position
information, to ground stations and to other airplanes equipped with ADS-B IN
system.
The loss of an interfaced input to the selected extended squitter transponder may
cause the transponder to stop transmitting ADS-B OUT data. Depending on the
nature of the fault or failure, the transponder may no longer be transmitting all of the
n
required data in the ADS-B OUT messages.
io
at
ADS-B OUT data can be transmitted via transponder 1 or transponder 2, if installed.
r
If the transponder 1 [2] detects any internal fault or failure with the ADS-B OUT
pe
functionality, the following CAS message XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL

ro
[ XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL ] will be displayed on the MFD CAS window.

fo
After being informed of ADS-B OUT failure either by the CAS message
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL [ XPDR2 ADS-B FAIL ] or by Air Traffic Control, it is
ed
possible to restore ADS-B OUT function by selecting transponder 2 [1].

iz
Flight deck information system (FS 510)

or
The airplane is equipped with a flight deck information system allowing portable
th
electronics devices to stream data to and from the GARMIN system.

au
For the system description and its utilization, refer to GARMIN Pilot's Guide.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Data collection and transmission system (FASTBOX)

The data collection and transmission system collects data from airplane data buses
and discrete inputs and stores it in resident non-volatile memory.
When the airplane is on the ground and a few minutes after the engine shut-down,
recorded data are automatically transmitted to a ground station via the cellular or WiFi
network. These data are intended to be used for maintenance and trend monitoring.
n
The data collection and transmission system records data from the GASC and data
from the GIA (GARMIN integrated flight deck system).
io
at
The data collection and transmission system starts recording data as soon as the
r
engine is running, and stops recording data when the engine is shutdown.
pe
The data collection and transmission system is installed in the front cargo
ro
compartment, and does not require a pilot input to operate.

The data collection and transmission system is powered from the BATT BUS and
fo
protected by the REC circuit breaker.

ed
GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck (GIFD) approaches

The purpose of this section is to provide an overview of the GIFD capabilities and
iz
operation related to GIFD Approaches.

or
Detailed descriptions as well as operating instructions of these approaches are

th
provided in the applicable Pilot’s Guide and Cockpit Reference Guide.

au
RNP approaches operation

The GIFD is capable of performing approaches with GNSS guidance also designated
ot
as RNP approaches.
-N
RNAV (GPS) or RNAV (GNSS) – LNAV, LNAV+V
LNAV approaches provide lateral GPS-based guidance to legs defined by the

M
navigation database.
PI
Vertical deviations may be available if the necessary information to construct a vertical

path is contained in the database.
Any vertical path information for LNAV approaches is strictly advisory.
There is no guarantee that stepdown fix altitudes will be honored and the crew must
level off at the MDA if the runway is not visible.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
LNAV approaches may be executed with or without SBAS, and advisory vertical
guidance is dependent on sufficient GPS vertical error estimates rather than SBAS
vertical integrity.
LNAV+V approaches do not downgrade in general because they do not require
SBAS, although high GPS vertical error estimate anomalies could result in loss of
advisory vertical guidance.
If GPS is lost the LNAV approach will be aborted.
n
RNAV (GPS) or RNAV (GNSS) – L/VNAV io
at
LNAV/VNAV approaches add published vertical guidance in addition to LNAV
r
guidance. They are different from LNAV+V in that the vertical deviations are not
pe
advisory, but rather published guidance.

ro
The minimums of an LNAV/VNAV approach represent a DA rather than an MDA.

Execution of an LNAV/VNAV approach does not require SBAS integrity, as long as a
fo
system is configured to support barometric VNAV for approach.

ed
If SBAS integrity is available, it will be used to provide vertical guidance.

During execution of a GPS approach with LNAV/VNAV service levels, while the
iz
aircraft is between the FAF and MAP, excessive deviation indicators appear as white
or
vertical lines to indicate an area where the vertical deviation exceeds ±75 feet.
th
If the glide-path indicator is within an area of excessive deviation, the glide-path

au
indicator becomes yellow and the vertical lines also become yellow.
RNAV (GPS) or RNAV (GNSS) – LPV

ot
LPV approaches provide both localizer precision lateral guidance and a vertical path
-N
definition.
SBAS integrity is required to execute the approach.
M
BARO-VNAV approaches
PI
The GIFD provides the ability to conduct barometric based VNAV operations while
conducting certain GPS approaches using an automatically generated temperature
compensated glidepath.
Baro-VNAV Approach functionality is separate and distinct from enroute and terminal
descent VNAV functions.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Temperature Compensation
If SBAS is unavailable or disabled, the GIFD will provide automatic temperature
compensated glidepath vertical guidance on approaches that have LNAV/VNAV
minima published, or on some approaches that are not authorized for SBAS.
No pilot action is required to receive the temperature compensated glide-path when
SBAS is not available or allowed.
n
Final Approach Segment (FAS)
Altimeter systems assume an ISA temperature model. io
at
When actual atmosphere deviates from the ISA model it results in altitude errors.
r
pe
For example, performing a Baro-VNAV during a hot day would result in guidance
relative to a glide path angle steeper than the published glide path angle. On the
ro
contrary, during a cold day, a Baro-VNAV would be based on guidance relative to a

glide path smoother than the published glide path angle.
fo
The approach plates indicate a temperature range for which the approach has been
designed.
ed
Within this temperature range the LNAV/VNAV can be used with uncompensated
iz
Baro-VNAV systems.
or
Outside of this temperature range, LNAV/VNAV minimums shall not be used with
th
uncompensated Baro-VNAV systems.

au
The GARMIN Approach Baro-VNAV system is automatically temperature

compensated to produce a glide-path position in space such that Baro-VNAV
approaches are always flown at the published glide path angle when the actual
ot
temperature deviates from the ISA model. This produces results similar to ILS
-N
glideslopes and LPV glide-paths that remain in the same position in space without
respect to temperature.
To produce the correct geometric glide path angle on the final approach segment,
M
temperature compensation is applied to the barometric altitude and used to determine

PI
the displayed vertical deviation.

However, the altimeter continues to display uncompensated barometric altitude.
The temperature compensation required depends on the temperature profile over the
altitude range between the point at which the barometric setting is measured
(presumed to be the approach airport) and the present altitude of the aircraft.
This temperature profile is estimated by using the air data system static air
temperature (SAT) and applying the standard temperature lapse rate to determine the
temperature over the rest of the range.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
When using barometric altitude for vertical guidance along the final approach
segment, temperature compensation is applied whether the temperature is above or
below standard temperature. The actual compensated altitude is not displayed to the
pilot during an approach.
Compensating Waypoint Altitudes
Depending on the terrain, temperature compensation may be required for waypoints
in the approach prior to the final approach segment due to terrain and/or obstacle
n
clearance requirements.
Temperature Compensation of Approach Minimums io
at
To enable temperature compensation of the minimum altitude, select the TEMP
r
pe
COMP, option for the minimum altitude reference type (in addition to OFF, BARO, and
RAD ALT). The temperature at the destination airport is used for this purpose.
ro
The temperature at the destination airport is invalidated when a different approach is

loaded into the active flight plan or when the system powers up.
fo
This disables temperature compensation of both the published approach waypoint

ed
altitudes on the active flight plan page and the minimum altitude.
The minimum altitude selection type changes to BARO if it was previously set to
iz
TEMP COMP.
or
Temperature compensation of the minimum altitude is not dependent on use of

th
barometric altitude for vertical guidance on the FAS, and is therefore available for any
au
type of approach; in fact, only the destination airport and temperature are required.
Compensating the approach minimums bug simply determines where the minimums
ot
reference is displayed on the altimeter.

-N
No adjustment to the barometric altitude is made as a result of temperature

compensating the minimums reference.
Approach level downgrade
M
Some automatic approach service downgrade may be performed automatically upon

PI
loss of SBAS or GPS approach alarm limits being exceeded, depending on the
approach service level that has been loaded in the flight plan and activated.
This automatic downgrade is annunciated to the pilot through an
APR DWNGRADE and a change in the annunciated service level in the HSI.
As the APR DWNGRADE may not be triggered under certain circumstances, the
HSI annunciation shall be considered as the primary mean to annunciate any
approach downgrade.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Under certain circumstances, when the GNSS integrity requirement are not met nor
approach level is available the approach may be aborted.
This is annunciated through an ABORT APR and the service level annunciation
being removed from the HSI.
If SBAS becomes unavailable on an RNAV LNAV/VNAV approach, L/VNAV is

shown in yellow, the system switches to LNAV/VNAV (Baro-VNAV) service level and
n
io
the APR DWNGRADE will be generated (the VDI will be flagged NO GP until the
at
APR DWNGRADE has been acknowledged).
r
pe
If the APR DWNGRADE is acknowledged, the L/VNAV is shown in magenta.

ro
If the APR DWNGRADE is not acknowledged, the system will downgrade to LNAV
fo
service level, ( LNAV shown in magenta), the VDI will remain flagged ‘NO GP’, and
no additional downgrade system message will be generated.
ed
If SBAS becomes unavailable on an RNAV LPV approach, LPV will be shown in

iz
yellow, but the CDI and VDI will continue to be shown. At one minute to the FAF, an
or
APR DWNGRADE will be generated.

th
The VDI will be flagged NO GP. Depending on the available lines of minima for the
au
approach, the system will switch to either LNAV/VNAV or LNAV service level.
Advisory visual approaches
ot
The GIFD will provide advisory visual approaches to many runways in the aviation
-N
database. Lateral guidance for the visual approach is aligned with the runway bearing.
The system also generates vertical guidance from the runway threshold at a 3deg
glide path allowing coupling of the autopilot to the appropriate minimums.
M
The pilot interface for visual approaches is an extension of the normal approach
PI
selection method. At the end of the list of instrument approaches, there will be a set of
visual approaches added. Nominally, there will be a visual approach listed for each
runway end.
The approaches will be labeled with the name VISUAL and the runway number.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Each visual approach has two transitions, the straight in transition and the
Vectors-to-Final transition. The transitions will be labeled STRAIGHT and VECTORS,
respectively. The FMS creates the VISUAL approach waypoints (fixes) based on the
runway position and course specified in the navigation database. These are defined in
the following table:
Fix Identifier Description Distance

to runway
n
RWxxx Runway fix defined in the navigation database. “xxx” is the
runway number and suffix (e.g. RW19L). io N/A
r at
FINAL The roll-out from the turn to the final approach course is 3.5 Nm
pe
accomplished as this fix is sequenced.

ro
STRGHT Initial fix for the straight-in transition. 6 Nm

fo
The waypoints created by the FMS to define a VISUAL approach are fixes stored in
the flight plan. When the approach is no longer a part of a flight plan, these waypoints
ed
are deleted. A VISUAL approach can be inserted onto the Active Flight Plan or the
Standby Flight Plan. A VISUAL approach can also be inserted into a stored flight plan
iz
or copied to a stored flight plan in the course of saving the active or standby flight plan.
or
CDI and VDI indications are equivalent to those of other GPS-based approaches
th
(e.g.- LPV or L/VNAV ). The GIFD annunciates VISUAL in the HSI to indicate a
visual approach is active.
au
When conducting a visual approach, it is the pilot’s responsibility to ensure terrain and
obstacle avoidance. The visual approach does not consider terrain or obstacles. It is
ot
important for the pilot to understand that the Garmin visual approach does not
-N
guarantee terrain or obstacle clearance. Therefore, when a visual approach is

selected, the message OBSTACLE CLEARANCE IS NOT PROVIDED FOR VISUAL
APPROACHES is displayed on the approach selection page and must be
M
acknowledged before the visual approach is loaded into the flight plan.
PI
The TAWS function normally provides some suppression of terrain alerts when flying
an approach with vertical guidance. The TAWS logic is adjusted to ensure that there is
no suppression of terrain alerts while flying a VISUAL approach.
Visual approaches are intended to be used as an aid to situational awareness. Visual
approaches are advisory in nature and do not guarantee terrain and obstacle
clearance for the approach runway.

Rev. 2
Section 7
Description
Advisory vertical guidance for VOR and NDB approaches, if installed
▲ CAUTION ▲
Advisory vertical guidance does not change the published approach
minima.
▲
For VOR and NDB approaches, when a published glide path angle is resident in the
n
navigation databases, the system will provide a GPS-based advisory vertical
guidance.
io
at
On the touchscreen controllers, the approach selection includes +V when an advisory
vertical guidance is available.
r
pe
During a VOR+V or NDB+V approach, the advisory glidepath indicator is a magenta

diamond on the vertical deviation scale.
ro
HomeSafe emergency function (Post-MOD70-0650-34A)

fo
HomeSafe is based on GARMIN Emergency Autoland function that is described in the

ed
GARMIN Pilot's Guide.

HomeSafe is an emergency autopilot function that is meant to be used in the case of
iz
pilot incapacitation, i.e. in situations where the pilot is not capable of operating the
or
airplane. Once activated, HomeSafe enables the automatic landing of the airplane
without pilot input.
th
● NOTE ●
au
When HomeSafe is activated, the system declares an emergency.

●
ot
HomeSafe emergency function activation

-N
Any person on board the airplane can activate the HomeSafe emergency function by
pushing the HomeSafe button located on top of the instrument panel.
M
HomeSafe emergency function activates when any of the following conditions

PI
occurs :
- The HomeSafe activation button is pressed.
- The Level mode has been in operation for 2 minutes (either by pressing the LVL
push-button or automatically).
- The EDM function has reached the stabilization altitude (15000 ft).

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
When HomeSafe is activated, HOMESAFE REQUEST is displayed in the CAS

window for 15 seconds before HomeSafe starts the automatic landing process.
During those 15 seconds, if the autopilot was not engaged prior to HomeSafe
activation, the Level mode is activated.
HomeSafe uses all the airplane systems in order to enable the automatic landing of
the airplane.
n
Once started, HomeSafe will perform the following tasks :
- io
Change the user interface to address non-pilot occupants and inform them
at
about what will occur during the HomeSafe function flight by playing a series of
informational videos on the MFD related to the different phases of the
r
pe
HomeSafe function flight.

- Set the transponder to the emergency code (7700),
ro
- Communicate with Air Traffic Control,

fo
- Choose a destination airport and an appropriate flight path to this airport,

- Perform an R-NAV approach,
ed
- Set the airplane in landing configuration (deploy flaps and landing gear),
iz
- Land and stop the airplane on the runway,

or
- Shut down the engine.

th
To perform the entire sequence, HomeSafe requires the airplane systems to be fully
au
operational.
▲ WARNING ▲
ot
Use of the HomeSafe emergency function may result in serious

-N
injury and/or death because there are too many unknown

variables that may affect the successful outcome of an HomeSafe
function flight.
M
▲
PI
HomeSafe emergency function deactivation

The pilot can override the HomeSafe function at any time.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
▲ WARNING ▲
reconfigure the airplane (the initial flight plan in the FMS is
lost, the landing gear and flaps positions may not agree with
n
▲
▲ CAUTION ▲ io
at
HomeSafe deactivation is not recommended on final approach.
r
pe
▲
When HomeSafe is active, the cockpit displays are no longer complying with the
ro
requirements of a pilot interface (particularly, engine parameters and CAS messages

are not available).
fo
If the pilot is no longer incapacitated and is able to fly the airplane, he/she must
ed
deactivate HomeSafe before taking control of the airplane.

HomeSafe can be stopped by any of the following actions:
iz
- Press twice the AP/TRIM DISC push-button on the control wheel,

or
- Press the AP button on the AFCS control unit, only applicable if HomeSafe has
th
taken control of the airplane.

au
▲ CAUTION ▲
MFD reconfiguration can take up to 1 minute. During this time, engine
ot
instruments and CAS messages can be displayed on PFD by using

-N
DISPLAY BACKUP.
▲
M
AC CONF MISMATCH is displayed in the CAS window if HomeSafe is stopped after

PI
it has begun to set the airplane in landing configuration. In this case, the pilot must set
the FLAPS and LANDING GEAR levers positions to agree with the flaps and landing
gear positions in order to retake control of them.
The initial flight plan in the FMS is lost, and the pilot has to create a new one.

Rev. 3
Section 7
Description
Protection - Safety
HS CONFIG MODE is displayed in the CAS window when HomeSafe is in

configuration mode.
HomeSafe function is protected by the HOMESAFE breaker.
Optional equipment
n
For optional equipment such as stormscope, SVS or TAWS, refer to section 9
Supplements. io
at
Other optional equipment such as radio altimeter or chartview system or TAS are
r
described in the GARMIN Pilot's Guide.
pe
● NOTE ●
ro
Refer to section 2 Limitations for chartview system operating limitations.

●
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Section 8
Handling, servicing and maintenance
Section 8
Table of contents
n
8.1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1.1
io
at
8.2 - Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.1
r
pe
8.3 - Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3.1

ro
8.4 - Inspection periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4.1

fo
8.5 - Alterations or repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.1

ed
8.6 - Ground handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.1

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.1
iz
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.1
or
Tie-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.2
Jacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.4
th
Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.4
au
Flyable storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.4

Long term storage without flying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6.4
ot
8.7 - Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.1

-N
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.1
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.1
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.2
M
Landing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.7

Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.8
PI
BatteryMINDer charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7.14
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 8.0.1

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.8 - Airplane cleaning and care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.1

Windshield and windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.1
Painted surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.1
Propeller care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.2
Engine care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.2
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8.2
8.9 - Preparation of the airplane (equipment and furnishings) . . . . . . . 8.9.1
n
8.10 - Utilization by cold weather (- 0°C to - 25°C) io
at
or very cold weather (- 25°C to - 40°C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.1
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
8.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.1 - General
This section contains the procedures recommended by the manufacturer for the
proper ground handling and routine care and servicing of airplane. Also included in
this section are the inspection and maintenance requirements which must be followed
if your airplane is to retain its performance and dependability.
It is recommended that a planned schedule of lubrication and preventive maintenance
be followed, and that this schedule be tailored to the climatic or flying conditions to
n
which the airplane is subjected.
io
at
For this, see manufacturer maintenance manual.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.2 - Identification plate

Any correspondence regarding your airplane should include its serial number. This
number together with the model number, type certificate number and production
certificate number are stamped on the identification plate attached to the left side of
the fuselage beneath the horizontal stabilizer.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.3 - Publications
When the airplane is delivered from the factory, it is supplied with a POH, the GARMIN
Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide and supplemental data covering optional
equipment installed in the airplane (refer to section 9 Supplements and pilot guides).
In addition, the owner may get access to the following publications online :
- Maintenance Manual
n
- Illustrated Parts Catalog
io
at
- Catalog of Service Bulletins, Service Letters
r
▲ CAUTION ▲
pe
POH must always be in the airplane.

▲
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.4 - Inspection periods

Refer to regulations in force in the certification country for information concerning
preventive maintenance to be carried out.
A maintenance manual must be obtained prior to performing any preventive
maintenance to make sure that proper procedures are followed. Maintenance must
be accomplished by licensed personnel.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.5 - Alterations or repairs

It is essential that the airworthiness authorities be contacted prior to any alterations or
repairs on the airplane to make sure that airworthiness of the airplane is not violated.
Alterations or repairs must be accomplished by licensed personnel.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.6 - Ground handling

▲ CAUTION ▲
Only move or tow the airplane with someone in the cockpit.
▲
Towing
n
▲ CAUTION ▲
io
Using the propeller for ground handling could result in serious damage,
especially if pressure or pull is exerted on blade tips.
at
▲
r
pe
The airplane should be moved on the ground with a towing bar and a suitable vehicle
in order not to damage the nose gear steering mechanism. Nose gear fork is equipped
ro
with an integrated towing fitting.

fo
▲ CAUTION ▲
Do not tow the airplane when controls are secured.
ed
When towing with a vehicle, do not exceed the nose gear turning angle,
as this may result in damage to the gear and steering mechanism
iz
- see figure 8.6.1

or
▲
th
Parking
au
When parking the airplane, head it into the wind. Do not set the parking brake when
brakes are overheated or during cold weather when accumulated moisture may
ot
freeze the brakes. Care should be taken when using the parking brake for an
extended period of time during which an air temperature rise or drop could cause
-N
difficulty in releasing the parking brake or damage the brake system.

Make sure that the FUEL TANK SELECTOR is set to OFF.
M
● NOTE ●
PI
Do not use solar screens or shields installed on the airplane inside, or leave
sun visors down against windshield when airplane on ground. The reflected
heat from these items causes a temperature increase which accelerates the
crack growth or crazing and may cause the formation of bubbles in the inner
layer of multilayer windshields.
●
Beyond 24 hours parking, use windshield protection screen provided with lateral and
underside straps.

Rev. 0
Section 8
For long term parking, blanking covers (static ports, pitot, engine air inlet, NACAs,
exhaust stubs), cockpit cover, tie-downs, wheel chocks, propeller lock and control
lock are recommended.
In severe weather and high wind conditions, tie the airplane down as outlined in the
following paragraph.
Tie-down
n
Proper tie-down procedure is the best protection against damage to the airplane by
io
gusty or strong winds. To tiedown the airplane securely, proceed as follows :
at
- Install control lock - see figure 8.6.2.
r
pe
- Chock all wheels.

- Tie sufficiently strong ropes or chains to hold airplane down ; insert a rope in
ro
each tie-down hole located on flap hinge arm ; secure each rope to a ramp
tie-down or to mooring rod.
fo
- Check that doors are closed and locked.

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.6.1 - Turning angle limits

Rev. 0
Section 8
Jacking
When it is necessary to jack the airplane off the ground, refer to maintenance manual
for specific procedures and equipment required.
Leveling
Level the airplane as described in maintenance manual.
n
Flyable storage (below 28 days)
io
Airplanes placed in storage for a maximum of 28 days are considered in flyable
at
storage.
r
pe
Storage from 0 to 7 days :

- Engine : according to maintenance manual P & W C.
ro
Airplane fueling :
fo
- Keep fuel tanks full to minimize condensation in the tanks. Keep the battery
fully charged to prevent the electrolyte from freezing in cold weather.
ed
Close oxygen cylinder isolation valve.

iz
Storage from 8 to 28 days :

or
- Engine : according to maintenance manual P & W C.

th
Airplane fueling :
au
- Keep fuel tanks full to minimize condensation in the tanks. Keep the battery
fully charged to prevent the electrolyte from freezing in cold weather.
Close oxygen cylinder isolation valve.
ot
Battery, remaining in the airplane or removed :

-N
- Disconnect battery and check its charge level at regular intervals.

M
Long term storage without flying (over 28 days)

PI
Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to follow.

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.6.2 - Control lock device

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.7 - Servicing
Maintenance
In addition to the preflight inspection, refer to section 4, Normal procedures, servicing,
inspection and test requirements for the airplane are detailed in the maintenance
manual.
Maintenance manual outlines all items which require servicing, inspection, testing or
n
overhaul.
Engine oil io
r at
Type of oil
pe
▲ CAUTION ▲
ro
Do not mix different viscosities or specifications of oil as their different

chemical structure can make them incompatible.
fo
▲
ed
Specification
Nominal Viscosity Specification NATO Code

iz
O-156 (STD)
or
5cSt MIL-PRF-23699G
O-154 (HTS)
th
au
Figure 8.7.1 - Recommended engine oil types

Reference : Service Bulletin P & W C. No. 14001 at the latest revision
ot
Oil capacity
-N
System total capacity :

12.7 Quarts (12 Litres) (oil cooler included)
M
Usable capacity :
PI
6 Quarts (5.7 Litres)

Servicing
The engine oil should be changed and the oil filter cleaned/replaced at intervals
recommended in Pratt & Whitney Canada Engine Maintenance Manual (EMM)
(Ref. chapter 72-00-00, table 601, periodic inspection).

Rev. 0
Section 8
Oil level check

To avoid overfilling of oil tank, and high oil consumption, an oil level check is
recommended within 30 minutes after engine shutdown. Ideal interval is 15 to
20 minutes. If more than 30 minutes have passed and the dipstick indicates that oil is
needed, start the engine and run at LO-IDLE for five minutes, and recheck oil level.
Check oil level against marking on dipstick and top-up as required. Normal oil level is
between MAX HOT and one US quart (0.83 Imp. Quart, 0.95 litres) below MAX HOT,
n
with engine in horizontal attitude.
● NOTE ● io
at
Filling the oil to the maximum level may result in high consumption rate, with the
r
oil exiting through the accessory gearbox breather.
pe
●
ro
▲ CAUTION ▲
When filler cap assembly is installed and locked, no movement is
fo
allowed.
▲
ed
Fuel
iz
Total capacity each tank : 150.5 USG (570 l).

or
● NOTE ●
th
To minimize condensation, it is recommended that airplane be refueled after

au
each flight, respecting weight and balance limits.

●
ot
▲ CAUTION ▲
Never fly the airplane with contaminated (water, sand, rust, dust...) or
-N
unapproved fuel
▲
M
Before each flight and after each fueling, use a sampler to bleed off some fuel through
PI
each tank and fuel filter drain to detect possible contamination and be sure that fuel
used is the proper quality. If contamination is present, continue draining through all
draining points until fuel is free of contamination. If quality of fuel used is not correct,
defuel airplane completely and refuel with proper quality fuel.

Rev. 0
Section 8
▲ WARNING ▲
During all fueling operations, fire fighting equipment must be
available ; attach grounding wire to an unpainted metallic part of
the airplane.
Do not operate any avionics or electrical equipment on the
airplane during fueling. Do not allow open flame or smoking in
the vicinity of the airplane while fueling.
n
▲
io
at
▲ CAUTION ▲
During fueling operations, take care not to damage pneumatic deicer
r
pe
boots located on wing leading edge.

The use of aviation gasoline (AVGAS) must be restricted to
ro
emergencies only. AVGAS will not be used for more than

150 cumulative hours during any period between engine overhaul.
fo
▲
ed
● NOTE ●
Use of AVGAS must be recorded in engine module logbook.
iz
●
or
US Specification French Specification English Specification

NATO Code
th
(US) (FR) (UK)

au
ASTM-D1655 JET A
F35 without
additive
ot
ASTM-D1655 JET B
-N

AIR 3407B
M
F44 with
MIL-DTL-5624 DERD 2452 Issue 2
PI
Grade JP-5 Amdt 1

utilization

AIR 3405C Grade F34
F43 without
additive


Rev. 0
Section 8
Fuel additives
Fuel used must contain an anti-ice additive conforming to MIL-I-27686 or MIL-I-85470
specification.
Strict adherence to recommended preflight draining instructions as called for in
Section 4 will eliminate any free water accumulations from the tank sumps. While
small amounts of water may still remain emulsified in the gasoline, it will normally be
consumed and go unnoticed in the operation of the engine.
n
io
One exception to this can be encountered when operating under the combined effect
of use of certain fuels, with high humidity conditions on the ground followed by flight at
at
high altitude and low temperature. Under these unusual conditions, small amounts of
r
water emulsified can precipitate from the fuel stream and freeze in sufficient quantities
pe
to induce partial icing of the engine fuel system.

ro
While these conditions are quite rare and will not normally be a problem to owners and
operators, they do exist in certain areas of the world and consequently must be dealt
fo
with, when encountered.

Therefore, to alleviate the possibility of fuel icing occurring under these unusual
ed
conditions, it is required to add an ethylene glycol monomethyl ether (EGME or

DIEGME) compound to the fuel supply.
iz
or
The introduction of an EGME or DIEGME compound into the fuel provides two distinct
effects :
th
- it absorbs the dissolved water from the fuel

au
- alcohol has a freezing temperature depressant effect.

ot
EGME or DIEGME must be carefully mixed with the fuel in concentration, it must be
between a minimum of 0.06 % and a maximum of 0.15 % by volume. Figure 8.7.3
-N
provides EGME or DIEGME / fuel mixing ratio information.

▲ CAUTION ▲
M
Do not permit the concentrate of EGME or DIEGME to come in contact

PI
with the airplane finish or fuel tank

Mixing of the EGME or DIEGME with the fuel is extremely important.
An excessive concentration (greater than 0.15 % by volume maximum)
will result in detrimental effects to the fuel tanks by deterioration of
protective primer, sealants and seals of system and engine
components. Use only blending equipment recommended by the
manufacturer to obtain proper proportioning.
▲

Rev. 0
Section 8
Prolonged storage of the airplane will result in a water buildup in the fuel which leeches
out the additive. An indication of this is when an excessive amount of water
accumulates in the fuel tank sumps. The concentration can be checked using a
differential refractometer. It is imperative that the technical manual for the differential
refractometer be followed explicitly when checking the additive concentration.
Fuel and fuel additives in Ukraine and CIS countries
It is possible to use kerosene GOST 10227 RT with addition of anti-icing liquid :
n
- liquid И - GOST 8313-88
io
at
Above-mentioned liquid is added in the quantity equal to 0.3 percent per volume.
r
▲ CAUTION ▲
pe
Refer to Service Bulletin P & WC No. 14004 at its latest revision for
ro
appropriate quantities.
▲
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.7.3 - Additive mixing ratio (EGME or DIEGME)

Rev. 0
Section 8
Landing gear
Nose gear tire
5.00-5 10 PR - Inflation pressure : 98 psi (6.7 bars) *
Main gear tires
18 5.5 10 PR - Inflating pressure : 135 psi (9.32 bars) *
n
Nose gear shock absorber
io
Fill with hydraulic fluid AIR 3520 B (MIL.H5606E) ; inflate with nitrogen to 87 psi
at
(6 bars).
r
pe
Main gear shock absorbers

Fill with hydraulic fluid AIR 3520 B (MIL.H5606E) ; inflate with nitrogen to 160 psi
ro
(11 bars).
fo
Hydraulic system
Check every 100 hours and service with AIR 3520 B (MIL.H5606E) hydraulic fluid.
ed
Brakes
iz
Service as required with AIR 3520 B (MIL.H5606E) hydraulic fluid.

or
● NOTE ●
th
A higher inflation pressure has to be applied to tires and shock absorbers when
in very cold conditions - refer to chapter 8.9.
au
●
ot
(*) Tire inflation pressures are given for an airplane on ground at 21° C.
An ambient temperature change of 3° C produces approximately 1 % pressure
-N
change.
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
Oxygen
The replenishment device of the oxygen cylinder is installed directly on the cylinder
head. It consists of a charging valve and of a pressure gage graduated
from 0 to 2000 PSIG. A chart - see figure 8.7.4, located on the inside of the cylinder
service door, gives the cylinder charge maximum pressure according to the
environment temperature.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
Figure 8.7.4 - Charge pressure chart

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
Replenishment procedure
▲ WARNING ▲
Make sure that the airplane is fitted with a grounding cable and is
properly grounded.
The oxygen cart must be electrically bonded to the airplane.
n
Do not operate the airplane electrical switches or
connect/disconnect ground power during oxygen system
io
at
replenishment.
r
pe
Do not operate the oxygen system during refueling/defueling or

perform any other servicing procedure that could cause ignition.
ro
Introduction of petroleum based substances such as grease or oil

fo
to oxygen creates a serious fire hazard. Use no oil or grease with

the oxygen replenishment equipment.
ed
iz
Always open shut-off valve slowly to avoid generating heat and

replenish the system slowly at a rate not exceeding 200 PSIG
or
(13.7 bars) per minute.

th
▲
au
▲ CAUTION ▲
Replenishment of the oxygen system should only be carried out by
ot
qualified personnel.
-N
▲
● NOTE ●
The cylinder full charge is assured for a pressure of 1850 PSIG (127 bars) at a
M
temperature of 70° F (21° C). If the cylinder temperature differs from 70° F
PI
(21° C), refer to figure 8.7.4 which lists the required pressures according to the
cylinder temperature.
●
1- Open the oxygen service door on the R.H. rear karman.
2- Measure the oxygen cylinder temperature.
3- Make sure the thermometer indication is constant. Note the indication.
4- Refer to the temperature/pressure chart for the correct oxygen cylinder
pressure.

Rev. 0
Section 8
If the pressure on the oxygen cylinder gage is low :

Fill the oxygen cylinder
5- Make sure the area around the oxygen cylinder charging valve is clean.
Remove the cap from the charging valve.
6- Make sure the oxygen supply hose is clean and connect it to the
charging valve.
n
7- Slowly pressurize the oxygen cylinder to the correct pressure.
8- io
Close the oxygen supply and let the cylinder temperature become
at
stable.
r
pe
9- Monitor the oxygen pressure on the gage and fill to the correct pressure if
necessary.
ro
10 - Release the pressure in the oxygen supply hose and disconnect from
the charging valve.
fo
11 - Install the cap on the charging valve.

ed
12 - Make sure all the tools and materials are removed and the work area is
clean and free from debris.
iz
or
13 - Close the oxygen service door.

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
Passenger masks repacking instructions

▲ CAUTION ▲
Do not use oil or other petroleum based lubricants on passenger
oxygen mask or deployment container. Oil based lubricants are a fire
hazard in oxygen-rich environments.
Repacking procedures shall be performed by personnel familiar with
the instructions and warnings in this document. Improperly packed
n
masks can damage the masks or result in failure of the masks to
deploy. io
at
▲
r
pe
▲ WARNING ▲
Masks shall be repacked in an area free of oil, grease, flammable
ro
solvents or other contaminants.

fo
▲
1- Inspect and disinfect mask and deployment container with an aqueous solution
ed
of Zephiran Chloride (Scott Aviation P/N 00-2572) or with disinfection cleaners

(EROS P/N SAN50). After disinfecting and thoroughly drying the mask, lightly
iz
dust the outside of the facepiece with Neo-Novacite powder (Scott Aviation
or
P/N 00-736). Contamination can be removed with mild soap and water
solution.
th
2- Fold headstrap into facepiece. Pull lanyard cord out to side of facepiece so that
au
it does not interfere with repacking.

3- Lay reservoir bag on flat surface and smooth out wrinkles.
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
4- Gently fold reservoir bag lengthwise into thirds (outside edges folded inward
over center of bag). Do not crease bag.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
5- Fold reservoir bag away from breathing valves and into facepiece. Make sure
bag does not cover breathing valves.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
6- Coil oxygen tubing inside facepiece over reservoir bag.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
7- Connect oxygen tubing to manifold oxygen fitting.

au
▲ WARNING ▲
Make sure lanyard pin is inserted into correct check valve for
ot
mask being installed. Cross connected pins will result in

passengers pulling lanyard cords only to initiate oxygen flow to
-N
another mask.
▲
M
8- Insert lanyard pin into corresponding check valve.

PI
9- Place mask facepiece - first in deployment container. Make sure that oxygen
tubing and lanyard cord are free to deploy and are not caught between the
container and lid.
10 - Close and latch deployment container lid.

Rev. 0
Section 8
BatteryMINDer charger
▲ CAUTION ▲
- Read carefully charger manufacturer instructions before use.
- The charger shall be used only on ground.
- The charger is not designed to be installed permanently on the
airplane.
n
- Never charge a frozen battery or one at temperature above 51°C
(123°F).
▲ io
r at
▲ CAUTION ▲
pe
Make sure that the Quick-Disconnect connector (3) is connected to the

battery (4) before setting BatteryMINDer charger power.
ro
▲
fo
1- Pull down the crash lever.

2- Pull the BATT BUS breaker located in the front cargo compartment.
ed
3- Remove the cap (1).

iz
4- Connect the BatteryMINDer charger connector plug (5) to the airplane

or
connector (2).
th
5- Connect the BatteryMINDer charger (6) to the electrical mains with plug (7).
au
6- Begin the operations according to the charger instruction manual.

7- After use, disconnect the BatteryMINDer charger (7) then (5), put the cap (1)
ot
back on the connector (2) and push the BATT BUS breaker located in the front
-N
cargo compartment.
1) Cap
M
2) Connector
PI
3) Quick-disconnect connector
4) Battery
5) BatteryMINDer charger connector plug
6) BatteryMINDer charger
7) Plug
Figure 8.7.5 (1/2) - Removal / Installation of BatteryMINDer charger

Rev. 2
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.7.5 (2/2) - Removal / Installation of BatteryMINDer charger

Rev. 0
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.8 - Airplane cleaning and care

Windshield and windows
The windshield and windows should be cleaned with an airplane windshield cleaner.
● NOTE ●
Refer to the maintenance manual for products and procedures to apply.
●
n
io
Apply the cleaner sparingly with soft cloths and rub with moderate pressure until all
dirt, oil scum and bug stains are removed. Allow the cleaner to dry, then wipe it off with
at
soft flannel cloth.
r
pe
▲ CAUTION ▲
Do not use any of the following products on, or for cleaning windows :
ro
methanol, methylated alcohol, gasoline, benzene, xylene,

methyl-ethyl-ketone, acetone, carbon tetrachloride, lacquer paint
fo
thinners, commercial or household window cleaning sprays. In case of

doubt concerning a product, do not use it.
ed
iz
During cleaning operation, avoid wearing objects such as ring, watch,

bracelet and exercise care to prevent buttons, buckles and any hard
or
objects from touching the windshield and the windows.

th
au
Adhesive tapes other than Minnesota 3m type 670 shall not be used on
acrylic surfaces.
ot
Never use buffing machines as excessive forces or speeds might

-N
produce redhibitory defects.

▲
M
Follow by carefully washing with a mild detergent and plenty of water. Rinse
PI
thoroughly, then dry with a clean moist chamois. Do not rub the plastic with a dry cloth
since this builds up an electrostatic charge which attracts dust. Waxing will finish the
cleaning operation. A thin, even coat of wax polished out by hand with clean soft
flannel cloth will fill in minor scratches and help prevent further scratching.
Do not use a canvas cover on the windshield unless freezing rain or sleet is
anticipated since the cover may scratch the plastic surface.
Painted surfaces
Refer to maintenance manual for the products and procedures to apply.

Rev. 0
Section 8
Propeller care
Preflight inspection of propeller blades for nicks and cleaning them occasionally with a
cloth soaked with soapy water to clean off grass and bug stains will assure long blade
life. Never use an alkaline cleaner on the blades ; remove grease and dirt. Refer to
maintenance manual for the procedures to follow.
Engine care
n
Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to follow.
Interior care io
r at
To remove dust and loose dirt from the upholstery and carpet, clean the interior
pe
regularly with a vacuum cleaner.

ro
For additional information, refer to maintenance manual.

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.9 - Preparation of the airplane (equipment and furnishings)

▲ WARNING ▲
In any accommodation, make sure access to emergency exit is
free.
▲
▲ CAUTION ▲
n
Removed equipment items must be stowed in a place which ensures
their integrity. io
at
▲
r
pe
Many accommodations are authorized by airplane manufacturer. They are

enumerated in section 7.
ro
This procedure specifies how to change your 6-seat accommodation into 4-seat
accommodation, and conversely. However, it can be used partly to remove or install
fo
an equipment item.
ed
However, the pilot must ensure that he gets all necessary authorizations from his
regulatory authority.
iz
1 -- Conversion of 6-seat accommodation into 4-seat accommodation -

or
see figures 8.9.1, 8.9.2, 8.9.3 and 8.9.4

th
A - Tools and consumable materials

au
- Seat protective covers

B - Preparation
ot
1) Make sure the SOURCE selector is set to OFF and the crash lever is
-N
down.
C - Removal of rear seats - see figure 8.9.1
M
1) To remove rear seats, perform the following operations

PI
▲ CAUTION ▲
In order to prevent cushion covering damage, protective covers should
be put on seats.
▲
a) Install protective covers.

Rev. 0
Section 8
b) Unlock backrest using backrest tilting handle (6) and fold it

forward.
● NOTE ●
For the R.H. rear seat, backrest tilting handle is located behind backrest.
●
c) Unlock seat using seat tilting handle (1) and tilt it forward.
n
▲ CAUTION ▲
Make sure to disconnect the seat heating system before the removal of
io
at
the seat to prevent harness damage.
▲
r
pe
d) Disconnect heating system harness, and clip the loose

connector to the holder located on the seat structure.
ro
e) Clear the carpet from under the seat to facilitate moving in rails.
fo
f) Open the floor hatch and clip the second loose connector to the
holder located under floor panel. Close the floor hatch.
ed
g) Hold the seat in tilted position and unscrew quick links (7) of
iz
strap (9) located under L.H. seatpan.

or
● NOTE ●
th
This operation is specific to L.H. seat.

●
au
h) Pull up and hold L.H. and R.H. rings (2), and turn knobs (8) by 90°
in order to release and keep locks (3) in up position.
ot
i) Move the seat in the rails to line up pads (4) with rail (5) apertures.
-N
j) Remove the seat.

● NOTE ●
M
Ensure proper storage of strap (9) with L.H. rear seat to avoid loosing part.
PI
●
D - Removal of intermediate seats - see figures 8.9.2 and 8.9.3
1) To remove intermediate seats, perform the following operations
a) Install protective covers.
b) Pull backrest bottom upholstery (25) to remove it.

Rev. 0
Section 8
▲ CAUTION ▲
Make sure to disconnect the seat heating system before the removal of
the seat to prevent harness damage.
▲
c) Disconnect heating system harness and clip the loose connector
to the holder located on the seat structure.
n
d) Clear the carpet from under the seat to facilitate moving in rails.
e) io
Open the floor hatch and clip the second loose connector to the
at
holder located under floor panel. Close the floor hatch.
r
f) Pull up locking handle (21) located under the pan, on the seat
pe
rear side, to unlock it.

ro
g) Move the seat in the rails to line up pads (23) with rail (24)
apertures.
fo
h) Remove the seat.

ed
i) Install backrest bottom upholstery (25).

▲ CAUTION ▲
iz
In order to prevent deflectors damage, it is necessary to remove them.

or
▲
th
2) Remove deflector (34) maintained with Velcro-type strap.

au
3) If necessary, remove the cabin central carpet.

● NOTE ●
ot
If one of two cargo nets must be installed, it is necessary to use the carpet with
-N
appropriate cuttings.
●
M
E - Removal of a cabinet
PI
● NOTE ●
This operation must be carried out by a service center.
●
F - Cabin comfort - see figure 8.9.3
1) Blank off the hot air outlet, located forward the large door, with blanking
device assy (33) stored in storage bag - see figure 8.9.3 detail A.
2) Remove blanking plugs (32) located forward the large door and store
them into storage bag - see figure 8.9.3 detail B.

Rev. 0
Section 8
3) Remove blanking plugs (31) located in line with R.H. front side window
- see figure 8.9.3 detail C, and install them on holes located in line with
card table - see figure 8.9.3 detail D.
● NOTE ●
Should long term changes be made to cabin configuration (4 / 6 seats), cabin
upholstery blanking device and plug arrangements will need to be reconfigured
in order to optimize the temperature conditioning system.
n
Subject changes should preferably be performed at a recognized service
center.
● io
at
G - Installation of intermediate seats - see figures 8.9.2, 8.9.3 and 8.9.4
r
pe
1) Install deflector (34), ensuring that both red marks (36) are aligned with
the deflector holes (35) - see figure 8.9.4.
ro
● NOTE ●
fo
Position deflectors (34) as indicated on label, according to future position of

intermediate seat, in order to optimize cabin cooling.
ed
●
2) Install intermediate seats.
iz
or
● NOTE ●
If seats are installed facing flight direction (frontwards), the L.H. seat must be
th
installed on the right and the R.H. seat on the left in order to have the armrest
au
on aisle side.
●
ot
a) Pull backrest bottom upholstery (25) to remove it.

-N
b) Clear the carpet from seat area to facilitate moving in rails.

c) Position the seat and put lock (22) near the color mark (37) made
on rail bottom on aisle side.
M
● NOTE ●
PI
The color mark (37) in the rail is aligned with red marks (36).
●
d) Open the floor hatch and remove clip from holder located under
floor panel and connect heating system harness (26). Clip
connectors on the holder located on the seat structure.
e) Pull up locking handle (21), insert pads (23) into rail (24)
apertures and then, move the seat so that lock (22) is in front of
the color mark (37).

Rev. 3
Section 8
f) Release locking handle (21) to lock the seat.
▲ WARNING ▲
Verify that lock (22) and all pads (23) are engaged and locked into
rails, trying to move seat forward and backward.
▲
g) Install backrest bottom upholstery (25).
n
● NOTE ●
io
Adjust it properly; make sure not to obstruct deflector (34) outlet.
at
●
r
pe
h) Slide properly the carpet under the seat.

i) Remove protective covers.
ro
H - Final operations
fo
1) If removed, install cabin central carpet suited to the intended use.

ed
● NOTE ●
Slide properly the carpet under doorstep.
iz
●
or
2) If necessary, remove the baggage compartment partition net and

install the small or large cargo net - refer to section 7.
th
3) Make sure the work area is clean and free from debris.
au
4) Determine weight and balance - refer to section 6.

ot
2 -- Conversion of 4-seat accommodation into 6-seat accommodation - see

figures 8.9.1, 8.9.2, 8.9.3 and 8.9.4
-N
A - Tools and consumable materials

M
- Seat protective covers

PI
B - Preparation
1) Make sure the SOURCE selector is set to OFF and the crash lever is
down.
2) If installed, remove the cargo net.
3) Remove intermediate seats – refer to paragraph 1.D.
4) Remove the deflectors (34) maintained with Velcro-type strap.
5) If necessary, remove the cabin central carpet.

Rev. 3
Section 8
C - Cabin comfort - see figure 8.9.3

1) Remove blanking plugs (32) from their storage bag and install them on
holes located forward the large door - see figure 8.9.3 detail B.
2) Remove blanking device assy (33) from the hot air outlet, located
forward the large door, and store it into storage bag - see figure 8.9.3
detail A.
n
3) Remove blanking plugs (31) located in line with card table - see
io
figure 8.9.3 detail D, and install them on holes located in line with R.H.
front side window - see figure 8.9.3 detail C.
at
● NOTE ●
r
pe
Should long term changes be made to cabin configuration (4 / 6 seats), cabin

upholstery blanking device and plug arrangements will need to be reconfigured
ro
in order to optimize the temperature conditioning system.

Subject changes should preferably be performed at a recognized service
fo
center.
●
ed
D - Installation of cabinet
iz
● NOTE ●
or
This operation must be carried out by a service center.

●
th
E - Installation of intermediate seats

au
1) Install intermediate seats – refer to paragraph 1 G.

ot
2) If removed, install the baggage compartment partition net.

-N
3) If removed, install cabin central carpet.

F - Installation of rear seats - see figure 8.9.1
M
PI
2) Clear the carpet from seat area to facilitate moving in rails.

3) Check that knobs (8) maintain locks (3) in up position.
4) Position the seat, fold it forward, refer to detail B, and insert pads (4)
into rail (5) apertures.
5) Move the seat so that locks (3) are in front of the color mark made on rail
bottom.

Rev. 3
Section 8
6) Pull up and hold L.H. and R.H. rings (2) and turn knobs (8) by 90° in
order to insert locks (3) into rail (5) apertures.
7) Make sure the seat is correctly locked on rails (5).
8) Tilt seat forward, hold it and slip strap (9) around the locking control
hinge pin. Screw quick links (7).
9) Open the floor hatch and remove clip from holder located under floor
n
panel and connect heating system harness (26). Clip connectors on
the holder located on the seat structure.
io
at
10) Tilt the seat rearward and lock it using seat tilting handle (1).
r
11) Fold up the backrest and lock it using backrest tilting handle (6).
pe
12) Slide properly the carpet under the seat.

ro
13) Remove protective covers.

fo
G - Reconditioning
ed
2) Determine weight and balance - refer to section 6.

iz
3 -- Additional configurations
or
▲ WARNING ▲
th
Removed seats can only be installed at their original location.

au
Rear seat (L.H. or R.H.) is the only one which can be installed in
cabin axis, on both central rails – refer to section 7.
ot
▲
-N
● NOTE ●
Many combinations of accommodations are authorized with seats (rear and
intermediate) by pilot or service centers and cabinet(s) by service centers only.
M
However, the pilot must ensure that he/she gets all necessary authorizations
PI
from his/her regulatory authority.

●
● NOTE ●
To remove or install these elements, use paragraph 1 or 2 – refer to table 1.
●

Rev. 3
Section 8
● NOTE ●
After these operations, determine weight and balance with the new C.G. -
refer to section 6.
●
Description
Equipment Action
operation
Removal Paragraph 1.C.
Rear seat
n
Installation Paragraph 2. F.
Intermediate seat
Removal
Installation io
Paragraph 1.D.
Paragraph 1.G.
at
Cargo net Installation Section 7
r
pe
Table 1
ro
fo
ed
iz
1) Seat tilting handle

or
2) Ring
th
3) Lock
au
4) Pad
5) Rail
ot
6) Backrest tilting handle

-N
7) Quick link
8) Knob
M
PI
9) Strap
10) Seats heaters connector
Figure 8.9.1 (1/2) - Removal / installation of rear seat

Rev. 3
Section 8
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.9.1 (2/2) - Removal / installation of rear seat

Rev. 0
Section 8
21) Locking handle

22) Lock
23) Pad
24) Rail
25) Backrest bottom upholstery
n
26) Seats heaters connector
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.9.2 - Removal / installation of intermediate seat

Rev. 2
Section 8
31) Blanking plug

32) Blanking plug
33) Blanking device assy
34) Deflector
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.9.3 - Cabin comfort - Installation of blanking plugs and deflector

Rev. 0
Section 8
34) Deflector
35) Deflector hole
36) Red mark
37) Color mark
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 8.9.4 - Cabin comfort - Installation of deflector

Rev. 0
Section 8
8.10 - Utilization by cold weather (- 0°C to - 25°C) or very cold

weather (- 25°C to - 40°C)
● NOTE ●
Check pressure values in a hangar heated at about 15°C with control
equipment at room temperature.
●
n
If a landing is foreseen by cold or very cold weather or in case of airplane prolonged
io
operation in such conditions, it is recommended to prepare the airplane as follows :
at
1- Smear with silicone grease the door and engine cowlings seals, as well as the
leading edge deicers.
r
pe
2- Apply engine oil on the engine cowling latches.

ro
3- Inflate main landing gear shock absorbers to 247 psi (17 bars) at a room
temperature of 15° C.
fo
4- Position a 0.59 in (15 mm) shim at the bottom of the piston tube and against
forward landing gear half-fork to reduce shock absorber travel. Refill with
ed
hydraulic liquid. Remove the shim and inflate shock absorber to 138 psi
(9.5 bars) at a room temperature of 15° C.
iz
or
5- Inflate main landing gear tires to 130 psi (8.96 bars) and nose tire to 102 psi
(7 bars) at a room temperature of 15° C.
th
● NOTE ●
au
See table 1 hereafter to check pressure values and to inflate tires and shock
absorbers.
ot
●
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Section 8
Check pressure values and inflate, if necessary, according to following table 1 during
operation in cold weather only :
OAT (°C) - 40° - 30° - 20° - 10° + 15°
P Main landing gear shock 189 196 203 218 247
n
r absorber (13) (13.5) (14) (15) (17)
e
s io
at
Nose gear 102 109 116 123 138
s
u shock absorber
r
(7) (7.5) (8) (8.5) (9.5)
pe
r
e 144 144 130 130 130
ro
s Main landing gear tire

(9.96) (9.96) (8.96) (8.96) (8.96)
fo
psi
94 94 102 102 102
Nose gear tire
ed
(bars) (6.5) (6.5) (7) (7) (7)

iz
Table 1
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement A
Section 9
List of supplements and validities

Airplane type *
Sup. Edit.
Description 900 900 910 910 930 930 940
No. No.
E0 E1 E0 E1 E0 E1 E0
A 5 List of supplements X X X X X X X
From S/N 1000, plus S/N 687
06 3 WX-500 stormscope X X X X X X X
n
OPT70-34-056
io
at
18 3 Engine fire detection system X X X X X X X
OPT70-26-002G
r
pe
OPT70-26-002H
MOD70-0496-26A
ro
45 2 Mexico specifics X X X X X X X
MOD70-0212-11
fo
From S/N 1000 up to S/N 1269, plus

S/N 687
ed
45 3 Mexico specifics X X
MOD70-0619-11 Version C
iz
From S/N 1270

or
47 1 GARMIN GWX70 color weather radar X

th
MOD70-0394-34
From S/N 1000 to S/N 1049, plus
au
S/N 687
49 2 GARMIN TAWS System X X X X X X X
ot
MOD70-0176-00 Version F
-N
50 2 GARMIN Synthetic Vision System X X X X X X X

MOD70-0226-00
M
* 900 E0 : From S/N 1000 to S/N 1049, plus S/N 687

PI
900 E1 : From S/N 1050

910 E0 : From S/N 1170 to 1269
910 E1 : Airplane equipped with MOD70-0539-00 Version H
930 E0 : Airplane equipped with MOD70-476-00
940 E0 : Airplane equipped with MOD70-0649-00 Version A
Edition 5 - December 31, 2015 Page 9.A.1

Rev. 7
Supplement A
Section 9
Airplane type *
Sup. Edit.
Description 900 900 910 910 930 930 940
No. No.
E0 E1 E0 E1 E0 E1 E0
56 3 GARMIN GSR56 weather datalink X X X X X X X
and satellite phone
MOD70-0331-23
n
57 1 Public transportation for X X
French-registered airplanes
MOD70-0352-11 io
at
From S/N 1000, plus S/N 687 with
MOD70-0176-00
r
pe
58 0 Five-bladed propeller X
MOD70-0345-61
ro

S/N 687
59 1 Brazil specifics X X X X X
fo
OPT70-01004
ed
S/N 687
59 3 Brazil specifics X X
iz
MOD70-0619-11 Version B
or
From S/N 1270

th
60 1 ADS-B OUT function X X

MOD70-0264-34
au
MOD70-0542-34
S/N 687 with MOD70-0176-00
ot
62 0 Flight envelope protection X X

-N
MOD70-0423-34 and
MOD70-0488-27
S/N 687 with MOD70-0176-00
M

PI
900 E1 : From S/N 1050

910 E0 : From S/N 1170 to 1269
Page 9.A.2 Edition 5 - December 31, 2015

Rev. 7
Supplement A
Section 9
Airplane type *
Sup. Edit.
Description 900 900 910 910 930 930 940
No. No.
E0 E1 E0 E1 E0 E1 E0
63 1 Lavatory compartment X X X X X X X
MOD70-0505-25
64 1 Stick Shaker X
n
MOD70-0510-27 Version C
From S/N 1000 to S/N 1049, plus
S/N 687 io
at
66 1 GARMIN G1000 NXi retrofit X X
r
MOD70-0539-00
pe
From S/N 1000 to S/N 1169

67 0 Data collection and transmission X X X X
ro
system (FAST BOX)

MOD70-0578-31 Version A
fo

68 0 TBM930 2018 X
ed
From S/N 1216

iz
69 0 Baro-VNAV approaches X X X
MOD70-0636-34
or
From S/N 1000, plus S/N 687,

equipped with G1000 system
th
(MOD70-0176-00) or G1000 NXi

system retrofit (MOD70-0539-00
au
Versions D & E)
71 0 JCAB Supplement for TBM940 X
ot
airplane
MOD70-0619-11 Version D
-N
From S/N 1272

72 0 France specifics X X
MOD70-0619-11 Version E
M
From S/N 1270

PI

900 E1 : From S/N 1050
910 E0 : From S/N 1170 to 1269
Edition 5 - December 31, 2015 Page 9.A.3

Rev. 7
Supplement A
Section 9
Airplane type *
Sup. Edit.
Description 900 900 910 910 930 930 940
No. No.
E0 E1 E0 E1 E0 E1 E0
73 0 Extended large storage cabinet X X
MOD70-0684-25
From S/N 1270
75 0 GDR66 COM3 VHF communication X
n
MOD70-0722-23
From S/N 1272
io
at
900 E1 : From S/N 1050
r
pe
910 E0 : From S/N 1170 to 1269

ro

fo

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 9.A.4 Edition 5 - December 31, 2015

Rev. 8
Supplement 6
WX-500 stormscope
SUPPLEMENT
WX-500 stormscope
Table of contents
n
io
at
Page
r
pe
ro
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.2
fo
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.2
ed
3 - Emergency procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.3

iz
4 - Normal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.3

or
th
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.3
au
6 - Weight and balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.4

ot
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.4
-N
8 - Handling, Servicing and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.4

M
PI
Edition 3 - December 31, 2015 Page 9.6.1

Rev. 2
Supplement 6
WX-500 stormscope
SECTION 1
General
This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the equipment limitations,
description and operations necessary for operation when the TBM airplane is
equipped with the option WX-500 stormscope.
Whenever this supplement refers to the WX-500 Pilot's Guide, it states the one
n
described in section 2.
SECTION 2 io
r at
Limitations
pe
The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane

ro
described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with
the option WX-500 stormscope.
fo
The WX-500 stormscope systems signal displays are not intended for the purpose of
penetrating thunderstorm areas or areas of severe turbulence ; such intentional use is
ed
prohibited.
iz
● NOTE ●
or
Range selection determines receiver sensitivity and therefore relative range.

Displayed range is based on signal strength and is not to be used for accurate
th
determination of thunderstorm location.

au
●
▲ CAUTION ▲
ot
The stormscope must not be used for thunderstorm penetration.

▲
-N
The WX-500 Pilot's guide, Series II, No. 009-11501-001 and the GARMIN Integrated
flight deck pilot's guide, as applicable, at their latest revision shall be readily available
M
to the pilot, whenever the operation of the WX-500 stormscope is predicted.

PI
Page 9.6.2 Edition 3 - December 31, 2015

Rev. 2
Supplement 6
WX-500 stormscope
SECTION 3
Installation and operation of WX-500 stormscope do not change the basic emergency
procedures of the airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic
POH.
SECTION 4
n
Normal procedures io
at
Normal operating procedures of the WX-500 stormscope are outlined in the WX-500
r
Pilot's Guide.
pe
SECTION 5
ro
Performance
fo
Installation and operation of WX-500 stormscope do not change the basic

performance of the airplane described in section 5 Performance of the basic POH.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 6
WX-500 stormscope
SECTION 6
Weight and balance
The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard
airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the
airplane is equipped with the option WX-500 stormscope.
n
S/ Item Weight
R/ OPT70 Required (R) or Standard (S) or Optional (A or O) io
per unit
Arm
in.
at
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
r
pe
34 - NAVIGATION
ro
A 34056 Stormscope WX-500 4.94 232.28

- shared with the integrated flgiht deck system (2.240) (5.900)
fo
SECTION 7
ed
Description
iz
Information hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described

or
in section 7 Description of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option
th
WX-500 stormscope.
au
The WX-500 (series II) stormscope, weather mapping system provides a visual
screen readout of the electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms. This
information with proper interpretation, will allow the pilot to detect severe thunderstorm
ot
activity. A series of green dots or of strike points will be displayed on the screen to
-N
indicate the electrical discharge areas.

The WX-500 (series II) stormscope, weather mapping system interfaces with the
integrated flight deck system.
M
SECTION 8
PI

Installation and operation of WX-500 stormscope do not change the handling,
servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8
Handling, servicing and maintenance of the basic POH.

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
Engine fire detection system
SUPPLEMENT
Table of contents
n
io
at
Page
r
pe
ro
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18.2
fo
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18.2
ed

iz

or
th
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18.5
au

ot
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18.7
-N
8 - Handling, servicing and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18.7

M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
SECTION 1
General
description and operations necessary for operation when the airplane is equipped
with the option Engine fire detection system.
The general hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described
n
in section 1 General of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option
Engine fire detection system. io
at
The fire detection system allows engine fire monitoring and indicating.
r
pe
SECTION 2
ro
Limitations
Installation and operation of Engine fire detection system do not change the basic
fo
limitations of the airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH.

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
SECTION 3
The emergency procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard
airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic Pilot's Operating
Handbook when the airplane is equipped with the option Engine fire detection system.
n
Engine fire on ground
io
at
Symptoms : ITT increasing, ITT , FIRE , smoke, ...
r
pe
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

ro
>> Airplane with G1000 or G1000 NXi Flight deck (MOD70-0176-00 or

MOD70-0539-00)
fo
2- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RST

ed
>> Airplane with G3000 Flight deck (MOD70-0476-00)

3- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
iz
or
>> All
th
4- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

au
6- FUEL TANK SLECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ot
7- Warn ground assistance, if necessary

-N

M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
Engine fire in flight
Symptoms : FIRE
Try to confirm the fire warning by looking for other indications such as ITT increase,
ITT , smoke from engine cowls or air conditioning system.
n
▲ CAUTION ▲
No air start attempt after an engine fire. io
at
▲
r
pe
If the fire warning is not confirmed :

ro
1- Monitor the engine parameters, ITT in particular

fo
2- Look for smoke coming from engine cowls or from air conditioning
system
ed

iz
If the fire warning is confirmed :

or
th
1- THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CUT OFF

au
2- AUX BP switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

3- FUEL TANK SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ot
4- Oxygen mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use

-N
>> Airplane with G1000 or G1000 NXi Flight deck (MOD70-0176-00 or

MOD70-0539-00)
M
5- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RST

PI

6- BLEED switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
>> All
7- A/C switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
8- If necessary, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency descent
9- Perform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced landing

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
SECTION 4
Normal procedures
The normal procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard
airplane described in section 4 Normal procedures of the basic Pilot's Operating
- Before starting the engine
n
>> Up to S/N 1105, plus S/N 687, on left side of left instrument panel
io
at
FIRE TEST push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
r
>> From S/N 1106, on upper panel
pe
TEST push-button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

ro
>> All
fo
FIRE lights on and causes the illumination of the MASTER WARNING light.
SECTION 5
ed
Performance
iz
or
performance of the airplane described in section 5 Performance of the basic Pilot's
th
Operating Handbook.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
SECTION 6
Weight and balance
airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic Pilot's Operating
n
S/ Item Weight
R/ OPT70 Required (R) or Standard (S) or Optional (A or O) io
per unit
Arm
in.
at
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
r
pe
26 - Fire protection
ro
A 26002G Engine fire detection system L'HOTELLIER 1.455 96.06

or 26002 H (From S/N 1000 to 1105, plus S/N 687) (0.660) (2.440)
fo
A 0496-26A Engine fire detection system L'HOTELLIER 1.464 96.06

ed
(From S/N 1106) (0.66) (2.440)

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
SECTION 7
Description
in section 7 Description of the basic Pilot’s Operating Handbook when the airplane is
equipped with the option Engine fire detection system.
The engine fire detection system enables the monitoring and indication of a fire in the
n
engine area.
The system includes : io
at
- 7 detectors
r
pe
- the test push-button

ro
- the integrated flight deck system.

Detectors
fo
The 7 detectors are secured on supports positioned in the most sensitive engine
ed
areas. They consist of thermal switches detecting a temperature greater than 200°C.
Push-button
iz
or
The push-button enables the pilot to test the detection system by opening the
grounding circuit. It is connected in series with the 7 detectors.
th
>> Up to S/N 1105, plus S/N 687

au
The FIRE TEST push-button is located on left side of left instrument panel.
ot
>> From S/N 1106

-N
The TEST push-button is located on upper panel.

Display
M
Refer to the GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide, as applicable, at its latest
revision.
PI
SECTION 8
handling, servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section
8 Handling, Servicing and Maintenance of the basic Pilot’s Operating Handbook.

Rev. 2
Supplement 18
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
SUPPLEMENT
Mexico specifics
Table of contents
n
io
at
Page
r
pe
ro
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45.2
fo
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45.2
ed
Internal placards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45.2

iz
External placards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45.10

or
th

au

ot
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45.17
-N

M
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45.18
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
SECTION 1
General
This supplement is intended to inform the pilot about the airplane specifics, among
others those required by the relevant Certification Authorities (limitations, description
and operations necessary to the operation of the TBM airplane).
n
SECTION 2
Limitations io
r at
pe
described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH.

ro
2.9 - Placards
Internal placards
fo
1- Rear pressurized baggage compartment (in cabin)

ed
On partition wall
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
For the small cargo net, on R.H. side lower upholstery panel
n
io
r at
pe
For the large cargo net, on R.H. Side upholstery panel, in the rear baggage
compartment
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
2- Non pressurized FWD baggage compartment

ot
On baggage compartment door frame

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
3- On rear passengers masks containers
n
io
at
4- On internal face of rear passengers masks containers doors
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
5- On rear passenger's table casing

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
6- Door internal side

On access door
n
On pilot door, if installed io
atr
pe
ro
fo
ed
7- On emergency exit handle

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
8- Above emergency exit door
n
io
at
9- On landing gear emergency control access door
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
10 - On cabinet drawer (optional)

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
>> Airplane equipped with coat hanger (Post-MOD70-0557-25B)

11 - On the upper edge of the L.H. Passenger access door panel
n
io
r at
>> Airplane equipped with lavatory compartment (Post-MOD70-0505-25)
pe
12 - On fixed panel, cabin side

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
13 - On fixed panel, toilet side

au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
14 - On access door, cabin side and toilet side
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
15 - Behind access door, cabin side and toilet side

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
16 - Front face of lavatory compartment, near opening / closing switches
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
17 - On the magazine rack

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
>> All
External placards
18 - Under engine cowling and under each wing
n
io
r at
pe
ro
19 - Near fuel tank caps

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
20 - Above brakes hydraulic fluid reservoir against firewall
n
io
at
21 - On langing gear hydraulic fluid reservoir
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
22 - On fuse box in engine cowling

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
23 - On internal face of L.H. engine cowling
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
24 - On front lower portion of firewall L.H. side

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
25 - On engine cowling, in front of compartment door
n
io
at
26 - On nose gear door
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
27 - On nose gear leg

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
28 - On main gear leg
n
io
at
29 - On internal face of the oxygen cylinder service door
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
30 - On the oxygen service door

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
31 - Near air data system port
n
io
r at
pe
32 - On external side of emergency locator transmitter inspection door

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
33 - On emergency exit external side

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
34 - Door external side

On pilot door
n
io
r at
pe
ro
On access door
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access
door
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
SECTION 3
No specifics
SECTION 4
n
Normal procedures
io
at
No specifics
r
SECTION 5
pe
Performance
ro
No specifics
fo
SECTION 6
ed
Weight and balance

iz
or
airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH.
th
au
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
ot
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
-N
01 - Specific optional equipment

M
S 0619-11C Mexico certification markings / /

PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 45
Mexico specifics
SECTION 7
Description
No specifics
SECTION 8
n
io
at
No specifics
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
SUPPLEMENT
GARMIN TAWS system
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49.2
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49.6
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49.7
ot

-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
SECTION 1
General
description and operations necessary for operation when the airplane is equipped
with the option GARMIN TAWS system.
The TAWS function enables to detect if the airplane path is in compliance with the
n
overflown terrain relief.
SECTION 2 io
r at
Limitations
pe

ro
described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with
the option GARMIN TAWS system.
fo
The TAWS function provides terrain proximity alerting and detection to the pilot. It
must not be used for airplane vertical and horizontal navigation.
ed
AC 2318 recommendation : in order to avoid unwillingly warnings, TAWS function

iz
must be inhibited for any landing on a terrain which is not mentioned in the data base.
or
The use of the terrain awareness warning and terrain display functions is prohibited
during QFE (atmospheric pressure at airport elevation) operations.
th
au
>> Airplane equipped with GARMIN flight deck as standard

The GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide mentioned in section 2 Limitations
ot
of the basic POH, as applicable, or any further edition applicable to the latter, shall be
readily available to the pilot, whenever the operation of TAWS system is predicted.
-N
>> Airplane retrofitted with GARMIN G1000 NXi flight deck (MOD70-0539-00)
The GARMIN G1000 NXi Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide for the TBM850/900
M
P/N 190-02348-00 or any further edition applicable to the latter, shall be readily
PI
available to the pilot, whenever the operation of TAWS system is predicted.

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
SECTION 3
airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH when the
airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN TAWS system.
n
TAWS FAIL annunciation
io
at
The TAWS function is not operational.
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
SECTION 4
Normal procedures
airplane described in section 4 Normal Procedures of the basic POH when the TBM
n
Before takeoff
io
at
- ”TAWS System Test OK” voice message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heard
r
End of procedure.
pe
4.1 - Warnings of the TAWS function

ro
”PULL UP” voice alert

fo
PULL UP PFD/MFD alert annunciation and PULL UP MFD pop-up alert light ON.
ed
1- Level the wings.

iz
2- TRQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum
or
3- Choose the optimum rate of climb adapted to airplane configuration and speed,
th
until the warning disappears.

au
End of procedure.
ot
”Terrain Terrain, Pull up Pull up”,

-N
”Obstacle Obstacle, Pull up Pull up”, voice alerts

PULL UP PFD/MFD alert annunciation and TERRAIN/OBSTACLE - PULL UP
M
MFD pop-up alert light ON.

PI
1- Adjust airplane path in order to make the warning disappear.

End of procedure.

Rev. 3
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
4.2 - Cautions of the TAWS function
”Caution terrain”, ”Caution obstacle”,

”Too low terrain” voice alerts
TERRAIN PFD/MFD alert annunciation and CAUTION TERRAIN/OBSTACLE
or TOO LOW TERRAIN MFD pop-up alerts light ON.
n
1- io
Adjust airplane path in order to make the warning disappear.
at
End of procedure.
r
pe
”Don't sink” voice alert

ro
TERRAIN PFD/MFD alert annunciation and DON'T SINK MFD pop-up alert
fo
light ON.
1- Re-establish a positive rate of climb.
ed
End of procedure.
iz
or
”Sink rate” voice alert

th
TERRAIN PFD/MFD alert annunciation and SINK RATE MFD pop-up alert light
au
ON.
1- Reduce rate of descent.
ot
End of procedure.
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
SECTION 5
Performance
Installation and operation of GARMIN TAWS system do not change the basic
SECTION 6
n
Weight and balance
io
at
r
pe
ro
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
fo
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
ed
34 - Navigation
iz
A 0176-00 TAWS system GARMIN / /

or
Version F
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
SECTION 7
Description
in section 7 Description of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the
option GARMIN TAWS system.
n
TAWS-B terrain and obstacle alerts
io
at
- Alerts include visual annunciations and voice alerts.
r
- Alerts are accompanied by visual annunciation on PFD’s and pop-up alerts on
pe
either Touchscreens Controllers

ro
- Pilot acknowledges the Alert on the Touchscreen Controller

Voice alerts inhibiting
fo
- TAWS Alerts can be inhibited by the pilot selecting Inhibit TAWS on

ed
Touchscreens Controllers
- Discretion should be used when inhibiting alerts and the system should be
iz
enabled when appropriate.

or
>> All
th
The TAWS function has 7 modes.

au
1. Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance alert

ot
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) alert is used by TAWS and is
composed of :
-N
- Reduced Required Terrain Clearance and Reduced Required Obstacle

Clearance
M
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) and Reduced Required Obstacle

PI
Clearance (ROC) alerts are issued when the airplane flight path is above
terrain, yet is projected to come within the minimum clearance values in table
9.49.1. When an RTC or ROC alert is issued, a potential impact point is
displayed on the TAWS Page.

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
- Imminent Terrain Impact and Imminent Obstacle Impact

Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) and Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are
issued when the airplane is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the
airplane's projected path. ITI and IOI alerts are accompanied by a potential
impact point displayed on the TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the
projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance
altitudes in table 9.49.1.
n
Phase of flight
Minimum Clearance
Altitude Level Flight (ft) io
Minimum Clearance
Altitude Descending (ft)
r at
pe
Enroute 700 500
Terminal 350 300

ro
Approach 150 100

fo
Departure 100 100

ed
Table 9.49.1 - Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance values for FLTA alerts
iz
or
During the final approach phase of flight, FLTA alerts are automatically
inhibited when the airplane is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 Nm of the
th
approach runway or below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 Nm of the runway
threshold.
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
The aural/displayed messages associated with the FLTA function are

described in the table 9.49.2.
PFD/MFD
MFD Map Page
Alert Type TAWS Page Aural Message
Pop-Up Alert
Annunciation
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance ”Terrain, Terrain ;
n
Warning (RTC) PULL UP TERRAIN - PULL UP Pull up, Pull up”
(Red)
io
at
Imminent Terrain ”Terrain Ahead,
Impact Warning Pull up ;
PULL UP TERRAIN AHEAD - PULL UP
r
(ITI) (Red) Terrain Ahead,
pe
Pull up”
Reduced Required
ro
Obstacle
”Obstacle, Obstacle ;
Clearance PULL UP OBSTACLE - PULL UP Pull up, Pull up”
fo
Warning (ROC)
(Red)
ed
Imminent Obstacle ”Obstacle Ahead,

Impact Warning Pull up ;
(IOI) (Red) PULL UP OBSTACLE AHEAD - PULL UP Obstacle Ahead,
iz
Pull up”
or
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance ”Caution, Terrain ;
th
Caution (RTC) TERRAIN CAUTION - TERRAIN Caution, Terrain”

au
(Amber)
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution ”Terrain Ahead ;
TERRAIN TERRAIN AHEAD
ot
(ITI) (Amber) Terrain Ahead”

-N
Reduced Required
Obstacle ”Caution, Obstacle ;
Clearance Caution TERRAIN CAUTION - OBSTACLE Caution, Obstacle”
M
(ROC) (Amber)
PI
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Caution ”Obstacle Ahead ;
TERRAIN OBSTACLE AHEAD Obstacle Ahead”
(IOI) (Amber)
Table 9.49.2 - FLTA alerts

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
2. Premature descent alerting

A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the airplane
is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway (Figure 9.49.1).
PDA alerting begins when the airplane is within 15 Nm of the destination airport. PDA
alerting ends when the airplane is either :
- 0.5 Nm from the runway threshold
n
or
- io
at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 Nm of the threshold.
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
PDA Alerting Area

or
th
au
ot
Figure 9.49.1 - PDA alerting threshold

-N
The aural/displayed messages associated with the PDA function are described in the
table 9.49.3.
M
PI
PFD/MFD
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Annunciation
Premature Descent
Alert Caution TERRAIN TOO LOW - TERRAIN ”Too low, Terrain”
(PDA) (Amber)
Table 9.49.3 - PDA alerts

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
3. Excessive descent rate alert

The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide suitable
notification when the airplane is determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain at
an excessive speed. Figure 9.49.2 shows the parameters for the alert as defined by
TSO-C151b.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.49.2 - Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
The aural/displayed messages associated with the EDR function are described in the
table 9.49.4.
PFD/MFD
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Annunciation
Excessive Descent
Rate Warning
n
PULL UP PULL UP ”Pull up”
(EDR) (Red)
Excessive Descent io
at
Rate Caution TERRAIN SINK RATE ”Sink rate”
r
(EDR) (Amber)
pe
ro
Table 9.49.4 - EDR alerts

4. Negative climb rate after takeoff alert (NCR)
fo
The purpose of the Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as
ed
Altitude Loss After Takeoff) is to provide suitable alerts to the pilot when the system
determines that the airplane is loosing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The
iz
aural message ”Don't sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation
and a pop-up terrain alert on the PFD's and Touchscreen Controllers. NCR alerting is
or
only active when departing from an airport and when the following conditions are met :
th
- The height above the terrain is less than 700 feet.

au
- The distance from the departure airport is 5 Nm or less.

- The heading change from the heading at the time of departure is less than
ot
110 degrees.
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
Figure 9.49.3 shows two figures which illustrate the NCR alerting parameters as
defined by TSO-C151b.
The NCR alert is issued when the altitude loss and height are within the range in the
first figure, or when the sink rate (negative vertical speed) and height are within the
range in the second figure.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.49.3 - Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Alert Criteria

Rev. 2
Supplement 49
GARMIN TAWS system
The aural/displayed messages associated with the NCR function are described in the
table 9.49.5.
PFD/MFD
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
Annunciation
Negative Climb
Rate Caution TERRAIN DONT' SINK ”Don't sink”
n
(NCR) (Amber)
io
at
Table 9.49.5 - NCR alerts
r
5. ”FIVE-HUNDRED” aural alert, altitude voice callout (VCO)
pe
The purpose of the aural alert message ”Five-Hundred” is to provide an advisory alert
ro
to the pilot that the airplane is 500 feet above terrain. When the airplane descends
within 500 feet of terrain, the aural message ”Five-Hundred” is generated. There are
fo
no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the aural message.

6. TAWS not available alert
ed
TAWS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy
iz
minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the airplane is out of
or
the database coverage area, the annunciation TAWS N/A is generated in the
annunciation window and on the TAWS Page. The aural message ”TAWS Not
th
Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is re-established and the airplane is
au
within the database coverage area, the aural message ”TAWS Available” is
generated.
ot
7. TAWS inhibit
-N
TAWS also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and visual
alerts. Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting TAWS and always remember to
enable the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA alerts are disabled in
M
the inhibit mode.

PI
SECTION 8
Installation and operation of GARMIN TAWS system do not change the basic
handling, servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in
section 8 Handling, Servicing and Maintenance of the basic POH.

Rev. 2
Supplement 50
GARMIN Synthetic Vision System
SUPPLEMENT
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50.2
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50.5
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50.5
ot

-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 50
SECTION 1
General
equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System (SVS).
The SVS does not replace and is not intended to be used independently of the TAS
n
and/or TAWS system(s).
io
The SVS does not replace and is not intended to be used independently of the
at
horizontal and vertical primary flight instruments.
r
The SVS does not replace and is not intended to be used independently of the Course
pe
Deviation Indicator and the Vertical Deviation Indicator.

ro
SECTION 2
Limitations
fo

ed
described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is
equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System.
iz
The following document, or any further edition applicable to the latter, shall be readily
or
available to the pilot, whenever operation of the SVS is predicted :

th
>> Airplane equipped with G1000 Flight deck (MOD70-0176-00)

au
- GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot’s Guide, No. 190-00709-05 or its latest
revision.
ot
>> Airplane equipped with G1000 Nxi Flight deck (MOD70-0539-00)

-N
- GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot’s Guide, No. 190-02218-XX at its latest
revision.
M
>> Airplane retrofited with GARMIN G1000 NXi Flight deck (MOD70-0539-00)
PI
- GARMIN G1000 NXi Integrated Flight Deck Cockpit Pilot's Guide for the
TBM850/900 P/N 190-02348-00 or any later revision as applicable.
>> Airplane equipped with G3000 Flight deck (MOD70-0476-00)
- GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot’s Guide, No. 190-02046-XX at its latest
revision.
The use of the Synthetic Vision System display elements alone for airplane control
without reference to the GARMIN system primary flight instruments is prohibited.

Rev. 2
Supplement 50
The use of the Synthetic Vision System alone for vertical and/or horizontal navigation,
or obstacle or terrain avoidance is prohibited.
Pathway boxes must be selected OFF when flying an instrument approach. Turn
Pathways OFF when ACTIVATE VECTORS-TO-FINAL, ACTIVATE APPROACH is
selected, or the airplane is established on any segment of the approach.
The use of the Synthetic Vision System traffic display alone to avoid other airplane is
prohibited.
n
The Terrain Database has an area of coverage from North 75° latitude to South 60°
latitude in all longitudes. io
at
SECTION 3
r
pe
ro

airplane described in Section 3 Emergency Procedures of the basic Pilot's Operating
fo
Handbook when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic
Vision System.
ed
iz
Inconsistent display between SVS and GARMIN system primary

or
flight instruments
th

au
From PFD display unit

- PFD softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
ot
- SYN VIS softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press

-N
- SYN TERR softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press to disable

- SVS is removed from the PFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify
M
>> Airplane with G1000 Nxi Flight deck (MOD70-0539-00)

PI

- PFD OPT softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
- SVT softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
- Terrain softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press to disable

Rev. 2
Supplement 50

- PFD Settings softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
- Attitude Overlays softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press
- Synthetic Terrain softkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press to disable
n
>> All io
at
Use GARMIN system primary displays for navigation and airplane control.
r
pe
SECTION 4
ro
Normal procedures
fo
airplane described in section 4 Normal procedures of the basic POH when the TBM
airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System.
ed
▲ CAUTION ▲
iz
SVS information is not a subsitute for standard course and altitude

or
deviation information provided by the CDI, VSI, VDI and the primary
flight instruments, as well as for the Traffic Advisory System (TAS) or
th
the Terrain Awareness Warning System (TAWS).

au
▲
SVS activation
ot
-N
Refer to GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide, as applicable, listed in

section 2 Limitations of this supplement for further information.
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 50
SECTION 5
Performance
Installation and operation of GARMIN Synthetic Vision System do not change the
basic performance of the airplane described in Section 5 Performance of the basic
POH.
SECTION 6
n
Weight and balance io
at
r
airplane described in Section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the
pe
airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System.

ro
S/ Item Weight
Arm
fo

in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
ed
34 - Navigation
iz
or
A 0226-00 Synthetic Vision System GARMIN / /

th
au
SECTION 7
Description
ot

-N
GARMIN Synthetic Vision System.
M
SVS provides additional features on the primary flight display (PFD) - refer to GARMIN
Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide, as applicable, listed in section 2 Limitations of this
PI
supplement for further information.

Rev. 2
Supplement 50
SECTION 8
Installation and operation of GARMIN Synthetic Vision System do not change the
basic handling, servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in
section 8 Handling, servicing and maintenance of the basic POH.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 56
GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink
Pilot's Operating Handbook and satellite phone
SUPPLEMENT
GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56.2
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56.7
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.56.8
ot

-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 56
and satellite phone Pilot's Operating Handbook
SECTION 1
General
equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone.
Unless otherwise mentioned, whenever a G1000 system is called in this supplement it
n
concerns either a G1000 system or a G1000 NXi system.
SECTION 2 io
r at
Limitations
pe

ro
equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone.
fo
The GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot's Guide mentioned in section 2 Limitations
of the basic POH (G1000 or G3000 as standard) or of the POH supplement
ed
(G1000 NXi retrofit), as applicable, or any further applicable edition, shall be readily
available to the pilot, whenever the operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink
iz
and satellite phone is predicted.

or
Satellite phone functions

th
▲ WARNING ▲
au
Use of phone by PIC prohibited during all airplane operations

▲
ot
>> Airplane with G1000 Flight deck

-N
- It is forbidden to activate Pilot In Command on-side GMA TEL button as long as

the airplane is in the air or moving on the ground.
M
- Only the Pilot In Command cross side GMA TEL input can be activated at all
PI
time of flight for the front passenger and passengers to have the GSR 56
telephone audio functions.
- It is forbidden to activate TEL button on Pilot Tab (located in NAV COM/Audio &
Radios page) on GTC Touchscreen Controllers as long as the airplane is in the
air or moving on the ground.

Rev. 3
Supplement 56
- Only the TEL button, on Copilot and Pass Tabs (located in NAV COM/Audio &
Radios page) on GTC Touchscreen Controllers can be activated at all time of
flight for the front passenger and passengers to have the GSR 56 telephone
audio functions.
>> All
Weather datalink functions
n
- The GSR 56 weather datalink is only an advisory weather source, it does not
io
relieve the pilot to comply with the applicable operational regulation in terms of
flight preparation especially with regard to the use of an approved weather and
at
NOTAM sources during flight planning.
r
pe
International telecommunication regulation

The GSR 56 is a telecommunication device approved under FCC ID Q639522B and
ro
registered by the ITU (International Telecommunication Union) for international use

according to the GMPCS-MoU.
fo
The receiver transmitter RF module embedded in the GSR 56 is a 9522 B

ed
manufactured by Iridium Satellite LLC.

Terms of use are subject to changes and are available from the ITU website.
iz
or
2.1 - Placards
th
Under L.H. front side window, under instruction plate

au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 56
SECTION 3
Installation and operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone
do not change the basic emergency procedures of the airplane described in section 3
Emergency procedures of the basic POH.
SECTION 4
n
Normal procedures io
at
r
airplane described in section 4 Normal Procedures of the basic POH when the TBM
pe
airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink

and satellite phone.
ro
Normal operating procedures of the GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink

fo
and satellite phone system are outlined in the GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot’s
Guide.
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 56

On L.H. GMA audio panel
1- TEL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
End of procedure.
Before starting a phone call in flight

io
r at
On L.H. GMA audio panel
pe
1- TEL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
If rear passengers intend to take part in a phone call :

fo
2- CABIN button or PASS ICS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

2 types of wording may exist for the same button
ed
If front passenger intends to take part in a phone call :

iz
3- INTRCOM button or CREW ICS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

or

th
On R.H. GMA audio panel

au
4- TEL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
If rear passengers intend to take part in a phone call :
ot
5- CABIN button or PASS ICS button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

-N

End of procedure.
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 56

In one of the GTC's NAV COM / Audio & Radios / pilot Tab
1- TEL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
n
End of procedure.
Before starting a phone call in flight

io
r at
In one of the GTC's NAV COM / Audio & Radios / pilot Tab
pe
1- TEL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ro
If passengers intend to take part into a phone call :

fo
In one of the GTC's NAV COM / Intercom Page

2- Pilot/Passenger Link Arrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ed
If front passenger intends to take part into a phone call :

iz
In one of the GTC's NAV COM / Intercom Page

or
3- Pilot/Copilot Link Arrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

th
In one of the GTC's NAV COM / Audio & Radios / copilot Tab
au
4- TEL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
if necessary, switch off Sync to Pilot function
ot
If passengers intend to take part into a phone call :

-N
In one of the GTC's NAV COM / Audio & Radios / Pass Tab
5- TEL button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
M
if necessary, switch off Sync to Pilot function

PI
End of procedure.

Rev. 3
Supplement 56
SECTION 5
Performance
Installation and operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone.
do not change the basic performance of the airplane described in section 5
Performance of the basic POH.
SECTION 6
n
Weight and balance io
at
r
pe
airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink

and satellite phone.
ro
fo
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
ed
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
iz
23 - Communication
or
A 0331-23 Weather datalink and satellite GARMIN 3.82 58.03

th
phone system GSR 56 (1.736) (1.474)

au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 56
SECTION 7
Description
GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone.
GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone system provides airborne low
n
speed datalink and voice communication capability to Integrated Flight Deck system
io
excluding any voice mail function. GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone
at
system contains a transceiver that operates on the Iridium Satellite network.
r
The weather information are displayed on the MFD maps and on the PFD inset map.
pe

ro
The satellite phone interface is embedded in the MFD : Phone communication and
SMS can be received and sent through the dedicated pages on the MFD.
fo
The controls for the MFD are located on both the MFD bezel and the MFD control unit.
ed
The telephone audio including the incoming call ringing is controlled by the TEL button
on the GMA audio panels and can be played in the pilot, front passenger and
iz
passengers headphones.
or

th
The satellite phone interface is embedded in the Touchscreen Controllers : Phone

au
communication and SMS can be received and sent through the dedicated pages on
the Touchscreen Controllers.
ot
The telephone audio including the incoming call ringing is controlled by the
-N
Touchscreen controllers & GMA audio processor and can be played in the pilot, front
passenger and passengers headphones.
>> All
M
Although it is possible to leave a message when calling the airplane, as voice mail
PI
communication is not supported by the GSR 56 :

- it is not possible to access the GSR 56 voice mail from the airplane
- there is no indication on the Integrated Flight Deck system when a new
message has been left on the GSR 56 voice mail.

Rev. 3
Supplement 56
SECTION 8
Installation and operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone.
do not change the basic handling, servicing and maintenance procedures of the
airplane described in section 8 Handling, Servicing and Maintenance of the basic
POH.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 56
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
SUPPLEMENT
Brazil specifics
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59.2
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59.12
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.59.13
ot

-N
M
PI
Edition 3 - February 15, 2019 Page 9.59.1

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
SECTION 1
General
and operations necessary to the operation of the TBM airplane).
SECTION 2
n
Limitations io
at
r
pe
2.5 - Weight and C.G. limits

ro
Weight limits
fo

ed
- in rear part of pressurized cabin : 396 lbs (180 kg), with small or large net (see
sketch below)
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 9.59.2 Edition 3 - February 15, 2019

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
2.6 - Operation limits

When operating the VHF-COMM system in Brazilian air space, the selection of
8.33 kHz in the channels spacing can cause the loss of communication with the Air
Traffic Control (ATC).
GNSS (GPS/SBAS) navigation system limitations
In accordance with Brazilian IS 21-013A, use of GNSS/GPS is prohibited under IFR
n
unless other means of navigation, suitable and approved for the intended route, are
io
installed and operational. It must be possible - at any point along the route - to navigate
to the destination or alternate, using such means.
r at
The SBAS functionality is not available in Brazil, therefore operations that require
pe
such functionality, such as GNSS vertical navigation modes, are prohibited in

Brazilian airspace.
ro
2.9 - Placards
fo
On pressurized baggage compartment partition wall

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
For the small cargo net, on frame C13bis
n
io
r at
pe
ro
For the large cargo net, on R.H. side upholstery panel, in the rear baggage
compartment
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
On FWD baggage compartment door frame, non pressurized

M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
Near fuel tank caps
n
io
atr
pe
ro
fo
On internal face of L.H. engine cowling

ed
iz
or
Capacidade
de óleo
th
12 l
au
12,7 qt
ot
-N
Above passenger's table

M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
On nose gear door
n
io
r at
pe
ro
On engine cowling, in front of compartment door

fo
- TOMADA EXTERNA
ed
- 28 VOLTS D.C. NOMINAL

iz
- 800 AMPS
or
CAPACIDADE MÍNIMA PARA PARTIDA

- NÃO EXCEDA 1000 AMPS
th
au
On pilot door - External side, if installed

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
On access door - External side
n
io
atr
pe
On outer fuselage skin aft of access door

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
In the cabin forward of access door

M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
On access door - Internal side
n
On pilot door -- Internal side, if installed io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
On emergency exit handle

or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
Above emergency exit door
n
On rear passengers masks containers io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
On the oxygen service door

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
>> Airplanes equipped with Lavatory compartment (Post-MOD70-0505-25)
On fixed panel, cabin side

M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
On fixed panel, toilet side
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
On access door, cabin side and toilet side

au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
Behind access door, cabin side
n
io
r at
Behind access door, toilet side
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
Front face of lavatory compartment, near opening / closing switches

au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
On the magazine rack and on side wall of storage volume
n
io
r at
>> Airplanes equipped with Coat hanger (Post-MOD70-0557-25)
pe
On the L.H. rear cargo compartment panel upper door

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
SECTION 3
th
au
No specifics
ot
SECTION 4
-N
Normal procedures
M
No specifics
PI
SECTION 5
Performance
No specifics

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
SECTION 6
Weight and balance
S/ Item Weight
n
Arm
A/ or equipment io
lb
in.
(m)
at
O MOD70 (kg)
r
pe
S 0619-11B Brazil certification markings / /

ro
SECTION 7
fo
Description
ed
No specifics
iz
SECTION 8
or

th
au
No specifics
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 59
Brazil specifics
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 63
Lavatory compartment
SUPPLEMENT
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63.2
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63.8
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63.19
ot

-N
M
PI
Edition 1 - November 16, 2016 Page 9.63.1

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
SECTION 1
General
equipped with the option lavatory compartment.
SECTION 2
n
Limitations io
at
r
pe
equipped with the option lavatory compartment.

ro
- toilet seat must not be occupied during take-off and landing

- divider must be stowed during take-off and landing
fo
- headset shall be worn at all time when seat is occupied

ed
>> From S/N 1000 to S/N 1269

iz
2.9 - Placards
or
th

au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 9.63.2 Edition 1 - November 16, 2016

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
n
io
r at
pe
ro

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
Behind access door, cabin side and toilet side

-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 63
Inner face of toilet cover
n
io
at
Front face of lavatory compartment, near opening/closing switches
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
On the magazine rack

-N
M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 63
>> From S/N 1270
2.9 - Placards
n
io
rat
pe

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot

-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
Behind access door, cabin side and toilet side
n
io
at
Inner face of toilet cover
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
Front face of lavatory compartment, near opening/closing switches

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
On the magazine rack
n
SECTION 3 io
at
r
pe
The emergency procedures hereafter supplement those of the standard airplane

described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH.
ro
3.10 - Pressurization and air conditioning

fo
>> Without v15 GARMIN software (Pre-MOD70-0407-00)

ed
CABIN ALTITUDE
iz
or
Inform passengers to use emergency stowing of the divider and oxygen mask.
th
>> With v15 GARMIN software (Post-MOD70-0407-00) or airplane with G3000 Flight
deck (MOD70-0476-00)
au
CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK

ot
or
-N
CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK and EDM

M
Inform passengers to use emergency stowing of the divider and oxygen mask.
PI
Other procedures in the basic POH are unchanged.

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
SECTION 4
Normal procedures

airplane described in section 4 Normal procedures of the basic POH when the TBM
airplane is equipped with the option lavatory compartment.
BRIEFING to passengers
n
to be performed before entering the airplane
Normal and Emergency stowing operations of the divider. io

r at
In case of depressurization : emergency stowing of the divider, use oxygen mask, and
pe
remain seated unless otherwise instructed by the crew.

ro
The headset must be used when the divider is deployed to allow communication with
the crew in case of emergency.
fo
SECTION 5
ed
Performance
iz
Installation and operation of Lavatory compartment do not change the basic

or
SECTION 6
th
Weight and balance

au
ot
airplane is equipped with the option lavatory compartment.
-N
6.1 - General
M
This paragraph is intended to provide the pilot with a simple and rapid means of
PI
determining weight and balance of the airplane when equipped with the lavatory
compartment option.
▲ WARNING ▲
It is the pilot's responsibility to ensure that the airplane is
properly loaded and the weight and balance limits are adhered to.
▲

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
6.4 - Determining the new airplane empty weight and

balance after the application of the lavatory
compartment option
● NOTE ●
The new empty weight determination after lavatory compartment installation
shall be performed from the 6-seat configuration airplane characteristics
●
n
1) Record the basic empty weight (1a) and moment (1b) and CG
io
(MAC %) (1c) from the last Weight and Balance Report in 6-seat
at
configuration (see samples Figures 6.4.1 and 6.4.2 of the basic Pilot's
Operating Handbook).
r
pe
2) Compute the new empty weight (2a) and moment (2b) as sum of all
above weights (1a) [removed equipment + installed equipment] and
ro
associated moments (1b) [removed equipment + installed equipment]

fo
3) Compute the new empty weight arm (3) and CG (MAC %) (3c) using
given formulas.
ed
4) Report the new empty weight arm (3) and CG (MAC %) (3c) into the
WEIGHT AND BALANCE FORM AND DIAGRAM of the airplane
iz
loading form in order to perform the weight and balance determination

or
with the lavatory compartment installed.

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
>> From S/N 1000 to S/N 1159
(Arm (m) − 4.392)

1.51
Item
(kg) (m) (m.kg) (MAC %)
Empty Weight (kg) (1a) (1b) (1c)
n
Weight and moment variation after lavatory
compartment option installation
+ 12
io
+ 86
r at
New empty weight
pe
(2a) (3) (2b) (3c)

(ready for cargo preparation)
ro
(Arm (in) − 172.93)

fo
59.45
ed
Item
iz
Empty Weight (lbs) (1a) (1b) (1c)

or

+ 27 + 7530
th
compartment option installation

au
New empty weight

(2a) (3) (2b) (3c)
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
>> From S/N 1160
(Arm (m) − 4.392)

1.51
Item
(kg) (m) (m.kg) (MAC %)
Empty Weight (kg) (1a) (1b) (1c)
n
compartment option installation without seat + 19 io
+ 134
at
heating system
r
or
pe

compartment option installation with seat heating + 18 + 127
ro
system
fo
New empty weight

(2a) (3) (2b) (3c)
ed
iz
(Arm (in) − 172.93)

or
59.45
th

Item
au

Empty Weight (lbs) (1a) (1b) (1c)
ot

compartment option installation without seat + 42 + 11643
-N
heating system
or
M

compartment option installation with seat heating + 40 + 11056
PI
system
New empty weight

(2a) (3) (2b) (3c)

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
Using the weight and balance form

▲ CAUTION ▲
Empty weight, arm and CG % position to be considered are the ones
from the last weight and balance report issued after the lavatory
compartment option installation.
▲
n
io
Refer to POH section 6.4 using the weight and balance form procedure to determine
the weight and balance of the airplane equipped with the lavatory compartment option
at
together with the use of the loading form hereafter.
r
pe
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
ro
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
fo
25 - Equipment and furnishings

ed
O 0505-25C Lavatory compartment 138.9 267.7

(63) (6.799)
iz
or
Lavatory compartment carpet 28.7 211.4

(13) (5.370)
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
Weight and balance form and diagram (m, kg) - only applicable if
lavatory compartment is installed
>> From S/N 1000 to S/N 1159
(Arm (m) − 4.392)

1.51
n
Item
Weight Arm
io
Moment CG
at
(kg) (m) (m.kg) (MAC %)
r
Empty Weight (kg)
pe
Baggage FWD (< 50 kg) 3.250

ro
Front Seats (kg) 4.534

-17 kg
fo
Inter. Seats per seat removed 5.710

ed
Pax
iz
Zero Fuel Weight (< 2 736 kg)

or
Fuel (kg) 4.820

th
Ramp Weight (< 3 370 kg)

Taxi Fuel (kg) 4.820
au
Takeoff Weight (< 3 354 kg)

Trip Fuel (kg) 4.820
ot
Landing Weight (< 3 186 kg)

-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
>> From S/N 1160
(Arm (m) − 4.392)

1.51

Item
(kg) (m) (m.kg) (MAC %)
n
Empty Weight (kg)
io
at
Baggage FWD (< 50 kg) 3.250
Front Seats (kg) 4.534
r
pe
-15 kg
Inter. Seats per seat removed * 5.710
ro
Pax
fo

Zero Fuel Weight (< 2 736 kg)
ed
Fuel (kg) 4.820

iz
Ramp Weight (< 3 370 kg)

Taxi Fuel (kg) 4.820
or
Takeoff Weight (< 3 354 kg)

th

au
Landing Weight (< 3 186 kg)
* Seats weights do not include seat heating system weight

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.63.1 -- Weight and Balance diagram

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
Weight and balance form and diagram (in, lbs) - only applicable if
lavatory compartment is installed
>> From S/N 1000 to S/N 1159
(Arm (in) − 172.93)

59.45
n
Item
Weight Arm
io
Moment CG
at
r
Empty Weight (lbs)
pe
Baggage FWD (< 110 lbs) 128.0

ro
Front Seats (lbs) 178.5

-37.5 lbs
fo
Inter. Seats per seat removed 224.8

Pax
ed

iz
Zero Fuel Weight (< 6 032 lbs)

Fuel (lbs) 189.8
or
Ramp Weight (< 7 430 lbs)

th
Taxi Fuel (lbs) 189.8

au
Takeoff Weight (< 7 394 lbs)

ot
Landing Weight (< 7 024 lbs)

-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
>> From S/N 1160
(Arm (in) − 172.93)

59.45

Item
n
Empty Weight (lbs)
io
at
Baggage FWD (< 110 lbs) 128.0
Front Seats (lbs) 178.5
r
pe
-33.1 lbs
Inter. Seats per seat removed * 224.8
ro
Pax
fo
Zero Fuel Weight (< 6 032 lbs)

ed
Fuel (lbs) 189.8

Ramp Weight (< 7 430 lbs)
iz
Taxi Fuel (lbs) 189.8

or
Takeoff Weight (< 7 394 lbs)

th

Landing Weight (< 7 024 lbs)
au
* Seats weights do not include seat heating system weight

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.63.2 -- Weight and Balance diagram

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
SECTION 7
Description

Lavatory compartment.
n
For operation, refer to equipment User's Guide.
io
The lavatory compartment is installed against right interior upholstery panel, facing
at
large door. The lavatory compartment is installed at the place of the rear seats,
removed to allow this installation. It is attached to the fuselage structure on the cabin
r
floor, using the seats tracks with four pads and screws.
pe
The lavatory compartment structure is made of composite panels.

ro
The lavatory compartment assembly is composed of :

fo
- A chemical toilet,
ed
- Electrically deployable separating panels (divider),

- Two (2) actuating switches (DEPLOY, STOW),
iz
or
- Two (2) emergency stowing buttons (PUSH TO STOW), accessible from inside
or outside the lavatory compartment,
th
- One (1) mirror,

au
- One (1) electric power plug,

ot
- One (1) headset allowing communication between the passenger and the
crew.
-N
When the lavatory compartment is not occupied, the divider is stored unfolded in the
lavatory compartment structure.
M
A breaker integrated into the lavatory compartment structure protects its electrical
PI
system. The circuit breaker is only accessible when the lavatory compartment is
removed.
Two (2) switches, located on the seat front face, left side, hidden when latching strap
snap fastener is locked, control the deployment/stowing of the moveable parts of the
divider.
Two (2) access doors (Velcro tape attached), located on each side of the fixed part of
the divider, give access to the emergency stowing push button, allowing the
emergency (manual) retraction of the divider, using the application of a vertical force
(by hand) on the upper edge of the divider.

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
Electric connection of the system is performed via a power plug :

>> Without optional 12V power plugs (Pre-MOD70-0174-25)
- 28 volts
>> With optional 12V power plugs (Post-MOD70-0174-25)
- 12 volts
n
>> All
io
The power plug is located on the right hand side upholstery panel. Connection is only
at
accessible when the lavatory compartment structure is unscrewed from the floor and
moved slightly aside to access the plug.
r
pe
Mirror is automatically illuminated during the deployment of the divider.

ro
A safety anti pinching sensor stops the deployment of the divider in case an
interference is detected.
fo
To remove the chemical toilet system from the lavatory compartment structure, it is
ed
necessary to unlatch the toilet cover, remove the top frame, if installed then lift upward
the forward face of the structure and pull out the toilet from the structure.
iz
A storage volume on the left side of the toilet is accessible when toilet cover is up.
or
A magazine rack is located on the forward side of the fixed part of the divider.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.63.3 (1/2) -- Lavatory compartment

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.63.3 (2/2) -- Lavatory compartment

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
SECTION 8
Installation and operation of Lavatory compartment do not change the basic handling,
servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8
Handling, servicing and maintenance of the basic POH.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 63
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 3
Supplement 71
JCAB Supplement for TBM940 airplane
SUPPLEMENT
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.4
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.14
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.17
ot

-N
Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.18
M
Appendix B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.19
PI
Appendix C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.22
Appendix D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.71.13
Edition 0 - June 26, 2019 Page 9.71.1

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
SECTION 1
General
This Pilot’s Operating Handbook supplement applies for the Japanese Registered
Airplanes which have the Japanese Type Certificate in accordance with Civil
Aeronautics Act 12.
● NOTE ●
n
The basic Pilot's Operating Handbook shall be applied, except for matters
revised or supplemented by this Supplement. io
at
●
r
pe
Model Basic Pilot’s Operating Handbook

ro
TBM940 From S/N 1272 Doc No. DMKFM00EEN

fo
Table 1 - Applicable coverage

ed
TC Holder
DAHER AEROSPACE
iz
23 Route de Tours
or
41400 SAINT-JULIEN-DE-CHEDON
FRANCE
th
au
(Refer to the JCAB TCDS No. 99 for details.)
Aircraft Manufacturer
ot
COMPAGNIE DAHER
-N
35, Cours Pierre Puget

13006 MARSEILLE
FRANCE
M
(Refer to the JCAB TCDS No. 99 for details.)

PI
Kind and Class of Aircraft

Kind: Aeroplane
Class: Single-Engine Turbine
Airworthiness Category
Airplane Normal
Page 9.71.2 Edition 0 - June 26, 2019

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
Type and Number of Engine, Propeller

Make/Manufacturer: Pratt & Whitney Canada
Model: PT6A - 66D
Number: One (1)
Type of Propeller: HARTZELL, HC-E5N-3C / NC8834K, 5 blades
Dimensions
n
Length: 10.736 m
io
at
Width: 12.833 m
r
Height: 4.355 m
pe
Refer to the Pilot's Operating Handbook for TBM940 airplane,

Doc. No DMKFM00EEN for details.
ro
Weight and Center of Gravity

fo
Maximum certified weight and center of gravity range:

ed
Refer to the JCAB-TCDS No. 99 and Pilot's Operating Handbook for TBM940
airplane, Doc. No DMKFM00EEN for details.
iz
Fuel tanks I Oil tank Capacity

or
MAX Oil Level (FULL line): 12.7 quarts (6 quarts usable, 6.7 quarts unusable)
th
Refer to the JCAB-TCDS No. 99 and Pilot's Operating Handbook for TBM940
airplane, Doc. No DMKFM00EEN for details.
au
JCAB Approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook List

ot
Refer to Appendix A, "JCAB Approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook List for

TBM940 airplane."
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
SECTION 2
Limitations
General
n
The limitations are the same as those in the basic EASA Approved Pilot’s Operating
Handbook except:
io
at
Japanese Placards
r
pe
(1) On pressurized baggage compartment partition wall

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
(1)a For the small cargo net, on R.H. side lower upholstery panel
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
(1)b For the large cargo net, on R.H. side upholstery panel, in the rear baggage
compartment
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
(1)c On FWD baggage compartment door frame (non pressurized)

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
(2) Above passenger's table

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
(3) On pilot door - External side, if installed
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
(4) On access door - External side

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
(5) On outer fuselage skin aft of access door
n
io
r at
pe
(6) In the cabin forward of access door

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
(7) On access door - Internal side

ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
(8) On pilot door - Internal side, if installed
n
io
at
(9) On emergency exit handle
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
(10) Above emergency exit door

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
(11) On rear passengers masks containers
n
>> Aircraft equipped with coat hanger (MOD70-0557-25) io
at
(12) On the L.H. Rear cargo compartment panel upper edge
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
Occupants limits
iz
or
Maximum Occupancy:
The number of persons on board is limited by approved seating configuration
th
installed but must not exceed six, including the pilot.

au
The number of persons must be less than or equal to the number of seats.
Refer to the Pilot's Operating Handbook for TBM940 airplane,
ot
Doc. No DMKFM00EEN for details.

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
Operating limitations
This airplane may be operated in the following kinds of operations when appropriate
equipment is installed.
● NOTE ●
Refer to the Appendix B, "Judgement table for operating method limitation."
●
n
- Flight under instrument flight rules (Flight under instruction of air traffic
control all times)
io
at
- Instrument flight (Flight in the instrument meteorological condition)
r
pe
- Flight under instrumental navigation (Flight over cloud or over water

beyond the distance and time specified in Article 66 of the Regulations
ro
under visual meteorological condition)

- Visual flight other than flight under instrumental navigation
fo
- Night operations
ed
- Day operations
iz
- Flight under icing meteorological condition (as approved in type

certification)
or
- High altitude operations (above 3,000 meters of altitude)

th
Operational capabilities
au
● NOTE ●
ot
The following capabilities do not constitute operational approval. The operator

must be authorized by the JCAB to conduct these operations.
-N
●
Category I operations
M
The installed equipment for Category I operations complies with the equipment
PI
requirements described in the Appendix 2 of the JCAB Circular No.5-001, "Criteria for
approval of Category I operations and Evaluation guideline of Category I operations."

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
Category Il operations
The installed equipment for Category Il operations complies with the equipment
approval of Category Il operations and Evaluation guideline of Category Il
operations."
RVSM operation
n
The installed equipment for RVSM operation complies with the equipment
io
requirements described in the JCAB Circular No.5-004, "Criteria for approval of RVSM
operations and Evaluation guideline of RVSM operations."
at
GPS (Operational lmplementation Standards using GPS for the Instrumental
r
pe
Flight Method)
The installed GPS complies with the equipment requirements described in the JCAB
ro
Circular No.5-005, "Operational lmplementation Standards using GPS for the

Instrumental Flight Method", Chapters 3-1, 4-1, and 5-1.
fo
- The installed Garmin G3000 system is compliant with AC 20-138D.

ed
- The GDU1250W is compliant with TSO-C146d Class 3.

iz
- The GIA64W is compliant with TSO-C145d Class 3.

or
- Section 2 - Limitations
th
No Change
au
- Section 3 - Emergency Procedures

No Change
ot
- Section 4 - Normal Procedures

No Change
-N
Category Ill operations

The installed equipment for Category Ill operations complies with the equipment
M
PI
approval of Category Ill operations and Evaluation guideline of Category IIl

operations."

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
ADS-B (Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast)

The installed ADS-B OUT complies with the equipment requirements described in the
JCAB Circular No.5-019, "lmplementation Approval Criteria using ADS-B OUT",
Chapter 3.
- The installed ADS-B OUT system is compliant with 14 CFR 91.225 and 91.227,
CS ACNS.D.ADSB (1090 MHz Extended Squitter ADS-B Out), and
CS ACNS.D.ELS/EHS (Mode S Elementary/Enhanced Surveillance).
n
- The standard GTX 345R is compliant with TSO-C112e.
io
at
- The optional GTX 33DES is compliant with TSO-C112d.
r
MMEL/MEL
pe
Instructions for "MMEL / MEL" in this Pilot’s Operating Handbook can be followed only
ro
when the Minimum Equipment List (MEL) is specified in the Operation Manual and/or
Maintenance Manual created by domestic aircarrier and is approved by the Minister of
fo
Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism.

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
SECTION 3
No specifics
SECTION 4
Normal procedures
n
No specifics io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
SECTION 5
Performance
Noise levels
This aircraft complies with the requirements of Civil Aeronautics Regulations,
Annex 2, ”Aircraft Noise Standard” and ICAO Annex 16, Volume I, Appendix 2,
Amendment 7, Aircraft Noise, Chapter 4 (effective March 21, 2002)
n
io
This Noise Document is made pursuant to Annex 16, Volume I, Attachment G to the
at
Convention on International Civil Aviation (hereinafter referred to as "ICAO Format")
and approved as a part of the Pilot’s Operating Handbook.
r
pe
ln Japan, Compliance to the Noise Requirement is certified as a part of Airworthiness

Certification. Noise Certificate is not issued and Noise Characteristics are described
ro
in Pilot’s Operating Handbook. Therefore, Japan determined to incorporate this Noise

Document into the Pilot’s Operating Handbook.
fo
Accordingly, Item 18 "Statement of Compliance", Item 19 "Date of lssuance" and

ed
Item 20 "Signature", which are parts of "ICAO Format" but not appropriate for inclusion
in the Pilot’s Operating Handbook, are deleted.
iz
ln respect of the Pilot’s Operating Handbook which is published and managed by

or
Aircraft Type, it may be a case that Item 4 "Nationality and Registration Marks" and
Item 6 "Aircraft Serial Number" are blank.
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
1. State of Registry: 3. Document Number: (if

necessary)
JAPAN
2. Noise Document
n
4. Nationality and 5. Manufacturer and 6. Aircraft serial number
registration marks: (if manufacturer's designation of
necessary) aircraft:
io
at
DAHER AEROSPACE
TBM940 airplane
r
pe
7. Engine 8. Propeller: *
Pratt & Whitney Canada, HARTZELL
ro
PT6A-66D HC-E5N-3C / NC8834K

fo
9. Maximum takeoff mass: 10. Maximum landing 11. Noise certification

mass: standard:
ed
3354 kg 3186 kg Chapter 10

(7394 lbs) (7024 lbs)
iz
12. Additional modifications incorporated for the purpose of compliance with the applicable
noise certification standards:
or
None
th
13. Lateral/full- 14. Approach 15. Flyover 16. Overflight 17. Takeoff
au
power noise noise level:* noise level:* noise level:* noise level:*
level:*
NA NA NA NA 76.4 dB
ot
see POH 5.2

-N
Noise level
Remarks:
M
PI
* These boxes may be omitted depending on noise certification standard.

Table 2 - Noise levels (ICAO Format)

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
Engine emissions
Fuel venting
Annex 3, Chapter 1.
● NOTE ●
The fuel venting has been demonstrated under the ICAO Annex 16, Volume Il,
n
Third Edition, Part Il, Chapter 2.
●
io
at
Exhaust emissions
r
pe

Annex 3, Chapter 2.
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
SECTION 6
Weight and balance
S/ Item Weight
n
Arm
A/ or equipment io
lb
in.
(m)
at
O MOD70 (kg)
r
pe
S 0619-11D Japan certification markings / /

ro
fo
SECTION 7
Description
ed
No specifics
iz
or
SECTION 8
th

au
No specifics
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
APPENDIX A
JCAB Approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook List for
TBM940 airplane
Pilot’s Operating Handbook (Basic) and Pilot’s Operating Handbook Supplement(s)
approved by JCAB are as below.
n
Pilot’s Operating Pilot’s Operating Certifying Authority JCAB approval date
Handbook Doc. No. Handbook Title approval date and io
at
Current Revision
r
DMKFM00EEN Pilot’s Operating Feb. 18, 2020 Nov. 30, 2020
pe
Handbook (Basic) Edit. 0 Rev 2

ro
DMJFM06EEN POH Supplement 6 Feb. 26, 2018 Aug. 08, 2019

WX-500 stormscope Edit. 3 Rev 2
fo

Engine fire detection Edit. 3 Rev 2
ed
system

iz
GARMIN TAWS Edit. 2 Rev 2

or
system
th

GARMIN Synthetic Edit. 2 Rev 2
au
Vision System
DMKFM71EJP POH Supplement 71 Dec. 24, 2020 Dec. 24, 2020

ot
JCAB Supplement for Edit. 0 Rev 2

TBM940 airplane
-N
Table 3 - JCAB Approved Pilot’s Operating Handbook (Basic and Supplements)

M
PI

Rev. 2
Supplement 71
APPENDIX B
Judgement table for operating method limitation
(Required equipment, etc on each operating method)
Equipment, etc Mini. Operating method
Qty
A B C D E F G H
n
Gyroscopic attitude 1  
indicator (Note 2)
Gyroscopic directional 1   io
at
indicator
r
Gyroscopic turn indicator 1  
pe
(Note 3)
Slip indicator 1  
ro
Precision altimeter 1   (Note 8)

(Note 2) 
fo
Rate of climb indicator 1  
Airspeed indicator with 1  

ed
anti-icing device (Note 2)

iz
Ambient air temperature 1   

indicator
or
Clock with second 1   

indication
th
Airborne DME 1   
au
(Note 4)
Direction finder, VOR 1 (Note 5) (Note 6) (Note 6)

receiver (Note 2)   
ot
Airborne TACAN
receiver
-N
Navigation lights 
Anti-collision lights (Note 7)

M
Anti-icing device 
PI
Oxygen sypply system 

(Note 1)
In addition to the equipment, etc. listed above, it shall be necessary to obey the
requirements for equipment specified in the Civil Aeronautics Regulations, etc
Table 4 - Judgement table for operating method limitation (1/3)

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
Category of Operating Methods

A Flight under instrument flight rules (Flight under instruction of air traffic control all
times)
B Instrument flight (Flight in the instrument meteorological condition)
C Flight under instrumental navigation (Flight over cloud or over water beyond the
distance and time specified in Article 66 of the Regulations under visual
meteorological condition)
n
D Visual flight other than flight under instrumental navigation
E Night operations io
at
F Day operations
r
pe
G Flight under icing meteorological condition (as approved in type certification)

H High altitude operations (above 3,000 meters of altitude)
ro
(Note 1) Oxygen supply system with following capacity

fo
(1) Aircraft without cabin pressurization system

ed
(a) When flight is conducted at altitude between 3,000 and 4,000

meters, necessary oxygen quantity shall be as much as for all
occupants to use for the flight time equal to flight time related to the
iz
said flight minus 30 minutes.

or
(b) When flight is conducted at altitude beyond 4,000 meters,

necessary oxygen quantity shall be as much as for all occupants to
th
use for flight time related to the said flight.

au
(2) Aircraft with cabin pressurization system

As long as flight is conducted at altitude beyond 3,000 meters,
ot
necessary oxygen quantity shall be as much as for all occupants to use

for flight time which takes from maximum planned altitude related to the
-N
flight to altitude of 3,000 meter. (If flight must be continued at altitude

beyond 4,000 meters for safe flight, necessary oxygen quantity shall be
total amount of above quantity added as much as for all occupants to
M
use for flight time of the flight continued beyond 4,000 meters.)
PI
(Note 2) Minimum quantity on aircraft for air transport use, of which maximum takeoff
gross weight is more than 5,700 kg shall be two.
(Note 3) Aircraft equipped with gyroscopic attitude indicator which is able to indicate
every attitude of aircraft may not be equipped.
(Note 4) Aircraft other than the aircraft for air transport use, of which maximum takeoff
gross weight is more than 5,700 kg (limited to the aircraft which must be
equipped with VOR receiver) may not be equipped

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
(Note 5) Either of direction finder, VOR receiver, onboard TACAN equipment will
receive radio signals which are dependent on air route related to the flight
from NDB, VOR or TACAN stations which exist compose air route. However,
direction finder can be substituted with GNSS receiver.
(Note 6) Either of direction finder, VOR receiver, onboard TACAN receiver be able to
receive radio signals all through the flight from NDB, VOR or TACAN
stations. However, direction finder can be substituted with GNSS receiver.
(Note 7) Aircraft of which maximum takeoff weight is equal and more than 5,700 kg,
n
and aircraft of which maximum takeoff gross weight is less than 5,700 kg and
obtains initial airworthiness certification after January 17, 2003 must be
equipped. io
at
(Note 8) Required for the flight at altitude of 16,000 ft or more under the Notice of the
r
Director-General of Civil Aviation Bureau, KUUKOU No.551 dated
pe
December 9 of 1971, “Specification of Altimeters.”

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
APPENDIX C
Table of TCD insertion Status (Template)
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 1.1.1 -

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
APPENDIX D
Table of Supplemental Pilot’s Operating Handbook (Template)
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 71
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
SUPPLEMENT
France specifics
Table of contents
n
io
at
Page
r
pe
ro
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72.2
fo
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72.2
ed

iz

or
th
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72.6
au

ot
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72.6
-N

M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
SECTION 1
General
and operations necessary to the operation of the French registered TBM airplane).
n
SECTION 2
Limitations io
r at
pe

ro
2.9 - Placards
1- In the cabin forward of access door
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
2- On access door - Internal side

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
3- On pilot door - Internal side, if installed
n
io
at
4- On emergency exit handle
r
pe

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
5- Above emergency exit door
n
io
at
6- On rear passengers masks containers
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
7- On internal face of rear passengers masks containers doors

or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
>> Airplane equipped with lavatory compartment (Post-MOD70-0505-25)

8- On access door, cabin side and toilet side
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
9- Behind access door, cabin side and toilet side

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
SECTION 3
No specifics
SECTION 4
n
Normal procedures
io
at
No specifics
r
SECTION 5
pe
Performance
ro
No specifics
fo
SECTION 6
ed
Weight and balance

iz
or
th
au
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
ot
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
-N

M
S 0619-11E France certification markings / /

PI
SECTION 7
Description
No specifics

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
SECTION 8
No specifics
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 72
France specifics
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
Extended large storage cabinet
SUPPLEMENT
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73.2
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73.4
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73.10
ot

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
SECTION 1
General
description and procedures necessary for operation when the airplane is equipped
with the Extended large storage cabinet option.
n
SECTION 2
Limitations io
r at
The information in this section supplements and/or replaces the information in
pe
section 2 Limitations of the standard POH when the airplane is equipped with the
Extended large storage cabinet option.
ro
2.9 - Placards
fo
On the upper surface of the cabinet

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
Inside large drawers, on side wall

M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
Inside small internal drawer, on side wall
n
io
r at
pe
>> Cabinet equipped with electrical supply

ro
Beside 115 VAC plug

fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
SECTION 3
M
Installation and operation of the Extended large storage cabinet do not change the
PI
emergency procedures of the airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures

of the standard POH.
SECTION 4
Normal procedures
normal procedures of the airplane described in section 4 Normal procedures of the
standard POH.

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
SECTION 5
Performance
performance of the airplane described in section 5 Performance of the standard POH.
SECTION 6
n
Weight and balance
io
at
r
section 6 Weight and balance of the standard POH when the airplane is equipped with
pe
the Extended large storage cabinet option.

ro
6.1 - General
▲ WARNING ▲
fo
It is the pilot's responsibility to ensure that the airplane is

ed
properly loaded and that the weight and balance limits are
adhered to.
iz
▲
or
▲ CAUTION ▲
th
An update of the airplane Weight and Balance report must be issued by

au
the service center whenever the cabinet is installed or removed.

▲
ot
6.4 - Determining the airplane weight and balance after the

-N
installation of the Extended large storage cabinet

option
M
Use the updated weight and balance report and the following tables to calculate the
weight and balance of the airplane.
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
Using the weight and balance form

▲ CAUTION ▲
Use the empty weight, arm and CG % from the weight and balance
report that includes the Extended large storage cabinet option.
▲
Use the following load form to determine the weight and balance of the airplane. Refer
n
to procedure Utilization of weight and balance graph in section 6.4 of the standard
POH. io
r at
S/ Item Weight
Arm
pe

in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
ro
O MOD70 (kg)

fo
O 0684-25 Extended large storage cabinet

ed
Version A : cabinet without electrical supply 35.519 214.53

iz
(16.11) (5.449)
or
Version B : cabinet with electrical supply 40.00 214.68

th
(18.16) (5.453)
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
Airplane loading form (m, kg)

Moment = Weight x Arm
(Arm (m) − 4.392)
CG (MAC %) = × 100
1.51
n
Item
(kg) (m) (m.kg)
io (MAC %)
at
Empty weight (kg)
Baggage
r
3.250
pe
FWD (< 50 kg)

Front seats (kg) 4.534
ro
Storage
5.451
cabinet (< 30 kg)
fo
-15.4 kg per
seat
ed

iz
Pax
or
-21 kg per
seat
th
removed *
Rear
6.785
au
bench/net Pax
Cargo
(< 80 kg)
ot

-N
Zero fuel
weight (< 2736 kg)
M
Fuel (kg) 4.820

Ramp weight (< 3370 kg)
PI
Taxi fuel (kg) 4.820

Takeoff
weight (< 3354 kg)
Trip fuel (kg) 4.820
Landing
weight (< 3186 kg)

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
Weight and balance form and diagram (in, lbs)

(Arm (in) − 172.93)
59.45

Item
n
Empty weight (lbs)
io
at
Baggage
(< 110 lbs) 128.0
FWD
r
pe
Front seats (lbs) 178.5

Storage
ro
(< 66 lbs) 214.6

cabinet
- 34 lbs per
fo
seat
ed
Pax
iz
- 46.2 lbs
per seat
or
removed *
Rear
267.1
th
bench/net Pax
Cargo
au
(< 176 lbs)

ot
Zero fuel
(< 6032 lbs)
-N
weight
Fuel (lbs) 189.8
Ramp weight (< 7430 lbs)
M
Taxi fuel (lbs) 189.8

PI
Takeoff
(< 7394 lbs)
weight
Trip fuel (lbs) 189.8
Landing
(< 7024 lbs)
weight

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
SECTION 7
Description

section 7 Description of the standard POH when the airplane is equipped with the
Extended large storage cabinet option.
n
The Extended large storage cabinet is installed at the place of the left intermediate
seat. It is attached on the seat rails by means of locks.
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.73.3 - Cabin arrangement

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
The cabinet is composed of two large drawers and a small drawer completing the
storage volume of a large drawer.
One large drawer opens sideways into the aisle. A small drawer is installed inside this
large storage volume.
One large drawer opens rearward in front of the large door.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
Figure 9.73.4 - Storage cabinet

au
>> Cabinet equipped with electrical supply

ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.73.5 - Storage cabinet - Electrical supply
The cabinet provides USB and 115V (max power : 250 W) connections (refer to B).

Rev. 0
Supplement 73
The cabinet is electically supplied by the BUS 4 bar and is protected by the CABINET
breaker located on frame C13bis.
Circuit breakers are located under the roof of the aft large drawer (refer to A).
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
Figure 9.73.6 - Circuit breakers and plugs

iz
List of circuit breakers located inside the cabinet :

or
th
BUS 4
au
USB USB plug protection

115 VAC INVERTER 115 VAC inverter protection
ot
115 VAC PLUG 115 VAC plug protection

-N
SECTION 8
M

PI

section 8 Handling, servicing and maintenance of the standard POH when the
airplane is equipped with the Extended large storage cabinet option.
Refer to the Maintenance Manual for the installation and removal of the cabinet.
Installation and removal of the cabinet must be performed in a service center.

Rev. 0
Supplement 75
GDR66 COM3 VHF communication
SUPPLEMENT
Table of contents
n
Page
io
at
1 - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75.2
r
pe
2 - Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75.2
ro

fo
ed

iz
5 - Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75.2
or

th
au
7 - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75.4
ot

-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 75
SECTION 1
General
descriptions and procedures necessary for operation when the airplane is equipped
with the GDR66 transceiver.
n
SECTION 2
Limitations
io
r at
pe
Installation and operation of the GDR66 transceiver do not change the limitations of
the airplane described in section 2: Limitations of the standard POH.
ro
SECTION 3
fo
ed
Installation and operation of the GDR66 transceiver do not change the emergency
iz
procedures of the airplane described in section 3: Emergency procedures of the

standard POH.
or
th
SECTION 4
au
Normal procedures
ot
Installation and operation of the GDR66 transceiver do not change the normal
procedures of the airplane described in section 4: Normal procedures of the standard
-N
POH.
SECTION 5
M
PI
Performance
Installation and operation of the GDR66 transceiver do not change the performance of
the airplane described in section 5: Normal procedures of the standard POH.

Rev. 0
Supplement 75
SECTION 6
Weight and balance

section 6: Weight and Balance of the standard POH when the airplane is equipped
with the GDR66 transceiver.
n
S/ Item Weight per
R/ OPT70 Required (R) or Standard (S) or Optional (A or O)
io
unit
Arm
in.
at
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
r
pe
23 - Communications
ro
A 0722-23 GDR66 transceiver 4.87 201.1

(2.21) (5.108)
fo
A 0722-23 VDL antenna 0.88 148.9

ed
(0.40) (3.781)
iz
31 - Indicating/recording systems
or
O 0564-31D GIA64E (Integrated Avionics Computer) 7.68 147.8

th
(3.49) (3.753)
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
Supplement 75
SECTION 7
Description

section 7: Description of the standard POH when the airplane is equipped with the
GDR66 transceiver.
n
7.15 - Miscellaneous equipment
io
The GDR66 is a digital communications transceiver. It provides a COM3 channel in
at
the 118.000 to 137.000 MHz VHF aviation communications band.
r
pe
VHF COM3 communications

● NOTE ●
ro
COM1 and COM2 remain the primary means of communications.

●
fo
The pilot can operate COM3 communications through the GTC. It will be available as
ed
GDR audio channel.

iz
Refer to the Garmin Pilot's Guide for further information.

or
System protection
th
The GDR66 transceiver is electrically supplied by the BUS1 bar and is protected by
au
the VDL breaker - see figures 9.75.1 and 9.75.2.

ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.75.1 - Partial electrical distribution of BUS bars

Rev. 0
Supplement 75
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Figure 9.75.2 - Partial electrical distribution of BUS bars

Rev. 0
Supplement 75
SECTION 8
Installation and operation of the GDR66 transceiver do not change the handling,
servicing and maintenance of the airplane described in section 8: Handling, servicing
and maintenance of the standard POH.
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
TBM 940
With MOD70-0649-00 Version A
n
List of equipment io
r at
pe
Report reference NAV No. 34/90-RJ-App 8

ro
fo
ed
iz
or
The content of this document is the property of DAHER AEROSPACE It is

th
supplied in confidence and commercial security of its contents must be

maintained.
au
It must not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is
supplied, nor may information contained in it be disclosed to
ot
unauthorized persons. It must not be reproduced nor transmitted in any

-N
form in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of

the Copyright.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
M
© 2019 - DAHER AEROSPACE

PI
All rights reserved
DAHER AEROSPACE
Customer Care
65921 TARBES CEDEX 9
FRANCE Printed in FRANCE
List of equipment
List of effective pages and validities

Edition 0 of March 05, 2019
Airplane equipped with MOD70-0649-00 version A
n
io
at
Page Edit./Rev. Rev. Date Page Edit./Rev. Rev. Date
r
pe
No. No. No. No.

ro
Title 0-0 MAR 19 19 0-0 MAR 19

20 0-0 MAR 19
fo
0A 0-0 MAR 19 21 0-0 MAR 19

0B 0-0 MAR 19 22 0-0 MAR 19
ed
0C 0-0 MAR 19 23 0-0 MAR 19

0D 0-0 MAR 19 24 0-0 MAR 19
iz
25 0-0 MAR 19
or
1 0-0 MAR 19 26 0-0 MAR 19

2 0-0 MAR 19 27 0-0 MAR 19
th
3 0-0 MAR 19 28 0-0 MAR 19

au
4 0-0 MAR 19 29 0-0 MAR 19

5 0-0 MAR 19 30 0-0 MAR 19
ot
6 0-0 MAR 19 31 0-0 MAR 19

7 0-0 MAR 19 32 0-0 MAR 19
-N
8 0-0 MAR 19 33 0-0 MAR 19

9 0-0 MAR 19 34 0-0 MAR 19
M
10 0-0 MAR 19 35 0-0 MAR 19

11 0-0 MAR 19 36 0-0 MAR 19
PI
12 0-0 MAR 19 37 0-0 MAR 19

13 0-0 MAR 19 38 0-0 MAR 19
14 0-0 MAR 19 39 0-0 MAR 19
15 0-0 MAR 19 40 0-0 MAR 19
16 0-0 MAR 19 41 0-0 MAR 19
17 0-0 MAR 19 42 0-0 MAR 19
18 0-0 MAR 19
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 0A

Rev. 0
List of equipment
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 0B Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
List of equipment
List of amendments
Revision 0 dated March 05, 2019
Pages Description
All pages Creation
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 0C

Rev. 0
List of equipment
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 0D Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
List of equipment
Table of contents
Page
ATA 01 - Specific optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ATA 21 - Environmental system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
n
ATA 22 - Auto flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ATA 23 io
- Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
at
ATA 24 - Electrical power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
r
pe
ATA 25 - Equipment and furnishings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ro
ATA 26 - Fire protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ATA 27 - Flight controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
fo
ATA 28 - Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ed
ATA 30 - Ice and rain protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

iz
ATA 31 - Indicating / recording systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

or
ATA 32 - Landing gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

th
ATA 33 - Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
au
ATA 34 - Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ATA 35 - Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
ot
ATA 37 - Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
-N
ATA 46 - Information systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

ATA 52 - Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
M
ATA 56 - Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
PI
ATA 57 - Wings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ATA 61 - Propeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ATA 71 - Power plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
ATA 77 - Engine indicating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
ATA 79 - Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 1

Rev. 0
List of equipment
The following list contains standard equipment installed on each airplane and
available optional equipment.
A separate list of equipment of items installed at the factory in your specific airplane is
provided in your airplane file.
Columns showing weight (in pounds) and arm (in inches) provide the weight and
center of gravity location for the equipment.
n
In the list of Required, Standard or Optional equipment (not restrictive), a letter ”R”,
”S”, ”O” or ”A” allows classifying the equipment :
io
at
- ”R” : equipment items required for certification
r
pe
- ”S” : standard equipment items

ro
- ”A” : optional equipment items which are in addition to required or standard

items
fo
- ”O” : optional equipment items replacing required or standard items

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI
Page 2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Rev. 0
List of equipment
List of critical RVSM equipment
Equipment listed hereafter, or later approved versions, is required for RVSM

operation.
Equipment * ** P/N
Barometric altimeter :
n
- GDC72B (Air data computer) 2 2 P/N 011-03734-40
- GDU1250W (Display) 3 2 P/N 011-04186-00
io
at
Autopilot Altitude Hold function :
- GMC710 (AFCS mode controller) 1 1 P/N 011-01020-10
r
- GIA64W (Integrated Avionics Computer) 2 2 P/N 011-03711-01
pe
- GRS79 2 2 P/N 011-03732-00

ro
ATC transponder :
- Altitude reporting transponder 1 1 TSO C-74c
fo
(*) Quantity installed

ed
(**) Quantity required

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S 01026A Flight ceiling at 31000 ft / /
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
21 - Environmental system
n
S 0454-21A General Air System Controller (GASC) 1.98 311.02
82024A040701
io
(0.900) (7.900)
at
21-20 - Distribution
r
pe
S Mixing unit 9723A010001 0.53 151.57

(0.240) (3.850)
ro
S Hot Air Distributor 6044A010001 4.06 153.54

fo
(0.840) (3.900)
S Bleed temperature switch 92244B010002 0.13 153.54

ed
(0.060) (3.900)
iz
21-30 - Pressurization control

or
S Cabin altitude warn switch 214 C40.3.261 0.077 153.94

th
(0.035) (3.910)
au
S Cabin differential pressure warn switch 17-600-01 0.143 139.76

(0.065) (3.550)
ot
S 0448-21 Outflow valve 81144A010101 2.976 317.32

-N
(1.350) (8.060)
S 0448-21 Safety valve 81145A010101 2.337 317.32

M
(1.060) (8.060)
PI
21-50 - Temperature conditioning

system
S Flow control shut-off valve 6784A010001 4.74 114.17

(2.500) (2.900)
S Non-return valve 7085A010002 0.11 102.36

(0.050) (2.600)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S Shut-off valve 4589A010001 2.37 114.17

(1.075) (2.900)
n
S Intermediate pressure sensor 93557A010001 0.33 110.24
io
(0.150) (2.800)
at
S Overheat thermal switch A042010300-5 0.18 110.24
(0.080) (2.800)
r
pe
S Main heat exchanger 81249A010001 7.72 108.27

ro
(3.500) (2.750)
S Non-return valve 52704A010001 0.66 118.11

fo
(0.300) (3.000)
ed
S Ground Fan 8031A020 3.95 90.55

(1.790) (2.300)
iz
S Ground Fan 8031A030 3.95 90.55

or
(1.790) (2.300)
th
21-55 - Vapor cycle cooling system

au
S Compressor 1377A010001 14.77 98.43

(6.700) (2.500)
ot
-N
S Cockpit Evaporator Assembly 14720A010001 9.06 200.79

(4.111) (5.100)
S Cabin Evaporator Assembly 14719A010001 12.90 311.02

M
(5.850) (7.900)
PI
S Condenser Assembly 81250A010001 24.80 330.71

(11.250) (8.400)
21-60 - Temperature regulation
S By-pass valve 6043A010001 3.31 106.30

(1.500) (2.700)
S Bleed differential pressure sensor 93558A010001 0.44 114.17

(0.200) (2.900)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S Inlet temperature sensor 93276A010001 0.11 153.54

(0.050) (3.900)
n
S Cockpit ventilated sensor 92279A010002 0.18 182.09
io
(0.080) (4.625)
at
S Cabin ventilated sensor 92279A010002 0.18 250.00
(0.080) (6.350)
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
22 - Auto flight
S 0305-22 Upgrading of AFCS GFC 700
n
composed of :
io
at
- Pitch servo GSA 81 + Servo mount GSM 86 4.08 247.40
(1.85) (6.284)
r
pe
- Roll servo GSA 81 + Servo mount GSM 86 4.08 231.10

(1.85) (5.870)
ro
- Yaw servo GSA 81 + Servo mount GSM 86 4.08 253.70

fo
(1.85) (6.444)
- Pitch trim servo GSA 81+ Servo mount GSM 86 4.14 157.87
ed
(1.88) (4.010)
iz
- Trim adapter GTA 82 1.30 240.87

or
(0.59) (6.118)
th
S 0550-00 Auto-throttle, installation mainly composed of :

au
- Version A : new AFCS Control Unit : GMC 711AT 15.67 155.40

(7.11) (3.947)
ot
- Version B : modification of power lever and adding 3.04 151.50

-N
of GSA87 servo-actuator (1.38) (3.847)
- Version C : SD-card (new protection functions) / /

M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
23 - Communications
O 0633-34A Antenna CI105-16 0.397 237.32
n
(0.180) (6.028)
io or
155.94
at
(3.961)
or
r
pe
161.33
(4.098)
ro
S Static dischargers 2-31 SCY (Qty: 2) Neglig. /

fo
S 0526-23A Static dischargers on flaps Neglig. /

ed
- Static dischargers 2-5 SCY (Qty : 2) Neglig. /

iz
O 0287-23A Radio stereo-headset A20 with bluetooth Neglig. /

or
O 0487-23A Radio stereo-headset A20 Neglig. /

th
O 0331-23L Weather Data Link and Satellite Phone GSR 56

au
- Version L : with antenna CI 490-490 (GSR unit 3.44 58.00

support pre-installed and no antenna support) (1.561) (1.474)
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
A 0410-23B HF Communication System KHF1050 of which 38.03 302.70

(17.250) (7.689)
n
- Control Display unit 1.56 155.43
io
(0.707) (3.948)
at
- Receiver/Exciter 5.90 123.07
(2.676) (3.126)
r
pe
- Antenna coupler 16.20 342.28

ro
(7.348) (8.694)
- Power amplifier 8.40 342.83

fo
(3.810) (8.708)
ed
- HF Antenna kit 1.74 324.80

(0.790) (8.250)
iz
A 0458-23B GDL 69A SXM - XM Generation 4 1.41 163.46

or
interfaced with G3000 system (0.640) (4.152)

th
S 0563-23A Dual audio system with integrated Marker Beacon 2.80 148.90
au
Receiver # 1 GMA 36B (1.27) (3.782)
S 0563-23A Dual audio system with integrated Marker Beacon 2.80 148.90
ot
Receiver # 2 GMA 36B (1.27) (3.782)

-N
S 0564-31A G3000 COM # 1 system
- Transceiver
M
(integrated in GIA 64W Integrated Avionics

Unit # 1 - refer to ATA 34-28)
PI
- VHF antenna (under fuselage) 16-21B-P3 0.86 271.65

(0.390) (6.900)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S 0564-31A G3000 COM # 2 system
- Transceiver
n
io
at
- VHF antenna (above fuselage) 16-21B-P3 0.86 271.65
(0.390) (6.900)
r
pe
S 0564-31C G3000 COM # 1 system / /

ro
- .Transceiver
fo

ed
- VHF antenna (under fuselage) 16-21B-P3 0.86 271.65

(0.390) (6.900)
iz
S 0564-31C G3000 COM # 2 system / /

or
. Transceiver
th

au
. VHF antenna (above fuselage) 16-21B-P3 0.86 271.65

(0.390) (6.900)
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
24 - Electrical power
24-30 - DC generation
n
R 0234-24 Electric power system (EPS) 1408-1-1 io
14.330 128.15
at
(6.500) (3.255)
r
R Stand-by alternator ES10024B-5 13.000 104.84
pe
(5.897) (2.663)
ro
R Starter generator MG94K-1 31.989 118.83

(14.510) (2.815)
fo
S 24002A Lead-acid battery RG-380E/44 85.979 112.20

ed
(39.000) (2.850)
A 0538-24B Capability to connect a battery charger 0.396 137.00

iz
(0.180) (3.495)
or
24-40 - External power supply

th
au
S Ground power receptacle MS 3506-1 0.794 114.17

(0.360) (2.900)
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
A 0505-25C Installation of the lavatory compartment, of which: Δ + 33.07 269.45
n
(Δ + 15.00) (6.844)
io
at
- Specific carpet replacing standard carpet 11.82 /
(5.36)
r
pe
25-11 - Furnishings - Flight

compartment
ro
A 25032 Front seats ease covers 2.756 183.78

fo
(1.250) (4.668)
ed
A 0417-25 Support device for document on yoke (one on each / /

control wheel): / /
iz
- Version A: Paper clips Neglig. 166.00

or
(4.220)
th
- Version B: Mechanical provision for mounting 1.984 166.00

(0.900) (4.220)
au
device dedicated to digital tablet
25-21 - Furnishings - Passengers

ot
compartment
-N
O 0515-25 One piece cabin floor protection Δ0 /
S 0557-25B Coat hanger 0.28 287.91

M
(0.130) (7.313)
PI
S 0641-25A Upholstery Version 2019, of which: Δ Neglig. /
- Carpets for 6-place configuration 26.68 /

(12.100)
- Carpets for 4-place configuration 20.59 /

(9.340)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S 0530-25A Hi-power USB servicing plugs, of which : 0.33 188.00

(0.15) (4.775)
n
- one 5 VDC servicing single plug (USB type) / /
6430202-9 - on instrument panel, pilot side
io
at
- one 5 VDC servicing double plug unit (USB type) / /
6430202-5 - on instrument panel, front R.H.seat
r
pe
side
- two 5 VDC servicing double plug units (USB type) / /

ro
6430202-5 - in the cabin (R.H. and L.H.

Intermediate seats)
fo
S 0531-25A 13.8 VDC servicing plug unit, of which : 0.74 193.00

ed
(0.334) (4.900)
iz
- 28-12 VDC converter 6430120-1 0.360 193.00

(0.270) (4.900)
or
- 13-8 VDC servicing plug 77 00 808 844 - in the 0.14 288.00

th
cabin (R.H. Rear seat) (0.064) (7.310)

au
S 0574-25B Pilot door thermal insulation 0.55 172.05

(0.250) (4.370)
ot
Seats - Belts
-N
Belts
M
O 0388-25B Airbag seat belts (pilot's and R.H. front seats) 15.08 189.11
(improved comfort) 6.840 4.803
PI
S 0516-25A Pilot's and passengers' seat belts 10.24 /

(4.640)
S 0568-25A Airbag capability 1.43 166.85

(0.647) (4.238)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
Seats
S 0588-25A Pilot's seat T700J2500005 49.98 185.86
n
with seat heaters system (22.67) (4.721)
S 0588-25A Front R.H. seat T700J2500005 io

49.98 185.86
at
with seat heaters system (22.67) (4.721)
r
pe
25-60 - Emergency equipment

ro
S Smoke goggles MXP 210 0.855 200.00

(0.388) (5.080)
fo
25-61 - Emergency locator transmitter

ed
A 0437-25B Emergency locator transmitter ELT 1000 (airplanes

iz
equipped with reinforcement), of which 2.385 340.91

or
(1.082) (8.659)
th
- ELT 1000 with base 1.764 354.72

(0.800) (9.010)
au
- Antenna 110-338 0.449 318.70

(0.204) (8.095)
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
26 - Fire protection
A 0391-26 Portable fire extinguisher unit 74-00
n
- Version A (on R.H. Station R.H. Upholstering)
io
4.89 170.11
at
(2.220) (4.321)
r
A 0496-26A Engine fire detection system 1.464 96.06
pe
(0.664) (2.440)
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
27 - Flight controls
27-10 - Roll control
n
R Roll trim actuator 145700.02 io
1.543 212.60
at
(0.700) (5.400)
r
27-20 - Yaw control
pe
R Rudder trim actuator 145700.02 1.543 395.27

ro
(0.700) (10.040)
fo
S 0348-27 New control wheels

ed
S - L.H. equipped control wheel 83912112 2.535 157.48

(1.150) (4.000)
iz
S - R.H. equipped control wheel 83912113 2.535 157.48

or
(1.150) (4.000)
th
27-30 - Pitch control

au
S Pitch trim actuator 145400-02 1.213 425.20

(0.550) (10.800)
ot
S 0510-27D Stick shaker C-101702-1 1.053 144.00

-N
(0.477) (3.658)
27-50 - Wing flaps (control)

M
PI
R Flap control including : 15.520 218.50

(7.040) (5.550)
- Flap motor 6157-1 2.866 216.54

(1.300) (5.500)
- Flap actuator 1-5297 / 2-5297 1.830 220.47

(0.830) (5.600)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
28 - Fuel system
28-20 - Fuel supply
n
R Electric boost pump 1B9-5 io
4.409 129.92
at
(2.000) (3.300)
r
R Engine driven fuel pump 1127-02 1.543 110.24
pe
(0.700) (2.800)
ro
R Fuel unit L88A15-651 4.586 133.07

(2.080) (3.380)
fo
R A35 fuel sequencer unit 1.102 125.98

ed
(0.500) (3.200)
28-40 - Fuel indication

iz
or
R 0158-28C Fuel gage amplifier (in us gal) 738574-1-0 1.08 278.74

(0.49) (7.080)
th
au
R Inboard L.H. Gage 762 438.1.0 0.331 183.07

(0.150) (4.650)
ot
R Inboard R.H. Gage 762 439.1.0 0.331 183.07

(0.150) (4.650)
-N
R Intermediate gage 762 440.1.0 0.220 190.94

(0.100) (4.850)
M
R Outboard gage 762 441.1.0 0.220 190.94

PI
(0.100) (4.850)
R 0427-28A Low level sensor 747-971-1-0 0.143 185.28

(0.065) (4.706)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
30 - Ice and rain protection
S Deicer T700A3013003000, L.H. horizontal stabilizer 4.189 398.42
n
(1.900) (10.120)
io
at
S Deicer T700A3013003001, R.H. horizontal 4.189 398.42
stabilizer (1.900) (10.120)
r
pe
S Deicer T700A3014003000, vertical stabilizer 3.968 374.02

(1.800) (9.500)
ro
S Deicer T700A3010001002, inboard L.H. wing 5.732 173.23

fo
(2.600) (4.400)
S Deicer T700A3010001003, inboard R.H. wing 5.732 173.23

ed
(2.600) (4.400)
iz
S Deicer T700A3010001004, middle L.H. wing 3.748 173.23

or
(1.700) (4.400)
th
S Deicer T700A3010001005, middle R.H. wing 3.748 173.23

(1.700) (4.400)
au
S Deicer T700A3010012000, outboard L.H. wing 2.65 173.23

(1.200) (4.400)
ot
-N
S Deicer T700A3010001007, outboard R.H. wing 3.307 173.23

(1.500) (4.400)
M
S Dual port distribution valve 1532-10C 2.425 125.98

(1.100) (3.200)
PI
S Timer 42E25-2A 0.772 177.17

(0.350) (4.500)
S Water separator and filter 44E21-2A 1.102 125.98

(0.500) (3.200)
S 0570-30 Automatic advisory in flight ice detection system 1.55 407.50

(0.91) (10.350)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
30-40 - Windshield deicing
S Windshield heater controllers 1.984 149.61
n
(Qty 2 : L.H. + R.H.) TWH 93-01 (0.900) (3.800)
30-60 - Propeller deicing io

r at
S Timer 3E2311-4 0.44 200.79
pe
(0.200) (5.100)
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
31 - Indicating/recording systems
31-30 - Recorders
n
S 0455-31D Light weight Flight Data Recorder (ADRS - CARS), io
5.659 256.50
at
of which : (2.567) (6.515)
r
- Light Data Recorder 4.982 260.63
pe
(2.260) (6.620)
ro
- MK170 microphone 0.198 153.54

(0.090) (3.900)
fo
- Support (pre-installed) 0.478 260.63

ed
(0.217) (6.620)
S 0533-31A Digital hourmeter (flying time) 0.412 148.62

iz
(0.187) (3.775)
or
S 0564-31A Avionics processing Unit # 1 GIA 64W 7.50 147.8

th
(3.40) (3.753)
au
S 0564-31A Avionics processing Unit # 2 GIA 64W 7.50 147.8

(3.40) (3.753)
ot
A 0578-31B Data collection and transmission system 3.62 125.2

-N
(1.64) (3.180)
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
32 - Landing gears
32-10 - Main landing gear
n
R 0190-32 L.H. main landing gear D23767001 io
53.79 200.39
at
(24.400) (5.090)
r
R 0190-32 R.H. main landing gear D23768001 53.79 200.39
pe
(24.400) (5.090)
ro
32-20 - Nose landing gear

fo
R 0134-32 Nose gear D23766000 53.57 93.70

(24.300) (2.380)
ed
32-30 - Extension and retraction

iz
O 0334-32 Main locking actuator VSTS 083560 13.228 208.07

or
(6.000) (5.285)
th
O 0334-32 Nose locking actuator VSTS 083560 13.228 110.24

au
(6.000) (2.800)
R Hand pump 914-8D27 2.326 181.10

ot
(1.055) (4.600)
-N
32-35 - Hydraulic generation
R 060-32 Hydraulic power pack 1118-04 10.362 84.65

M
(4.700) (2.150)
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
32-40 - Wheels and brakes
O 0606-32 Brake assembly 30-311 14.991 204.33
n
(6.800) (5.190)
R Main tire 18x5.5-10PR io

13.50 204.33
at
(6.123) (5.190)
r
pe
R 0409-32 Main tire 18x5.5-10PR 14.396 204.33

(6.530) (5.190)
ro
R Master cylinder 010-07802 0.882 145.67

(0.400) (3.700)
fo
O 0643-32 Nose tire 070-310-0 5.709 98.18

ed
(2.590) (2.494)
iz
R Nose tire 5.00-5-10PR TL MICHELIN 5.600 89.57

(2.540) (2.275)
or
th
GOOD YEAR 6.300 89.57

(2.858) (2.275)
au
R 0408-32 Nose tire 5.00-5-10PR 6.834 89.57

(3.100) (2.275)
ot
-N
R Nose wheel 40-262A 2.976 89.57

(1.350) (2.275)
R Main wheel (Model 40-434) 11.28 204.33

M
(5.120) (5.190)
PI
O 0606-32 Main wheel (Model 40-489) 11.28 204.33

(5.120) (5.190)
R Parking brake valve T700A3240010 0.331 157.48

or T700B3240001 (0.150) (4.000)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
33 - Lights
33-10 - Instrument panel lighting
n
S Instruments emergency lighting 2240-3 io
0.110 181.10
at
(0.050) (4.600)
r
S 0322-00 PULSELITE unit Neglig. /
pe
33-40 - External lighting

ro
S 0509-33 Leading edge ice detection LED light 0.25 172.00

fo
01-0771904-00 (0.113) (4.371)

ed
S 0322-00 LED L.H. taxi and landing lights 1.400 181.10

01-0771674-01 (0.635) (4.600)
iz
S 0322-00 LED R.H. taxi and landing lights 1.400 181.10

or
01-0771674-01 (0.635) (4.600)

th
S 0322-00 NAV/Anticollision system (LED lights) :

au
S Central units :
ot
S - L.H. strobe light power supply 0.609 191.38

01-0771234-07 (0.277) (4.861)
-N
S - R.H. strobe light power supply 0.609 191.38

01-0771234-07 (0.277) (4.861)
M
S - Rear strobe light power supply 0.609 397.87

PI
(0.277) (10.106)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S Lights :
S - L.H. navigation/strobe/recognition lights 0.499 184.29
n
01-0771170-02 (0.227) (4.681)
S - R.H. navigation/strobe/recognition lights io

0.499 184.29
at
01-0771170-01 (0.227) (4.681)
r
pe
S - Rear tail navigation/strobe lights 0.499 444.21

01-0790667-00 (0.227) (11.283)
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
34 - Navigation
34-11 - Air data systems
n
S Pitot L heated probe AN 5812-1 io
0.750 200.79
at
(0.340) (5.100)
r
S Pitot R heated probe AN 5812-1 0.750 200.79
pe
(0.340) (5.100)
ro
R Static reference plug T700A3415017 Neglig. /

fo
S Static reference selector TB30 77010000 0.220 157.48

(0.100) (4.000)
ed
S 0160-34A Authorization to operate in RVSM area / /

iz
S 0423-34A Lift transducer and AoA computer installation, of 1.66 242.01

or
which : (0.752) (6.147)

th
R - Lift transducer 0.50 173.23

P/N C-101-707-1 or (0.226) (4.400)
au
P/N C-101-707-2
ot
S - AoA computer P/N C-101-706-1 0.74 273.62

(0.336) (6.950)
-N
S - K59 and K590 relays 0.25 265.55

(0.115) (6.745)
M
S 0462-34B Standby Attitude Module MD302 1.61 154.53

PI
(0.730) (3.925)
S 0544-34B Air Data Computer # 1 GDC 72B 1.83 151.10

(0.83) (3.838)
S 0544-34B Air Data Computer # 2 GDC 72B 1.83 151.10

(0.83) (3.838)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
34-21 - Heading reference system
S 0543-34B Attitude and Heading Reference System # 1 GRS 79 3.20 171.77
n
(1.45) (4.363)
S 0543-34B Attitude and Heading Reference System # 2 GRS 79 io

3.20 171.77
at
(1.45) (4.363)
r
pe
34-28 - Electronic flight instrumentation

system
ro
A 0226-00C Synthetic Vision System / /

fo
S 0549-00A Integrated Flight Deck System G3000 composed of :

ed
- PFD1 GDU 1250W 5.49 154.88

(2.49) (3.934)
iz
or
- PFD2 GDU 1250W 5.49 154.88

(2.49) (3.934)
th
- MFD GDU 1250W 5.49 154.88

au
(2.49) (3.934)
ot
0565-77A - Engine/Airframe Interface Unit # 1 GEA 71B 2.65 148.30

(1.20) (3.766)
-N
0565-77A - Engine/Airframe Interface Unit # 2 GEA 71B 2.65 148.30

(1.20) (3.766)
M
0564-31A - Integrated Avionics Unit # 1 GIA 64W 7.50 147.80

PI
(3.19) (3.753)
0564-31A - Integrated Avionics Unit # 2 GIA 64W 7.50 147.80

(3.19) (3.753)
0563-23A - Audio box GMA 36B 2.80 148.90

(1.27) (3.782)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
S 0585-34 - Touch Controller Unit # 1 GTC 585 and 3.99 156.69

(1.81) (3.980)
n
- Touch Controller Unit # 2 GTC 585 3.99 156.69
io
(1.81) (3.980)
at
34-30 - Landing and taxiing aids
r
pe
A 0566-34A - Surface watch unlock card Neglig. /

ro
34-31 - Marker
fo
O 0541-23A MARKER antenna 6216-82-00 0.990 121.00

(0.450) (3.065)
ed
34-41 - Stormscope
iz
A 34056F Stormscope WX 500, G3000 coupled : 4.94 232.28

or
(2.24) (5.900)
th
- Antenna NY163 0.84 311.02

(0.38) (7.900)
au
- Processor WX500 2.27 255.91

ot
(1.03) (6.500)
-N
34-42 - Weather radar
S 0394-34C Weather radar GWX 70, of which 10.35 169.10

M
(4.47) (4.295)
PI
- SAINT-GOBAIN radome 4906-100-V2 2.82 169.10

(1.280) (4.295)
S 0430-34A New SAINT-GOBAIN radome 4906-100-V2 2.82 169.10

(1.280) (4.295)
O 573-34A Ressourcing radome 2,87 162.99

(1.300) (4.140)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
34-43 - Radioaltimeter
A 0451-34D GRA 55 radar altimeter, of which : 4.127 220.47
n
(1.872) (5.600)
- Transceiver io
3.527 228.82
at
(1.600) (5.812)
r
pe
- Transmitting antenna S67-2002 0.300 182.09

(0.136) (4.625)
ro
and
fo
- Receiving antenna S67-2002 0.300 205.83

(0.136) (5.228)
ed
34-44 - Traffic advisory system

iz
A 0176-00F TAWS system Neglig. /

or
A 0258-00G TAS system GTS 820, G3000 coupled, of which : 22.53 177.68
th
(10.220) (4.513)
au
- Processor GTS 820 9.92 143.11

(4.500) (3.635)
ot
- Power amplifier/low noise amplifier GPA 65 1.90 221.42

-N
(0.860) (5.624)
- Antenna GA 58 (above fuselage) 0.79 230.71

M
(0.360) (5.860)
PI
- Antenna GA 58 (under fuselage) 0.79 260.63

(0.360) (6.620)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
34-51 - NAV 1 installation
S VHF GS-NAV antenna DM N4-17N 3.307 401.57
n
(1.500) (10.200)
S Receiver io
at
(integrated in the MOD70-0564-31A GIA 64W
Integrated Avionics Unit # 1 : refer to ATA 34-28)
r
/ /
pe
34-52 - NAV 2 installation

ro
S Receiver
(integrated in the MOD70-0564-31A GIA 64W
fo
Integrated Avionics Unit # 2 : refer to ATA 34-28) / /

ed
34-53 - Transponder
iz
A 0475-34D Transponder # 1 GTX 33D - Mode S with antenna 3.39 147.68

diversity and extended squitter (1.54) (3.751)
or
th
+ Antenna KA 61 (under fuselage) 0.40 150.08

(0.18) (3.812)
au
+ Antenna KA 61 (above fuselage) 0.40 193.22

ot
(0.18) (4.908)
-N
O 0542-34P Transponder # 2 GTX 345R - full Mode S enhanced 2.90 147.20

surveillance capability, without antenna diversity, (1.32) (3.738)
with extended squitter and ADS-B IN acquisition
M
(with ethernet connection)

PI
+ Antenna KA 61 0.40 150.08

(0.18) (3.812)
O 0542-34Q Transponder # 1 GTX 345R - full Mode S enhanced 2.90 147.20

(with ethernet connection)
+ Antenna KA 61 0.40 150.08

(0.18) (3.812)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
O 0542-34R Transponder # 2 GTX 345R - full Mode S enhanced 2.90 147.20

(without ethernet connection)
n
34-57 - Global Positioning System io
at
(GPS)
r
pe
S 0476-00A GPS/WAAS Antenna GA 36 0.48 204.84

(0.22) (5.203)
ro
S 0476-00A GPS/WAAS and Datalink Antenna GA 37 0.55 204.84

(0.25) (5.203)
fo
34-62 - Multifunction display

ed
A 0176-00G Chartwiew function Neglig. /

iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
35 - Oxygen
S 0207-00 Gaseous oxygen system with ZODIAC oxygen 22.73 226.77
n
masks (10.31) (5.760)
io
at
O 0597-35A MC10 Smartmike oxygen masks (pilot and front 1.290 188.98
passenger) (0.59) (4.800)
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
37 - Vacuum
S Air ejector valve 19E17-5A 0.661 116.14
n
(0.300) (2.950)
io
at
S Regulator and relief valve 38E-96-2D 1.323 116.14
(0.600) (2.950)
r
pe
S Vacuum relief valve 691-21A 0.331 139.76

(0.150) (3.550)
ro
S Valve 557-18 E 0.353 118.11

fo
(0.160) (3.000)
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
46 - Information system
S 0545-46A Pdf viewer installation (SD card) Neglig. /
n
S 0547-46C Flight stream transceiver FS510 (SD card)
io
Neglig. /
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
52 - Doors
O 0320-52B New ”Pilot” door 45.607 173.23
n
(20.687) (4.400)
io
at
S 0342-52 Additional landing gear doors 6.613 204.33
(3.000) (5.190)
r
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
56 - Windows
S 56001A Deiced R.H. windshield 1.764 158.27
n
( 0.800) (4.020)
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
57 - Wings
S 57001A Utilization on runways covered with melting snow - 7.716 200.00
n
( - 3.500) (5.080)
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
61 - Propeller
61-10 - Propeller assembly
n
S 0345-61 Propeller (5-blade) HC-E5N-3C / NC 8834 K io
171.08 43.11
at
+ spinner 104552P (77.60) (1.095)
r
61-20 - Controls
pe
S Propeller governor 8210.007 2.646 59.06

ro
(1.200) (1.500)
fo
R 0445-72 Overspeed governor 1439292 2.535 52.38

(1.200) (1.330)
ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
71 - Power plant
R Turboprop engine PT6 A-66D 497.30 79.72
n
(226.00) (2.025)
io
at
S Top silentblocks 95007-16 (Qty 2) 2.647 79.72
(1.201) (2.025)
r
pe
S Bottom silentblocks 95007-19 (Qty 2) 2.654 79.72

(1.204) (2.025)
ro
71-60 - Air inlet

fo
R 0359-71 Inertial separator actuator JA23372-1000-1 2.156 62.99

ed
(0.978) (1.600)
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
77 - Engine indicating
R Compressor turbine tacho-generator (Ng) 0.981 108.27
n
MIL-G-26611 GEU-7/A / 32005-007 (0.445) (2.750)
io
at
R Power turbine tacho-generator (Np) 0.981 55.12
MIL-G-26611 GEU-7/A / 32005-007 (0.445) (1.400)
r
pe
R 0328-77 Torque transducer APTE-438-1000-75D 0.473 54.84

ro
(0.215) (1.393)
fo
S 0565-77 Engine/Airframe Interface Units GEA 71B

installation and Sandia conditioner and low pass
filter removal, of which:
ed
- Version A : Unit # 1 GEA 71B installation 2.65 148.30

iz
(1.20) (3.766)
or
Unit # 2 GEA 71B installation 2.65 148.30

(1.20) (3.766)
th
au
- Version B Sandia conditioner and low pass filter - 0.76 148.30

removal (- 0.34) (3.768)
ot
- Version C Sandia conditioner and low pass filter - 0.76 148.30

(- 0.34) (3.768)
-N
removal
77-12 - Fuel management

M
S Fuel flow transmitter 660 526AS 0.683 110.20

PI
(0.310) (2.799)

Rev. 0
List of equipment
S/ Item Weight
Arm
in.
A/ or equipment lb
(m)
O MOD70 (kg)
79 - Lubrication
79-20 - Distribution
n
R Oil cooler L8538233 io
10.472 90.55
at
(4.750) (2.300)
r
79-30 - Indicating
pe
R 0327-79A Oil pressure transmitter 0.337 105.35

ro
APT-369A-1000-150G (5 VDC) (0.153) (2.676)

fo
S 0512-79 Chip detector monitoring Neglig. /

ed
iz
or
th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0
List of equipment
n
io
r at
pe
ro
fo
ed
iz
or

th
au
ot
-N
M
PI

Rev. 0

PIM TBM 940 With MOD70 0649 00A 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIM TBM 940 With MOD70 0649 00A 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PIM TBM 940 With MOD70 0649 00A 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the document?

What is the purpose of the document?

What information is provided about the aircraft?

What information is provided about the aircraft?

TBM 940

P/N DMKPIPYEE0 - Edition 0 - Revision 3

This information manual is a non-official copy of the pilot's operating

It is not kept current and therefore cannot be used as a substitute for

intended for operation of the airplane.

The content of this document is the property of DAHER AEROSPACE. It is

form in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of

© 2019, 2020 - DAHER AEROSPACE

Weight and balance 6

Airplane handling, servicing and maintenance 8

Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 0.7

1.3 - Descriptive data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3

Standard airplane weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3

Specific loadings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.4

1.4 - Abbreviations and terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.1

Meteorological terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.1

Power terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.2

Weight and balance terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.3

General abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.4

1.5 - Conversion factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5.1

1.6 - Pressure and standard atmosphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6.1

Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 1.0.1

Intentionally left blank

1.0.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Supplements of the POH.

requirements of 14 CFR 91.227.

The installed transponder system is able to respond to interrogations in Modes A, C

Part 135 operations

Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 1.1.1

Intentionally left blank

Page 1.1.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

1.2 - Three view drawing

* Airplane on level field with fully extended FWD shock-absorber

Figure 1.2.1 (1/2) - Three view drawing

Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 1.2.1

Figure 1.2.1 (2/2) - Three view drawing

1.3 - Descriptive data

Turbine type : 1 gas generator turbine stage, 2 power turbines stages

Propeller manufacturer : HARTZELL

Propeller model number : HC-E5N-3C / NC8834K

Propeller blade setting at station 30 in :

Edition 0 - March 05, 2019 Page 1.3.1

servicing and maintenance for additional information.

hours during any period between engine overhaul periods.

Use of AVGAS to be recorded in engine module logbook.

US specification French specification English specification

Figure 1.3.1 - Recommended fuel types

Page 1.3.2 Edition 0 - March 05, 2019

Figure 1.3.2 - Recommended engine oil types

Reference : Service Bulletin P & W C. No. 14001 at the latest revision

Maximum certificated weights

Ramp : 7430 lbs (3370 kg)

Takeoff : 7394 lbs (3354 kg)

Landing : 7024 lbs (3186 kg)